The University of Texas at Austin; College of Liberal Arts
Hans C. Boas, Director :: PCL 5.556, 1 University Station S5490 :: Austin, TX 78712 :: 512-471-4566
LRC Links: Home | About | Books Online | EIEOL | IE Doc. Center | IE Lexicon | IE Maps | IE Texts | Pub. Indices | SiteMap

An Anglo-Saxon Dictionary

by Bosworth and Toller

Note: This page is for systems/browsers with Unicode® support and fonts spanning the Unicode 3 character set relevant to An Anglo-Saxon Dictionary.

T

T For the Runic T, see Tír.

, (contracted from) táhe, an; f. A toe :-- Táhae allox, Wrt. Voc. ii. 100, 8. Tá, i. 71, 64. Sió micle tá ... sió æfterre tá ... sió midleste tá ... sió feórde tá ... sió lytle tá, L. Alf. pol. 64; Th. i. 96, 19-24. Seó mycle tá ... ðare mycclan táan nægl, L. Ethb. 70, 72; Th. i. 20, 2, 5. Hé æthrán his swíðran þúman and ðæs wynstran fótes miclan tán tetigit pollicem manus ejus dextrae, similiter et pedis, Lev. 8, 23. Tán and fingras decies senos, Wrt. Voc. ii. 27, 73. Ða miclan tán alloces, 5, 18. Ða tán scrincaþ (-eþ, MS.) up (in gout) the toes shrink up, Lchdm. iii. 48, 28. On ðan seofoþan mónþe ða tán and ða fingras beóþ weaxende, 146, 17. Gif heó mid ðám tán stæpeþ, 144, 15. Æt ðám óðrum táum ealswá æt ðám fingrum, L. Ethb. 71; Th. i. 20, 3. Mid ðǽm táum cum mentagris, Lchdm. i. lxxiv, 21 (cf. lxxi, 13). Ofer hira handa þúman and ðæs swýðran fótes micclan tán super pollices manus eorum ac pedis dextri, Ex. 29, 20. [O. H. Ger. zéha: Icel. tá.] v. tán a toe.

; gen. tán; f. I. a twig, shoot :-- Tán ɫ twiga vimina, virgulae, Hpt. Gl. 428, 34. II. a lot :-- Ðæt him déme seó tá, gif hí hwæt dǽlan willaþ, Homl. Skt. i. 17, 86. Ðá dǽldon ða cwelleras Cristes reáf on feówer, heora ǽlcum his dǽl, swá him démde seó tá, Homl. Th. ii. 254, 31. Hí wurpon ðá tán betweox him, and bǽdon ðæt God sceolde geswutulian hwanon him ðæt ungelimp becóme. Ðá com ðæs wítegan tá upp, i. 246, 3-5. v. tán, and cf. for a similar pair of forms flá and flán.

tabule (-ele), an; f.: also tabula; m. I. a table :-- Hæfdon hí mid him gehálgode fato and gehálgode tabulan on wigbedes wrixle habentes secum vascula sacra et tabulam altaris vice dedicatam, Bd. 5, 10; S. 624, 34. II. a tablet, table on which to inscribe :-- Ðæra eára getæl hæfþ seó tabule ðe wé mearkian willaþ, Anglia viii. 327, 41. On ánum leádenum tabulan (but áne leádene tabulan (acc.), 766), Homl. Skt. i. 23, 342. Ðás ðreó word stódon on ánre tabulan. On ðære óðre tabelan wæs ðæt forme bebod: 'Ne hǽm ðú unrihtlíce,' Homl. Th. ii. 198, 5. Tabelan, 196, 34. Pilatus áwrát ðæs wítes intingan on ánre tabelan, 254, 24. Týn beboda áwrát se Ælmihtiga on ðám twám tabelum ... Ða twá tabelan getácnodon ða twá bebodu, 204, 17-20. Twá stǽnene tabulan, Ex. 32, 15: 34. 1. III. a board which is struck to give a signal :-- Tabule æfter capitule byþ gecnucod tabula post capitulum pulsatur, Anglia xiii. 402, 536. Gecnucedre tabulan pulsata tabula, 390. 359: 393, 397. [O. H. Ger. tavala, tabella tabula, pugillaris. From Latin.]

tacan; p. tóc To take :-- Ða menn ealle hé tóc, and dyde of heom ðæt hé wolde (cf. ðamen hé áteáh swá swá hé wolde, MS. E.), Chr. 1072; Erl. 211, 20. Hé tóc swilce gerihta swá hé him gelagade (cf. hé nam swilce gerihta swá se cyng him geúðe, MS. E.), 1075; Erl. 212, 38. [From Icel. taka; p. tók.]

taccian (?); p. ode To tame [ :-- Getaccodon (-þaccodon? v. þaccian) edomitis, Germ. 402, 63].

tácn, tácen, es; n. A token, sign :-- Tácne dicimenta, Wrt. Voc. ii. 106, 53: 25, 57. Tácn indicia, 44, 68. I. a sign, significant form :-- Heofoncyninges tácen the cross, Elen. Kmbl. 341; El. 171. Torht tácen Godes the sun, Exon. Th. 204, 11; Ph. 96. Bútan Godes tácne (the cross), 271, 32; Jul. 491. Þurh tácen ðære hálgan róde, Homl. Th. i. 62, 12. Tácna torhtost, Elen. Kmbl. 327; El. 164. I a. an ensign (lit. or fig.); cf. tácn-berend, -bora :-- Tácon vexillum, Rtl. 94, 7. Ic slóh gréne tácne (Moses' rod; Grein suggests táne) gársecges deóp, Cd. Th. 195, 23; Exod. 281. Swá swá sigefæst tácon veluti victricia signa, Bd. 1, 8; S. 479, 24. Eal werod gehwyrfedum tácnum (versis signis) fóron, Gl. Prud. 45 a. Hí ásetton tácna heora posuerunt signa sua, Ps. Spl. 73, 6. I b. a token, a credential :-- Ne hé onfongen si bútan biscopes tácne oþþe gewrite ne absque commendatitiis litteris sui praesulis suscipiatur, Bd. 4, 5; S. 572, 43. Ne ðú mé óðiéwest ǽnig tácen ðe hé mé tó onsende, Cd. Th. 14, 20; Gen. 540. I c. a sign, monument :-- Hé hét brycge gewyrcan his sige tó tácne ðe he on ðæm síþe þurhteón þohte, Ors. 2, 5; Swt. 84, 4. I d. a sign of the Zodiac :-- Ðonne ðære sunnan ryne beó on ðam tácne ðe man virgo nemneþ, Lchdm. i. 164, 12. Ða twelf tunglena tácna, iii. 242, 4. II. a sign, distinguishing mark (lit. or fig.) :-- Tácon titulus, Mt. Kmbl. p. 4, 3. Swylc wæs ðæs folces tácen (a practice which distinguished them, a distinct feature of their manners), Andr. Kmbl. 58; An. 29. Hé onféng torhtum tácne (circumcision), Cd. Th. 143, 6; Gen. 2375. God him sealde tácen (posuit Dominus Cain signum), ðæt nán ðæra ðe hine gemétte hine ne ofslóge, Gen. 4, 15. III. a sign to attract attention, a signal :-- Ðonne ætýwþ mannes suna tácn on heofonan, Mt. Kmbl. 24, 30. Cómon þrý men tó ðære hýðe and ðær tácn slógon (gave a signal by striking), Guthl. 11; Gdwin. 54, 24. Tácen, 12; Gdwin. 58, 23. III a. a sign of anything future, a prognostic :-- Ealle ða tácno and ða forebeácno ða ðe úre Drihten ǽr tóweard sægde, ðæt ǽr dómes dæge geweorþan sceoldan, Blickl. Homl. 117, 30. III b. a sign, an action that conveys a meaning :-- Ðis sindon ða tácna ðe mon on mynstre healdan sceal, ðǽr mon swígan haldan wile ... Ðæs abbudes tácen is ðæt mon his twégen fingras tó his heáfde ásette and his feax mid genime, Techm. ii. 118, 1-5, and often. Treófugla tuddor tácnum cýðdon eádges eftcyme, Exon. Th. 146, 10; Gú. 707. IV. a sign, indication, mark which shews condition or state :-- Nán tácen ðære ǽrran tócwýsednesse næs gesewen, Homl. Th. i. 62, 16. Nǽfre wommes tácn eáwed weorþeþ, Exon. Th. 4, 18; Cri. 54. Ongietan be sumum tácnum on his hiéremonna móde eal ðæt ðǽr gehýddes lutige, Past. 21; Swt. 153, 14. Witan ðæra tída tácnu, Mt. Kmbl. 16, 3. IV a. as a medical term, a symptom :-- Tácna ðære ádle, Lchdm. ii. 20, 26. Be tácnum on roppe, 230, 16. Gif sié ða ceácan áswollen and sió þrotu and ðú ða tácn geseó, 46, 22. V. a sign, symbol, emblem :-- Hwæt wille wé cweþan be ðam andweardan welan, ðe oft cymþ tó ðǽm gódum, hwæt hé elles sié bútan tácn ðæs tóweardan welan, Bt. 39, 11; Fox 230, 12. Healdaþ mínne restedæg, hé ys tácn betwux mé and eów, Ex. 31, 13. Fugles tácen the symbolical character of the phenix, Exon. Th. 232, 22; Ph. 510. Ðæt wé ðý geornor ongietan meahten tírfæst tácen, ðæt se fugel þurh bryne beácnaþ, 236, 14; Ph. 574. VI. a sign which shews the truth or reality of anything, proof, demonstration, evidence :-- Ðæt biþ tácn wísdómes, ðæt hine mon wilnige gehéran and ongitan, Bt. 38, 2; Fox 198, 22. Ðæt is swíþe sweotol tácn ðam wísan, ðæt hé ne sceal lufian tó ungemetlíce ðás woruldgesǽlþa, forðæm hí oft cumaþ tó ðǽm wyrstum monnum, 39, 11; Fox 230, 8. Him ðæt (the writing on the wall) tácen wearð, ðæt hé ligeword gecwæð, Cd. Th. 260, 31; Dan. 718. Ðæt wæs tácen sweotol, Beo. Th. 1671; B. 833. Hwæt dést ðú tó tácne, ðæt wé gelýfon, Jn. Skt. 6, 30. On ða ylcan tiid ðe hé (David) genam his (Saul's) spere on his getelde on niht, tó tácne ðæt hé inne mid him slǽpendum wæs, Ps. Th. 35, arg.: Bd. 1, 1; S. 474, 36: 2, 6; S. 508, 42; 4, 28; S. 606, 41: Blickl. Homl. 7, 15. Wé ðé ðás sǽlíc brohton tíres tó tácne, Beo. Th. 3312; B. 1654. Ic ðæs tácen wege sweotol on mé selfum; Cd. Th. 54, 31; Gen. 885. Sancte Iohannes mycelnesse se Hǽlend tácn sægde, the Saviour shewed by his words the greatness of St. John, Blickl. Homl. 167, 18. Ðǽr biþ on eádgum édgesýne þreó tácen somod, ðæs ðe hí hyra þeódnes wel willan heóldon, Exon. Th. 76, 7; Cri. 1236. Ic wéne ðæt ic ðé hæfde ǽr gereht be manegum tácnum, ðætte monna sáwla sint undeáþlíce tu idem es, cui persuasum atque insitum permultis demonstrationibus scio, menteis hominum nullo modo ease mortaleis, Bt. 11, 2; Fox 34, 33: Elen. Kmbl. 1704; El. 854. VII. a supernatural sign, miracle, prodigy :-- Ðis (the turning of water into wine) is ðæt forme tácn ðe hé on his menniscnysse openlíce geworhte, Homl. Th. i. 58, 14. Ðisse fǽmnan monige weorc gástlícra mægna and monig tácon heofonlícra wundra gewuniaþ gesǽde beón hujus virginis multa solent opera virtutum et signa miraculorum narrari, Bd. 3, 8; S. 531, 28. Hé (Christ) sóðra swá feala tácna gecýðde, ðǽr hié tó ségon, Andr. Kmbl. 1421; An. 711. Ic (St. Michael) gecýþe on eallum ðǽm tácnum ðe ðǽr gelimpeþ, ðæt ic eom ðære stówe hyrde, Blickl. Homl. 201, 8. On eallum tácnum and forebeácnum ðe God sende þurh hine, Deut. 34, 11. Gif ǽnig wítega secge tácnu and forebeácnu, 13, 1. Tácna, Homl. Th. i. 44, 24. Noldan hí ða torhtan tácen oncnáwan ðe him beforan fremede freóbearn Godes, Exon. Th. 40, 22; Cri. 642. Gesiáþ werc Dryhtnes ða set[t]e tácen ofer eórðan videte opera Domini quae posuit prodigia super terram, Ps. Surt. 45, 9. VII a. a signal event, remarkable circumstance :-- Andsware cýðan tácna gehwylces ðe ic him tó séce to give me an answer in reference to every remarkable circumstance about which I enquire of them (cf. mé þinga gehwylc gecýðan, ðe ic him tó séce, 817; El. 409), Elen. Kmbl. 637; El. 319. Wé on gemynd witon álra tácna gehwylc swá Tróiána þurh gefeoht fremedon, 1286; El. 645. [Goth. taikns; f.: O. Sax. tékan; n.: O. Frs. téken: O. H. Ger. zeihhan signum, signaculum, nota, titulus, miraculum: Icel. teikn, tákn a token, sign, wonder.] v. andgit-, bell-, fácen-, fore-, friðo-, luf-, sige-, sigor-, sóþ-, weá-, weder-, wer-, wundor-tácn.

tácn-berend, es; m. A standard-bearer :-- Tácnberend signifer, Ælfc. Gr. 8; Zup. 27, 15.

tácn-bora, an; m. I. a standard-bearer :-- Tácnbora signifer, vexillifer, Wrt. Voc. i. 35, 10: signifer, 84, 16. Tácenbora, Hymn. Surt. 113, 3. Tácnboran draconarii vel vexillarii vel signiferi, Wrt. Voc. i. 21, 66. II. a leader, guide, director :-- Ðis is mín tácenbora ðe mé getǽhte ðæt ic tó ðé becom (the word is used of the old fisherman who had directed Apollonius to the town, v. p. 12), Ap. Th. 27, 22.

tácn-circul, es; m. A circle or cycle which marks the date. I. the indiction, a cycle of fifteen years. v. ge-ban :-- Ðæm gǽre ðe wæs ágán fram Cristes ácennednesse eahta hand wintra and feówer and sixtig, and in ðam tácencircole ðæt twelfte geár (the year of the indiction is the remainder after dividing 864 + 3 by 15; this remainder is 12, which agrees with the passage), Chart. Th. 126, 3. II. the lunar cycle of nineteen years; the place which any year occupies in the cycle is marked by the golden number of the year :-- Ðis wæs gewriten on ðam geáre ðe wæs ágán fram Cristes ácennednysse án þusend geára and án and sixtig geára, and an ðam tácncircule ðæt seofanteóðe geár (the golden number of the year 1061 is the remainder after dividing 1061+1 by 19; this remainder is 17, which agrees with the number given in the passage), Chart. Th. 390, 19.

tácnian; p. ode. I. to make a mark upon something, to mark :-- Seó líget ðæt deófol bærneþ and tácnaþ, Salm. Kmbl. p. 148, 4. II. to be a token or mark of something, to indicate, mark :-- Se steorra ðe wé hátaþ ǽfensteorra, ðonne hé biþ west gesewen, ðonne tácnaþ hé ǽfen, Bt. 39, 13; Fox 232, 34. Ðysne dæg hié nemdon siges dæg; se nama tácnaþ ðone sige ðe Drihten wiþstód deófle, Blickl. Homl. 67, 14. Tácnendi index, Wrt. Voc. ii. 111, 40. III. to indicate, point out :-- Hé þurh his láre éces lífes wegas sægde and tácnode, Blickl. Homl. 129, 18. IV. to signify, (a) to express a meaning by means of figure or symbol, to express figuratively or symbolically :-- Hálige gewreotu ús tácniaþ ðás world þurh ðone mónan, Blickl. Homl. 17, 21. Hé bær him æcse and adesan on handa, tácnode (signabat) on ðám, ðæt hé tó gewinne on ðæt mynster eode, Bd. 4, 3; S. 567, 27. Tácnade Leoniða, hwelc moncwealm on Créca londe wæs, mid ðæm ðe hé sprecende wæs tó his geférum: 'Uton brúcan ðisses undernmetes swá ða sculon ðe hiora ǽfengifl on helle gefeccean sculon,' Ors. 2, 5; Swt, 84, 31. Ðæt hé sǽde and tácnode hwylcum deáðe hé wolde sweltan hoc dicebat significans qua morte esset moriturus, Jn. Skt. 12, 33: 21, 19. (b) to be the figurative expression of, be a figure of something, to symbolize :-- Huæt tácnaþ ðæt gold búton ða heánesse ðæs háligdómes quid aura nisi excellentia sanctitatis exprimitur? Past. 18; Swt. 133, 12. Hwæt tácnaþ Ezechhiel búton ða láreówas cujus Ezechiel nisi magistrorum speciem tenet? 21; Swt. 161, 8: Blickl. Homl. 79, 29: 17, 14. Cwæþ se godspellere ðæt leóht cyrde tó ðon blindan. Ðæt tácnaþ ðæt seó godcundnes onféng úre týdran gecynde, 17, 27. Hé cwæþ ðæt his þegnas dydon swá hé him bebeád. Ðæt tácnaþ ðe ðás láreówas ne sceolan Godes dómas náwþer ne ná wanian ne ne écan, 81, 3. Ðæt sweflene fýr tácnode hwelc gewinn ðá wǽron be ðǽm ðe nú sindon, Ors. 2, 6; Swt. 88, 30. V. to indicate what is future, to portend :-- Hí (two stars) wítegan wǽron grimmes wæles ... ðæt hí micel yfel mannum tóward tácnedon (signarent), Bd. 5, 23; S. 645, 28. Bécneude, tácniende portendentes, Wrt. Voc. ii. 66, 11. [Þes fuʒel tacnede faie sið þes kinges, Laym. 2832. Tacnenn to express symbolically, Orm. 1639. Ðe blo tokeneð ðe wateres wo, Gen. and Ex. 638. Toknyn or make tokene signo, Prompt. Parv. 495. Goth. taiknjan δεικνύναι: O. H. Ger. zeihhanón, zeihhanen signare, significare, indicare, monstrare: Icel. tákna, teikna to betoken, mark, denote.] v. fore-, ge-tácnian; tǽcnan, tǽcnian.

tácnung, e; f. Signification :-- Tácnunga significationem, Ps. Spl. 59. 4. I. an indication, sign, characteristic mark, symptom :-- Lǽcedómas and tácnung on ðam roppe (cf. be tácnum on ðam roppe, 230, 16), Lchdm. ii. 164, 5. Be lyfte tácnungum de aeris indiciis, Nar. 3, 14. Hit nú is búton swylcum tácnungum ðæs yfeles ðe hit ǽr dyde Aetna nunc tantum innoxia specie ad praeteritorum fidem fumat, Ors. 2, 6; Swt. 90, 3. II. an indication, evidence, proof :-- Wæs ðæs godcundan wundres sweotol tacnung (indicium), ðæt ðære fǽmnan líchoma bebyriged brosnian ne mihte, Bd. 4, 19; S. 587, 35. Ða hé mé in tácnunge his lufan bebeád quos mihi in indicium suae dilectionis commendaverat, 2, 6; S. 508, 18. Gewuniaþ tó tácnuncge his mægenes gelómlíce wundor hǽlo geworden beón ad indicium virtutis illius solent crebra sanitatum miracula operari, 4, 3; S. 570, 9. III. an indication of what is future, a presage, prognostic :-- Is seó stów nemned Heofenfeld wæs heó geára swá nemned for tácnunge ðæra tóweardra wundra vocatur locus ille Heofenfelth, quod certo utique praesagio futurorum antiquitus nomen accepit, Bd. 3, 2; S. 524, 34. Tó hwæm cumaþ hí elles bútan tó tácnunge sorges and ánfealdes sáres quid est aliud, quam futurae quoddam calamitatis indicium? Bt. 7, 2; Fox 18, 21. IV. a figurative representation, an emblem :-- Hwæt syndon ða woruldsǽlþa óþres búton deáþes tácnung? for ðam se deáþ ne cymþ tó nánum óþrum þingum bútan ðæt hé ðæt líf áfyrre; swá eác ða woruldsǽlþa cumaþ tó ðam móde tó ðam ðæt hí hit beniman ðæs ðe him leófast biþ ðisse worulde, Bt. 8; Fox 26, 6. V. direction, ordering :-- Ðás feówer heáfodrícu sindon on feówer endum ðyses middangeardes mid unásecgendlícre Godes tácnunge eadem ineffabili ordinatione per quatuor mundi cardines quatuor regnorum principatus fuerunt, Ors. 2, 1; Swt. 60, 1. [Þa wes he awundred, what weore þis tacninge (portent), Laym. 15974. He tolde heom þa tacni[n]ge (prophetic notice givens in a dream), 32126. Sette he up ðat ston for muniging And get on olige for tokning (sign; cf. Iacob lapidem erexit in titulum, fundens oleum desuper, Gen. 28, 18), Gen. and Ex. 1624. Ich wat al of þe tacninge (signification), O. and N. 1213. O. H. Ger. zeihhanunga significatio, descriptio.] v. ge-tácnung; tǽcning.

tácor (-ur), es; m. A husband's brother, brother-in-law :-- Tácor (-ur) levir, Txts. 74, 598. Tácor, Ælfc. Gr. 8; Zup. 27, 20: levir, i. frater mariti, Wrt. Voc. i. 52, 31. Tácor, ðæt is brýdguma[n] bróðor levirum, ii. 84, 16. Tácor, 50, 30: Hpt. Gl. 498, 75. [O. H. Ger. zeihhor (-ir, -ur) levir, frater mariti.]

tádige, tádie, an; f. A toad :-- Tádige buffo, Wrt. Voc. i. 24, 21. Tádie rubeta, 78, 57: Ælfc. Gr. 9, 3; Zup. 35, 3. [Tadde [ru]beta, Wrt. Voc. i. 91, 17. Liggeþ alse þe tadde deð in þere eorðe, O. E. Homl. i. 53, 14.]

tæbere (?) some implement used in weaving :-- Tæbere claus (the word occurs in a list de arte textoria; but in an almost identical list, p. 282. the form is teltre. v. teld-treów), Wrt. Voc. i. 66, 27. [Cf. (?) syl taber, Wrt. Voc. i. 289, 48, and claus, lignum textorii vel telde, ii. 131, 56.]

tǽcan; p. tǽhte To shew. I. to offer to view, present :-- Tǽhte hé ðá ðam pápan sumne munuc ðæs nama wæs Andreas cum monachum quemdam, nomine Andream, pontifici offerret, Bd. 4, 1; S. 564, 4. Se ðe hæfþ .xx. hída, se sceal tǽcan .xii. hída gesettes londes, ðonne hé faran wille. Se ðe hæfþ .x. hída, se sceal tǽcan, .vi. hída ... Se ðe hæbbe þreó hída tǽce óðres healfes, L. In. 64-66; Th. i. 144, 5-11 MS. B. II. to shew an object to a person so that the object may be attained by the person, to shew a way, a place, etc. (1) lit. :-- Ic tǽce sumum men his weg dirigo, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 5; Zup. 173, 8. Tǽceþ ús se torhta trumlícne hám, Cd. Th. 282, 29; Sat. 294. Him mon setl tǽhte and hé sæt æt ðam symble he was shewn a seat, and sat at the feast, Bd. 3, 10; S. 534, 28: 5, 19; S. 639, 35. Him freá tǽhte wegas ofer wésten, Cd. Th. 174, 5; Gen. 2873. Gewát him tó ðæs gemearces ðe him Metod tǽhte, 174, 29; Gen. 2885. Ðæs embe twá niht ðætte tǽhte God Elenan eádigre æþelust beáma, Menol. Fox 164; Men. 84: Elen. Kmbl. 1259; El. 631. (1 a) without an object, to shew the way, direct :-- On niht hé tǽhte eów þurh fýr nocte ostendens vobis iter per ignem, Deut. 1, 33. (2) fig. :-- Hig bugon raðe of ðam wege ðe ðú him tǽhtest recesserunt cito de via, quam ostendisti eis, Ex. 32, 8. Ða men ðe bearn habban him tǽcean hié lífes weg and rihtne gang tó heofenum, Blickl. Homl. 109, 17. (2 a) without an object, to direct :-- Hwá tǽcþ ús teals and hwá sylþ ús ða gód ðe ús man gehǽt quis ostendit nobis bona? Ps. Th. 4, 7. III. to shew a person (dat. or acc.) the direction that must be taken, to direct, to cause a certain direction to be taken, the direction being marked, by a preposition. (1) lit. :-- On ðære stówe ðe him se stranga tó wordum tǽhte on the place to which the Lord had directed him to go (cf. 172, 24-; Gen. 2849-). Cd. Th. 175, 24; Gen. 2900. Nán man ne tǽce his getihtledan man fram him let no one send his accused man away, L. Ath. i. 22; Th. i. 210, 23: L. C. S. 28; Th. i. 392, 11. Tǽce him mon siððan tó nigcumenra manna húse, R. Ben. 97, 11. (2) fig. :-- Niman hí ðone teóðan dǽl tó ðam mynstre and tǽcan him tó ðam nigoðan dǽle and tódǽle man ða eahta dǽlas on twá let them take the tithe for the minster, let the next tenth fall to his share (let him be directed to take the next tenth), and let the remaining eight tenths be divided in two, L. Edg. 3; Th. i. 264, 2. Ðú, fæder Agustinus, hié hæfst on ðínum bócum gesǽd, and ic gehwam wille ðǽrtó tǽtan ðe hiene his, lyst má tó witanne I will refer every one to the books, who desires to know more, Ors. 3, 3; Swt. 102, 25. (2 a) where the dat. is omitted :-- Seó ealde ǽ næs swá stíð on ðám þingum swá swá Cristes godspel is and tǽcþ tó ánum wífe points to, directs a man to take, one wife, Scrd. 22, 25. IV. to shew the course that must be followed, what should be observed, to direct, appoint, prescribe, enjoin. v. tǽcend :-- Ðú tǽcst folce gemǽro ábútan ðone munt (constitues terminos populo in circuitum) and cwist: 'Warniaþ ðæt gé ne cumon tó néh ðison munte,' Ex. 19, 12. Symle ðú tǽhtest mildheortnesse, and ðæt man óðrum miltsode, Homl. Th. i. 68, 23. Crist tǽhte: 'Syllaþ óðrum bútan ceápe,' Homl. Th. i. 412, 12. Eft hé him tǽhte tó fultome ðæt hé him genáme áne íserne hearstepannan ei ad munitionem suam protinus subinfertus: 'Et tu sume tibi sartaginem ferream,' Past. 21; Swt. 161, 6. Hig didon hine on cweartern, óð hig wiste, hwæt Drihten be him tǽhte (quid juberet Dominus), Lev. 24, 12. Hé hine ǽlces þinges geclǽnsode, swá se pápa him tǽhte in the manner prescribed by the pope, Chr. 1022; Erl. 161, 38. Ðá tǽhte man hyre ðæt hió sciolde bringan his fæder gold the court directed that she was to bring his father's gold, Chart. Th. 289, 34. Ðæt hé him dǽdbóte tǽce ut sibi poenitentiam praescribat, L. Ecg. C. proem.; Th. ii. 130, 35. Ne sig nán ðing forlǽten ðæs ðe se regol tǽce on his fandunge, R. Ben. 104, 17. Béte hé swá micel swá déman tǽcan quantum arbitri judicaverint, Ex. 21, 22. Ðæt hý bétan swá swá béc tǽcan, Wulfst. 165, 9. V. to shew to the mind by way of instruction or of proof, to teach. (1) of persons :-- Se Hálga Gást ðe tǽhþ rihtwísnysse, Homl. Th. i. 322, 5. Ǽfre se ðe áwent oþþe se þe tǽcþ of Lédene on Englisc ǽfre hé sceal gefadian hit swá ðæt ðæt Englisc hæbbe his ágene wísan he that makes a translation from Latin into English, or he that in teaching turns Latin into English must use idiomatic English, Ælfc. Gen. Thw. 4, 9. Ic ðé bebeóde ðæt ðú ne forgite ðæt ðæt ic ǽr tǽhte ... Ic ðé tǽhte ðætte ðǽr wǽre ðæt héhste gód maneant quae paullo ante conclusa sunt ... nonne monstravimus ea vera bona non esse, Bt. 34, 9; Fox 146, 13-19. Tǽc mé ðínne willan tó wyrcenne, 42; Fox 260, 11. Ic ðé mæg tǽcan óþer ðing, 38, 3; Fox 198, 29. Ða mæssepreóstas sceolan heora scriftbéc mid rihte tǽcan and lǽran. Ða láreówas sceolan synnfullum mannum eádmódlíce tǽcan and lǽran, ðæt hié heora synna cunnon onrihtlíce geandettan, Blickl. Homl. 43, 7-16. .xii. lahmenn scylon riht tǽcean Wealan and Ænglan ... Ðolien ealles ðæs hý ágon, gif hí wóh tǽcen, L. O. D. 5; Th. i. 354, 9-11. Gif hwylc gódra wile his lytlingas hiom tó láre befæstan, hig sceolon him éstlíce tǽcan, L. E. I. 20; Th. ii. 414, 10. Hé wile módum tǽcan, Cd. Th. 211, 17; Exod. 527. Hé wæs tǽcende dæghwomlíce binnan ðam temple, Homl. Th. i. 412, 29. (2) of things :-- Seó emniht is swá swá wé ǽr cwǽdon on .xxima UNCERTAIN. kl. April., swá swá ða geleáfullan rǽderas hit gesetton, and eác gewisse dægmǽl ús swá tǽcaþ, Lchdm. iii. 256, 22. VI. to shew, indicate, signify :-- Táhte significat, Jn. Skt. p. 8, 12: 21, 19: indicaret, Lk. Skt. p. 2, 14. Gif ðú hwæt be capitelhúse tǽcan wylle, Techm. ii. 122, 4: 118, 8, 17: 129, 3. v. be-, ge-, mis-tǽcan.

tǽcend, es; m. One who prescribes or orders. v. tǽcan, IV :-- Gif hwylcum bréþer hwæt hefelíces beboden sý underfó hé ða geboda his tǽcendes si cui fratri aliqua gravia injunguntur, suscipiat jubentis imperium, R. Ben. 128, 11.

tǽcing, e; f. I. the pointing out of a course to be followed, direction, teaching. v. tǽcan, IV, and previous word :-- Hér is seó ǽ, ðe ðú under hire tǽcinge winnan wylt, R. Ben. 96, 23. Sý him þreál geboden be regoles tǽcinge, 126, 4. Hé nolde nán ðing dón be ðæs deófles tǽcunge, Homl. Th. i. 168, 26. Gif hé be bóca tǽcinge his líf gefadige, L. Eth. ix. 28; Th. i. 346, 17. Gif hwá nelle bétan æfter mínra biscopa tǽcinge, Chart. Erl. 230, 22. Gode þeówian æfter Sanctus Benedictus tǽcinge according to the rule of St. Benedict, Chart. Th. 549, 8: 227, 24: Lchdm. iii. 438, 20. Underfó hé ǽlcne regoles þeáw and tǽcinge; sig hé æfter Cristes bóce tǽcinge ðus geáxod, R. Ben. 104, 19. Þurh háligra bóca tǽcunge úres Drihtnes willan mid gódum dǽdum gefyllan, Homl. Ass. 144, 2. II. teaching, doctrine :-- Swá ðæt wé þurhwunigen on Cristes láre and tǽcinge, R. Ben. 6, 1. x ána ongynþ of ðam stæfe i æfter úðwitena rǽcinge, Ælfc. Gr. 2; Zup. 6, 5. Ðæra sind feówer æfter Priscianes tǽcinge, 24; Zup. 129, 16.

tǽcnan; p. [e]de. I. to shew, present :-- Se ðe hæfþ .xx. hída se sceal tǽcnan (tǽcan, MS. B.) .xii. hída gesettes landes ðonne hé faran wille. Se ðe hæfþ .x. hída se sceal tǽcnan (tǽcan, MS. B.) .vi. hída gesettes landes. Se ðe hæbbe þreó hída tǽcne (tǽce, MS. B.) óðres healfes, L. In. 64-66; Th. i. 144, 5-11. II. to shew the road, point out an object, make known :-- Se him wægas tǽcneþ, Exon. Th, 434, 26; Rä. 52, 7. Tǽcne indicet, Jn. Skt. Lind. 11, 57. Taecnaendi (-endi) index, Txts. 70, 544. III. to appoint, prescribe :-- Se mec wrǽde on legde, ðæt ic onbúgan ne mót of ðæs gewealde, ðe mé wegas tǽcneþ, Exon. Th. 383, 26; Rä. 4, 16. v. tácnian, tǽcnian, tǽcan, tǽcnend.

-tǽcne. v earfoþ-tǽcne.

tǽcnend, es; m. One that shews or points out :-- Tǽcne[n]d index, Wrt. Voc. ii. 47, 74.

tǽcnian; p. ode To shew, prove :-- Forðam ús segþ ǽlc gesceádwísnes and ealle men ðæt ilce andettaþ ðæt God sié ðæt héhste gód forðam ðe hí tǽcniaþ ðæt eall gód on him sý ita vero bonum esse Deum ratio demonstrat, ut perfectum quoque in eo bonum esse convincat, Bt. 34, 2; Fox 136, 6. v. tácnian, and next word.

tǽcning, e; f. Shewing, proof :-- Ðá cwæþ hé: 'Ic hit ðé ðonne wille getǽcan; ac ðæt án ic ðé bebeóde ðæt ðú þeáh for ðære tǽcninge ne forgite ðæt ðæt ic ǽr tǽhte' atqui hoc verissima, inquit, ratione patefaciam, maneant modo quae paullo ante conclusa sunt, Bt. 34, 9; Fox 146, 14. v. tácnung.

tæfl, e; f.: es; n.(?): tæfle, an(?); f. Properly a board for the playing of a game. But the word seems also used of a game played on such a board: cf. the use of the word tables at a later time :-- Wyþ pleyynge at tables oþer atte chekere, R. Glouc. 192, 3. Kueade gemenes of des and of tables huer me playþ nor pans, Ayenb. 45, 16. Tabulies tabella (15th cent.), Wrt. Voc. i. 202, col. 2. See also Strutt's Sports, Bk. iv, c. 2. The word seems to denote also a die used in playing a game. What was the precise nature of the games, to which this word and related forms are applied, does not appear; some of the references below would imply that games of chance are meant, and this would be in keeping with the love of gaming which Tacitus, Germ. c. 24, noticed among the Germans. But games of skill like chess may sometimes be meant. In Icelandic tafl is used of chess or draughts, as well as of dicing, and the Danes in England seem to have played chess (see Thrupp's Anglo-Saxon Home, c. xvi, sec. 7); and in O. H. Ger. scah-zabel = scacarium. Among the Welsh, too, was a game something like draughts, called tawlbwrdd (Thrupp, p. 388) :-- Tefil, tebl, teblae alea, Txts. 36, 6. Tæfl, Wrt. Voc. ii. 8, 7. Incipit de alea. Tæfl alea, ic tæfle tæflum cotizo tesseris, i. 284, 28, 31. Tæfel, 66, 47. Tæfel alea, cynningstán on tæfle pirgus (cf. O. H. Ger. zabel-bret pirgus), feðerscíte tæfel tessere vel lepusculae, 39, 45-49. Tæslum tesellum ( = tæflum tessellis? v. Wülck. Gl. 526, 5), ii. 93, 44. Dryhten dǽleþ sumum tæfle cræft, bleóbordes gebregd, Exon. Th. 331, 19; Vy 70. Sum biþ hræd tæfle, sum biþ gewittig æt wínþege, 297, 25; Crä. 73. Hý twegen sceolon tæfle ymbsittan ... habban him gomen on borde, 345, 2; Gn. Ex. 182. [Sum men pleoden on tæuelbrede (mid tauel, 2nd MS.), Laym. 8133. O. H. Ger. zabel; n. alea, wurf-zabel alea, tessera: Icel. tafl; n. a game; tafla a piece used in a game.] See the following words.

tæflan, tæflian; p. [e]de, ode To gamble, game :-- Ic tæfle tæflum cotizo tesseris, Wrt. Voc. i. 289, 31. Ic tæfle cotizo, Wrt. Voc. ii. 16, 63. Tebliþ, tebleþ cotizat, Txts. 46, 178. Tæflaþ, Wrt. Voc. ii. 135, 36. [Þe manne þat taveleþ and forleost þat game, O. and N. 1666. Elsewhere the word means to talk, argue :-- Ich leote ham talkin and tauelin of godlec, Marh. 13, 31. Nefde hare nan tunge to tauelin (teuelin, MS. C.) a tint wið, Kath. 1247. Teuele he wið me, 820. Icel. tefla to play at draughts, dice, etc.]

tæfle (?); adj. Given to play :-- Hond tæfles monnes the hand of the gamester, Exon. Th. 345, 8; Gn. Ex. 185.

tæflere, es; m. A gamester, dicer, gambler :-- Teblere, teblheri aleator, aleo, Txts. 36, 7. Tæflere aleator, Wrt. Voc. ii. 8, 8: i. 66, 49: 284, 30. Wé lǽraþ, ðæt preóst ne beó hunta, ne hafecere, ne tæflere, ac plege on his bócum, swá his háde gebiraþ, L. Edg. C. 64; Th. ii. 258, 8. [M. H. Ger. zabelære aleo.]

tæfl-stán, es; m. A die, or a piece in a game (tæfl) :-- Teblstán (tebel-) calculus,Txts. 47, 349. Tæflstán calculus (in a list 'de alea'), Wrt. Voc. i. 284, 29. Tæfelstán, 66, 48. Tæfelstánas aleae, 39, 46.

-tǽfran, tǽg. v. á-tǽfran, teáh.

tǽg tǽg glosses puppup, Wrt. Voc. ii. 88, 71.

tægl, es; m. A tail :-- Oxan tægl biþ stiɫɫ. weorð, L. In. 59; Th. i. 140, 3. Foxes tægles se ýtemesta dǽl, Lchdm. i. 340, 22. Se ðrowend slihþ mid ðam tægle tó deáðe, Homl. Th. i. 252, 5, 10, 12. Ða beón beraþ ǽtterne tægel, Frag. Kmbl. 37; Leás. 20, Hí habbaþ tæglas ðám wyrmum gelíce ðe men hátaþ þrowend, Wulfst. 200, 14. [Goth. tagl; n. hair: O. H. Ger. zagel; m. a tail: Icel. tagl; n. a (horse's) tail: Norweg. tagl horse-hair: Swed. tagel hair of mane or tail.] v. cú-tægl.

tægl dye. v. telg.

tægl-hǽr, es; n. A hair of an animal's tail :-- Gif ðú hafast mid ðé wulfes hrycghǽr and tæglhǽr ða ýtemæstan on síðfæte, bútan fyrhtu ðú ðone síð gefremest, ac se wulf sorgaþ ymbe his síð, Lchdm. i. 360, 21.

tæher, tæherende. v. teár, teárian.

tæl, tel, es; n. A tale, number, series :-- Heora tel biþ swá menigfeald, ðæt hit oferstíhþ sandceosles gerím, Homl. Th. i. 536, 33. Ðæra etendra tal manducantium numerus, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 14, 21. Of tale numero, Jn. Skt. Rush. 6, 10. Tele laterculo, numero, Hpt. Gl. 442, 51. In ténum talum in decem numeros, Mt. Kmbl. p. 3, 1. Cf. Forerím ɫ (fore-)tal prologus, p. 1, 1. [Hundred is ful tel, A. R. 372, 9. O. Sax. gér-tal: Icel. tal; n. a number, series.] v. ge-, ofer-tæl; tæl-cræft, -mearc, -met; talu.

tǽl, e; f.(?) Evil speaking, calumny, detraction :-- Tǽl blasphemia, vituperatio, Wrt. Voc. ii. 127, 9: detractatio, vituperatio, 139, 44. 'Ælc tǽl sié ánumen fram eów.' ... Hit biþ unnyt ðæt mon tǽl útane forlǽte gif se yfela willa ðone onwald hæfþ ðæs íngeðonces 'omis blasphemia tollatur a vobis.' ... Frustra blasphemia ab exterioribus tollitur, si in interioribus malitia dominatur, Past. 33; Swt. 222, 8-14. Ne fríne ic ðé for tǽle ne þurh teóncwide I do not question you that I may detract or abuse, Andr. Kmbl. 1265; An. 633. Hé þolaþ sárcwide secga ... Ic bí mé secge ðis sárspell ... Ic for tǽle ne mæg ǽniene moncynnes gelufian, Exon. Th. 458, 1-26; Hy. 4, 93-106. Ðæt heó mec tǽle gerahte (-rǽhte? cf. ðæt hé ða hálgan weras hospe gerahte (-rǽhte?) he calumniated, 260, 21; Jul. 300) hét mé fremdne god ofer ða óþre ðe wé ǽr cúþon weorþian that she attacked me with blasphemy, bade me honour a strange god above the others that we knew before, 247, 4; Jul. 73. v. tál.

-tǽl. v. leóf-tǽl.

tǽlan; p. de. I. to blame, rebuke, reprove, reproach, censure, accuse. (1) to blame a person for what is wrong :-- Ne ðreáþ ús nán monn ne furðum áne worde ne tǽlþ ne verbi quidem ab aliquo invectione laceramur, Past. 17; Swt. 117, 22. Télaþ ðegnas accusant (pharisaei) discipulos, Mk. Skt. p. 3, 14. Ðú mé tǽldesð and ðú me cíddesð me reprehendis, Past. proem.; Swt. 23, 10. Ða scamleásan Galatas suíðe openlíce Paulus tǽlde (increpat), 31; Swt. 207, 14. Hé lǽrde and tǽlde ealle men ðe worulde welan gaderiaþ mid unrihte, Ps. Th. 38, arg. Hí tǽldon hí vituperaverunt, Mk. Skt. 7, 2. Ðætte hiǽ téldun (accusarent) hine, Mk. Skt. Rush. 3, 2. Ðæt hié ongieten ðæt hié mon tǽle that they may know that they are censured, Past. 21; Swt. 151, 14. Se ðe óðerne tǽlan wille, ðonne gange hé ǽrest on dígle stówe and besceáwige hine sylfne, Wulfst. 233, 20. (2) to blame what is wrong in a person :-- Ne tǽle ic ná micel weorc ne ryhtne onwald ac ic tǽle ðæt hine mon forðý up áhebbe on his móde non potestatem reprehendimus, Past. 4; Swt. 41, 2-3. Ðonne gé eów selfum ondrǽdaþ ðæt ðæt gé on óþrum tǽlaþ dum sibi, quod increpat, timet, 21; Swt. 159, 16. Hé tǽlde (exprobravit) hyra ungeleáffulnesse, Mk. Skt. 16, 14. Ða bóceras ðæt tǽldon, Homl. Th. i. 338, 20. Gif hé gesceádelíce hwilcu þing tǽle si qua rationabiliter reprehenderit, R. Ben. 109, 9. Leahtras tǽlan, 135, 18. Ðæt ðæt him mon on tǽlan wille quod in eis reprehenditur, Past. 31; Swt. 206, 6. Unþeáwas tǽlan and góde herian, Bt. 38, 3; Fox 200, 7: Met. 19, 39. Tó tǽlenne, Bt. 27, 4; Fox 100, 19. II. to speak evil of, blaspheme, revile, slander, calumniate, backbite :-- Eorl óðerne mid teónwordum tǽleþ behindan, spreceþ fægere beforan, Fragm. Kmbl. 7; Leás. 4. Tǽleþ blasvemiat, Wrt. Voc. ii. 73, 21. Ðis weorc heora ðe tǽlaþ (télaþ, Ps. Surt.) mé þe werke of pa þat bacbite me (Ps. 108, 20), Ps. Spl. 108, 19. For ðara stemne ðe mé hyspaþ and tǽlaþ a voce exprobrantis et obloquentis, Ps. Th. 43, 18. Of ðæm cristendóme ðe hié nú swíþost tǽlaþ, Ors. 2, 1; Swt. 64, 19. Ðú sǽte ongeán ðínne bróþor and tǽldest (téldes, Ps. Surt., detrahebas) hine, Ps. Th. 49, 21. Hé his godu tǽlde, Exon. Th. 278, 16; Jul. 598. Hí tǽldon (téldon, Ps. Surt. detrahebant) mé me bakbate, þai (Ps. 108, 4), Ps. Spl. 108, 3. Hí mé tǽldon exprobaverunt animam meam, Ps. Th. 34, 8. Hig tǽldon ðæt land mid heora teónwordum they brought up an evil report of the land (A. V.), Num. 13, 33. Forðan ðe hig ðæt land tǽldon by bringing up a slander upon the land (A. V.), 14, 36. Ne hine ne tǽl, ne ne ter mid wordum, Basil admn. 5; Norm. 46, 11. Ne tǽl ðú ðínne Dryhten thou shalt not revile the gods, L. Alf. 37; Th. i. 52, 29: Ex. 22, 28. Þreora cynna syndon morþras; ðæt is ðæt ǽrest, ðæt man tó óþrum lǽþþe hæbbe, and hine hatige, and tǽle behindan him sylfum; forðon seó synn biþ swíþe mycel, ðæt man óþerne hatige and tǽle, Blickl. Homl. 65, 1-2. Télan carpere, Wrt. Voc. ii. 19, 23: 90, 11. Underfóh mé nú behreówsiendne, ðone ðe ðú óð ðis audigendne and tǽlendne forbǽre, Homl. Th. ii. 418, 10. Télendne wið ðæm néstan his dégullíce dernlike his neghburgh bakbitand (Ps.), Ps. Surt. 100, 5. Gebiddaþ for eówre ehteras and tǽlendum eów (calumniantibus vos), Mt. Kmbl. 5, 44. III. to treat with contempt, to scorn, despise, insult, mock, deride, jeer at :-- Se stunta tǽlþ (inridet) láre, Scint. 113, 18. Ðæt fæsten tǽlþ God, Homl. Th. i. 180, 10. Se ðe téleþ (spernit) mec, Jn. Skt. Rush. 12, 48. Téld deridet, Kent. Gl. 718. Ða unrihtwísan tǽlaþ (cf. habbaþ on hospe, Met. 4, 44) ða rihtwísan, Bt. 4; Fox 8, 15. Tǽlde hé Rómáne and hié swíþe bismrade mid his wordum Romam infami satis notavit elogio, Ors. 5, 7; Swt. 228, 19. Télde (sprevit) hine Heródes, Lk. Skt. Lind. Rush. 23, 11. Tǽldon sugillent, Wrt. Voc. ii. 92, 18. Ðá tǽldon hí hine inridebant eum, Mk. Skt. 5, 40. Tǽldon deridebant, Lk. Skt. 8, 53. Hié hine on ðæm tǽldon and bismrodan, ðæt hé his swá ánfealdne gegyrelan tósníðan sceolde, Blickl. Homl. 215, 9. Ealle ágynnaþ hine tǽlan (inludere ei), Lk. Skt. 14, 29. Sellas hine hǽðnum tó télenne (ad deludendum), Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 20, 19. Héhsacerdas télende (ludentes) cuoedon, Mk. Skt. Lind. Rush. 15, 31. Tǽlende cavillantes, Wrt. Voc. ii. 3, 60. Téled is calcatur, 18, 48: 83, 46: detractatur, Kent. Gl. 924. Hé biþ tǽled fram swylcum mannum swylce ðære wyrte mihta cunuun he is laughed at by such men as know the virtues of the plant, Lchdm. i. 164, 6. [He is cnihtscipe tælden they blamed his want of manhood, Laym, 3801. Tælen to reproach, 3334. Giff mann wollde tælenn þatt (reprove the sin), Orm. 2033. Swuch he may telen of golnesse, O. and N. 1415. Icel. tæla to delude, mock.] v. be-, ge-tǽlan; tǽlende, un-tǽled.

tæl-cræft, es; m. Arithmetic :-- Mæg geseón ǽlc man ðe telcræftas ǽnig gesceád can (that knows anything of arithmetic), ðæt hit máre is ðonne þreó hund geára syððan ðyllíc feoh wæs farende on eorðan, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 699. v. getel-cræft; rím-cræft.

-tǽle. v. leóúf-, un-tǽle.

tǽlend, es; m. I. a reprover :-- Ðǽm télendum reprehensoribus, Mk. Skt. p. 2, 17. II. a slanderer, backbiter, detractor :-- Swíþe seldon ǽnig man wile beón andetta, ðæt hé æféstig sý oððe tǽlend, Blickl. Homl. 65, 4. Ðone tǽlend detrahentem, Ps. Lamb. 100, 5. Mid télendum cum detractoribus, Kent. Gl. 938. III. a scorner, mocker, derider :-- Sécþ tǽlend (derisor) wísdóm ... gearwe synd tǽlendum (derisoribus) dómas, Scint. 171, 13-14. Nelle ðú þreágean tǽlend (derisorem), 113, 12. Télend, Kent. Gl. 289.

tǽlende; adj. (ptcpl.) I. prone to blame, censorious :-- Ne beó hé tó tǽlende, L. E. I. 21; Th. ii. 416, 17: Exon. Th. 305, 18; Fä. 90. Cf. Uton beorgan ús wið tǽlnysse and wið twysprǽcnysse caveamus nobis a vituperatione et a biloquio, L. Ecg. P. iv. 66; Th. ii. 226, 31. II. slanderous, backbiting :-- Ða aefstigan men and ða tǽlendan, Blickl. Homl. 65, 10.

tǽlere, es; m. A scorner, scoffer, mocker :-- Télerum derisoribus, Kent. Gl. 721.

tælg. v. telg.

tǽl-hleahtor, es; m. Scornful laughter, derision :-- Tǽlhlehter derisio, Wrt. Voc. i. 51, 4.

tǽling, e; f. I. reproof, rebuke :-- Hé egesiende stiérþ ofermétta mid ðære tǽlinge, Past. 8; Swt. 53, 16. Petrus anféng Paules tǽlinge (increpationem), 19; Swt. 145, 18. Hié forberaþ ǽghwelce unryhte tǽlinge ... hié forberaþ ðæt hié mid ðæm sweorde hiera tungna tǽlinge ne sleáþ hira hláfurdes ðeáwas piae subditorum mentes ab omni se peste obtrectationis abstinentes praepositorum vitam nullo linguae gladio percutiunt, 28; Swt. 199, 4. Hiera geférena tǽlinge reprehensionem proximorum, 38; Swt. 273, 8. II. evil-speaking, slander, calumny :-- Gif ðú gesihst fæla penega tǽlincga oððe wærginga getácnaþ if you see many pennies, it betokens calumnies or curses, Lchdm. iii. 214, 16.

tælla ( = telga? q. v.) :-- Tællan tyrso, vitibus, Germ. 394, 280.

tǽl-leás; adj. Blameless :-- Biscepe gedafnaþ ðæt hé sié tǽlleás oportet episcopum irreprehensibilem esse, Past. 8; Swt. 53, 10.

tǽlleáslíce; adv. Blamelessly :-- Ðonne stæpþ se sacerd suíðe tǽlleáslíce on ðone weg tunc sacerdos irreprehensibiliter graditur, Past. 13; Swt. 77, 19.

tǽl-líc; adj. Blasphemous :-- Tǽllíce word blasphemiae, Mt. Kmbl. 15, 19, MS. A. v. tál-líc.

tǽllíce; adv. Blasphemously, calumniously :-- Hé Criste wiðsóc and be ðam sóðan Gode tǽllíce sprecþ, Homl. Skt. i. 3, 249. v. un-tǽllíce; tállíce.

tæl-mearc, e; f. A date :-- Sume ǽr sume síð sume in úrra æfter tælmearce tída gemyndum some early, some late, some by the date in the memory of our times, Exon. Th. 154, 27; Gú. 849.

tæl-met, es; n. A measure expressed by number :-- Is tó ðære tíde tælmet hwíle seofon and twentig nihtgerímes there is to that season a space of time expressed by the number twenty-seven if the reckoning be by days, Andr. Kmbl. 226; An. 113.

tǽlness, e: f. Reproach, slander, calumny, detraction :-- Télnesse sugillationis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 87, 76. Sceomaes ɫ télnisses confusionis, Mt. Kmbl. p. 3, 10. Ða ðe mé tǽlnysse teónan ætfæstan qui detrahunt mihi, Ps. Th. 108, 28. Télnysse, 108, 3. Uton beorgan ús wið tǽlnysse (vituperatione), L. Ecg. P. iv. 66; Th. ii. 226, 31: Wulfst. 233, 19. Tó niomanne télnisse (opprobrium) míne, Lk. Skt. Rush. 1, 25. Télnise ɫ sceoma calumniam, Lind. 3, 14. Tǽlnysse detractio, L. Ecg. C. proem.; Th. ii. 132, 7. Télnisse weorlde aerumnae saeculi, Mk. Skt. Rush. 4, 19. Ða ðe tǽlnessa teónan wið heora ðam néhstan níð áhófan detrahentem adversus proximum suum, Ps. Th. 100, 4. Ðú tǽlnissum wiþ ða sélestan sacan ongunne, Exon. Th. 254, 31; Jul. 205. Tǽlnyssa (télnisse, Ps. Surt.) vituperationem, Ps. Spl. 30, 16.

tælsum; adj. Numerous. harmonious, rhythmic :-- On tælsumum leóðe carmine rythmico (numerali), Hpt. Gl. 415, 55.

tǽlweorðlícness, e; f. Blameworthiness :-- Gé sweotolran gedóþ eówre tǽlweorðlícnesse (-wierð-, Cott. MSS.) foedior vestra reprehensibilitas appareat, Past. 8; Swt. 53, 15.

tǽl-wirðe, -wierðe, -wyrðe; adj. Blameworthy, reprehensible :-- Gecnáwan hwæt tǽlwierðe biþ quae reprehendenda sunt cognoscere, Past. 28; Swt. 195, 8. Tǽlwyrðes (-wierðes, Cott. MSS.), 195, 24. v. untǽlwirðe.

tǽlwirð-líc; adj. Blameable, reprehensible :-- Ðæt on óðrum lande betst lícaþ ðæt biþ hwílum on ðam óþrum tǽlwyrþlícost and eác miceles wítes wyrþe quod apud alios laude, apud alios supplicio dignum judicetur, Bt. 18, 2; Fox 64, 24. v. un-tǽlwirðlíc.

tǽlwirðlíce; adv. In a way that deserves censure, reprehensibly :-- Tǽlwyrðlíce notabiliter, Wrt. Voc. ii. 61, 16.

tǽlwirðlícness. v. tǽlweorðlícness.

tǽman, tæmes-píle. v. téman, temes-píle.

tǽnel, es; m. A wicker basket :-- Taenil, ténil fiscilla (-ella), Txts. 62, 403. Tǽnel, Wrt. Voc. ii. 35, 36: canistrum, vas vinetum, 128, 18: cistella, capsilla, cartellum, 131, 20: corbis vel qualus, i. 24. 57. Litel tǽnel quasillus, 25, 6. Hé him on hand genam ǽnne lytelne tǽnel mid caricum gefylledne, Homl. Skt. ii. 23 b, 661, 714. Tǽnelas fiscellos, tǽnel fiscellus, Hpt. Gl. 497, 42. 43. Tǽnelum fiscellis, 468, 25: Wrt. Voc. ii. 34, 4. [Tenel or crele cartallus, Prompt. Parv. 489. Cf. Goth. tainjó κόφινos: O. H. Ger. zeinna canistrum, calathus, cartallus, fiscella; zeinnilí cartallus: Icel. teinur; pl. f. a basket, creel.] v. stic-tǽnel; tán; and cf. wilige, windel.

tǽnen; adj. Of twigs :-- Tǽnene sceptrinae (sceptrum = virga in Aldhelm. v. Migne), Hpt. Gl. 483, 62. v. tán.

tæppa, an; m. A tap :-- Ðonne ðú wín habban wille, ðonne dó ðú mid ðínum twám fingrum swilce ðú tæppan of tunnan onteón wille, Techm. ii. 120, 10. Tæppan teón, 12. [Hit behoueþ þet zuich wyu yerne by þe teppe ase þer is inne þe tonne, Ayenb. 27, 31. Chauc. tappe: O. H. Ger. zapfo; m. duciculum, duciolus: Ger. zapfen: Icel. tappi.] v. tæppian.

tæppa or tæppe, an; m. or f. A band, ribbon, tape :-- Tæppan tenia, Wrt. Voc. i. 16, 63. [The tapes of hire white volupere. Chauc. C. T. 3241. Tappe tenea, Wrt. Voc. i. 196, col. 2 (15th cent.). Cf. O. H. Ger. teppi sagum, tapetia.]

tæpped, tæppet, es; n. A covering for a floor, wall, etc., a carpet, hanging, coverlet; for a person, a tippet :-- Án healf-hrúh tæppet sipla (sipha? cf. in a list de lectis et ornamentis eorum :-- Hec amphicapa, est tapeta ex utraque parte villosa. Hec sipha, idem est, 243, cot. 1), Wrt. Voc, i. 40, 35. vii. oferbrǽdelsas and .ii. tæppedu, Chart. Th. 429, 26. Gemétum tepedum (lectulum meum stravi) tapetibus pictis (Prov. 7, 16), Kent. Gl. 200. [Cf. typet, tepet, Chauc. C. T. 233. Typitte leripipium, Wrt. Voc. i. 238, col. 2. Typett, Prompt. Parv. 494. O. H. Ger. teppid(-th, -t), tepid(-t) tapetium, saga cilicina. From Latin.]

tæppel-bred, es; n. A board covered with a carpet, a foot-stool :-- Fótscamel ɫ tæppelbred his fóta scabellum pedum ejus, Mt. Kmbl. Rush. 5, 35. Tæppilbred, 22, 44. [Cf. O. H. Ger. tepul tapetum.] v. preceding word.

tæppere, es; m. One who sells wine, a tavern-keeper :-- Tæppere caupus, i. tabernarius, qui vinum vendit, Wrt. Voc. ii. 130, 3. Tæppere, wínbrytta caupo, tabernarius, i. 28, 10. Tæppere caupo, 74, 17: Ælfc. Gr. 9, 3; Zup. 36, 13: Scint. 226, 10. [O. Frs. tapper. Cf. Icel. tappr a tapster.] v. wín-tæppere; tæppian.

tæppestre, an; f. A woman who sells wine, a hostess :-- Tæppestre caupona, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 3; Zup. 36, 13. [He knew the tavernes ... and everych hostiler and tappestere, Chauc. C. T. 241.]

tæppet, tæppil-bred. v. tæpped, tæppel-bred.

tæppian; p. ode To tap, put a tap into a cask :-- Gyf ðé gedrýrptes wínes lyste, ðonne dó ðú mid ðínum swýþran scytefingre on ðíne wynstran hand, swylce ðú tæppian wille, and wænd ðínne scytefinger ádúne and twængc hine mid ðínum twám fingrum, swylce ðú of sumne dropan strícan wylle, Techm. ii. 125, 18. [Icel. tappa: Ger. zapfen.]

tær (?); adj. Gaping, cleft(?) :-- Ða giniendan oððe tara hiulcas, Wrt. Voc. ii. 42, 49. Cf. (?) teran.

tǽsan; p. de To tear to pieces, pull to pieces, tease wool, tear a person's flesh with a weapon, wound :-- Ic tótere oððe pluccige oððe tǽse (wulle added in MS. W.) carpo, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 4; Zup. 170, 13. Carpsit, discerpsit, trahit, evellit, vel tǽst, Wülck. Gl. 200, 5. (In Wrt. Voc. ii. 128, 76 a line is omitted.) Hwílon hé on bord sceát, hwílon beorn tǽsde; ǽfre embe stunde hé sealde sume wunde, ða hwíle ðe hé wǽpna wealdan móste, Byrht. Th. 139, 47; By. 270. Nint wulle, and tǽs hý, Lchdm. iii. 112, 8. [Þay (the does) were tened at þe hyʒe, and taysed to þe wattreʒ, Gaw. 1169. But later forms seem also to point to a form tásian :-- Sheep, that is fulle of wulle upon his backe, they toose and pulle, Gow. i. 17, 8. Tosyn or tose wul carpo, Prompt. Parv. 497, and see note. I toose owlle and card het, Rel. Ant. ii. 197, 36 (15th cent.). Cf. O. H. Ger. zeisan; p. zias carpere: O. Du. teesen to tease wool: Dan. tæse.] v. á-, ge-tǽsan; tǽsl.

tǽse (?); adj. Convenient, for general use(?) :-- Andlang herpoðes tó tǽsan mǽde and se hǽðfeld eat gemǽne, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. v. 78, 32. Tó tésan méde and se héðfeld eat gemǽne, 138, 19. v. (?) ge-tǽse, tǽs-líc.

tǽsl, tǽsel, e; f. Teasel, teazle :-- Ðeós wyrt ðe man camelleon alba, and óþrum naman wulfes tǽsl (tǽsel, MS. B.) (cf. wolf's-thistle, E. D. S. Pub. Plant Names) nemneþ, hafaþ leáf wiþerrǽde and þyrnyhte, and heó hafaþ on middan sumne sinewealtne crop and þyrnyhtne, Lchdm. i. 282, 15. [Wilde tesel virga pastoris, Wrt. Voc. i. 141, 13 (13th cent.). Tasylle carduus, 191, col. 2 (15th cent.). Tasyl carduus vel cardo fullonis, Prompt. Parv. 487. Cloth ... with taseles cracched, Piers P. 15, 446. O. H. Ger. zeisala carduus; wolf(es)-zeisala arnica.]

tǽs-líc; adj. Advantageous, good, convenient :-- Gewelgad ɫ tǽslícro (-or?) potius, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 25, 9. v. next word.

tǽslíce; adv. Conveniently :-- Sóhte huu hine teáslícor gesealla mæhte querebat quomodo illum opportune traderet, Mk. Skt. Lind. 14, 11. v. ge-tǽslíce.

tæslum, Wrt. Voc. ii. 93, 44. v. teosol and tæfl.

tǽsness, tæso. v. ge-tǽsness, teosu.

tǽtan (?) to gladden, make cheerful :-- Ful oft ðæt gegongeþ, ðætte wer and wíf in woruld cennaþ bearn, and mid bleóm gyrwaþ, tennaþ and tǽtaþ (the father and mother try to make the child joyous, to amuse it; Thorpe suggests temiaþ and tǽcaþ), Exon. Th. 327, 15; Vy. 4. [Icel. teita to gladden, cheer; teiti gladsomeness, joy; teitr glad.]

tættec (-a, -e?) a rag, tatter :-- Dormitatio vestietur pannis seó slápolnys byþ gescrýdd mid wácum tætticum, Homl. Ass. 9, 238. Nis se loddere mid his tasttecon mín gelíca, Homl. Th. i. 256, 9. Cf. the following passages from charters relating to the same land :-- On tættucan stán (in a later charter it is called mægenstán, 291, 7), Cod. Dip. Kmbl. v. 112, 35. Tættucæn stán, 340, 35. Tættaces stán, 325, 30. Tædduces stán, 253, 4. Could the word mean beggar? In the first mentioned charters lodderes sæccing (sæxcing) occurs.

tágum, táhae. v. teáh, tá.

táh-spora, -spura, an; m. The point of the toe(?) :-- Táhspura calcis finis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 127, 47. v. hand-spora, hél-spure, sporu.

tal a number. v. tæl.

tál, e; f.: es; n.(?) I. evil-speaking, calumny, slander, vituperation, detraction :-- Tál denotatio, detractio, Scint. 83, 6. Tále suggilationis (viluperationis, Hpt. Gl. 527, 3), Anglia xiii. 37, 298. Tále vituperationem, Ps. Spl. 30, 16. Þurh tále per detractionem, Confess. Peccat. Ne tále ne dóþ neque calumniam faciatis, Lk. Skt. 3, 14, Ðurh ðis beóþ áwecte saca and tála hinc suscitantur rixe, detractiones, R. Ben. 124, 18, Módignys ácenþ yfelsacunge, ceorunge, and gelómlíce tála, Homl. Th. ii. 222, 8. I a. evil-speaking in reference to the Deity, blasphemy :-- Ǽlc synn and tál biþ forgifen mannum, ac ðæs Hálgan Gástes tál ne bið nǽfre forgifen omne peccatum et blasphemia remittetur hominibus, Spiritus autem blasphemia non remittetur (Mt. 12, 31), Homl. Th. i. 498, 22. Se cwyð tál ongeán ðone Hálgan Gást, se ðe mid unbehreówsigendre heortan þurhwunaþ on mándǽdum, 500, 15. Nán man ne beó swá dyrstig, ðæt hé ǽnig word oððe ǽnig (ǽnige?) tál cweðe ongeán eówerum Gode, ii. 20, 28. II. scorn, mock, derision, reproach :-- Tál and gebismerung subsannatio et illusio, Ps. Lamb. 78, 4. Þe læs ðe heó dó ðé on tále cuman feóndum ðínum ne faciat te in obprobrium venire inimicis tuis, Scint. 177, 4. Ðæt man God tó tále habbe that God be mocked, Wulfst. 299, 14. Ðás word ðe Sennacherib ásende tó hospe and tó tále ðé and ðínum folce (verba Sennacherib, qui misit ut exprobraret nobis Deum viventem, 2 Kings 19, 16), Homl. Th. i. 568, 19. Tále ganniturae, cachinnatione, Hpt. Gl. 441, 2. Tále subsannationem, Ps. Lamb. 43, 14. III. blame, censure, reproof :-- Ða bóceras ðæt tǽldon; ac heora tál næs ná of rihtwísnysse, Homl. Th. i. 338, 20. Adjectiva getácniaþ oððe herunge oððe tál (tále, MS. V.: tǽl, MS. T.), Ælfc. Gr. 5; Zup. 12, 11. [Cf. O. H. Ger. zála periculum: Icel. tál allurement, device.] v. tǽl, tǽlan.

talente, an; f. A talent :-- Hé ǽlce geáre gesealde twá hand talentana siolfres: on ǽlcre ánre talentan wæs .lxxx. punda, Ors. 4, 6; Swt. 170, 27. III M talentana, Swt. 180, 14. Swá fela talentena, 4, 10; Swt. 202, 22. [O. H. Ger. talenta; f. strong.]

talian; p. ode. I. to suppose a thing (to be) such and such, consider, reckon, account, (a) where the object is a noun or pronoun :-- Nó ic mé hnágran talige, ðonne Grendel hine, Beo. Th. 1359; B. 677. Ðæs ðe ic sóð talige, Andr. Kmbl. 3125; An. 1565. Talge, Exon. Th. 50, 3; Cri. 794. Hé hit swíðe unáberendlíc talaþ, Past. 33; Swt. 226, 18. Hé mé ofslægenne talaþ, Bd. 4, 22; S. 591, 29. Hé talaþ hine sylfne wísne, Wulfst. 52, 29. Ða ðe hí sylfe wáce taliaþ, Homl. Th. ii. 374, 29. Ðæt hié taliaþ hálig, R. Ben. 9, 19. Talige hé hine sylfne wið God forworhtne, Wulfst. 155, 11. Hwæðer ðæt sié tó talianne wáclíc, Bt. 24, 4; Fox 86, 16. Gé beóþ mé talade and rímde on bearna stæl, Exon. Th. 366, 11; Reb. 10. (b) where the object is expressed by a clause :-- Sóð ic talige, ðæt ic merestrengo máran áhte, Beo. Th. 1069; B. 532. Wén ic talige ... ðæt ða Sǽ-Geátas sélran næbben tó geceósenne cyning ǽnigne, 3695; B. 1845. Wé fremful taliaþ, ðæt eal mynstres fadung on ðæs abbodes dóme stande, R. Ben. 125, 5. (c) where the supposition is expressed by a clause :-- Ðú talas (putas), ðæt ic ne mǽge gebidda fader mín, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 26, 53. Se man talaþ, ðæt hé ðonne hál sié, Lchdm. ii. 208, 6. Hwylc talge wé, ðæt se ende ðæs heora lífes wǽre, Blickl. Homl. 163, 5. (d) where the supposition is not expressed :-- Nis ðis seó hell swá ðú talost and wénest, Bd. 5, 12; S. 628, 7. Gif ðín hige wǽre swá searogrim swá ðú talast, Beo. Th. 1193; B. 594. ¶ with swylce, tó, to consider as :-- Ða áteorigendlícan ðing ðe heó nú tó sibbe and blisse talaþ, Homl. Th. i. 408, 26. Wá eów ðe taliaþ eów sylfe tó ðeódwitan ve, qui sapientes estis coram oculis vestris, Wulfst. 46, 26. Ne talode se ofermóda Phariseus tó suá micle mægene ða forhæfdnesse suá hé dyde, Past. 43; Swt. 313, 4. Heora líf is rihtor tó talianne tó écan deáðe, Wulfst. 25, 6. Tala ðé ðínne bróðor, swylce hé beó ðín lim, Basil admn. 5; Norm. 46, 11. Tó for náht taliende parvi pendenda, neglegenda, ad nihilum judicanda, Hpt. Gl. 418, 36. II. to impute, ascribe, lay to the account of :-- Gif ðú talast tó ðínum geswince ðæt, ðæt ðú hæfst, Homl. Th. ii. 102, 29. Ne talige ic ðé ðæt tó nánre scylde I do not impute it to you as any fault, Shrn. 184, 21. Eádig se wer ðam ðe ne talode (imputavit) Drihten synne, Ps. Lamb. 31, 2. Ne tala ðú mé, ðæt ic ne cunne ðone intingan ðínre unrótnesse, Bd. 2, 12; S. 513, 40. Ne talige nán man his yfelan dǽda tó Gode, ac talige ǽrest tó ðam deófle, Homl. Th. i. 114, 18. III. to reckon, enumerate :-- Tó talanna longsum is enumerare longissimum est, Mt. Kmbl. p. 7, 7. [O. Sax. talón: O. Frs. talia: O. H. Ger. zalón considerare, reputare: Icel. tala to talk.] v. ge-talian; tellan.

tál-líc; adj. I. that conveys reproach, calumny, etc., calumnious, blasphemous :-- Þeáh hwá cweðe tállíc word ongeán mé, him biþ forgifen, Homl. Th. i. 498, 24. Of ðære heortan cumaþ ... tállíce word (blasphemiae), Mt. Kmbl. 15, 19. Hí cwǽdon ðæt hé tállíce word sprǽce be Moyse and be Gode (this man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law, Acts 6, 13), Homl. Th. i. 44, 29: 46, 1. Se ðe ídele spellunge oððe tállíce word (calumnies, backbiting) lustlíce gehýrþ, 492, 19. II. that deserves reproof, blameable, reprehensible :-- Gif ǽnig biþ mét teállíc si quisque repertus fuerit reprehensibilis, R. Ben. Interl. 54, 7. Nis ðæt clǽne herigendlíc, ne ðæt gále tállíc, gif him steorran forgéfon, ðæt hí swá lyfedon, Homl. Skt. i. 5, 281. v. tǽl-líc, and next word.

tallíce; adv. In a way that deserves blame, reprehensibly :-- Tállíce reprehensibiliter, Wrt. Voc. i. 54, 46. Ne forseó gé Godes ðearfan, ðeáh ðe hí tállíce hwæt gefremman, Homl. Th. i. 332, 13. v. un-tállíce; tǽllíce.

talu, e; and indecl.; f. I. a tale, talk, story, account :-- Leáses spelles talu constellatio (cf. Span. constelacion prognostication of the stars), Wrt. Voc. ii. 20, 68. Ðá sprǽcon hí betwux him, and seó módor sæt hlystende hire tale ... Ðá se gingra bróðor ðis eall gehýrde fram ðam yldran bróðor hé sǽde: 'Ic eom ðín bróðor be ðí[n]re tale,' Homl. Skt. ii. 30, 319-337. Ðæt se Ælmihtiga God gehýre ða talu ðe Syria cyning ásende tó hospe and tó edwíte his micclan mægenðrymme (si forte audiat Dominus universa verba Rabsacis, quem misit rex Assyriorum, ut exprobrare Deum viventem, 2 Kings 19, 4), Homl. Th. i. 568, 27. Mé ða treahteras tala wísedon, Salm. Kmbl. 10; Sal. 5. II. talk, discussion, dispute :-- Tale(-u?) disputatio, contentio, litigatio, Hpt. Gl. 481, 60. Tale disputationis, dissensionis, 439, 57: disputationis, certationis, 459, 60. III. a charge, claim :-- Ða heáhsacerdas sóhton tale ágén ðone Hǽlend summi sacerdotes quaerebant aduersum Iesum testimonium, Mk. Skt. 14, 55. Se ðe nánum ne derede, him man dyde talu, and hé wæs beswungen unscyldig for ús, Basil admn. 4; Norm. 42, 27. Ðæt ǽlcere neóde beládung sý ádilegod ðæt hý þurh neóde náne tale tó syndrigre ǽhte næbben that the excuse of necessity may be removed, so that they may not have any claim to private property on the ground of necessity, R. Ben. 92, 5. Hé begeat swíðe mycelne sceatt of his mannan ðǽr he mihte ǽnige teale tó habban oððe mid rihte oððe elles where, rightly or otherwise, he could advance any claim to what he exacted, Chr. 1085; Erl. 219, 11. IV. an excuse, a defence :-- Míne gebróðra, hwilcere tale máge wé brúcan on his dóme, nú wé nellaþ búgan fram woruldlufe? Homl. Th. i. 580, 2: Lchdm. iii. 442, 3. Ðæt hý náne tale næbben, ðæt hý þurh nytennesse misfón þurfen, 442, 10. Nabbe wé náne tale ongén ðé we have no excuse to offer you; quid juste poterimus obtendere? Gen. 44, 16. Hé ne mihte náne tale findan he could not devise any defence, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 624. Gif hé his yfelan dǽda mid leásum talum bewarian wile si defendere uoluerit opera sua, R. Ben. 52, 10. V. as a law term, a case (as regards either plaintiff or defendant), an action, cf. sprǽc :-- Ongan tó specenne on ðat land ... Ðam cynge seó tale cúð wæs, Chart. Th. 302, 16. Édwine spæc on his ágene módor æfter sumon dǽle landes ... Ðá ácsode þe bisceop, hwá sceolde andswerian for his módor. Ðá sǽde Durcil Hwíta, ðæt hé sceolde, gif hé ða talu cúðe. Ðá hé ða talu ná ne cúðe, ðá sceáwode man þreó þegnas ðǽr ðǽr heó wæs ... Ðá ácsodon heó, hwylce talu heó hæfde ymbe ða land ... Ðá sǽde heó, ðæt heó nán land hæfde, ðe him áht tó gebyrede, 337, 2-24. Tale wyrðe entitled to bring an action, 266, 11. VI. a tale, list, series :-- Talu laterculus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 53, 23. Ða talo canones, Mt. Kmbl. p. 2, 18. [O. Sax. gér-tala: O. Frs. tale a (legal) case: O. H. Ger. zala numerus, series, catalogus, sententia, calculatio, supputatio: Icel. tala talk; tale, number.] v. bóc-, folc-, hrægl-, of-, on-, rím-, tó-, wiðer-talu.

tam; adj. Tame, the opposite of wild :-- Tam subjugalis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 73, 6. Wilde bár aper, tam bár verres, i. 22, 70-71. Seó leó, ðeáh hió wel tam sé, Bt. 25; Fox 88, 9. Tiles and tomes meares, Exon. Th. 342, 13; Gn. Ex. 142. Hé rít uppan tamre assene and byre folan (sittende on eosule and on folan sunu ðære teoma, Rush.) sedens super asinam et pullum filium subjugalem, Mt. Kmbl. 21, 5. Wildu diór woldon stondan swilce hí tamu wǽron, Bt. 35, 6; Fox 168, 2. On ðære feórþan fléringa wæs ðæra tamra nýtena steall, Boutr. Scrd. 21, 9. Hé hæfde tamra deóra (reindeer) syx hund, Ors. 1, 1; Swt. 18, 10. Tame (wudufuglas), Bt. 25; Fox 88, 18: Met. 13, 44. [O. H. Ger. zam subjugalis, domitus, mansuetus, mitis: Icel. tamr tame; ready for, used to.]

tama, an; m. Tameness :-- Ne þearf beorna nán wénan ðære wyrde, ðæt hió (the lioness) wel hire taman healde; ac ic tiohhie, ðæt hió ðæs níwan taman náuht ne gehicgge, ac ðone wildan gewunan wille geþencan hire eldrena, Met. 13, 23-28. Gif heó blódes onbirigþ, heó forgit sóna hire níwan taman, and gemonþ ðæs wildan gewunan hire eldrana, Bt. 25; Fox 88, 12.

tán, es; m. I. a twig, sprout, shoot, branch :-- Tánas arbusta, Ps. Th. 79, 10: vimina, Germ. 390. 44: antes, Hpt. Gl. 496, 73. Ic on neorxna wonge ásette treów, ðæt ða tánas æpla bǽron, Cd. Th. 295, 7; Sat. 482. Tánum, fingerapplum dactylis, Hpt. Gl. 496, 64. Hé (the phenix) getimbreþ tánum and wyrtum nest on bearwe, Exon. Th. 227, 29; Ph. 430. Wudubearwas tánum týdraþ, 191, 6; Az. 84; 435, 17; Rä. 54, 2: 458, 23; Hy. 4, 105. God gibloedsia gimeodomia ðás tánas missenlícra treóna Deus benedicere dignare has frondes diversarum arborum. Rtl. 95, 21. Beorc bereþ tánas bútan tuddre, Runic pm. Kmbl. 342, 29; Rún. 18. I a. a stake (? cf. Icel. teinn a stake to hang things on) :-- Ðis syndan ða landgemǽre. Of ðam ealdan hornforda ... ádún on ealda tán; swá anlang streámes on ealda hornford, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iv. 45, 25. II. a twig used in casting lots ['Augury and divination by lot no people practise more diligently. The use of the lots is simple. A little bough is lopped off a fruit-bearing tree, and cut into small pieces; these are distinguished by certain marks, and thrown carelessly and at random over a white garment,' Tacitus' Germania, c. 10], a lot; also a share that is determined by lot :-- Ða Eald-Seaxan næfdon ágenne cyning, ac monige ealdormen wǽron heora ðeóde foresette; and ðonne seó tíd gewinnes com, ðonne hluton hí mid tánum tó ðam ealdormannum, and swá hwylc heora swá him se tán ætýwde, ðonne gecuron hí ðone him tó heretogan, and ealle ðam fyligdon non habent regem antiqui Saxones, sed satrapas plurimos suae genti praepositos, qui ingruente belli articulo mittunt aequaliter sorter, et quemcumque sors ostenderit, hunc tempore belli ducem omnes sequuntur, Bd. 5, 10; S. 624, 22-26. Ðá wæs eall geador tó ðam þingstede þeód gesamnod; léton him ðá betweónum tán wísian hwylcne hira ǽrest óðrum sceolde tó foddorþege feores ongildan, hluton hellcræftum ... Ðá se tán gehwearf ofer ǽnne ealdgesíða, Andr. Kmbl. 2196-2210; An. 1099-1106. Hé sealde him wéste land ðæt hí mid táne getugan rihte sorte divisit eis terram in funiculo distributionis, Ps. Th. 77, 55. Nǽfre forlǽteþ Drihten firenfulra tán furðor gangan ðonne hé sóðfæstra settan wylle never will the Lord let the lot of sinners go further than he will appoint the lot of the just; non derelinquet Dominus virgam peccatorum super sortem justorum, 124, 3. Tán sendende sortem mittentes, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. Rush. 27, 35: Jn. Skt. Lind. 19, 24. Hié ðysne middangeard on twelf tánum tóhluton and ǽghwylc ánra heora in ðæm dǽle [wunode?] ðe hé mid tán geeode the apostles divided the world into twelve parts that were to be assigned by lot, and each one of them [remained?] in that part which he got by lot, Blickl. Homl. 121, 7-9. Sendon tánas miserunt sortes, Lk. Skt. Lind. 23, 34. [Goth. tains a twig, branch: O. H. Ger. zein, zain sarmentum, calamus, regula: Du. teen twig, osier: Icel. teinn a twig, sprout; a spit: Dan. ten a spindle: Norweg. ten a slender rod: Swed. ten spindle, rod.] v. ác-, ator-, ellen-, hearm-, mistel-, wuldor-tán; tán; adj., tá a lot, tǽnel a basket.

tán, e; f. A toe :-- Tán mentagra, (seó) micele tán allox, Wrt. Voc. i. 45, 24, 25. Mid tánum cum mentagris, Lchdm. i. lxxi, 13 (cf. lxxiv, 21). [O. Frs. táne; f.: Du. teen.] v. tá a toe, tánede; and cf. the double forms tán, tá a lot.

tán; adj. Having branches, spreading, used metaphorically of the offspring of a parent; cf. The use of branch in speaking of the members of a family :-- Ic Ismael wille bletsian, swá ðú béna eart, ðæt feorhdaga on woruldríce worn gebíde tánum túdre (with a family that has many branches. The passage in Genesis is: And as for Ishmael, I have heard thee: Behold, I have blessed him, and will make him fruitful, and will multiply him exceedingly; twelve princes shall he beget, and I will make him a great nation, 17, 20), Cd. Th. 142, 11; Gen. 2360. v. tán a twig.

tánages. v. tánian.

tánede; adj. Having the toes diseased :-- Tánede mentagricus (the word occurs in a list of adjectives denoting diseases of the leg), Wrt. Voc. i. 45, 43: ii. 58, 9. v. tán a toe.

tang, e; tange, an; f. A pair of tongs :-- Tang forceps, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 55; Zup. 67, 3: Wrt. Voc. i. 286, 78: ii. 33, 36: delebra, 138, 62. Tong forceps, 109, 6. Tange forceps, i. 86, 19. Tange forcipis, ii. i3, 35. Tangan, tange, Hpt. Gl. 417, 74. Ic hopige ðæt cherubin mid his gyldenan tange spearcan tó mínre tungan gebringan, Anglia viii. 325, 31. Tangan forcipes, Wülck. Gl. 241, 35 (omitted by Wright). Hí woldon mé glæccan mid heora byrnendum tangum, Homl. Th. ii. 352, 1, 5. Hí fýrene tangan him on handa hæfdon, Bd. 5, 12; S. 628, 42. [O. L. Ger. tanga forceps: Du. tang: O. H. Ger. zanga: Icel. töng.] v. fýrtang, Anglia ix. 263, 9, mǽl-tange, ísen-tanga (read -tange. v. Ælfc. Gr. Zup. 314, 9).

-tang touching. v. gader-, ge-tang; -tenge.

tán-hlyta, an; m. One who divines by casting lots :-- Tánhlyta sortilegus, Wrt. Voc. i. 60, 13. v. tán, II.

tán-hlytere, es; m. One who divines by casting lots :-- Tánhlytere sortilegus, Wrt. Voc. i. 57, 41. v. preceding word.

tánian (?) to decide by lot :-- Tánages decimatis, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 23, 23.

tannere, es; m. A tanner(?) :-- Be eástan eá and tannera hole, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. ii. 411, 22.

tapor (-er, -ur); m. A taper; also the wick of a lamp :-- Leóhtfæt lampas, candel candela, taper papyrus (cf. leóhtfæt lucernarium, weoce papirus, 26, 56), Wrt. Voc. i. 284, 35. Tapor cereus, 81, 32: cerastus, ii. 130, 23. Swegles tapur the sun, Exon. Th. 205, 18; Ph. 114. Onfangenum tapere accepto cereo, Anglia xiii. 403, 548. Hé hiene onǽlþ mid ðæm tapore (-ure, Hatt. MS.) ðæs godcundan liegges, Past. 36; Swt. 258, 13. Acolitus is gecweden se ðe candele oððe tapor byrþ, ðonne mann godspell rǽt, L. Ælfc. C. 14; Th. ii. 348, 4. Se sacerd gehálgodne tapor in ðæt wæter déþ, Wulfst. 36, 5. Taperas cerei, Anglia xiii. 402, 529: 403, 541. Ðrítig teapera, Chart. Th. 473, 32. Ðá com ðæs landes menigu mid leóhtfatum and mid taperum, Homl. Th. ii. 474, 24. Taporas cereos, Germ. 395, 72. Taperas, Lchdm. iii. 202, 4.

tapor-æx, e; f. A small axe :-- Swá feorr swá mæg án taperæx beón geworpen út of ðam scipe up on ðæt land quam longius de nave potest securis parvula, quam Angli vacant tapereax super terram projici, Chart. Th. 317, 30. Habbe hé áne taperæx on his [handa], Chr. 1031; Erl. 162, 8. [Icel. tapar-öx (borrowed from English).]

tapor-berend, es; m. An acolyte (v. tapor) :-- Taporberend accolitus, Anglia xiii. 418, 759. Taporber[n]endum accolitis, 424, 840.

tappa, teappa? :-- Of rúwan beorge on teappan treów; of tappan treów on westleás hagan, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. v. 277, 21. Teppan hýse, i. 194, 36. On teppen cnolle, iii, 415, 19. Ad Tapan halan, ii. 344, 6.

tara tar. v. teoru.

targe, an; f.: targa, an; m. A targe, small shield [apparently with the same development of meaning as rand, q. v. Cf. O. H. Ger. zarga costa (aheni) with the English word] :-- Ic geann Ælmére mínen discðéne mínes taregan, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 363, 12. Targa[n] parma, scuto, Hpt. Gl. 423, 50. Twá targan and twegen francan, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 304, 30. Targena peltarum, Hpt. Gl. 475, 64. [Icel. targa a small round shield. The word seems to have been taken into the Romance languages from Teutonic.] v. ge-targed.

-targed, tasol. v. ge-targed, teosol.

tawa (?) an implement, a tool, an article for use in an employment. [That towe (part of a cart) is toothed thicke, Pall. 159, 36. Tew of fyschynge piscalia, in plurali reciaria, Prompt. Parv. 490. Halliwell gives tow = tools, apparatus, as a word of the East of England. O. Du. touwe the instrument of a weaver.] v. ge-, web-tawa; tawian.

tawian; p. ode. I. to taw, dress or prepare material :-- Ðá bæd se Godes man ðæt him man íserngelóman mid hwǽte ðyder brohte ðæt land mid tó tawienne. Ðá ðæt land ða getawod wæs and hé on gerisne tíd mid hwǽte hit seów ferramenta sibi ruralia cum frumento adferri rogavit, quod dum praeparata terra tempore congruo seminaret, Bd. 4, 28; M. 366, 24. [Birrþ læredd mann þurrh spell mekenn þin herrte, and turrnenn itt and tawwenn itt and nesshenn itt, Orm. 15908. The sotter that tawith ʒure lethir, Rel. Ant. ii. 175, 24 (about 1308). Tewyn lethyr frunio, corrodio, Prompt. Parv. 490. O. Du. touwen to curry leather: O. H. Ger. zauwen, zouwen exercere (ferrum). Cf. also tew or tewynge of lethyr frunicio, Prompt. Parv, 489: O. H. Ger. zawa tinctura: Goth. taui work. Teware corridiator, Prompt. Parv. 490: O. H. Ger. zauwari tinctorius]. v. tewestre. II. but the word seems to occur in the older time in reference to the ill-treatment of persons or things, to intreat shamefully or evilly, treat badly, abuse, insult. Cf. to tew = to trouble, vex, E. D. S. Pub. (Linc.), and see Halliwell :-- Oft týne oððe twelfe (flotmen) ǽlc æfter óðrum scendaþ and tawiaþ tó bysmore ðæs þegnes cwenan and hwílum his dohtor oððe nýdmágan, ðær hé on lócaþ ðe lǽt hine sylfne rancne and rícne, ǽr ðæt gewurde, Wulfst. 162, 20. Se deófol eów tawode þurh his drýmen swá swá hé wolde the devil hath treated you as he pleased (the persons addressed had been deprived in turn of the power of speech, motion, and sight) by his wizards, Homl. Th. ii. 486, 31. Hé heora burga forbærnde and hí tó bysmore tawode (tucode, MSS. C. V.) he burnt up their cities and evilly intreated them, Homl. Skt. ii. 25, 388. Hé Godes templ tawode tó bysmore he had shamefully abused God's temple (cf. l. 538), 25, 542. Ðæt folc hine hæfde swá yfele swilce hé sumes þinges scyldig wǽre; and ealle men hine fram stówe tó stówe brudon, and tó wundre tawedon treated him wondrous ill, i. 23, 654. Ða ðe gefongne wǽron hié tawedan mid ðære mǽstan uniéðnesse; sume ofslógon, sume ofswungon, sume him wið feó gesealdon. Ðá Rómáne ðæt geácsedan, ðá sendan hié ǽrendracan tó him ... Ðá tawedan hié eft ða ǽrendracan mid ðæm mǽstan bismere, swá hié ða óþre ǽr dydon, Ors. 4, 1; Swt. 154, 7-13. Ðæt hié hié mósten tawian mid ðære mǽstan bismrunge, 3, 3; Swt. 102, 21. v. getawian; teágan.

táxe (tádie? q. v.), an; f. A toad :-- Táxan rubetae, quae et ranae dicuntur, Hpt. Gl. 450, 19.

te; prep. To :-- Ða mægenu weorðaþ to færwyrde (cf. tó færwyrde, 8), Past. 65; Swt, 463, 6. Heom te cwæþ illis dixit, Mt. Kmbl. Rush. 26, 21. Áléfed te habbanne, 14, 4. Te fullfremmanne, Past. 58; Swt. 445, 30: 50; Swt. 391, 29. [O. Sax. te: O. Frs. te, ti: O. L. Ger. te, ti: O. H. Ger. za, ze, zi.] Cf. tó.

te-. v. te-flówan, -tredan, -weorpan given under tó-flówan, -tredan, -weorpan. [O. Frs. te-, ti-: O. H. Ger. za-, ze-, zi-.] Cf. tó-.

te = þe in þætte.

teá ten. v. tín.

teáfor, es; n. I. a pigment, material used for colouring, tiver (red ochre for marking sheep (Suffolk), v. E. D. S. Pub. Old Farming Words, no. vi) :-- Métingc pictura, reád teáfor minium, Wrt. Voc. i. 46, 74. Teáfor minium, 75, 20. Tfafrf ( = teáfre) minio, Germ. 400, 130. Meng swá ðú dést teáfor, Lchdm. ii. 56, 6. II. a material used in making a salve :-- Nim ladsar (benzoin) ðæt teáfur (gum) and galpani óþres healfes panige whit, and gníd hyt tógadere mid wlacan ecede; and nim ðanne ða sealfe and geót on ðæs seócys mannes eáre, iii. 88, 20. [In other dialects the word occurs with a meaning not easily connected with that of the English form. A somewhat similar connection, perhaps, is seen in the case of the different meanings of lybb, q.v. O. H. Ger. zoubar; n. fascinum, fascinatio, divinatio: Icel. taufr; n. sorcery. Cf. O. L. Ger. toufere veneficus. v. Grmm. D. M. 984.] v. tífran.

teáfor?, Exon. Th. 477, 27; Ruin. 31.

teág. v. teáh.

teágan, teán; p. teáde; pp. teád To dress, prepare :-- Íserngelóman ðæt land mid tó teágenne. Ðá ðæt land ðá geteád wæs, Bd. 4, 28; S. 605, 33. Wel geteád alwe, Lchdm. ii. 226, 14, v. ge-teágan; tawian.

teagor, es; n. The water from the eyes, tears :-- Teagor ýðum weól, háte hleórdropan, Exon. Th. 182, 23; Gú. 1314, [Goth. tagr a tear.] v. teár.

teáh, tǽh, téh, tíh (-g); gen. teáge; f. I. a tie, band :-- Teág, taeg sceda. Txts. 98, 964. Teáh, Wrt. Voc. i. 289, 36. Lege ðé his teáge an sweoran. Lchdm. iii. 42, 13. Hé cyning gebond fýrnum teágum, Exon. Th. 46, 7; Cri. 733. Liðewácum tagum (teágum?, tánum?, or tógum? as an alternative gloss to lentis. v. tóh) (alii) lentis viminibus (caedentes), Hpt. Gl. 514, 70. [Teien togadere mid guldene teʒen. Laym. 20998. A teiʒ-doggue þat is in strongue teiʒe (rimes with ei1079;e (eye) ), L. S. 308, 301, He huld an hache harde wiþ teis, Jos. 504. Icel. taug; f. a rope, string.] v. lád-, racent-, sweor-, web-teáh. II. a case, coffer, casket, box :-- Cest vel earc cistella, tǽg mozytia vel arcula, Wrt. Voc. i. 16. 38. Taeg mantega ( = mantica?), Txts. 35, 19: 77, 1300. Tíg, Wrt. Voc. ii. 55, 57. Hí ðás hálgan martyrrace on ánum leádenum tabulan mid stafon ágrófon, and ðæt gewrit mid twám inseglum on ánre teáge geinsegledon, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 344. Gemétton hí áne teáge, seó wæs geinsæglod mid twám insæglum ... Man bær út ða teáge ... Ðá féng se portgeréfa tó ðære tége and hí sóna unhlidode, 23, 755-765. Búton hit (the stolen property) under ðæs wífes cǽglocan gebroht wǽre ... ðæt is hire hordern and hire cyste and hire tége, L. C. S. 77; Th. i. 418, 22. Tégum, fódrum tepis ( = thecis), Txts. 101, 2010. [At hom is hire pater noster biloken in hire teye (rimes with eye (eye) ), Misc. 191, 2. A riche tie Made all of gold and of perrie Out of the which she nam a ring, Gow. ii. 246, 19. Teye of a cofyr teca, Prompt. Parv. 487.] v. beorm-teáh. III. an enclosure, a close (cf. Icel. teigr (teygr?) a close, paddock) :-- Hujus telluris termini ... et aquilone meara-teág ( = horses' close; cf. horsa croft, iii. 464, 3), Cod. Dip. Kmbl. i. 248, 12. Mansionem et clausnlam, quam Angli dicunt teáge, que pertinet ad predictam mansionem, Chart. Th. 467, 19. Circumcincta est ... a meritie brómteágh, ii. 49, 20.

teala, tealgor, teál-líc. v. tela, telgor, tál-líc.

tealt; adj. I. in a physical sense, unsteady :-- Gif hí sculun néðan on nacan tealtum, and se brimhengest brídles ne gýmeþ (cf. The floating vessel ... Rode tilting o'er the waves, Milton, P. L. xi. 747), Runic pm. Kmbl. 343, 22; Rún. 21. II. in a figurative sense, unstable, not to be relied on, untrustworthy, precarious :-- Hú lǽne ðis líf is, hú tealt, Wulfst. 273, 7. Tealte syndon eorðan welan, 149, 8. Tealte beóþ eorðan dreámas, 264, 3. Tealte getrýwða sindon mid mannum, 82, 12: 129, 6: 159, 14. v. next word.

tealtian; p. ode To be unsteady, to shake, not to stand firm :-- Mid tealtendum grundwealle nutabundo (titubando)fundamento, Hpt. Gl. 497, 49. [Cf. Þenne schal Niniue tylte to grounde, Allit. Pms. 102, 361. Feole temples tulten to þe eorþe, Jos. 100. O. H. Ger. zeltend rosz, zeltari equus trutinans: Ger. zelt amble; zelter palfrey: Icel. tölta to amble; tölt an ambling pace.] v. next word.

tealtrian; p. ode To shake, totter, stagger, be unsteady, to be in an uncertain or a precarious condition :-- Wé tealtrigaþ týdran móde hwearfiaþ heánlíce we move with uncertain step and feeble mind, wander abjectly, Exon. Th. 23, 19; Cri. 371. Ðý læs ðe ðæt eásterlíce gesceád tealtrige lest the calculation of Easter be untrustworthy, Anglia viii. 308, 4. Tealtrian mid fótum to stagger, Dial. 1, 4 (Lye). Ðý læs se steall cyricean tealtrian (taltrigan, Bd. M.) ongunne ne status ecclesiae vacillare inciperet, Bd. 2, 4; S. 505, 11. Tealtrian vacillare, titubare, Hpt. Gl. 529, 73. Tealtriendum ɫ gliddriendum nutabundis, 503, 3. Fela óþera gesynto ða ðe him tealtriende (taltriendum, Bd. M.) gelumpon alia quae periclitanti ei contigissent prospera, Bd. 4, 22; S. 592, 21. Tealniende (tealtriende?, tealtiende?) nutantes, Ps. Lamb. 108, 10. [v. Skeat's Dict. s.v. totter.] v. preceding word.

teám, es; m. A line; but the word which is used in the related dialects (v. infra) with a physical meaning is used in English figuratively. I. a line of descendants, offspring, progeny, family, children :-- Nán wen ne wífaþ, ne wíf ne ceorlaþ, ne teám ne biþ getýmed children are not brought forth, Homl. Th. i. 238, 1. Seó gelaþung is úre ealra módor ... hire teám nis ná líchamlíc ac gástlíc, 492, 8: Homl. Skt. i. 20, 9. Wuenumon and hire teám, Moruiw and hire teám and Wurgustel and his teám wuárun gefreód ... Marh gefreóde Leðelt and ealle hire teám, Chart. Th. 626, 22-37. Ðæs teámes wæs tuddor gefylled unlytel dǽl eorðan gesceafta, Cd. Th. 97, 15; Gen. 1613. Berende in teáme fecunda in sobole, Rtl. 110, 7. Hé Noe bearh and his wífe and his teáme, Gen. 5, 31 note: Homl. Skt. i. 8, 18. Caines ofspring forwearð ádrenced on ðam deópan flóde ... and of ðam yfelan teáme ne com nán þing siððan, Ælfc. T. Grn. 3, 27. Séd ɫ teám semen, Mk. Skt. Lind. 12, 21, 22. Ðæt folc týmde micelne teám on ðam wéstene, Homl. Th. ii. 212, 17. Teám gestrýnan, 324, 11. Ðreó wíteþeówe men mé salde bisceop and hire teám, Chart. Th. 152, 22. Fyllaþ eówre fromcynne foldan sceátas, teámum and túdre, Cd. Th. 92, 27; Gen. 1535. ¶ of animals :-- Beón týmaþ heora teám mid clǽnnysse, Homl. Th. ii. 10, 17. [Weóx swa Adames team her, ne mahte hit na mon tellen, Jul. 61, 7. Drauh togedere al þene team under þe moder, A. R. 336, 15. Wurrþenn wiþþ childe, and tæmenn hire tæm, Orm. 2415. Ys foure sones ... Þys was a stalwarde tem, R. Glouc. 261, 4.] I a. bringing forth children, child-bearing :-- Ðonne wíf byþ teámes ætealdod, Homl. Ass. 20, 159. His wíf wearð mid Esau and Iacob, and heó geswác ðá teámes, 38, 339. [Weren boðe (John's parents) teames ateald, O. E. Homl. ii. 133, 32.] II. a line of animals harnessed together, a team :-- Oxa on ðam forman teáme (cf. oxa on frumteáme imus, ii. 48, 36) imus, on ðam æfteran teáme binus (bimus), Wrt. Voc. i. 23, 47, 48. On ðæm æftran teáme bimus, ii. 12, 70. v. feoþer-tíme, iuc-tíma, ge-týme. The old pictures represent the plough as drawn by two pairs of oxen one behind the other. Cf. My plowman ... a teme (teome, MS. C.) shal he haue. Grace gaue Piers a teme, foure gret oxen, Piers P. B. 19, 256. III. as a legal term, (1) vouching to warranty. The word denotes one step in the proceedings of a suit for the recovery of property, which was found in one man's possession and claimed by another, who alleged that it had been stolen or had strayed from him. The peculiar character of the process to which it refers was determined by the formalities insisted upon by the law when property changed hands. At such a transaction the presence of witnesses was necessary (L. Ed. 1; Th. i. 158, 11: L. Edg. H. 4; Th. i. 258, 22: L. Edm. C. 5; Th. i. 253, 8: L. C. S. 23; Th. i. 388, 21: 24; Th. i. 390, 4), and one responsible person (geteáma), who according to Ine's laws must not be a þeów man (L. In. 47; Th. i. 132, 5), was to be fixed upon as representing the party that made the sale or transfer, and to him, if a question subsequently arose as to ownership, the new owner might refer (tíman) in support of his right; this referring the property to the party who had sold it was teám. In cases of undivided ownership the geteáma would be the person making the sale; in cases of joint ownership one of the parties would be taken. The proceedings in a suit in which teám was resorted to seem to have been somewhat as follows. The plaintiff, who made claim to property on the plea that it had been stolen from him, had to give security that he would carry on his case: Warige hine, se ðe his ágen befóþ, ðæt hé tó ǽlcan teáme hæbbe getrýwne borh, L. Eth. ii. 9; Th. i. 290, 6: Wil. I. 21; Th. i. 477, 11; the defendant had to declare how the property came into his hands, and to give security that he would produce his geteáma in court: Gif hwá befó ðæt him losod wæs, cenne se ðe hé hit æt befó hwanon hit him cóme, sylle on hand and sette borh (pledge himself and find security) ðæt hé bringe his geteáman in ðǽr hit besprecen biþ, L. Eth. ii. 8; Th. i. 288, 15. On the case being brought into court (which was to be held in cynges sele, L. H. E. 7; Th. i. 30, 18: 16; Th. i. 34, 7, or kyninges burh: Æ-acute;lc teám beó on ðæs kyninges byrig; L. Eth. iii. 6; Th. i. 296, 4), the plaintiff made oath, that he prosecuted his suit lawfully and fairly, L. O. 2; Th. i. 178, 10, and without malice, 4; Th. i. 180, 8; the defendant on his side made oath that he had had no part in the alleged robbery, but had acquired the property in a lawful manner, 3; Th. i. 178, 16, and was guiltless, 5; Th. i. 180, 14. He was now bound to produce witnesses of the transaction which resulted in his acquiring the property in dispute, or teám was denied him: Búton hé ðara óðer (certain witness) hæbbe, nele him mon nǽnne teám geþafian, L. Edg. H. 4; Th. i. 260, 2. Ne beó ǽnig man ǽniges teámes wyrðe búton hé getrýwe gewitnysse hæbbe, L. C. S. 23; Th. i. 388, 20. Ne beó ðǽr nán teám, 24; Th. i. 390, 6. If the witness was forthcoming, the geteáma had to be produced, and witness or oath again was called for to prove that the defendant's proceedings were correct: Wé cwǽdon, se ðe týman scolde, ðæt hé hæfde ungeligene gewitnesse ðæs ðæt hé hit on riht týmde, oþþe ðone áð funde ðe se gelýfan mihte ðe on sprece, L. Ed. 1; Th. i. 158, 16. If the geteáma, though living, were not brought, according to one regulation the defendant lost his case, and had to resign the property, L. H. E. 7; Th. i. 30, 9; according to another, if he could bring witness to prove the sale, he received the price of the property he had to give up, 16; Th. i. 34, 8. If the geteáma were dead other formalities were prescribed, L. In. 53; Th. i. 134, 17: L. Eth. ii. 9; Th. i. 290, 9. If all the requirements had been satisfied the property in question was handed over to the geteáma: Se ðe yrfe bycge on gewitnesse, and hit eft týman scyle, ðonne onfó se his ðe hé hit ǽr æt bohte, L. Ath. i. 24; Th. i. 212, 12. Swá ic hit týme swá hit mé se sealde ðe ic hit nú on hand sette, L. O. 3; Th. i. 180, 3: L. Eth. ii. 8; Th. i. 288, 20; and the defendant thereupon appealed to the geteáma to corroborate his statement of the case, 21. If the latter accepted the property, the former was cleared, and the geteáma himself was now in a similar position to that in which the defendant had stood, 22; but if he declined to receive it, and declared that it was not the property he had sold, then the defendant had to prove that it was: Gif se mon (the geteáma) onfón ne wille, and sægþ ðæt hé him nǽfre ðæt (the property) ne sealde, ac sealde óðer, ðonne mót se gecýðan, se ðe hit tiémþ, ðæt hé him nán óðer ne sealde búton ðæt ilce, L. In. 75; Th. i. 150, 7: cf. 35; Th. i. 124, 10. If however the case were not stopped, the process, in earlier times, was repeated until either there was a failure to produce a geteáma (v. teámbyrst), or the property was traced to some person whose right to its possession was undoubted: Gange se teám forð óþþæt man wire hwǽr hé óðstande, L. Ed. 1; Th. i. 158, 15: L. Eth. ii. 9; Th. i. 290, 3. Betweox teáme gif hwá tó féhþ, and ná furðor teám ne cenþ, ac ágnian wile, ne mæg mon ðæs wyrnan, gif getrýwe gewitnes him tó ágenunge rýmþ, 290, 18. Later teám was necessary only three times: Týme hit man þrywa, æt ðam feórðan cyrre ágnige hit, oððe ágyfe ðam ðe hit áge, L. C. S. 24; Th. i. 390, 9. At one time also a change was made in the place where teám should be made: Be teámum. Hwílon stód ðæt man sceolde þrywa týman ðǽr hit ǽrest befangen wǽre, and syþþan fylgean teáme swá hwǽr swá man tó cende. Ðá gerǽddan witan, ðæt hit betere wǽre, ðæt man ǽure týmde ðǽr hit ǽrest befangen wǽre ... ðý læs ðe mon unmihtigne man tó feor and tó lange for his ágenan swencte, L. Eth. ii. 9; Th. i. 288, 28. A case in which a defendant is cleared by his geteáma, who, however, cannot get himself cleared, is given Chart. Th. 206, 19 sqq. A woman had been stolen, and was found in the possession of one Wulfstan. Ðá týmde Wulfstán hine (the woman) tó Æðelstáne; ðá cende hé tém and lét ðone forberstan. v. teám-byrst. Another case is mentioned where a bishop was not allowed teám: Ne móste se bisceop beón ðara þreora nánes wyrðe ðe eallum leódscipe geseald wæs on wedde, tale, ne teámes, ne áhnunga, 266, 11. (2) The word also occurs often in charters along with sac, sóc, toll, etc., where according to one definition it refers to the right to the forfeitures which were made in the suits where teám was resorted to: Theam, quod si aliquis aliquid interciebatur super aliquem, et ipse non poterat warrantum suum habere, erit forisfactura, et justicia sinuliter de calumpniatore, si deficiebat, sua erit, L. Ed. C. 22; Th. i. 452, 1. Donavi abbati ... consnetudinem que dicitur teames, Chart. Th. 405, 1. v. teám-byrst. A different meaning is given elsewhere to the word. In Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iv. 202, 7 teám occurs, and in the Latin form of the charter is rendered by 'privilegium habendi totam suorum seruorum propaginem,' 203, 6. [O. Frs. tám a bridle; a line of descendants, progeny, family: O. L. Ger. tóm frenum: Du. toom: O. H. Ger. zoum funis, habena; Icel. taumr bridle, rein, cord.] v. bearn-, frum- (v. II above), here-, leger-teám; tíman.

teáman. v. tíman.

teám-byrst, es; m. The failure to produce a geteáma in a suit. v. teám, III. I :-- Ðá týmde Wulfstán hine (the stolen slave about whom the case had arisen) tó Æðelstáne; ða cende hé tém and lét ðone forberstan (he admitted having sold the slave to Wulfstan, but would not declare from whom he had obtained it) ... Ðá bæd Byrhferhð ealdor-mann Æðelstán his wer for ðam témbyrste, Chart. Th. 207, 4.

teám-full; adj. Prolific, productive :-- Tudderfulle, teámfulle fetose, Wrt. Voc. ii. 148, 33. Sceáp heora teámfulle ɫ berende oues eorum foetosae, Ps. Lamb. 143, 13: Ps. Spl. 143, 17.

teám-pól, es; m. A breeding-pool :-- Up on Exan on ðone neáran teámp-ol; ðanon up on Exan; ðonne of Exa[n] on ða smala[n] lace; of ðære lace eft on Exa[n]; ðanon up and lang Exa[n] on ðone uferan teámpól, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. ii. 205, 8-11: iii. 441, 5-8.

téan (?), tégan(?); p. téde To grow tough or pliant :-- Tédan lentescunt, Wrt. Voc. ii. 52, 57: 92, 77. v. tóan, tóh; see also (?)ge-teágan.

teán-, teaper, teappa. v. teón-, tapor, tappa.

teár ( = teahor), teór, tæher, teher, tehher, es; m. A tear. I. a drop of water from the eye, (1) caused by emotion, generally by grief :-- Teár flemen, flentium humor, Wülck. Gl. 240, 13: lacryma, Wrt. Voc. i. 43, 7. Teáras lacrime, 282, 55. Sealtes pund, ðanon him (Adam) wǽron ða teáras sealte, Salm. Kmbl. 180, 16. Hruron him teáras, Beo. Th. 3749; B. 1872. Nalles for torne teáras feóllon, Elen. Kmbl. 2266; El. 1134. Pund saltes, of ðon sindon salto tehero, Rtl. 192, 15. Mid teára ágotennysse, Lchdm. iii. 428, 10. Mid teára gytum, Blickl. Homl. 61, 20. Eágan gefyllede mid teárum, 189, 1. Wépende mid teárum, 151, 20: Bd. 3, 14; S. 541, 3. Teárum mǽnan, Exon. Th. 285, 10; Jul. 285. Teárum geótan, 95, 34; Cri. 1567. Heó ongan mid hyre teárum (tæherum ɫ teárum, Lind.) hys fét þweán, Lk. Skt. 7, 38. Teárum ɫ tehrum, Lind. 7, 44. Mid teherum (teórum, Rush.), Mk. Skt. Lind. 9, 24. Wépende wéregum teárum, Andr. Kmbl. 118; An. 59. Wráðum teárum, Ps. Th. 59, 11. Tornlícum teárum, 125, 5. Sárige teáras, 55, 7. Teáras geótan to shed tears, Bd. 4, 28; S. 606, 14: Exon. Th. 11, 18; Cri. 173. (1 a) in plural, used for the feeling of which the tears are a sign, grief, affliction :-- On deópnysse wópes and teóra profunditate fletus et lacrimarum, Scint. 47, 4. Ðú fédest ús teára hláfe, and ús drincan gifest deorcum teárum, Ps. Th. 79, 5. Heó is fulneáh deád for teárum and for unrótnesse, Bt. 19; Fox 28, 30. Eua bær teáras on hire innoþe, Maria brohte ðone écan gefeán eallum middangearde, Blickl. Homl. 3, 12. Tehhero, Rtl. 40, 35. (2) caused by weakness. v. tíran :-- Ðeós eáhsealf mæg wiþ ǽlces cynnes broc on eágon ... wiþ tér, Lchdm. iii. 292, 2. Lǽcedómas wið eallum tiédernessum eágena ... wið eágna teárum, ii. 2, 8. Wið eágena teára (-e, -as?), iii. 44, 29. II. a tearlike drop :-- Ðá wearð beám monig blódigum teárum birunnen ... sæp wearð tó swáte, Exon. Th. 72, 20; Cri. 1175. II a. that which drops or exudes, e.g. honey from a comb :-- Balsames teár opobalsamum, Wrt. Voc. i. 33, 51. Swá þicce swá huniges teár of the consistency of honey that has dropped from the comb, Lchdm. ii. 74, 4. Genim balsami and huniges teáres emmicel, 28, 10, 4: 108, 17. Gegadriende swá swá beón hunigcamb teáres colligentes uti apes favu[m] nectaris, Anglia xiii. 368, 46. Þynceþ þegna gehwylcum huniges bíbreád healfe ðý swetre, gif hé hwéne ǽr huniges teáre bitres onbyrgeþ, Met. 12, 10. Meng wið huniges teáre, Lchdm. iii. 46, 7. Nim huniges teár and merces sǽd ... mæng wið ðone teár, 4, 16 [O. Frs. tár: O. H. Ger. zaher: Icel. tár; n.] v. bryne-, hunig-teár; teagor.

-teáren. v. hunig-teáren.

tearflian; p. ode To wallow, roll over :-- On eorðan forgnyden fǽmende hé tearflode (terflede, teorflede, later MSS.) elisus in terram uolutabatur spumans, Mk. Skt. 9, 20. [Cf. þe riʒt schul ryse to ryche reynyuge, Truyt and treget to helle schal terve, L. H. R. 207, 311. O. H. Ger. zerben (sih) to turn.]

teár-geótende; adj. (ptcpl.) Tear-shedding, weeping :-- Adam myd teárg[e]ótendre hálsunge and myd mycelre stefne ðus cwæþ, Nicod. 30; Thw. 17, 27.

teárian; p. ode To shed tears :-- Tæherende (teherende, Rush.) wæs se Hǽlend lacrimatus est Jesus, Jn. Skt. Lind. ii. 35. [Icel. tárask to shed tears.]

teárig; adj. I. tearful, weeping :-- Teárigum sícetungum lacrimosis singultibus, Hpt. Gl. 421, 3. v. teár, I. 1. II. watery, watering (of the eyes) :-- Gif mon biþ on wæterælfadle, ðonne beóþ him ða eágan teárige. Lchdm. ii. 350, 22. v. teár, I. 2, tíran.

teárig-hleór; adj. Having the cheeks wet with tears :-- Ic (Hagar) sceal teárighleór on wéstenne witodes bídan, Cd. Th. 137, 16; Gen. 2274. [Cf. Icel. tárug-hlýra with tearful cheeks.]

teár-líc, tearo. v. hunig-teárlíc, teoru.

teart; adj. Tart, sharp (of pain, punishment, etc.), severe; acer, asper :-- Sticol oððe teart asper, Wulck. Gl. 256, 32. Ús ðincþ swíðe teart wíte ðæt án úre fingra on fýr becume, Homl. Th. ii. 590, 32. Ðæt hé ne ðurfe becuman tó ðam teartum bryne, 592, 17. Hé álýsþ mé fram teartum worde (a uerbo aspero), Ps. Lamb. 90, 3. Beó him gesǽd ða teartan wítu, Homl. Th. ii. 344, 32: Homl. Skt. i. 11, 82. Mid teartum wítum getintregod, 8, 156. Mid teartum swingellum acribus uerberibus, R. Ben. 54, 4. Mislimp tearte casus asperos, Hymn. Surt. 16, 5. Teartere þrǽlung acrior correptio, R. Ben. Interl. 59, 6. Hine man þreáge mid teartran steóre, R. Ben. 52, 6. Hé stíðran and teartran steóre underló majori uindicte subjaceat, 71, 8. [Chaucer uses tart = sharp to the taste :-- Poudre-marchaunt tart, Prol. 381.]

teart-líc; adj. Sharp, severe :-- Þeáh hwæt teartlíces on ðisum regule geset sý, R. Ben. 5, 11.

teartlíce; adv. Sharply, severely :-- Teartlíce acriter, Hpt. Gl. 477, 13: 507, 53. Hé ðé tintregaþ teartlíce on wítum, Homl. Skt. ii. 25, 154. Hé beó teartlíce geswungen, Wulfst. 248, 13. Teartlícer acrius, Hpt. Gl. 515, 47. Teartlícur, Scint. 210, 12. Wé beóþ forswǽlede teartlícor crememur acrius, Hymn. Surt. 5, 15: Homl. Th. i. 330, 34. Sý hé ealra teartlícost geþreád acrius coherceatur, R. Ben. 129, 10.

teartness, e; f. Sharpness, severity, asperity :-- Drihten herede Iohannem for ðære teartnysse his reáfes, forðan ðe hé wæs mid olfendes hǽrum gescrýd wáclíce and stíðlíce, Homl. Th. i. 330, 1. For ðæs wyntres teartnysse, Homl. Skt. i. 11, 152. Teartnesse acerbitatem, crudelitatem, Hpt. Gl. 480, 56. Mid menigfealdum ðeówracena teartuyssum gebrégede, Homl. Th. i. 578, 27.

teart-numol; adj. Efficacious :-- Ðeós wyrt is swýþe scearpnumul (teart-, MS. B.) wið ðæt áttor, Lchdm. i. 152, 3. v. scearp-numol.

teáslíce, -teáw, tebl, teblere, tebl-stán, téder-, tédre, te-flówan, téfrung, tégan, tége, teging tinctura, tegðian, tegðung, teher, teherian, teigða, teigðian, teissum, tel. v. tǽslíce, æl-, eal-teáw, tæfl, tæflere, tæfl-stán, tíder-, tídre, tó-flówan, tífrung, teán, teáh, telgung, teóþian, teóþung, teár, tíran, teóþa, teóþian, teosu, tæl.

tela, teala, teola, telo, tiolo; adv. Well. I. well, rightly, aright, correctly :-- Hé hine sceal níde tela lǽran. Ðý him is micel ðearf ðonne hé tela lǽrþ ðæt hé eác tela doo dum commissis sibi cogitur bona dicere, ipsum prius necesse est, quae dixerit, custodire, Past. 28, 3; Swt. 193, 12. Teala, Blickl. Homl. 75, 14. Ða sláwan sint tó manianne ðæt hié ne forielden ðone tíman for hiera slǽwðe ðe hié tela (tiola, Hatt. MS.) on dón mǽgen pigri suadendi sunt ne agenda bona, dum differunt, amittant, Past. 39, 1; Swt. 280, 20. Gif hí ðone frýdóm tela gehealdon ... gif hí ðone frýdóm forheólden, Bt. 41, 3; Fox 208, 10. Hé ríce geheóld tela, Beo. Th. 4423; B. 2208: 5468; B. 2737. Teala, Cd. Th. 74, 35; Gen. 1232. Lǽst eall tela, Beo. Th. 5320; B. 2663. Nú ic wát tela and ic onféng gewit mínes módes modo sanum sapio, recepi enim sensum animi mei, Bd. 3, 11; S. 536, 33. 'Geseoh ðæt ðú teals wite.' Cwæþ hé: 'Ne wéde ic' 'vide ut sanum sapias.' 'Non,' inquit,'insanio,' 5, 13; S. 632, 32. Ðæt ic teala cunne ðín weorc healdan, Ps. Th. 118, 68: Exon. Th. 336, 10; Gn. Ex. 46. Is wuldres leóht ontýned ðam ðe teala þenceþ, Cd. Th. 299, 29; Sat. 557: Exon. Th. 347, 30; Sch. 20. Gif gé teala hycgaþ, Andr. Kembl. 3223; An. 1614. Beó nú on yfele, noldæs ǽr teala, Cd. Th. 310, 26; Sat. 733. Teala foresecgan, Ps. Th. 118, 172. Tela, Exon. Th. 432, 19; Rä. 49, 2. II. well, perfectly, completely, thoroughly, certainly :-- Heald forð tela sibbe continue without interruption to maintain peace, Beo. Th. 1901; B. 948. Wudufuglas tela átemede, Met. 13, 36. Ic ðé teala forgulde ealle ða gehát, Ps. Th. 65, 13. Ðǽr ðú mé teala hǽle, 70, 2. Se ðe teala cúþe, Exon. Th. 349, 9; Sch. 43. Ic his bídan ne dear ... nele ðæt rǽd teale I dare not await him ... good counsel certainly will not require that, 397, 8; Rä. 16, 16. III. well, prosperously, happily :-- Geþeóh tela, Beo. Th. 2441; B. 1218. Ðú hulpe mín ðæt is teala mihte, Ps. Th. 70, 20. Hé hét ðæt teala wunian éce, 77, 68. Æfter ðæm Cartainenses wunnon on. Sicilie ðǽr him seldon teola gespeów cum adsidua nec umquam satis prospera adversus Siculos bella gererent, Ors. 4, 5; Swt. 168, 20. IV. well, in a beneficial or pleasant manner :-- Wé wǽron hér tela willum bewenede, Beo. Th. 3645; B. 1820. Ontýn ðínne múð, and ic hine teala fylle, Ps. Th. 80, 11: 105, 5. Gif wé willaþ óþrum geleáffullum teala dón and helpan ðæs earman, Blickl. Homl. 75, 18: 69, 17. Tala, Lk. Skt. 6, 27. V. marking degree, very, to a great extent :-- Ic þigde tela micelne mete, Nar. 30, 25. Drincan tela micel, Lchdm. ii. 290, 12. Tela micel steáp, 294, 19. Teala, i. 374, 9. Teala líciendlíc, Ps. Th. 68, 13. Teala wynsume, 125, 2. Ðá wæs tiolo micel spréc, Chart. Th. 70, 17. Ic ðé an tela sincgestreóna I give thee treasures in abundance, Beo. Th. 2455; B. 1225. VI. as an exclamation, well, good :-- Ðá andswaredon hí: 'Nis hit lang tó ðon.' Cwæþ hé: 'Tela, utan wé ðære tíde bídan,' Bd. 4, 24; S. 599, 5. Cwæþ ic: 'Hwí ne sceolde mé swá ðincan?' Ðá cwæþ hé: 'Telo; ðonne ðæt ðé swá þincþ, ðonne ongit ðæt..., Bt. 38, 3; Fox 200, 22. v. un-tela; til; and cf. wel for similar uses.

télan. v. tǽlan.

teld, es; n. A tent, pavilion; left still in tilt of a cart :-- On ðam telde (tabernaculo) heó ys, Gen. 18, 9. Eardungstówa Ō teld his tabernaculum ejus, Ps. Spl. 17, 13. Mon teld (geteld, MS. B.) ðǽrofer ábrǽdde (tentorio majore extenso), Bd. 3, 11; S. 535, 22. [And Alfríc biscop I biqueðe míne teld and mín bedreáf þat ic best hauede út on mí fare mid mé, Chart. Th. 566, 32.] [Þer Oswald sette his teld, Laym. 31384. Hengest bilæfde al his teld (hii lete stonde hire teldes, 2nd MS.), 16462. In here teld (on heora geteldum, Num. 16, 27) he (Dathan and Abiram) stonden, Gen, and Ex. 3769. Telte or tente tentorium, Prompt. Parv. 488. O. H. Ger. zelt; n. papillio: Ger. zelt; n.: Icel. tjald; n. a tent: Dan. telt; n.] v. ge-teld.

teldan; p. teald, pl. tuldon; pp. tolden To spread a covering. v. beofer-teldan; teldian.

telde a tent-peg :-- Claus ( = clavus) lignum tentorii vel telde, Wrt. Voc. ii. 131, 56. v. teld-sticca, -treów.

teldian; p. ode, ede To spread (a tent, an awning, a net, a snare, etc.) :-- Teldat conectit, Wrt. Voc. ii. 105, 35: 15, 36. Hí teldedon gryne and ða gehýddon absconderunt mihi interitum laquei sui, Ps. Th. 34, 8. [Þenne mon wule tilden his musestoch, O. E. Homl. i. 53, 20. At pleʒe he (the devil) teldeð þe grune of idelnesse ... on þe grune þe þe werse haueð itelded ... Drinch, þere teldeð þe werse þe grune of unrihte, ii. 211, 13-27. Tristre is þer me sit, oðer tildeð þe nettes, A. R. 334, 1. Weoren teldes itælded, Laym. 17489. Fantummes of fendes (idols) telded on lofte, Allit. Pms. 78, 1342. Sone watʒ telded up a tapit on tresteʒ ful fayre, Gaw. 884. Þei tildeden Absalon a tabernacle (they spread Absalom a tent, 2 Sam. 16, 22), Wick. A green an other hath for hem ytilde, Pall. 110, 164. Icel. tjalda to spread a tent, to cover with an awning, stretch a covering over.] v. teldan.

teld-sele (?) a tent :-- Ganggeteld papilio, tyldsyle tenda, Wrt. Voc. i. 59, 12-13.

teld-sticca, an; m. A tent-peg :-- Gelǽhte seó wífman án ðæra teld-sticcena geslóh ðá ... ðæt se sticca him eode út þurh ðæt heáfod ... Hé geseah hwár Sisara læg and se teldsticca sticode þurh his heáfod tulit Iahel clavum tabernaculi ... et clavum defixit in cerebrum ... vidit Sisaram jacentem et clavum infixum in tempore ejus, Jud. 4, 21, 22. [O. H. Ger. zelt-steccho paxillus. Cf. Icel. tjalds-nagli a tent-peg.]

teld-treów (?), es; n. A tent-peg(?) some implement in weaving :-- Teltreó clus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 104, 19. Teltré claus, 16, 34: i. 282, 10. In the last instance the word occurs in a list de textrinalibus. v. telde, tæbere.

teld-wyrhta, an; m. A tent-maker :-- Paulus se ðe wæs on woruld-cræfte teldwyrhta, Homl. Th. i. 392, 21.

télend, télere. v. tǽlend, tǽlere.

telg, tælg, es; m. A dye :-- Taelg faex, fucus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 109, 36: 39, 3 (the entry is given, fuscus tægl oððe feax). Telg, deág fucus, telga fucorum, 36, 66, 67: 70, 19: 151, 52. Se weolocreáda tælhg (tægl, MS. C.) tinctura coccinei coloris, Bd. 1, 1; S. 473, 20. Se reáda telg, Exon. Th. 408, 21; Rä. 27, 15. Telges conquilii, Wrt. Voc. ii. 19, 15. Telge murice, 57, 50: ostro, 64, 37: 87, 10. Telga fucorum, 88, 43. Ðætte Iosephes tunece wǽre telga gehwylces bleóm bregdeude, Exon. Th. 357, 2; Pa. 22. v. æt-, beám-, weoloc-telg; telgan.

telga, an; m. A branch, bough, (a) literal :-- Telge ramus, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 24, 32: Mk. Skt. Lind. 13, 28. Telgan fronde, Wrt. Voc. ii. 33, 60. Telgan virgultum, i. 39, 17. Unberende telgan spadones, 38, 8. Telgan gehladene, Exon. Th. 202, 28; Ph. 76. Telgu rami, Mk. Skt. Rush. 13, 28. Telgena palmitum, Wrt. Voc. ii. 66, 34. Telgum gescafenum corticibus, Hpt. Gl. 412, 41. Balzamum of ðæra treówa telgan (ramis) weól, Nar. 26, 21. Blǽda on treówes telgum, Cd. Th. 55, 10; Gen. 892: 88, 24; Gen. 1470: Exon. Th. 210, 19; Ph. 188. Beorc byþ on telgum wlitig, Runic pm. Kmbl. 342, 30; Rún. 18: Ps. Th. 57, 8: 103, 16. Telgo frondes, Mk. Skt. Lind. 11, 8: ramos, 4, 32. Genim ðysse wyrte (yarrow) telgan, Lchdm. i. 198, 12 note. ¶ In the following passage Kemble and Leo take the word as meaning a strip of land (fallow), but as such a strip of land if fallow one year would not be so the next, its designation as the fallow strip would hardly serve the purpose of marking a boundary. Telga might rather refer to a branch distinguishable from the loss of its bark :-- Andlang strǽte on ðone calewan telgan, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. i. 258, 7. See iii. xxxix, and Leo, Place Names, p. 66. (b) figurative :-- Hé bær ða wǽtan ðære uncyste in ðæm telgan, ðone hé geteáh ǽr of ðan wyrtruman, Bd. 1, 27; M. 82, 14. Wr-ohtes telgan, Cd. Th. 61, 3; Gen. 991. Ealle ða telgan ðú gebrǽddest extendisti palmites ejus, Ps. Th. 79, 11. Telgo míno ramos meos, Rtl. 68, 32. v. wudu-telga; telgor, telgra.

telgan to dye [ :-- Getelged oððe gedeágod colerata, Wrt. Voc. ii. 19, 14. Getelgode fucate, getelgod fucatum, 33, 58, 59. Getælged colerata, fucata, 134, 35.] v. twi-telged; telgung.

telg-berend that which produces a dye :-- Tæl(g)berend ostriger, Wrt. Voc. ii. 64, 72. v. telg.

telge (?) :-- On xiiii nihte mónan is gód ǽlc telge tó anginnanne, Lchdnr, iii. 178, 31. Cockayne refers the word to telg and translates dyeing; but the passage at 190, 21, in which the same date is said to be 'eallum gód þingum gód' suggests a different meaning. The forms of the whole piece are corrupt.

telgian; p. ode To put forth shoots, to flourish :-- Treów telgade tír welgade good faith flourished, glory abounded, Exon. Th. 353, 57; Reim. 34.

telgor, tealgor, es; m.: e; f. A plant, shoot, twig :-- On ðam dæge ðe God geworhte ǽlcne telgor on eorðan (omne virgultum agri), Gen. 2, 5. Telgre vimen, Engl. Stud. xi. 67, 95. Gif hwá mid him ðysse wyrte (verbascum) áne tealgre byrþ, ne biþ hé bréged mid ǽnigum ógan, Lchdm. ii. 176, 3. Tealgras propagines, Blickl. Gl. Ðeós wyrt (wild gourd) wið ða eorðan hyre telgra tóbrǽdeþ, Lchdm. i. 324, 3 note. [Icel. tjálgr; n. a prong.] v. next word.

telgra, an; m. A shoot, branch, twig; sucker of a root :-- Telgra virgultum, Wrt. Voc. i. 80, 4. Telgra ramus (fici), Mt. Kmbl. Rush. 24, 32. Dó on ánne telgran (morbeámes), Lchdm. i. 332, 22. Of ánum stelan manega telgran weaxaþ, 276, 22. Ða telgran (ðæs wyrttruman), 318, 10. Telegran antes, virgultus, Hpt. Gl. 496, 71. Telgrum viminibus, virgulis, 483, 58: ramis, Mt. Kntbl. Rush. 13, 32. Telgran ramos, 21, 8: surculos, virgulta, Hpt. Gl. 433, 47. Genim ðysse wyrte (yarrow) telgran, Lchdnr. i. 198, 12. Ðeós wyrt (polium) of ánum wyrttruman manega telgran ásendeþ, 276, 8. Ðeós wyrt (wild gourd) wið ða eorðan hyre telgran tóbrǽdeþ, 324, 3.

telgung, e; f. Dyeing, or a dye :-- Te[l]ging tinctura (cf. deáh tinctura, 40, 39), Wrt. Voc. i. 32, 8. Telgung tinctorium, 289, 13. Telgunge tinctura, ii. 89, 28.

tellan; p. tealde; pp. teald: also forms as from telian occur: ic telge, hí teliaþ; p. telede; p. teled. I. to tell, narrate, recount, state a case :-- Þeáh ic hit lengre telle though I make my story longer, Chr. 1085; Erl. 218, 31. Dó ðæs lean tó ðám foresprecenan gódum ðe ic ðe ǽr tealde on ðriddan béc, Bt. 37, 2; Fox 190, 2. Se sunderhálga tealde his gódan dǽda, swilce God hí nyste, Homl. Th. ii. 428, 18. Swegen tealde ðæt his sciperes woldon wændon fram him Swegen told (Beorn) that his (Swegen's) men would desert him (Swegen), Chr. 1046; Erl. 174, 13. Dauid tealde his ungelimp, and hú hé hine gebæd tó Gode, Ps. Th. 34, arg. Ða ungewideruuge ðe cómon swá wé beforan tealdon, Chr. 1086; Erl. 219, 33. Hí tealdon him (Constantine) ða þrowunga ðe úre Hǽlend ðrowode, H. R. 5, 21. Telle (narres) ðínum suna hú oft ic hæbbe fordón ða Egiptiscan, Ex. 10, 2. Ute nú tellan (let us state the case) beforan swilcum déman swilce ðú wille quovis judice contende, Bt. 7, 3; Fox 20, 6. Ús sceamaþ hit nú máre tó tellanne we are ashamed to tell any more of the matter, Chr. 1050; Erl. 175, 39: 1085; Erl. 218, 35. II. to tell, count, reckon, compute, calculate :-- Hé teleþ (computat) ða andfengas ðe hine behéfe synt, Lk. Skt. 14, 28. Hé ne telþ hú miccle spéda wé áspendon, Homl. Th. i. 580, 17. Se láreów Béda telþ mid micclum gesceáde ðæt se dæg is xii. KL. Aprilis, 100, 13. 'Telle (numera) ǽlcne wépnedman' ... Moises tealde (numeravit), Num. 3, 15, 16. Eallum ðe ðara cyninga tiide teledon cunctis regum tempora computantibus, Bd. 3; 1; M. 154, 10. Hí hluton, teledon they cast lots and counted, Andr. Kmbl. 2207; An. 1105. Tele nú ða lenge ðære hwíle, Bt. 18, 3; Fox 66, 6. Tele ðú ða gesǽlþa wiþ ðám sorgum strike a balance between the happiness and cares, 8, tit.; Fox x, 22. Tele ðú ðæs mónan elde kl. Ian. ód ðæt ðú cume tó þrittiga; fóh eft on ðone níwan, tele óð týne starting from Jan. 1 with the number that marks the age of the moon on that day, count up to thirty; begin then with the new moon, and count up to ten (the next Sunday after the date so reached will be Septuagesima Sunday), Lchdm. iii. 226, 30-228, 2. Telle ðǽs steorran numera stellas, Gen. 15, 5: Num. 1, 2, 3. III. to reckon, account, consider, (a) with an object having a noun, adjective, or phrase in apposition, to consider a thing such and such :-- Hwam telle ic (aestimabo) ðás cneórysse gelíce? Mt. Kmbl. 11, 16: Lk. Skt. 7, 31. Ic Heaþobeardna hyldo ne telee Denum unfǽcne, Beo. Th. 4141; B. 2067. Ǽgleáwra mann ðonne ic mé tælige, Andr. Kmbl. 2967; An. 1486. Cyn ðara ðe hý ánsetlan teliaþ; R. Ben. 135, 4. Ic ðæt wénde and witod tealde, ðæt..., Exon. Th. 264, 1; Jul. 357. Ðone ic on firenum fæstne talde, Elen. Kmbl. 1815; El. 909. Ic mé ǽnigne ... gesacan ne tealde, Beo. Th. 3551; B. 1773. ' Suá suá Saul ǽresð fleáh ðæt ríce said tealde hine selfne his suíðe unwierðne sic Saul, qui indignum se prius considerans fugerat, Past. 3; Swt. 35, 14: Bd. 3, 14; S. 539, 42: Beo. Th. 1592; B. 794: 3625. B. 1810. Gif se sacerd hine hreófligne tealde, Homl. Th. i. 124, 9. Hí hine oferhýdigne tealdon eum notantes superbiae, Bd. 2, 2; S. 503, 16. Hine Geáta bearn gódne ne tealdon, Beo. Th. 4375; B. 2184. Forcúþre is ðæt hé telle hine wísne, Wulfst. 59, 5. Ne mæg heó ús leáse tellan mendacii arguere nos non potest, Gen. 38, 23. Hine sylf ofer ealle men tellan, Chr. 1086; Erl. 222, 37. (b) with an object and prepositional phrase, to consider as (tó, for, on) :-- Ne telle ic eów tó ðeówan non dico vos servos, Jn. Skt. 15, 15. Wé ðæt sylfe sár and wíte hyre on synne tellaþ ipsam ei poenam suam in culpam deputamus, Bd. 1, 27; S. 493, 25. Hig tellaþ mín wedd for náht irritum facient pactum meum, Deut. 31, 20. Ic ðá geþeóde tó micclan gesceáde telede, Lchdm. iii. 442, 5. For náhte hé tealde ǽnig ðing tó biddenne búton gesihðe, Homl. Th. i. 158, 21. On bócum ðe ungelǽrede men þurh heora bilewitnysse tó micclum wísdóme tealdon in books which unlearned men in their simplicity have considered as great wisdom, 2, 22. Ðonne on úrum móde biþ ácenned sum ðing gódes, and wé ðæt tó weorce áwendaþ, ðonne sceole wé ðæt tellan tó Godes gyfe, and ðæt Gode betǽcan consider it as God's grace, and attribute it to God, 138, 23. Nis nú anweald tó tellanne tó sumum ðara héhsténa góda? ... hwæðer nú gód hlísa sié for náuht tó tellenne? Nis hit nán cyn, ðæt mon ðæt for náuht telle, Bt. 24, 4; Fox 86, 14-19. Se untweofealda biþ tó tellenne for fullfremod weorc, 36, 7; Fox 184, 24. (c) with a clause :-- Hé tealde and wénde ðæt hé sceolde ða byldo his heortan ánescian autumans se cordis ejus emollere constantiam, Bd., 1, 7; S. 477, 43. Mid ðý hé tealde and hé wénde ðæt hé sweltan sceolde cum se aestimasset esse moriturum, 3, 27; S. 558, 41: Cd. Th. 87, 3; Gen. 1443. Hú ne tealdan wit ðætte genyht wǽre gesǽlþa nonne in beatitudine sufficientiam numeravimus? Bt. 35, 3; Fox 158, 12. Swá ðætte monige tealdon (putarent), ðæt heó gehǽled beón mihte, Ed. 4, 19; S. 589, 3: Blickl. Homl. 117, 16. IV. to impute to (dat. or prep.), ascribe, assign, put a thing to a person's account :-- Telle ic ða weorþmynd ðæm wyrhtan næs ná ðé ingenium mirabor artificis, Bt. 14, 1; Fox 42, 18. Crist tealde ealne his wurðmynt tó his Fæder, Homl. Th. ii. 366, 16. Se wer ðam ðe ne tealde (imputavit) Drihten synne, Ps. Lamb. 31, 2. Ðæt ilce gér tó ðæs afterfylgendan cyninges ríce teledon idem annus sequentis regis regno adsignaretur, Bd. 3, 1; M. 154, 12. Hí ealne ðone bryce uppon ðone cyng tealdon (cf. O. Sax. tellian an to charge; Icel. telja á: see also on-talu) they put all the breach of faith upon the king, Chr. 1094; Erl. 230, 4. Ne tele ðú him ðis synn ne statuas illis hoc peccatum, Rtl. 44, 15. Telle hé ðæt Gode, næs him sylfum, L. E. I. 21; Th. ii. 416, 18. His niéhstena gód hé sceal tellan him selfum he is to reckon as an item in the account of his own prosperity that of his neighbour; sua commoda propinquorum bona deputare debet, Past. 13; Swt. 79, 1. Se fulla anweald is tó tellanne tó ðám héhstum gódum complete power is to be assigned to the class of highest goods, Bt. 36, 7; Fox 184, 9. [O. Sax. tellian: O. Frs. tella: O. H. Ger. zellen; p. zalta, zelita numerare, computare, reputare, dicere, referre, narrare, notare, tribuere: Icel. telja.] v. á-, be-, ge-, tó-tellan; talian.

télnis, telo, teltré, tém, -téma, téman, -téme, témen. v. tǽlness, tela, teld-treów, team, -tíma, tíman, -tíme, tímen.

Temes, Temese the Thames. In the declension both weak and strong forms are found. [In Latin, nom. Temis, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. i. 30, 12, Temes, ii. 23, 12: gen. Tamisae, i. 98, 1: dat. Taemise, 216, 25: acc. Tamesim Bd. 1, 2; S. 42, 34 may be cited] :-- Neáh ðære ié ðe mon hǽt Temes (Temese, MS. C.) ad flumen Tamesim, Ors. 5, 12; Swt. 238, 22. Sý eá hátte Temese, Chr. Erl. 5, 11. Ymbe heora landgemǽra: andlang Temese (on Temese, 8), L. A. G. 1; Th. i. 152, 18. Út on Temese; ðonne ondlong Temese, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 438, 3-4. Fóron be Temese ... be norþan Temese, Chr. 894; Erl. 92, 14, 20. Hí tugon hira scipu up on Temese, 895; Erl. 93, 31. Hí námon him wintersetl on Temesan and lifedon of Eást-Seaxum, 1009; Erl. 143, 4.

temes(-is), es; m. (? cf. lynis for form and gender) A sieve. [Temse taratantarum, Wrt. Voc. i. 200, col. 2 (15th cent.). Temze, temeze, temse, sive setarium, Prompt. Parv. 488. See also Halliwell, who quotes: 'Marcolphus toke a lytyll cyve or temse.' He gives, besides, 'temzer a range or coarse searche' as an early Wiltshire word. Wright, in the note to the word in his Vocabulary, says that temse is still in use in the North of England. O. Du. tems. (The word seems to have been borrowed from a Teutonic source by French, which has tamis a sieve, tamiser to sift.) Cf. O. H. Ger. zemisa furfures.] v. next two words.

temesian, temsian to sift :-- Hláfo foregegearwad ɫ temised panes propositionis (cf. Tosser's Husbandry, 39, 10: 'Some mixeth the tie with the wheat Temmes lofe on his table to haue for to eate.' In such a loaf the coarse bran only is removed. v. Glossary. Temse-bread is given in Ray's South and East-Country Words, E. D. S. Pub. B. 16), Mk. Skt. Lind. 2, 26. [Temzyn wythe a tymze, temsyn with a tenze attamino, setario. To tempse or syfte taratantariso, Prompt. Parv. 488. Cf. temsing-chamber, the sifting-room, Halliwell. O. Du. temsen to sift.] v. ge-temesed, and preceding word.

temes-píle, an; f. A stake to support a sieve (A 'temsynge staff' = cervida, lignum quod portat cribrum, Prompt. Parv. 488, note 3] :-- Man sceal habban syfa, hriddel, hérsyfe, tæmespílan, fanna, Anglia ix. 264. 14. v. preceding words.

temian; p. ede, ode To tame :-- Ic temige domo, Ælfc. Gr. 24; Zup. 138, 2. Ic gewylde oððe temige, 36; Zup. 213, 14. Ic genyme mé briddas on hærfæste and temige hig, Coll. Monast. Th. 26, 5. Mon temeþ his unáliéfde lustas mid ðǽm wordum ðære hálgan láre, Past. 56; Swt. 433, 12. Gewylt, temaþ domat, superat, Wrt. Voc. ii. 141, 73. Hé ðone ealdan líchoman swencte and temede (domabat), Bd. 5, 12; S. 631, 36. Heora láreówas ðe hí (wudufuglas) temedon, Met. 13, 39. Canst ðú temian (domitare) hig (hawks)? Coll. Monast. Th. 25, 21, 25. Wilde deór temian, Lchdm. iii. 200, 1: 186, 21. Nýtenu temian, 184, 18. Temma domare, Mk. Skt. Lind. Rush. 5, 4. [Goth. ga-tamjan: O. Frs. tema: O. H. Ger. zemmen: Icel. temja.] v. á-, ge-temian.

temised. v. temesian.

templ, tempel, es; n. A temple :-- Se wítga spræc suelce ðæt templ wǽre eal tóworpen; hé cuæð ... 'Tóworpne sint ða stánas ðæs temples,' Past. 18; Swt. 133, 10. 'Ðis tenrpel wæs getimbrod on six and feówertigon wintron' ... Hé hyt cwæð be hys líchaman temple, Jn. Skt. 2, 20, 21. Ðæt templ ealre clǽnnesse (the Virgin's womb), Blickl. Homl. 5, 19. Ofer ðæs temples heáhnesse, Mt. Kmbl. 4, 5: 24, 1. On hálierne ɫ hergan, temple sacello, Hpt. GI. 482, 37. Se Hǽlend com tó ðam temple, Jn. Skt. 8, 2. Wé wunedon wið Phogores templ mansimus contra fanum Phogor. Deut. 3, 29. Ðes tówyrpþ Godes templ, Mt. Kmbl. 27, 40. On ðæt hálige Salemannes templ, Blickl. Homl. 71, 18. Ic lǽre ðæt ðæt tempel wé forleósan, Bd. 2, 13; S. 516, 33. Óðre þeóda fela templa árǽrdon, Homl. Th. ii. 574, 27. In Godes templum, Exon. Th. 131, 26; Gú. 461. Hí Godes tempel brǽcon and bærndon, 44, 24; Cri. 707. Templu úre we gehealdan, Scint. 16, 9. [O. H. Ger. tempal. For native words used before the Latin form was borrowed, v. hearh, ealh; and cf. Goth. alhs: O. Sax. alah: Icel. hof, for similar terms in other dialects.]

templ-geat, es; n. The gate or door of a temple :-- Hé æt sumum sǽle stód æt ðam tempelgeate, Wulfst. 49, 25.

templ-geweorc, es; n. A temple-building, temple :-- His þegnas águnnon specan wið hine ymbe ðæt mǽre tempelgeweorc ðe ðǽr geworht wæs Gode tó wyrðmynte, Wulfst. 88, 17. Salomon wes se forma man ðe Gode tó lofe ǽrest on eorðan templgeweorc árǽrde, 277, 25.

templ-hálgung, e; f. A consecration-festival :-- Ðá wǽron templ-hálgunga (encenia), Jn. Skt. 10, 22: schenofegias, Engl. Stud. xiii. 27, 14.

templ-líc; adj. Pertaining to a temple; the word translates fanaticus :-- Hearhlícre, ðæs hǽþenan, vel templícre fanatice, i. profani, Wrt. Voc. ii. 147, 38. Templícre ɫ dióflícre fanatica, Hpt. Gl. 482, 25: Anglia xiii. 34, 176.

temprian; p. ode, ede. I. to mix in due proportion, to mingle :-- Ic temprede (potum meum cum fletu) temperabam, Blickl. Gl. II. to temper, regulate, moderate :-- Seó sunne gǽþ geond stówa and tempraþ ða eorðlícan wæstmas ǽgðer ge on wæstme ge on rípunge, Lchdm. iii. 250, 17. Hí ná tempredon gýfernysse hǽtan non temperauerunt gulae ardorem, Scint. 107, 12. Bryne líchamena mid cealdrum éstum tó temprigenne (temperandus est), 52, 2. [O. H. Ger. temp[a]rón obtemperare, temperare, medicare: Icel. tempra. From Latin.] v. ge-temprian.

temprung, e; f. Tempering, moderation :-- Swá hwæt on temprunge byþ hálwende hit ys quicquid ternperamento fit salutare est, Scint. 55, 1. Hafa ðú temprunge (temperamentum, i. mediocritatem), 172, 13. [O. H. Ger. temp[a]runga temperantia, compositio.]

temsian, tén. v. temesian, tín.

tendan; p. de To kindle. [A gnast wale al þe brand tenden, O. E. Homl. i. 81, 7. Cwench hit er þen hit waxe and tende þe, A. R. 296, 21. It bigynnez forto tiende, L. S. 314, 523. Itend of wreððe, Kath. 154. Teenden incendere, Wick. Goth. tandjan; Da. tænde: Swed. tända.] v. á-, on-tendan; tennan.

-tendend, -tending, -tendness. v. á-tendend, á-tending, on-tendness.

tender fuel :-- Tender fomes, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 26; Zup. 52, 11. Ðæt ne gehigeleás[t] méte tender ut non scurilitas inveniat fomitem, R. Ben. Interl. 75, 17. v. tynder.

Tenet, Tænet[t]; also Tenet-land the isle of Thanet :-- Augustinus wæs cumende on Bretone ǽrest on Tenet ðam eálonde (Tenet-land, MS. B.) (in insula Tanato) ... Is on eásteweardre Cent mycel eálond Tenet (Tanatos insula), ðæt is syx hund hída micel ... Ðæt eálond tósceádeþ Wantsumo streám fram ðam tógeþeódden lande, Bd. 1, 25; S. 486, 10-20. Hér hǽðene men on Tenet ofer winter sǽton, Chr. 851; Erl. 67, 20: 865; Erl. 70, 31. On ðyssum geáre Eádgár cyng hét oferhergian eall Tenetland, 969; Erl. 125, 5. Tenet, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iv. 232, 22. Inntó Raculfe on Tænett, iii. 429, 16. The following. forms occur in Latin charters :-- Tenid, i. 21, 1. Tenaet, 129, 18. Tanet, 118, 1. Tanat, vi. 189, 31. Tanatos insulam, iv. 237, 20. Insula Tanatorum, iii. 347, 15. Thanet, i. 13. 30: 18, 15. Ðanet, v. 21, 19. Insula Thaeneti, i. 42, 16. Insula Thaenet, 116, 27.

tengan; p. de To press, hasten, hurry, proceed with haste or violence :-- Ðá tengde se Pharao æfter mid mycelre fyrde then Pharaoh hastened after with a great army, Homl. Th. i. 312, 3: ii. 194, 16. Hé ðá þearle áblicged áweg tengde, 182, 2. Hé ontende ða burh and tencgde him forð syððan, Homl. Skt. ii. 25, 416. Se cásere tengde tó ðam botle, Homl. Th. i. 430, 23. Se fugol tó wuda tengde, ii. 162, 27. Æt suman cyrre tengde hé tó fyrde ongeán Persiscne leódscipe on one occasion he was hastening to march against Persia, i. 448, 32. Tengdon ða hǽþenan mid wǽpnum tó ðam ǽwfæstum heápe, and slógan ða cristenan, Homl. Skt. ii. 28, 66. Teng recene tó ðam fæstenne (haste thee, escape thither, Gen. 19, 22), Cd. Th. 152, 29; Gen. 2527. Hié hæfdon gecweden ðæt hié ealle emlíce on Latine tengden they had agreed that they all in unbroken order would proceed to the attack of the Latins, Ors. 3, 6; Swt. 108, 9. v. ge-tengan; ge-tenge.

tennan (?) to incite, encourage to effort :-- Ful oft ðæt gegongeþ, ðætte wer and wíf in woruld cennaþ beorn, and mid bleóm gyrwaþ, tennaþ and tǽtaþ, óþþæt seó tíd cymeþ, ðæt ða geongan leomu, líffæstau leoþu, geloden weorþaþ (the parents try to awaken the child's activity of body and mind, while it is still an infant), Exon. Th. 327, 15; Vy. 4. [Thorpe would read temiaþ. Grein suggests comparison with O. M. H. Ger. Cf. Ih zeno sie provocabo eos, Grff. v. 685. Could tendaþ be read? Ontendan and connected words are used figuratively; see also tendan.]

tenys, Hpt. Gl. 513, 65. v. týnness.

teofonian; p. ode To associate, join :-- Ealswá teefanade se ðe teala cúþe ǽghwylc wiþ óþrum; sceoldon eal beran stíþe stefnbyrd, swá him se steóra bibeád, missenlíce gemetu (cf. þeáh ánra hwilc (each of the elements) wið óþer sié miclum gemenged ... fæste gebunden ... mid bebode ðíne, Met. 20, 65-69). Exon. Th. 399, 8; Sch. 43. Swá teofenede se ðe teala cúþe dæg wiþ nihte ... fisc wið ýþum, 351, 18; Sch. 82.

teofrian; p. ode To allot(?), appoint :-- Ðone sylfan stán ðe hine wyrhtan áwurpan nú se geworden is hwommona heágost hálig Drihten tó wealles wraðe wís teofrade (he has appointed it to be the wall's support) lapidem quem reprobaverunt aedificantes, hic factus est in caput anguli: a Domino factum est illud, Ps. Th. 117, 21. v. tiber (tifer).

teogoþa (-eþa), teogoþian. v. teóþa, teóþian.

teoh[h], e; f.; but also m. or n. An association, a company, band :-- Besæt hé ðá sinherge sweorda láfe weán oft gehét earmre teohhe with a mighty host he besieged then those whom the sword had spared, to the wretched band woe he oft promised, Beo. Th. 5868; B. 2938. Óððæt ic ðínes earmes ásecge strencðe ðisse cneórisse eallum ðam teohhe ðe nú tóweard ys donec annuntiem brachium tuum generationi omni, quae ventura est, Ps. Th. 70, 17. Ðá hié gemitton teoche æt torre (the people who were building the tower of Babel), Cd. Th. 101, 26; Gen. 1688. Hét tuddorteóndra teohha gehwylcre wæstmas fédan he bade each productive race bring forth fruits, 59, 6; Gen. 959. [M. H. Ger. zeche; f. succession, association, company: Ger. zeche.] v. next word.

teohhian, teohchian, teohgian, tihhian, teohian, teochian, tihian; p. ode. I. to suppose, consider, think, (a) with a clause :-- Ic tiohhie, ðæt hió ðæs taman náuht ne gehicgge, Met. 13, 25. Gif hwá teochaþ (tiohhaþ, Cott. MSS.) ðæt hé ǽfæst sié si quis putat se religiosum esse, Past. 38; Swt. 281, 2. Swá hwæt swá hé swíþost lufaþ ðæt hé teohhaþ (tiohhaþ, Cott. MS.) ðæt him sié betst ... ðonne hé ðæt begiten hæfþ ðonne tihhaþ hé ðæt hé mǽge beón swíðe gesǽlig quod quisque prae ceteris petit, id summum esse judicat bonum ... beatum esse judicat statum, quem prae ceteris quisque desiderat, Bt. 24, 3; Fox 84, 11-14. Tehhaþ, Fox 84, 16. Sunte wénaþ, ðæt ... Sume teohhiaþ, ðæt ... Manege tellaþ, ðæt..., 24, 2; Fox 82, 7-12: 26, 2; Fox 92, 26: Ps. Th. 11, 4. Hié tiohchiaþ ðæt ðæt (silence) scyle bión for eáðméttum tacere se aestimant ex humilitate, Past. 41; Swt. 302, 3. Nán ðara góda ðín nis ðe ðú teohhodest (tiohhodes, Cott. MS.) ðæt hí ðíne beón sceoldan nihil horum, quae in tuis computas bonis, tuum esse bonum monstratur, Bt. 14, 2; Fox 42, 29. Se leása wéna ðara dysigena manna tiohhie, ðæt ... hominum fallax adnectit opinio, 27, 3; Fox. 98, 32. (b) with tó, to consider as :-- Of gromra gripe, ðe ðú tó godum tiohhast from the clutch of cruel ones, whom thou countest as gods, Exon. Th. 255, 17; Jul. 215. Ǽlc mon tiohhaþ him ðæt tó sélestum goode ðæt ðæt hé swíþost lufaþ every man considers that as his best good, which he most loves, Bt. 33, 2; Fox 122, 23. Hí teohhiaþ út him tó snǽdincgsceápum aestimati sumus ut oves occisionis, Ps. Th. 43, 23. Ðam wísan men com tó lofe and tó wyrðscipe ðæt se unrihtwísa cyning him teohhode tó wíte cruciatus, quos putabat tyrannus materiam crudelitatis, vir sapiens fecit esse virtutis, Bt. 16, 2; Fox 52, 27. Gif hé hit ne tiohchode eall tó anum si utraque unum esse non decerneret, Past, 49; Swt. 385, 34. (c) in other ways :-- Teohgaþ decreverit, cogitaverit, Hpt. Gl. 412, 48. Ne biþ hé swá brád swá hé teohhaþ (tihhaþ, Cott. MS.), Bt. 30, 1; Fox 108, 12. II. to purpose, determine, intend, appoint, (a) with an accusative :-- Man ús tyhhaþ twegen eardas two dwellings are intended for us, Hy. 7, 97. Oft ic leán teohhode hnáhran rince, Beo. Th. 1907; B. 951. (b) with an accusative and (implied) infinitive :-- Swilce hé ná ða sprǽce ne mǽnde and tiohhode hit þeáh þiderweardes (and yet he intended it to go in that direction), Bt. 39, 5; Fox 218, 12. (c) with a clause :-- Tó ðǽm sóþum gesǽlþum ic tiohhie (tiohige, Cott. MS.) ðæt ic ðé lǽde, Bt. 22, 2; Fox 78, 7. Swá swá hé tiohhaþ, ðæt hit sié, 39, 6; Fox 220, 7. Nis nán gesceaft ðe hé tiohhige (tiohhie, Cott. MS.) ðæt hió scyle winnan wiþ hire Scippendes willan ... Hwæt wénst ðú gif ǽnegu gesceaft tiohhode ðæt hió wiþ his willan sceolde winnan hwæt hió mihte wiþ swá mihtine swá wé hine gerehtne habbaþ nihil est quod Deo contraire conetur ... quid si conetur, sum tandem proficiet quidquam adversus eum, quem potentissimum esse concessimus, 35, 4; Fox 160, 21-27. Ðæt hé forðý reáfige ðý hé tiohchie (teohhige, Cott. MSS.) ðæt hé eft scyle mid ðý reáfláce ælmessan gewyrcean pro misericordia facienda peccare, Past. 45; Swt. 341, 22. (d) with :-- Swá hwæt swá ðú mé tó gyfe tihhie bring ðæt Gode tó onsægednysse whatever you may intend as a gift to me, bring that as a sacrifice to God, Homl. Ass. 123, 209. (e) with gerundial infinitive :-- Ðǽr ðú ongeáte hwidre ic ðé teohhie (tiohige, Cott. MS.) tó lǽdenne si, quonam te ducere aggredimur, agnosceres, Bt. 22, 2; Fox 78, 1. Cildum ðe wé tiochiaþ úrne eard tó te forlǽtanne, and hié tiochiaþ ús tó ierfeweardum tó habbanne, Past. 50; Swt. 391, 28. Hý teohhiaþ mé tó áfyrranne, Ps. Th. 39, 16. Hé tiohchode him má tó fultemanne ... hé teohchode hine tó lǽdanne on lífes weg, Past. 41; Swt. 305, 4, 5. His (Ulysses') þegnas for hiora eardes lufan tihodon hine tó forlǽtanne, Bt. 38, 1; Fox 194, 29. (f) undetermined :-- Teohhaþ distinat, i. disponit, contendit, Wrt. Voc. ii. 141, 35. [Cf. O. H. Ger. gi-zehón instaurare, resarcire.] v. ge-teohhian; teón (wk.).

-teohhung, teolian. v. fore-teohhung, tilian.

teol-þyrel, es; n. A window :-- Teolþerla fenestrarum, Hpt. Gl. 409, 31. Cf. eág-þyrel.

teolung, teoma. v. tilung, tam.

teón (from teóhan); p. teáh, pl. tugon; pp. togen, tigen (v. of-teón) To draw, pull :-- Ic teó traho, ic teó swýðe pertraho, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 5; Zup. 176, 5, 6. Teáþ trahunt, Wülck. Gl. 253, 32. I. (1) with the idea of horizontal movement, to draw along, pull, drag :-- Ðú mé gebundenne mid fýrenum racenteágum týhst in éce fýr, Shrn. 117, 18. Heó teáh hyne (Holofernes) folmum wiþ hyre weard, Judth. Thw. 23, 1; Jud. 99. Ðá geseah ic monige ðara wérigra gásta fíf monna sáwla teón (trahere) on midde ða ðýstro . . . Tugon hí ða werígan gástas, Bd. 5, 12; S. 628, 32-36. Valerianus hét teón Ypolitum geond ðornas and brémelas, Homl. Th. i. 432, 34: Blickl. Homl. 241, 21. Se eádiga Andreas wæs togen, 241, 26. (2) where the movement is from within or from without, to draw a sword, blood, etc., to haul a net, draw in or out:--Ðú scealt, ðonne ðú on ðám sculdrum týhst blód, teón swíðe on ðære sídan, Lchdm. ii. 262, 26. Se iil tíhþ his fét suá hé inmest mæg . . . Hé tiéhþ his heáfod in tó him, Past. 35; Swt. 241, 11-21. Ða synfullan teóþ heora sweord gladium evaginaverunt peccatores, Ps. Th. 36, 13. Simon Petrus téh his nett on land, Jn. Skt. 21, 11. Teóh mid glæse oþþe mid horne, Lchdm. ii. 200, 13: 262, 5. Tæppan teón, Techm. ii. 120, 12. Teón út lange, Lchdm. iii. 16, 13. Onlegena út teónde ðone heardan swile, ii. 182, 16. Wæs on næs togen wundorlíc wǽgbora, Beo. Th. 2883; B. 1439. (3) where the movement is up or down, to draw up or down, to draw breath, heave a sigh, &c., to hoist a sail, pull a bell:--Mé tó grunde teáh feóndscaða, Beo. Th. 1111; B. 553. Hé oroð stundum teáh (cf. oroð up hlæden, v. 30), Exon. Th. 178, 17; Gú. 1245: Guthl. 20; Gdwin. 86, 16. Godwine eorl teáh up his segl, Chr. 1052; Erl. 183, 12. Hí tugon up heora segel, 1046; Erl. 174, 19. Ða apostolas tugon hié up and hié gesetton on ðæm fægran neorxna wange, Blickl. Homl. 143, 24. Tugon hié heora hrægl bufan cneów, Ors. 3, 5; Swt. 106, 16. Dó mid his handa, swylce hé wille áne hangi&dash-uncertain;gende bellan teón, Techm. ii. 118, 16. Heó longe swóretunge wæs teónde, Bd. 4, 23; S. 596, 10. (4) to draw to, to attract :-- Ðære lyfte gecynd is ðæt heó téhþ tó ða rénas of ðæm sealtan sǽ, Shrn. 63, 27. (5) to pull the string of a bow, strike the strings of an instrument:--Ðære hearpan strengas se hearpere suíðe ungelíce tiéhþ and styreþ, Past. 23; Swt. 175, 7. Ða teóþ heora swíðne bogan intenderunt arcum, Ps. Th. 63, 3. Togenum strengum, Ps. Th. 67, 24. (6) to pull a boat, to row :-- On ða eá hí tugon up hiora scipu óþ ðone weald, Chr. 893; Erl. 88, 31: 895; Erl. 93, 31. Ðæt scip wile hwílum stígan ongeán ðone streám, ac hit ne mæg, búton ða rówend hit teón, ac hit sceal fleótan mid ðý streáme; ne mæg hit nó stille gestondan, búton hit ankor hæbbe, oððe mon mid róðrum ongeán tió, Past. 58; Swt. 445, 10-13. Hé ástígende on án scyp bæd hyne ðæt hé hit lythwón fram lande tuge . . . Hé cwæþ tó Simone: 'Teóh hit on dýpan,' Lk. Skt. 5, 3, 4. (7) to draw, be of weight :-- Ðonne man sett ða synne and ða sáwle on ða wǽge, and hý man wegeþ, swá man déþ gold wið penegas. And gif ða penegas teóþ swíðor ðonne ðæt gold, ðonne miswyrð ðam men hraðe. Swá biþ ðære sáwle and ðære synne; gif seó synn tíhþ swýðor ðonne seó sáwel, ðonne faraþ hý on forwyrd, Wulfst. 240, 1-6. (8) where there is no movement, to pull, tug :-- Sume sceufon, sume tugon . . . and seó Godes fǽmne hwæðre stód. Ðá brudon hig rápas on hyre handa and on hyre fét, and hig tugon myd ðám, and hig ne myhton hig ðá git ánne fótlást furður áteón, Shrn. 154, 26-30. Se deófol wolde geniman ðone cnapan of Basilius handum, hetolíce teónde, Homl. Skt. i. 3, 443. II. to bring, lead, put :-- Ðá teáh hine Penda fyrde and here on, Bd. 3, 7; S. 529, 30: 1, 34; S. 499, 29. Penda teáh here wiþ Eást-Engle, 3, 18; S. 546, 14. 'Teóh eft ðíne hand on ðínne bósum.' Ðá teáh hé hig ongeán, Ex. 4, 7. Héht eorla hleó eahta mearas on flet teón, Beo. Th. 2077; B. 1036. II a. with an idea of violence or compulsion:--Ðá cwæð Iosue: 'Teóþ ða cynegas út of ðam scræfe,' Jos. 10, 22. Gif fáh mon cirican geierne, hine seofan nihtum mon út ne teó, L. Alf. pol. 5; Th. i. 64, 10. Belǽwende eów on gesamnungum and teónde tó cynegum, Homl. Th. ii. 540, 17. III. in various figurative senses, many of which may be rendered by words containing the root of trahere or of ducere. (1) to teach, educate, bring up :-- Ic tý (teó, MSS. J. W.) oðde lǽre imbuo, ic teáh imbui, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 3; Zup. 166, 14. Hú lange týhst ðú ús and tédest teára hláfe cibabis nos pane lacrymarum, Ps. Th. 79, 5. Hwá teáh ðé ? . . . Se Hǽlend mé lǽrde mid onwrigenysse, Homl. Th. i. 378, 9. Hé iunge men teáh georne mid láre, swá ðæt ealle his geféran sceoldon sealmas leornian, Homl. Skt. ii. 26, 76, Wé lǽraþ ðæt preóstas geóguðe geornlíce lǽran and tó cræftan teón (bring them up to crafts), L. Edg. C. 51; Th. ii. 254, 26: L. Pen. 14; Th. ii. 282, 6. (2) to draw to or from, attract, induce, seduce :-- Sió leáse gesǽlþ tíhþ ða ðe hiere tó geþeódaþ from ðǽm sóþum gesǽlþum mid hiere ólecunge, Bt. 20; Fox 72, 7. Sió gecynd eów tíhþ tó ðam angite, ac eów tíhþ (teóhþ, MS. Bod.) gedwola of ðam angite, 26, 1; Fox 90, 7. Þes middangeard wæs tó ðon fæger, ðæt hé teáh men tó him þurh his fægernesse fram Gode, Blickl. Homl. 115, 11. Ðone mon sciele ealle mægene tó biscepháde teón ðe gástlíce liofaþ ille modis omnibus debet ad exemplum vivendi pertrahi, qui spiritaliter vivit, Past. 10; Swt. 60, 7. (3) to draw to one's self, to take :-- Ic teó (nimo, Lind. Rush.) ealle þing tó mé sylfon, Jn. Skt. 12, 32. Sume hí teóþ nominativum casum, Ælfc. Gr. 33; Zup. 2068. Ne teáh Crist him ná tó on ðisum lífe land ne welan, Homl. Th. i. 160, 32: Ors. 5, 11; Swt. 236, 27. Hé æfter ðysum geþance teáh him elnunge tó be dǽle after this thought he in some measure took courage, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 524. On ðæt gerád ðæt hié him Siciliam tó ne tugen ne Sardiniam conditiones erant, ut Sicilia Sardiniaque decederent, Ors. 4, 6; Swt. 180, 13. Ðæt hé hit on folc­ryht him tó teó, L. Ath. i. 9; Th. i. 204, 12. Ne teó se hláford ná máre on his ǽhte bútan his rihtan heregeate, L. C. S. 71; Th. i. 412, 29. Ne teón hié nánwuht ðæs lofes tó him, Past. 44; Swt. 323, 1. (4) to take on one's self, to assume :-- Hié him on teóþ, ðæt hié sién heortan lǽcas, Past. 1; Swt. 27, 1. Ðæt hé tió on hine selfne óðerra monna scylda, 16; Swt. 99, 1. Sanctus Paulus ðone óðerne lǽrde, ðæt hé him anwald on tuge, 40; Swt. 291, 20. Se him wæs on teónde ealdordóm ofer ða óþere, Ors. 2, 6; Swt. 88, 20. (5) to bring, bring forth, produce, display :-- Meaht forð tíhþ heofoncondelle and holmas mid, Exon. Th. 349, 29; Sch. 53. Ða ðe plegaþ æt deádra manna líce and ǽlce fúlnysse ðǽr forð teóþ mid plegan, Homl. Skt. i. 21, 309. Ðú wið Criste wunne and gewin tuge, 267, 27; Jul. 421. Ðá sceolde se ealdorman Ælfríc lǽdan ða fyrde, ac hé teáh forð ðá his ealdan wrenceas he brought out his old tricks, Chr. 1003; Erl. 139, 7. Hygewælmas (-os, MS.) teáh beorne on breóstum níð envy produced fierce passions in the breast of the man, Cd. Th. 60, 12; Gen. 980. Teón nú ða wæteru forð swimmende cynn . . . eáll fisccynn ðe ða wæteru tugon forð (produxerunt), Gen. 1, 20, 21. Tó teónne forð ðone wísdóm ðære ealdan ǽ, Homl. Th. i. 190, 8. (6) to bring, place :-- Sió ungelícnes hira geearnunga hié tiéhþ sume behindan sume and hira scylda hí ðǽr gehabbaþ variante meritorum ordine alios aliis culpa postponit, Past. 17; Swt. 107, 20. Bisceop sceal scyldan cristenum mannum wið ǽlc ðæra þinga ðe synlíc biþ, and ðý hé sceal on ǽghwæt hine ðe swýðor teón (he must the rather bring himself to everything, apply himself), ðæt hé ðe geornor wite hú seó heord fare, L. I. P. 7; Th. ii. 312, 24. IV. to draw (ar in to draw nigh), to go, proceed, (1) intrans.:--Seó tó hám týhþ, Exon. Th. 416, 26; Rä. 35, 4. Hé ne mihte ongemong óþrum mannum bión, ac teáh tó wuda, Bt. 35, 6; Fox 168, 7. Hí tugon forð they went on their way, Homl. Th. i. 246, 11: ii. 490, 1. Fela hám tugon, Chr. 1096; Erl. 233, 23. Hira tungan tugon ofer eorðan lingua eorum transivit super terram, Ps. Th. 72, 7. Gif tósomne teó if (hair-lip) draw together, Lchdm. ii. 56, 9. (2) with 3 R acc. to go a journey:--Ǽghwylcum ðara ðe mid Beówulfe brimláde leáh, Beo. Th. 2107; B. 1051: 2669; B. 1332. Yldran ússe tugon tongne síð, Exon. Th. 228, 19; Ph. 440: 110, 28; Gú. 115. (3) figuratively:--Nú fandiaþ swelce wræccan and teóþ tó, woldon underfón ðone weorðscipe such wretches press forward in their wish to receive the honour, Past. 7; Swt. 51, 22. [Laym. teon to go, march: Kath. teon to pull: Gen. and Ex. ten to go; to bring up. Goth. tiuhan: O. Sax. tiohan: O. Frs. tiá: O. H. Ger. ziohan trahere, ducere, nutrire.] v. á-, be-, ge-, of-, ofer-, on-, óþ-, þurh-, wið-teón; for-, íð-togen; teónd.

teón (from tíhan; but the verb seems to have almost entirely given up the conjugation to which this form would belong and to take that of teón from teóhan); p. teáh, pl. tugon; pp. togen, tygen To accuse a person of something (acc. of person and gen. of charge, or charge expressed by a clause):--Ðú mé stale týhst furti me arguis, Gen. 31, 32. Hwí tíhþ úre hláford ús swá micles falses? 44, 7. Gif gé scyld on eów witen ðæs ðe eów man tíhþ, Txts. 176, 10; Rtl. 114, 23: Exon. Th. 345, 13; Gn. Ex. 187. Týhþ, Cd. Th. 36, 33; Gen. 581. Ic eom unscyldig æt ðære tihtlan ðe N. mé tíhþ (týhþ, MS. B.), L. O. 5; Th. i. 180, 16. Hý teóþ ðé ðæs ðe hý sylfe habbaþ, Prov. Kmbl. 12. Hé teáh hiene ðæt hé his ungerisno sprǽce wið ða senatos he (Philip) charged him (Demetrius, his son) that he had spoken disparagingly of him to the senate, Ors. 4, 11; Swt. 206, 28. Ðá tugon hié hiene, ðæt hé heora swicdómes wið Alexander fremmende wǽre, and hiene for ðære tihtlan ofslógon, 4, 5; Swt. 168, 16. Gif hine hwá hwelces teó, L. Alf. pol. 17; Th. i. 72, 6: 11; Th. i. 68, 19: L. In. 30; Th. i. 120, 18. Gif hine man ǽniges þinges teó, L. C. S. 31; Th. i. 394, 28. Gif hine mon tió gewealdes on ðære dǽde, L. Alf. pol. 36; Th. i. 84, 15: 31; Th. i. 80, 16. Gif man ðone hláford teó, ðæt hé be his rǽde út hleópe, L. C. S. 30; Th. i. 394, 19. Gyf hine þreó men ætgædere teón, Th. i. 392, 23. Se man ðe man tuge the man who shall have been accused, L. Ath. iv. 6; Th. i. 224, 15. Gif hwá óðerne tión wille, ðæt hé hwelcne ne gelǽste ðara ðe hé him gesealde, L. Alf. pol. 33; Th. i. 82, 5. [Goth. teihan to show; O. Sax. af-tíhan to refuse: O. H. Ger. zíhan arguere: Ger. zeihen to accuse: Icel. tjá (wk.) to shew; cf. tiginn distinguished.] v. be-teón; teónd; tiht.

teón; p. teóde. I. to make, frame, create, ordain, arrange, contrive, bring about, construct, (1) referring to material objects:--Ðysne wig ðe ðú ðé tó wundrum teódest, Cd. Th. 228, 25; Dan. 208. Thá middungeard moncynnæs uard æfter tiáde (teóde, Bd. 4, 24; S. 597, 23) dehinc terram custos humani generis creavit, Txts. 149, 8. Helm worhte wǽpna smið, wundrum teóde, besette swínlícum, ðæt hine bead­omécas bítan ne meahton, Beo. Th. 2909; B. 1452. Tó ðam golde ðe hé him tó gode teóde the gold that he had shaped for a god to himself, Cd. Th. 229, 13; Dan. 216. Se ðás woruld teóde, Exon. Th. 335, 16; Gn. Ex. 34: Andr. Kmbl. 1594; An. 798. (1 a) in a figurative expression:--Ða heora tungan teóþ (but the word may be from teón to draw (v. teón, I. 2), as it seems also to govern bogan in the following clause) teónan gehwylce sweorde efenscearpe exacuerunt ut gladium linguas suas, Ps. Th. 63, 3. (2) referring to immaterial objects:--Ðæs ðé þanc sié ðæt ðú ús ðás wrace teódest for this be thanks to thee that thou didst order this exile for us, Cd. Th. 235, 21; Dan. 309. Him heáhcynin fultum tióde for him the high king contrived help, 11, 11; Gen. 173. Se ðe ús ðis líf tióde he that framed for us this life, Met. 20, 131. Waldend him ðæt wíte teóde, Exon. Th. 336, 4; Gn. Ex. 43. II. to furnish with; instruere:--Mid beorhtnyssa ǽrnemergen þú tihst and mid fýrum middæg splendore mane instruis et ignibus meridiem, Hymn. Surt. 10, 25. Nalæs hí hine læssan lácum teódan ðonne ða dydon ðe hine æt frumsceafte forð onsendon, Beo. Th. 86; B. 43. [M. H. Ger. zechen; p. zechte to arrange, contrive, bring about.] v. fore-, ge-teón; teohhian.

teón. I. hurt, damage, vexation :-- Ðone on teón wigeþ feónd his feónde him (the dog) foe brings for the annoyance of his foe, Exon. Th. 433, 28; Rä. 51, 3. II. insult, abuse, reproach, calumny :-- Ðá hine teóne wyrde (teónode and wyrgde? see note) Chus, Ps. Th. 7, arg. Teóna calumniarum, Hpt. Gl. 506, 22. [Icel. tjón; f. n. damage, loss.] v. níð-geteón, and next word.

teóna, an; m. I. damage, harm, hurt, mischief, annoyance, trouble, vexation, detriment, loss :-- Mid ðý hunige smire . . . ne biþ sóna nán teóna smear with the honey . . . there will be no hurt (from the disease) directly, Lchdm. ii. 104, 23: 156, 30. Ðis weorc biþ deóflum se mǽsta teóna this work will prove the greatest vexation to devils, Blickl. Homl. 47, 6. Hit him wyrþ tó teónan it will turn to his hurt, 51, 9. Ne him wiht gescód ðæs ðe hý him tó teónan þurhtogen hæfdon, Exon. Th. 127, 36; Gú. 397: 269, 30; Jul. 458. Ðæt behýded wæs tó teónan cristenum folce the cross had been hidden to the detriment of Christians, Elen. Kmbl. 1973; El. 988. Þohton ðæt hié sceoldon gewrecan hira teónan they thought they would avenge the harm that had been done them, Chr. 921; Erl. 107, 17. Ymb ðone teónan (mischievous doctrine) wæs gegaederad III hund biscepa and eahtatiéne hiene tó ámansumianne conventus cccxviii episcoporum factus est, per quos Arianum dogma exitiabile reprobatum est, Ors. 6, 30; Swt. 282, 34. Tiónan infestationes, Wrt. Voc. ii. 111, 61. Teóan, 45, 27. Se ðe hine fram swá monigum yrmðum and teónum (tot ac tantis calamitatibus) generede, Bd. 2, 12; S. 514, 19. Mid miclum teónum and wítum, Ors. 5, 15; Swt. 250, 28: Cd. Th. 36, 34; Gen. 581. Ðæt tó teónum weorþeþ, þeódum tó þreá, Exon. Th. 67, 20; Cri. 1091: 75, 1; Cri. 1215. Synfull tóþum torn þolaþ teónum grimetaþ (grievously groans), Ps. Th. 111, 9. Ne mæg hé nó ryhtlíce geðyld lǽran búton hé self geðyldelíce óðerra monna tiónan geðolige neque potest veraciter bona docendo impendere, si vivendo nescit aequanimiter aliena mala tolerare, Past. 33; Swt. 217, 4. On his tíman hæfdon men mycel geswinc and swíðe manige teónan, Chr. 1086; Erl. 222, 20. II. hurt that comes from wrongful action, wrong, injury, wrongful action, iniquity, offence, abuse, ill-usage, violence :-- Wolde hé ðæt gyld ábrecan. Ða hǽþenan men hine mid teónan (violence) áweg ádrifon . . . Hé hit for manna teónan gebrecan ne móste, Blickl. Homl. 221, 20-27. Ne dó ic ðé nǽnne teónan (teáne, Rush.) non facio tibi injuriam, Mt. Kmbl. 20, 13. Se unrihtwísa wer wyle niman on teónan his néxtan dǽde ðeáh ðe hé him teónan ne gedó, Basil admn. 4; Norm. 44, 19. Ðæt hé geþence ðone teónan (injuriam), ðe wé him dydon, Gen. 50, 15: Ps. Th. 102, 6. Se ðe úre ealra teónan wrǽce he that should avenge the wrong done to us all, L. Ath. v. 7; Th. i. 234, 20: 8, 3; Th. i. 236, 18: Blickl. Homl. 33, 24: Ors. 1, 11; Swt. 50, 12. Gé ne ongitaþ hú micelne teónan gé dóþ Gode eówrum sceppende nec intelligitis quantam conditori vestro faciatis injuriam, Bt. 14, 2; Fox 44, 31. Ic (the devil) ðæs wealles geat ontýne þurh teónan (by means of the iniquity which I introduce into the man's mind), Exon. Th. 266, 22; Jul. 402. Ic fleáh hlǽfdigan hete, tregan and teónan, Cd. Th. 137, 15; Gen. 2274: 226, 5; Sat. 497. Se cyning ne gemunde ðæra monigra teónena ðe hiora ǽgðer óþrum gedyde Astyages oblitus sceleris sui, Ors. 1, 12; Swt. 52, 22. Hé ða gefremedon teónan (factas injurias) him eall forlét, Bd. 3, 22; S. 553, 19. Teónan and unriht iniquitates nostras, Ps. Th. 102, 12. III. reproach, insult, shame, calumny, abuse, contumely :-- Teóna calumnia, Hpt. Gl. 514, 64: contumelia, Scint. 19, 4. Tióna, Kent. Gl. 345. Ic ehte mid teónan calumnior, Ælfc. Gr. 25; Zup. 145, 1. Genimeþ his ǽhta Drihten mid mycclum teónan on him the Lord will take from him his possession with great shame to him, Blickl. Homl. 53, 4. For teónan for shame, 179, 12. Ða blǽda ðe ic ðé on teónan geþah the fruit which I insulted you by taking, Cd. Th. 54, 30; Gen. 885. Teónan ðú wyrcst ús mid ðisse sage haec dicens nobis contumiliam facis, Lk. Skt. 11, 45. Ða ðe tǽlnessa teónan wið heora ðam néhstan áhófan detrahentem adversus proximum suum, Ps. Th. 100, 4. Hí (two well-born nuns) wǽron æfter æþelborennysse oferhýdige and hearmcwydole, and ðone wer oft gedrehton. Ðá cýdde se wer Benedicte, hú micelne teónan hé forðyldegode mid ðám mynecenum, Homl. Th. ii. 174, 10. Teónan calumniae, Wrt. Voc. ii. 24, 49. Mid teónum gewǽcende afficientes contumelia, Lk. Skt. 20, 11. IV. strife, discord :-- Eall ðæra Iudéiscra teóna árás þurh ðæt hwí Drihten Crist se ðe æfter flǽsce sóðlíce is mannes sunu eác swilce wǽre gecweden Godes sunu all the strife of the Jews arose from the question, why the Lord Christ, who according to the flesh is truly son of man, should be called also son of God, Homl. Th. i. 48, 15. Oft wǽron teónan wǽrfæstra wera weredum gemǽne heardum hearmplega. Ðá ongan Abraham sprecan . . . 'Ne sceolon unc betweónan teónan weaxan wroht wriðian' (facta est rixa inter pastores gregum Abram et Lot . . . Dixit ergo Abram ad Lot: 'Ne quaeso sit jurgium inter me et te,' Gen. 13, 7, 8), Cd. Th. 113, 33-114, 12; Gen. 1896-1903. Symle teónan sécþ yfel semper jurgia quaerit malus, Scint. 134, 12. Tiónan, Kent. Gl. 145. [The word remains in use in later English, but gradually restricts the meaning to pain, vexation. Laym. A. R. teone. Onn himm wrekenn hire tene, Orm. 19866. Ne do he þe neure swa muchelne teone ne wite, O. E. Homl. i. 15, 30. Wiðute teone and treie, 193, 61. Hi hedden teone and seorewe, Misc. 89, 14. Þu seist me boþe teone and schame, O. and N. 50. Teone ne tintreohe, Kath. 402. Berninde of grome and of teone furiis agitatus, 1354. Mi tene and min anger, Will. 552. Anger and tene, sorge and wo, Gen. and Ex. 2992. Tyene strife, Ayenb. 66, 1. Nó word of jelousye or any other teene, Chauc. Kn. T. 2248. In pure tene in sheer vexation, Piers P. 6, 119. With trauaille and with tene, 135. Tene or angyr or dyshese angustia, tribulacio, Prompt. Parv. 488. O. Sax. tiono wrong, evil.] v. hyge-teóna; teóne, and preceding word.

teón-cwide, es; m. Reproachful, abusive, insulting speech, blasphemy, contumely, calumny, slander :-- Ne fríne ic ðé for tǽle ne þurh teóncwide, Andr. Kmbl. 1266; An. 633. Þurh teóncwide by their blasphemous language (saying that a miracle was wrought by magic), 1541; An. 772. Godscyld wrecan, teóncwide, Exon. Th. 254, 30; Jul. 205. Tióncwida conviciorum, Wrt. Voc. ii. 20, 44. Mið teáncuidum contumelia, Lk. Skt. Lind. 20, 11. Hí ermþu gehéton tornum teóncwidum, Exon. Th. 129, 10; Gú. 419. Cf. hearm-cwide.

teón-cwidian; p. ode, ede To reproach, abuse, revile, calumniate :-- Teóncwidedon conviciebant, Wrt. Voc. ii. 17, 58. Teóncwid[ed]on, 74, 33. Fore teáncuidendum ús pro calumpniantibus nobis, Rtl. 176, 33. Cf. hearm-cwidian.

teónd, es; m. One who draws :-- Heó behealdende wæs hwylcum teónde hé upp áhafen wæs, Bd. 4, 9; S. 576, 34.

teónd, es; m. An accuser :-- Gif wíteþeów mon betýnþ . . . ðonne áh se teónd áne swingellan æt him, L. In. 48; Th. i. 132, 9. Eode se man sylf tó ðe man tuge, and hæbbe se teónd (se ðe týhþ, MS. B.) cyre, swá wæterordál swá ýsenordál, L. Ath. iv. 6; Th. i. 224, 15. Tiónd, L. Eth. iii. 6; Th. i. 296, 3. Gylde man ðam teónde his ceápgyld, L. Edg. ii. 7; Th. i. 268, 19: L. Eth. i. 1; Th. i. 280, 20: 282, 3.

teóne, an; f. Calumny, reproach :-- Teóne calumnia, Wrt. Voc. i. 21, 29. Wǽron hyra tungan getale teónan gehwylcre and tó yfele gehwam ungemet scearpe, Ps. Th. 56, 6. v. teóna.

teónere, es; m. A calumniator :-- Hé geeádmét ðane teónere humiliabit calumniatorem, Ps. Lamb. 71, 4.

teón-full; adj. I. grievous, vexatious, troublous, woeful :-- Se teónfulla dæg (the last day), Wulfst. 187, 3. Hú geswincful and hú teónful ðis líf is how full of travail and trouble this life is, 273, 6. Ða teónfullan infesta, Wrt. Voc. ii. 88, 15. II. of persons, (1) causing hurt or injury :-- Teónfullum on teso so as to hurt the harmful (those who were attending to the fiery furnace), Cd. Th. 232, 4; Dan. 255. (2) causing vexation or annoyance, exasperating, v. teónian, I:--Mǽgþ teónful generatio exasperans, Ps. Spl. 77, 10. III. insolent, abusive, contumelious, contemptuous, calumnious :-- Teónful injuriosus, geflitful contentiosus, Wrt. Voc. i. 49, 32: 74, 32. Se mynstres hordere sí . . . ná dréfend ne teónful (non turbulentus, non injuriosus), R. Ben. 54, 9. Dú ne scealt nánne man wyrigan, ne nǽnne man tǽlan, ne teónful beón, Homl. Skt. i. 21, 359. Ys steór leás on múþe teónfulles (contumeliosi), Scint. 114, 9. Teónfulle wé synd contumeliosi sumus, 155, 14. Wǽron hí æfter æþelborennesse oferhýdige and hearmcwydole . . . Hí ðurh­wunedon on heora teónfullum wordum they persisted in their insolent language, Homl. Th. ii. 174, 14. [In þa teonfulle (destructive) sæ, Laym. 4585.]

teón-hete, es; m. Harmful or wrongful hate, dire hostility :-- Wið ðam teónhete (the hostility of the Egyptians in pursuit of the Israelites), Cd. Th. 191, 34; Exod. 224. Wið teónhete, Ps. Th. 147, 2.

teónian; p. ode. I. to vex, irritate. v. teón-full, II. 2:--Hý teónedon ɫ hig gremedon irritaverunt (Moysen), Ps. Lamb. 105, 16. II. to reproach, revile, abuse, calumniate :-- Se ðe teónaþ þearfan tǽlþ Scyppende his qui calumniatur pauperem, exprobat factori ejus, Scint. 156, 14: 178, 18. Ðá hine (David) teóne wyrde (teónode and wyrgde? see note) Chus, Ps. Th. 7, arg. Ne teónian mé ða módigan non calumnientur me superbi, Ps. Lamb. 118, 122. Teóniendum mé calumniantibus me, 121. [Hwon his briddes teoneð him when its young ones vex it (the pelican), A. R. 118, 10. Me teoneð mare þ̄ . . . quod altius me urit, Kath. 550. I tene (trouble) hem no more, Allit. Pms. 60, 759. Þ naked to tene, Gaw. 2002. Alle wordes him tyeneþ and greueþ, bote yef hi ne by to god, Ayenb. 142, 28. Tyrauntz þat teneþ trewe men, Piers P. 15, 412. Tenyn̄ or urethyn̄ irrito, Prompt. Parv. 489. O. Frs. tiona, tiuna to injure: O. Sax. gi-tiunean to harm.] v. tínan.

teónlíce; adv. I. in a manner that causes harm or trouble, grievously, miserably :-- Hí gedréfde deópe weorðaþ . . . swylce teónlíce geteoriaþ, Ps. Th. 103, 27: Exon. Th. 226, 17; Ph. 407. II. in a way that brings shame or affront, with insult or ignominy :-- Man sceal ða geóguðe lǽdan gehæft heánlíce and swá bysmorlíce bringan of heora éðle and betǽcan eów teónlíce on hǽðenra hand, Wulfst. 295, 19. Sende on heora eorþan toscean teónlíce he brought shame on them by sending frogs into their land, Ps. Th. 104, 26. Ðencan hú hig hyne teónlýcost áteón myhton to devise how they might treat him with most ignominy, Nicod. 14; Thw. 7, 7.

teón-líg, es; m. Hurtful, destructive flame, of the conflagration at the last day:--Eall þreó nimeþ fýres wælm . . . teónlég somod bærneþ þreó (earth, sea, and sky) eal on án, Exon. Th. 60, 14; Cri. 969. Tiónlég, Elen. Kmbl. 2556; El. 1279.

teón-rǽden[n], e; f. Wrong, injury :-- Ðæt hig wrecan mihton heora teónrǽdenne mid tintergum on him (ut reddamus ei (Samson), quae in nos operatus est) . . . Hig woldon hine tintregian for heora teónrǽdene, Jud. 15, 10, 14. Nicanores heáfod hí setton tó tácne for his teónrǽdene (the wrong he had done to them), Homl. Skt. ii. 25, 640: Ælfc. T. Grn. 5, 18. Gif hé on gehwylcum teónrǽdennum (injuriis) geþyld lufige . . . Gé eác earfeþa and teónrǽdena (injurias) forberaþ, R. Ben. 27, 1, 21.

teón-smiþ, es; m. A worker of hurt or wrong, an evil-doer :-- Wǽron teónsmiðas (the evil spirits that persecuted Guthlac) tornes fulle, . . . earme andsacan, Exon. Th. 114, 21; Gú. 176.

teóntig. v. hund-teóntig.

teón-word, es; n. A word that conveys reproach, insult, abuse, calumny; a word that does wrong :-- Hig tǽldon ðæt land mid heora teónwordum they slandered the land with their calumnies, Num. 13, 33. Eorl óðerne mid teónwordum tǽleþ behindan, spreceþ fægere beforan, Frag. Kmbl. 6; Leás. 4. Næs heó swá nú æðelborene men synt mid oferméttum áfylled . . . ne mid teónwordum she was not, as nobly born men now are, filled with haughtiness . . . or with insolent words, Lchdm. iii. 428, 33.

teorian; p. ode. I. to tire (intrans.), faint, fail, cease :-- Treów-geþofta teoraþ hwílum wáciaþ wordbeót faithful comrade fails at times, feeble prove promises, Exon. Th. 469, 21; Hy. 11, 5. Tiorade desisse, Txts. 57, 668. Teorode, Wrt. Voc. ii. 25, 37: Exon. Th. 436, 29; Rä. 55, 8. Eágan mé teoredon defecerunt oculi mei, Ps. Th. 118, 82. Gif mon on langum wege teorige if a man tire on a long journey, Lchdm. ii. 16, 26. Lǽcedóm wiþ miclum gange ofer land ðý læs hé teorige, 16, 26. Be ðone ðe lád teorie (fail). Ðeáh æt stæltyhtlan lád teorie Ængliscan, L. O. D. 4; Th. i. 354, 13-14. Gif ðeós lád teorie, 6; Th. i. 354, 31. II. to tire (trans.), to cause to fail or faint :-- Gif míne grame þenceaþ gást teorian if foes think to make my spirit faint, Ps. Th. 141, 3. [Him trukeþ his iwit, him teoreþ (fails) his miht, Fragm. Phlps. 5, 38. O. Sax. far-terian to destroy.] v. á-, ge-teorian; teran.

teorig, teorigend-líc, teorodness, teorung. v. un-teorig, á-teorigendlíc, ge-teorodness, á-, ge-teorung.

teors, es; m. A tarse (v. Halliwell's Dict.); membrum virile:--Teors calamus, herþan testiculi, Wrt. Voc. i. 65, 30. Teors veretrum, teors, ðæt wǽpen vel lim calamus, 283, 55, 56. Wið hærþena sáre and teorses, Lchdm. i. 358, 4. Smyre ðone teors and ða hærþan, ðonne hafaþ hé mycelne lust, 358, 19: 350, 9. [O. H. Ger. zers veretrum.]

teoru(-o), teru(-o), tearo, taru: gen. teorwes, also tearos; n.: teora, tara, an; m. Tar, resin, gum; also the wax of the ear :-- Teoru gluten, Txts. 67, 985. Teoru, teru cummi, 55, 616: resina, 93, 1716. Blaec teoru (teru) napta, 79, 1360. Teru bapis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 125, 17: cummi, 137, 44. Blæc teru napta, 60, 5. Tero gluten, 40, 25: napta, 71, 35. Taru, Lchdm. ii. 312, 20. Wiþ teorwe, 132, 5. Meng wiþ sóte sealt, teoro, hunig, 76, 8: 134, 11. Dó of ðínum eáran ðæt teoro, 112, 3. Meng wiþ pipor and wiþ teoran, 76, 7. [To maken a tur of tigel and ter, Gen. and Ex. 662. The tarre that to thyne sheep by­longeth, Piers P. C-text, x. 262. Terre butumen, Wrt. Voc. i. 227, col. 2 (15th cent.). Tere, 279, col. 2. Terre or pyk, Prompt. Parv. 489. Icel. tjara.] v. ifig-, scip-, treów-teoru (-tearo, -teora); tirwa.

teorung, e; f. Fainting, failing, exhaustion :-- Sum gemyndleás wíf férde wórigende geond wudas and feldas and ðǽr gelæg ðǽr hí seó teorung gelette a certain witless woman went wandering about the woods and fields, and lay down where exhaustion prevented her going further, Homl. Th. ii. 188, 15. v. á-, ge-teorung.

teosol(ul, -el), es; m. A small squared piece of stone, a die :-- Tasul(-ol) tessera, Txts. 101, 2000. Tæsium tesellum (tessellis in text, v. tæfl), Wrt. Voc. ii. 93, 44. Tæfles monnes, ðonne teoselum weorpeþ, Exon. Th. 345, 9; Gn. Ex. 185. Tesulas tesseras, Txts. 114, 84. [From Latin.]

teosu, tesu, tæsu(-o), wes; m(?). n(?). I. hurt, injury :-- Álet gehwearf teónfullum on teso the fire turned to the hurt of the harmful, Cd. Th. 232, 4; Dan. 255. Lécnade monigo of teissum ɫ cualmum curavit multos a plagis, Lk. Skt. Lind. 7, 21. II. wrong, fraud :-- Álýs míne sáwle from ðære tungan ðe teosu wylle libera animam meam a lingua dolosa, Ps. Th. 119, 2. Biþ deófla wíse ðæt hí duguðe beswícaþ and on teosu tyhtaþ the devils' way is to seduce from virtue and to incite to wrong, Exon. Th. 362, 9; Wal. 34. Óðer hine lǽreþ ðæt hé healde Metodes miltse, óðer hine tyhteþ and on tæso lǽreþ, Salm. Kmbl. 984; Sal. 493. v. next two words.

teosu-sprǽc, e; f. Hurtful, deceitful speech :-- Se getynga wer on teosusprǽce vir linguosus, Ps. Th. 139, 11.

teoswian, teswian; p. ode To hurt, injure, annoy :-- A hine ofslyhþ, T hine teswaþ, and hine on ða tungan sticaþ, Salm. Kmbl. 189; Sal. 94.

teóða, teogeða; ord. num. Tenth, (1) marking order:--Seó teóðe (teigða, Lind.) tíd hora decima, Jn. Skt. 1, 39. Ða wæteru wanedon óð ðæne teóðan mónð, and on ðam teóðan mónðe æteówdon ðæra munta cnollas, Gen. 8, 5. Wite cristenra manna gehwilc, ðæt hé his Drihtene his teóðunge, á swá seó sulh ðone teóðan æcer gegá, rihtlíce gelǽste, L. Eth. ix. 7; Th. i. 342, 11. See Seebohm's Village Community, p. 114. Ðý teogeþan dæge mónþes, Bd. 5, 23; S. 646, 15. In regula ða teiða in canone decimo, Mt. Kmbl. p. 3, 17. On ðone teogeþan dǽg ðæs mónðes, Shrn. 102, 22. Teogþan, 84, 1. (2) marking division:--Syle ðone teóðan dǽl ealra ðínra wæsma, Deut. 14, 22. Ðý ilcan geáre gebócude Æþelwulf cyning teóþan dǽl his londes ofer al his ríce Gode tó lofe and him selfum tó écere hǽlo, Chr. 855; Erl. 68, 25: Ex. 29, 40. Ðæs hereteámes ealles teóðan sceat Abraham sealde Godes bisceope, Cd. Th. 128, 5; Gen. 2122. Ðone téþan (teóþan, Bd. M.) dǽl, Bd. 4, 29; S. 608, 18. Ðíne teóðan sceattas ágyf ðú Gode, L. Alf. 38; Th. i. 52, 31. (2 a) used substantively, a tithe :-- 'Ic ðé wille gesyllan míne teóðan (decimas)' . . . Gif wé úre teóðan gesyllan nyllaþ, ús ða nygon dǽlas biþ ætbrǽdene, and se teóða án ús biþ tó láf[e], L. Ath. i. prm.; Th. i. 196, 20-26, cf. L. Edg. i. 3; Th. i. 264, 1-5.

teóðian, teogoðian; p. ode. I. to take out a tenth part of anything :-- On eallum geáre sind getealde ðreó hund daga and fíf and sixtig daga; ðonne gif wé teóðiaþ ðás geárlícan dagas (if we take a tenth of the days of the year), ðonne beóþ ðǽr six and ðrítig teóðing­dagas, Homl. Th. i. 178, 21. II. to take a tenth part and give it, to pay tithe of anything:--Ic teóðie ealle míne ǽhta, Homl. Th. ii. 428, 25. Gé ðe teóðiaþ (teóðigaþ, MS. B.: tægþigaþ, Rush.) mintan and dile, Mt. Kmbl. 23, 23. Gé ðe teóþiaþ (teigðas, Lind.: tegðigas, Rush.) 3 R 2 ǽlce wyrte, Lk. Skt. 11, 42. Gé teogoðiaþ eówrne kymen, Past. 57; Swt. 439, 28. Teóðige hé eal ðæt hé áge, L. Pen. 15; Th. ii. 282, 22. Ús is wyrse ðæt wé úrne ceáp teóþian, gif wé willaþ syllan úre ðæt wyrste Gode, Blickl. Homl. 41, 7. Heáfodmen teóðian, Wulfst. 181, 18. Gif gé nellaþ teóðian ǽlc ðæra þinga ðe eów God lǽnþ, 297, 2: Homl. Th. i. 178, 30; ii. 608, 21. II a. to grant a tenth :-- Ðá ðá hé teóðode gynd eall his cyneríce ðone teóðan dél ealra his lande quando decimam partem terrarum per omne regnum meum dare decreui, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. v. 106, 21. v. ge-teóðian; un-teóðod.

teóðung(-ing), e; f. I. tithe, a tenth part, (a) in passages not relating to the Christian church :-- Hé sealde him ða teóðunge (decimam) of eallum ðám þingum, Gen. 14, 20. Of eallum þingum, ðe ðu mé sylst, ic bringe ðé teóðunga (decimas), 28, 22. Ic sylle teóþunga (tegðunge, Rush.: teigðuncgas, Lind. decimas) ealles ðæs ðe ic hæbbe, Lk. Skt. 18, 12. Abraham geaf ðam kincge Melchisedech ða teóðunga (decimas) of ðám ðingon ðe hé gewunnen hæfde, Prud. 56. (b) with special reference to the English church. 'In A.D. 787 tithe was made imperative by the legatine councils held in England, which being attended and confirmed by the kings and ealdormen had the authority of witenagemots,' Stubbs' Const. Hist. i. 228. See also Kemble's Saxons in England, vol. ii. c. x. Accordingly laws of a later date and ecclesiastical writings contain injunctions for the payment of tithe :-- Ic Æðelstán cyningc ... eów bidde ... ðæt gé of mínum ágenum góde ágifan ða teóðunga, ǽgðer ge on cwicum ceápe ge on ðæs geáres eorðwæstmum; ... and ða biscopas ðæt ilce dón on heora ágenum gode, and míne ealdormen and míne geréfan ðæt silfe. And ic wille ðæt bisceop and ða geréfan hit beódan eallum ðám ðe him híran sculon, ðæt hit tó ðam rihtan ándagan gelǽst sý ... Gif wé ða teóðunga Gode gelǽstan nellaþ, hé ús benimeþ ðara nigon dǽla ðonne wé læst wénaþ, L. Ath. i. prm.; Th. i. 194, 1-196, 7: L. Edm. S. 2; Th. i. 244, 15. Ðæt neádgafol úres Drihtnes, ðæt sýn úre teóðunga and cyricscealtas ... Ǽgðer ge earm ge eádig, ðe ǽnige teolunga habbe, gelǽste Gode his teóðunga mid ealre blisse, L. Edg. S. 1; Th. i. 270, 25-272, 2. Wile cristenra manna gehwilc, ðæt hé his Drihtene his teóðunge, á swá seó sulh ðone teóðan æcer gegá, rihtlíce gelǽste, L. Eth. ix. 7; Th. i. 342, 11. Godes ǽ ús bebýt, ðæt wé sceolon ealle ða ðing ðe ús gesceótaþ of úres geáres teolunge Gode ða teóðunge syllan, Homl. Th. i. 178, 28: Wulfst. 102, 20. Further, the time of payment and the penalties for neglect to pay were fixed :-- Gif hwá teóðunge forhealde, gylde lahslit mid Denum, wíte mid Englum, L. E. G. 6; Th i. 170, 1. Gif hwá teóðinge forhealde, and hé sí cyninges þegn, gilde .x. healfmearc, landágende .v. healfmearc, ceorl .xii. ór, L. N. P. L. 60; Th. ii. 300, 9. Be teóðungum. Sý ǽlcere geóguðe teóðung gelǽst be Pentecosten, and ðara eorðwsestma be emnnihte ... and gif hwá ðonne ða teóðunge gelǽstan nelle, swá wé gecweden habbaþ, fare ðaes cynges geréfa tó and ðæs bisceopes and ðæs mynstres mæssepreóst and niman unþances ðone teóðan dǽl tó ðam mynstre ðe hit tó gebyrige and tǽcan him tó ðam nigoðan dǽle; and tódǽle man ða eahta dǽlas on twá, and fó se landhláford tó healfum, tó healfum se bisceop, L. Edg. i. 3; Th. i. 262, 19-264, 4: L. Eth. v. 11; Th. i. 308, 1: ix. 8; Th. i. 342, 14-23. Some information as to the destination of tithe is contained in the following :-- Man ágife ǽlce teóðunge tó ðam ealdan mynstre ðe seó hýrnes tó hýrþ, L. Edg. i. 1; Th. i. 262, 6. Gif hwá þegena sý ðe on his bóclande cyricean hæbbe ðe legerstów on sý, gesylle hé ðone þriddan dǽl his ágenre teóðunge into his cyricean, i. 2; Th. i. 262, 13: L. C. E. 11; Th. i. 366, 25. Be teóðunge se cyng and his witan habbaþ gecoren and gecweden, ðæt þridda dǽl ðare teóðunge þe tó circan gebyrige gá tó ciricbóte, and óðer dǽl ðám Godes þeówum, þridde Godes þearfum and earman (v. teoðung-sceatt) þeówetlingan, L. Eth. ix. 6; Th. i. 342, 6-9. Gange ǽgðer ge cyricsceat ge teóðunge intó ðam hálgan mynstre, Chart. Erl. 236, 2. In a charter, which speaks of Edward as dead, a tithe of eight pennies from each hide is mentioned as due to Taunton :-- Hér swutulaþ on ðisum gewrite hwylce gerihta langon into Tántúne. Ðæt is ... teóðung of ǽlcere híde eahta penegas, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iv. 233, 8. v. æcer-, corn-teóðung. II. a tithing, an association of ten men (ten such associations formed a hynden, q.v.). The word remains as the name of a local division in many of the southern counties, v. Stubbs' Const. Hist. i. 86, n. 2, but in the earlier time it seems to be personal, v. teóðung-ealdor, -mann :-- Ðæt man funde ǽnne man ðǽr máre folc sig swá of ánre teóðunge ðǽr læsse folc sý that one man should be provided alike where the population was large, as where it was so small that there was only one tithing to draw upon, L. Ath. v. 4; Th. i. 232, 14. Ðæt wé ús gegaderian á emban ǽnne mónað ða hyndenmenn and ða ðe ða teóðunge bewitan, v. 8, 1; Th. i. 236, 3. Ðæt ǽlc mon beó on teóðunge. Wé wyllaþ, ðæt ǽlc freó man beó on hundrede and on teóðunge gebroht, ðe láde wyrðe beón wylle oððe weres wyrðe, L. C. S. 20; Th. i. 386, 18-22. See Stubbs' Const. Hist. i. 85; Kemble's Saxons in England, vol. i. c. 9.

teóðung-ceáp, es; m. Tithe-stock, stock paid as tithe :-- Gehéraþ hwæt se æþela láreów sægde be manna teóþungceápe. Hé cwæþ: Nú neálǽceþ ðæt wé sceolan úre ǽhta and úre wæstmas gesamnian. Dón wé ðonne Drihtne þancas ðe ús ða wæstmas sealde, and sýn wé gemyndige ðæs ðe ús Crist sylfa bebeád. Hé cwæþ, ðæt wé symble emb twelf mónaþ ágeáfon ðone teóþan dǽl ðæs ðe wé on ceápe habban ... Úre Drihten bebeád, ðæt wé symle emb twelf monaþ gedǽlan ðone teóþan dǽl on úrum wæstmum and on cwicum ceápe, Blickl. Homl. 39, 10-20.

teóðung-dagas; pl. Tithing-days, days amounting to a tithe of the year, a term applied to the thirty-six week days in the six weeks of Lent from the first Sunday in Lent until Easter-day :-- Gif wé teóðiaþ ðás geárlícan dagas, ðonne beóþ ðǽr six and ðrítig teóðingdagas; and fram ðisum dæge (the first Sunday in Lent) óð ðone hálgan Eásterdæg sind twá and feówertig daga; dó ðonne ða six Sunnandagas of ðam getele, ðonne beóþ ða six and ðrítig ðæs geáres teóðingdagas ús tó forhæfednysse getealde ... Wé sceolon on ðisum teóðingdagum úrne líchaman mid forhæfednysse teóðian, Homl. Th. i. 178, 21-30: ii. 608, 20: L. E. I. 37; Th. ii. 436, 10. Ús gebyreþ, ðæt wé ǽlces þinges úre teóðunge rihtlíce Gode betǽcan; ðonne syndan ðás dagas (fast days of Lent) getealde for teóðingdagas innan geáres fæce, and wé sculan eác ða teóðunge wyrðlíce Gode gelǽstan, Wulfst. 102, 21.

teóðung-ealdor, es; m. A chief of ten monks, a dean :-- Hwylce mynstres teóðingealdras (decani) beón sceolon. Gif seó geférrǽden tó ðam micel sý, sýn gecorene of ðám sylfum gebróðrum ðá ðe gódes gewittes sýn, and sýn gesette tó teóðingealdrum (constituantur decani), R. Ben. 46, 6-10: 137, 17-20. Cf. teóðung, II.

teóðung-georn; adj. Sedulous in paying tithes :-- Ælmysgeorn and cyricgeorn and teóþunggeorn tó Godes cyricean and earmum mannum eleemosynas libenter erogans, et ad ecclesiam libenter frequens, et sedulo decimas erogans ecclesiae Dei ac pauperibus, L. Ecg. C. prm.; Th. ii. 132, 15: Anglia xii. 518, 26.

teóðung-land, es; n. Land that was subject to the payment of tithe (?) :-- Ic feng tó mínan londe and sealde hit ðon biscope ða fíf hída wið ðon londe æt Lidgeard wið fíf hídan and biscop and eal híwan forgeáfan mé ða feówer and án wæs teóðinglond I resumed my land and sold it, the five hides to wit, to the bishop (of Winchester) for the land at Liddiard, for five hides, and the bishop and brethren granted me the four (free of lithe ?) and one was subject to tithe, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. ii. 135, 2-6. As may be seen from another charter, the land at Liddiard was in the hands of the bishop of Winchester, v. 144; and several names besides will be found common to the two charters. For the teóðung of a hide, see the last passage given under teóðung, I b.

teóðung-mann, es; m. I. one set over ten persons, a ruler of ten :-- Ic sette hig tó teóðingmannum constitui eos decanos, Deut. 1, 15. Geceós wise men and sóðfæste ... and gesete of him ... teóðingmen (decanos), Ex. 18, 21. II. as a technical English term, the head of a tithing, v. teóðung, II :-- Wé cwǽdon be uncúðum yrfe, ðæt nán man næfde búton hé hæfde ðæs hundredes manna gewitnyssa oððe ðæs teóðingmannes, L. Edg. ii. 4; Th. i. 260, 1. Gyf neód on handa stande, cýðe hit man ðam hundredes men, and hé syððan ðám teóðingmannum, 2; Th. i. 258, 8.

teóðung-sceatt, es; m. A tax of a tenth, a tithe :-- Teóþingsceat decimatis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 26, 36: 73, 44. Swá feala earmra manna swá on ðæs rícan neáweste sweltaþ, and hé him nele syllan his teóþungsceatta dǽl, ðonne biþ hé ealra ðara manna deáþes sceldig, Blickl. Homl. 53, 6. Mid ðam oftige ðæs neádgafoles ðe cristene men Gode gelǽstan scoldon on heora teóðingsceattum, L. Edg. S. 1; Th. i. 270, 14.

teped, ter. v. tæpped, ge-ter.

teran; p. tær, pl. tǽron; pp. toren To tear, rend, bite, lacerate, (1) literal :-- Fealleþ on sídan ðæt ic (a plough) tóþum tere, Exon. Th. 403, 27; Rä. 22, 14. Hit tyrþ (mordebit) eal swá snaca, Scint. 105, 8. Teraþ carpunt, Germ. 395, 403. Gif swín deáde men teraþ (laceraverint), L. Ecg. C. 40; Th. ii. 164, 38. Ðá tær hé his cláðas scissis vestibus, Gen. 37, 29, 34. Wyrmas gelíce mid ðǽm scillum gelíce mid ðé múþe ða eorðan sliton and tǽron oribus scamisque suis humum atterentes, Nar. 14, 12. Hæfdon hié téð and hié mid ðǽm ða men wundodon and tǽron habentes dentes quibus artus militum violabant, 15, 9. Ða fuglas mid hiora cléum ða fixas tǽron, 16, 21. Hé ongon his hrægl teran, Exon. Th. 278, 10; Jul. 595. Feax teran to tear the hair. Judth. Thw. 25, 28. Ne sceal hé teran ne bítan swá swá wulf, Homl. Th. ii. 532, 9. Tó teorenne lacerandum, Txts. 172, 2. Terende weleras mordens labia, Scint. 78, 14. Teorende hine discerpens eum, Mk. Skt. Rush. 9, 26. Mid slítendum ɫ terendum tóðreómum validis (voracibus) gingivis, Hpt. Gl. 423, 43. (1 a) to bite, of pungent food, etc. :-- Hé is swíðe biter on múþe and hé ðé tirþ on ða þrotan ðonne ðú his ǽrest fandast talia sunt, ut degustata mordeant, Bt. 22, 1; Fox 76, 29. (2) figurative :-- Ne ðú hine ne tǽl ne ne ter mid wordum do not backbite, Basil admn. 5; Norm. 46, 11. [Goth. dis-, ga-tairan: O. H. Ger. zeran.] v. á-, ge-, tó-teran.

Ter-finnas; pl. Finns occupying country west of the White Sea :-- Ða Beormas hæfdon swíþe wel gebúd hira land ... Ac ðara Terfinna land wæs eal wéste ... Finnas, him þúhte, and ða Beormas sprǽcon neáh án geþeóde, Ors. 1, 1; Swt. 17, 29.

tergan. v. tirgan.

termen, es; m, A term, fixed date :-- Gif ðú wille witan ðæt gemǽre terminum septuagesimalis, ðonne tele ðú . . . ðonne on ðam teóðan stent se termen, ðæt gemǽre, Lchdm. iii. 228, 3. On non̄ Aprilis byð se forma termen on ðam circule ðe ys decennovenalis, oððe pascalis geháten, Anglia viii. 310, 42: 323, 3. Ðæt gemǽre ðæs termenes pasche, 322, 34. On ðam termine ðære eásterlícan tíde, 315, 19. Ymbe ðæne termen, 324, 29. [Icel. termin. From Latin.]

tero(-u), teso, tesulas, teswian. v. teoru, teosu, teosol, teoswian.

teter, tetr, es; m. Tetter, a cutaneous disease :-- Teter balsis, Txts. 43, 262: Wrt. Voc. ii. 10, 61: 125, 13: briensis, i. 288, 5. Teter, tetr inpetigo, Txts. 69, 1047: petigo, 85, 1550. Teter, Wrt. Voc. ii. 68, 3. Spryng vel tetr papula vel pustula, Txts. 88, 791. Se hæfþ teter (impetiginem) on his líchoman, se hæfþ on his móde gítsunga . . . Bútan tweón se teter bútan sáre hé ofergǽþ ðone líchoman, and suá ðeáh ðæt lim geunwlitegaþ, Past. 11; Swt. 71, 15-17: Scint. 99, 10, On tetere inpetigine, Wrt. Voc. ii. 46, 27. Wið sceb and wið teter, Lchdm. i. 150, 5: 234, 10. Wið teter, of andwlitan tó dónne, 336, 3. The form tetra, perhaps influenced by lepra which precedes it, also occurs :-- Ðonne becymþ of ðám yflum wǽtum oððe sió hwíte riéfþo þe mon on súþerne lepra hǽt, oþðe tetra, oþþe heáfodhriéfðo, oððe óman, Lchdm. ii. 228, 13. [A tetere serpedo, Wrt. Voc. i. 267, col. 2 (15th cent.). Cf. O. H. Ger. zitaroh impetigo, scabies: Ger. zitteroch; zittermal tetter, ring-worm.]

téþa, téðed, te-treþ, te-tridit, te-weorpan, tewestre. v. teóða, ge-téðed, tó-tredan, tó-weorpan, wull-tewestre.

tiber, tifer, es; n. A sacrifice, offering, victim :-- Wit fýr and sweord habbaþ, hwǽr is ðæt tiber ðæt ðú torht Gode tó ðam brynegielde bringan þencest (cf. ic áxige hwǽr seó offrung sig; hér ys wudu and fýr ecce ignis et ligna; ubi est victima? Gen. 22, 7), Cd. Th. 175, 4; Gen. 2890. Ðú scealt mé onsecgan sunu ðínne tó tibre offeres filium tuum in holocaustum (Gen. 22, 2), 172, 31; Gen. 2852. Se ðe on tifre gesalde Diihten Hǽlend, 301, 1; Sat. 575. Hié Drihtne lác begen brohton; brego engla beseah on Abeles gield, cyning eallwihta, Caines ne wolde tiber sceáwian (ad munera illius (Cain) non respexit Dominus, Gen. 4. 5), 60, 9; Gen. 979. Noe tiber onsægde (obtulit holocausta, Gen. 8, 20), 90, 29; Gen. 1502: 108, 17; Gen. 1807. Hálig tiber (Isaac), 204, 6; Exod. 415. Ic on ðín hús gange and ðǽr tídum ðé tifer onsecge . . . Ðás ic mid múðe aspræc . . . ðæt ic ðé on tifrum forgulde ealle ða gehát ðe ic mid mínum welerum tódǽlde introibo in domum tuam in holocaustis . . . Haec locutum est os meum . . . : Holocausta offeram tibi, Ps. Th. 65, 12-13. Tiber, Cd. Th. 9, 2; Gen. 135. v. timber. [O. H. Ger. zepar, zebar hostia, sacrificium, holocaustum: Ger. ziefer in ungeziefer. Cf. Icel. tafn a sacrifice, victim. See Grmm. D. M. p. 36.] v. fyrd- (?), sige-, sigor-, wín-tiber (-tifer).

tiberness, e; f. Sacrifice, destruction, immolation :-- Rǽde on his bócum hwelce tibernessa ǽgðer ge on monslihtum ge on hungre ge on scipgebroce let him read in his books what sacrifices of life there were by slaughter, famine, and shipwreck (the Latin, which is not closely followed, has qui caedem didicerunt), Ors. 1, 11; Swt. 50, 18.

tican, Lchdm. ii. 60, 18, read tilian.

ticcen, es; n. A kid :-- Ticcen hedus, Wrt. Voc. i. 23, 1: 78, 34: edum, 288, 18: ii. 30, 56. Ticcenes geallan, Lchdm. ii. 28, 21. Ðá námon hig án ticcen and ofsnidon hit, Gen. 37, 31. Ic sende ðé án ticcen (hoedum) of mínre heorde, 38, 17, 20. Buccan wé offriaþ oððe ticcen, Homl. Th. ii. 210, 32. Ne sealdest ðú mé nǽfre án ticcen (ticgen, Lind.: tycchen, later MS.), Lk. Skt. 15, 29. Ticcenu beóþ eáðmelte, Lchdm. ii. 196, 24. Bring mé twá ða betstan tyccenu (hoedos) . . . Heó befeóld his handa mid ðæra tyccena fellum, Gen. 27, 9, 16. Swá swá se hyrde ásyndraþ ða scép fram tyccenum (ticgenum, Lind.: ticnum, Rush.: ticchenan, later MS.), Mt. 25, 32. The word occurs in local names, e. g. Ticcenes-, Ticnes-feld. v. Cod. Dip. Kmbl. vi. 342. [O. H. Ger. zicchín, zicchí hoedus: Ger. zicke a kid.]

ticgende. v. tycgan.

ticia, an; n. A tick (an insect infesting animals):--Ticia ricinus, Txts. 109, 1130. [A teke ascarida, Wrt. Voc. i. 255, col. 1 (15th cent.). A tyke, Wülck. Gl. 566, 18. Tyke, wyrm, Prompt. Parv. 493. To fles ant to fleye, to tyke ant to tadde, P. S. 238, 4. O. Du. teke: M. H. Ger. zeche, zecke: Ger. zecke. Cf. the borrowed Romance forms, Fr. tique: Ital. zecca.]

ticlum, Exon. Th. 420, 12; Rä. 40, 2. v. til.

tictator, es; m. The Anglicized form of Latin dictator:--Hié him gesetton hír[r]an ládteów ðonne hiera consul wǽre, ðone ðe hié tictatores héton, and hié mid ðæm tictatore micelne sige hæfdon, Ors. 2, 4; Swt. 70, 3.

tíd, e; f. Tide (as in Shrove-tide, etc.), time, hour; tempus, Wrt. Voc. i. 52, 39: hora, 53, 17. I. marking time when, time at which anything happens, time or date of an event, time, hour :-- Be ðam dæge and ðære tíde nán mann nát . . . Gé nyton hwænne seó tíd ys, Mk. Skt. 13, 32, 33. Ðá com his tíd ðæt hé sceolde of middangearde tó Drihtne féran, Bd. 4, 3; S. 567, 13: 4, 9; S. 577, 16. Tó morgen on ðisse ylcan tíde ic sende micelne hagol, Ex. 9, 18. Ðæt sylþ his wæstmas tó rihtre tíde, Ps. Th. 1, 4. Hé on gerisene tíd mid hwǽte seów, Bd. 4, 28; S. 605, 34. On eallum tídum secggan wé him þanc, Blickl. Homl. 103, 25. I a. a proper time, time at which a thing can or ought to be done, time (as in to be in time), season, opportunity :-- Ðæt tíd wǽre stánas tó sendanne and tíd tó somnienne, Bd. 4, 3; S. 567, 9. Tíd is ðæt ðú fére, Exon. Th. 179, 30; Gú. 1269. Hwílum sié sprǽce tiid, Past. 38; Swt. 275, 17. Hé bít ðære tíde, hwonne hé ðæs wierðe sié, ðæt hé hine besuícan móte, 33; Swt. 227, 11. On tíde hé sende hys þeów at the season he sent a servant (A. V.), Lk. Skt. 20, 10. Ðæt hé him on tíde mete sylle to give them meat in due season (A. V.), Mt. Kmbl. 24, 45. Tó tíde, Past. 63; Swt. 459, 12. Se ðe his ǽr tíde ne tiolaþ, ðonne biþ his on tíd untilad, Bt. 29, 2; Fox 106, 3. Ic ondette gífernesse metes ǽr tídum, and in tíde, ge eác ofer rihttíde, Anglia xi. 98, 24. Bi ðon héræfter in heora tiid is tó secgenne de quibus in sequentibus suo tempore dicendum est, Bd. 3, 18; S. 546, 40. Ofer ða tíd ðæs sǽwetes, 4, 28; S. 605, 8. I b. marking a definite time in the day, an hour :-- Hit wæs ðá seó teóðe tíd hora erat quasi decima, Jn. Skt. 1, 39. Ðá wæs neán seó syxte tíd, and þýstro wǽron ofer ealle eorþan óð ða nigoþan tíde, Lk. Skt. 23, 44. Fram ðære sixtan tíde óð ða nigoðan tíd, Mt. Kmbl. 27, 45. Hé út eode embe ða sixtan and nigoðan tíde . . . embe ða endlyftan tíde, 20, 5-6. Ymbe ða nygoðan tíd clypode se Hǽlend, 27, 46. Ymb ða teóðan tíd dæges, Bd. 3, 27; S. 558, 12. Sele drincan on þreó tída, on undern, on middæg, on nón, Lchdm. ii. 140, 1. I c. as an ecclesiastical term, a canonical hour, hour for a service, the service at such an hour :-- Ic sincge ǽlce dæg seofon tída psallo omni die septem synaxes, Coll. Monast. Th. 18, 30. Wé lǽraþ ðæt man on rihtne tíman tída ringe, L. Edg. C. 45; Th. ii. 254, 5. Gif preóst on gesetne tíman tída ne ringe, oþþe tída ne singe, L. N. P. L. 36; Th. ii. 296, 3-4. I d. a time at which a commemoration takes place, a tide, festival, anniversary :-- On ðone þriddan dæge ðæs mónðes biþ ðæs hálgan pápan tíd ðe is nemned Sc̃e Antheri, Shrn. 47, 31: 48, 5, and often. Týd, 150, 11: 151, 17. Ðæs heáhengles (St. Michael) tíd, Blickl. Homl. 197, 4. Seó tíd (the anniversary of a victory), 205, 28. Cristes tíd Christmas, Lchdm. ii. 294, 27. Tó Sc̃e Michaeles tíde at Michaelmas, Chr. 759; Erl. 54, 14. Se cyng nam ðǽr his feorme in ðære middewintres tíde, 1006; Erl. 140, 30. Ic bebeóde ðæt mon hiora tíd boega geuueorðiæ tó ánes dæges tó Ósuulfes tíde I enjoin that the anniversary of them both be kept on one day, on Oswulf's anniversary, Chart. Th. 460, 1-7. Is ðeós tíd (Easter) ealra tída héhst and hálgost, Blickl. Homl. 83, 19. Beó ðám hálgum tídan eallum cristenum mannum sib and sóm gemǽne, L. Eth. v. 19; Th. i. 308, 28. II. marking duration, (1) where the length of time is indefinite, time, a period of time; in pl. times (as in our times, etc.):--Uncúþ biþ ǽghwylcum ánum men his lífes tíd, Blickl. Homl. 125, 7. Wé sceolan on ðisse sceortan tíde geearnian éce ræste, 83, 2. Hé langre tíde ealle heora mǽgþe wæs geondfarende, Bd. 2, 20; S. 521, 26. On sibbe tíde in time of peace, 2, 16; S. 520, 10. Ðú ne oncneówe ða tíde ðínre geneósunge, Lk. Skt. 19, 44. On ða tiid suá huelc suá biscephád underféng, hé underféng martyrdóm. On ða tiid wæs tó herigeanne ðæt mon wilnode biscephádes, Past. 8; Swt. 53, 18. Ic sume tíd fram ðé gewát, Bd. 5, 12; S. 630, 29. Twelf wintra tíd for the space of twelve years, Beo. Th. 296; B. 147. Eálá ðæt wolde God ðæt ússa tída wǽren swelce, Met. 8, 40. Hé wæs him feor manegum tídum (for a long time, A. V.), Lk. Skt. 20, 9. Ǽr eallum tídum ácenned, Blickl. Homl. 31, 24. Ða ðe on mé gelýfaþ eallum tídum on écnesse, 231, 4. Ðæt wæs geworden on Wulfheres tídum, Bd. 3, 21; S. 551, 42. On ðám tídum árás Pelaies gedwild, Chr. 380; Erl. 11, 6. Sió wyrd dǽlþ eallum gesceaftum stówa and tída, Bt. 39, 5; Fox 218, 33. (1 a) time, condition of things :-- On ðam endenýhstan dagum ðissere worulde beóþ frécenlíce tída, Wulfst. 81, 12. (2) where the period is a definite one:--Ðá (after the first act of creation) eodon þrý dagas forð búton tída gemetum (without measurement of hours and days); for ðan ðe tunglan nǽron gesceapene, Homl. Th. i. 100, 7. (2 a) an hour of the day:--Æfter lytlum fæce swylce ánre tíde, Lk. Skt. 22, 59. Healfre tíde fæc, Bd. 4, 3; S. 568, 1. On ánre tíde dæges in the course of one hour, Blickl. Homl. 31, 2. Steorran hié ætiéwdon ful neáh healfe tíd ofer undern, Chr. 540; Erl. 16, 4. Áne tíd dæges, 879; Erl. 80, 30. Hú ne synt twelf tída ðæs dæges? Jn. Skt. 11, 9. Feówer and twentig tída. . . ðæt is án dæg and án niht, Lchdm. iii. 254, 13: 260, 13-15. Æfter þrím tídum gelǽd hyne tó bæþe, Lchdm. i. 302, 17. Án wæcce hæfþ þreó tída, Homl. Th. ii. 388, 14. (2 b) one of the four seasons of the year :-- Hærfestlícre tíde autumnali (tempore), Hpt. Gl. 496, 48. Óþ sumeres tíd, Bd. 4, 28; S. 605, 35. Feówer tída syndan on ðæm geáre, Blickl. Homl. 35, 15. On lenctenlícere emnihte wurdon geárlíce tída gesette, Homl. Th. i. 100 3. Þurh ðæt gewrixle ðara feówer týda, ðæt ys lencten and sumer and herfest and winter, Shrn. 168, 12. Nihte and dæg ðú ðe gewissast and tídena ðú selst tída noctem diemque qui regis et temporum das tempora, Hymn. Surt. 6, 6. On wintregum tídum, Ors. 1, 1; Swt. 12, 34. (2 b 1) a season of the year:--Se cyng gewende tó ðam middan wintra tó Wihtlande and wæs ðǽr ða tíd, and æfter ðære tíde gewende ofer sǽ, Chr. 1013; Erl. 149, 11-13. Gehealdaþ ðás tíd (Lent), Homl. Th. i. 180, 2. (2 c) an age :-- Þreó tída sind on ðysre worulde; án is seó ðe wæs bútan ǽ, óðer is seó ðe wæs under ǽ, seó ðridde is nú æfter Cristes tócyme, Homl. Th. i. 312, 29. III. as a grammatical term, tense:--Verbum ys word mid tíde and háde bútan case . . . Him gelimpþ . . . tempus tíd, Ælfc. Gr. 19; Zup. 119, 8-14. Tíd gelimpþ worde for getácnunge mislícra dǽda. Æfter gecynde synd þreó tída . . . andwerd tíd . . . forðgewiten tíd . . . tówerd tíd, 20; Zup. 123, 12-17. [O. Sax. O. Frs. tíd: O. H. Ger. zít tempus, hora, aevum, saeculum: Icel. tíð.] v. ǽfen-, án-, bed-, behreówsung-, bén-, blódlǽs-, cwyld-, cyric-, Eáster-, fæsten-, freóls-, fulwiht-, gebed-, gebyrd-, gefylling-, hærfest-, hancréd-, heáh-, heáhfreóls-, heófung-, hláfmæsse-, lencten-, merigen-, mete-, middæg-, morgen-, neáh-, nón-, riht-, symbel-, þrowung-, úht-, undern-, winter-tíd; hwíl-tídum; tíma.

tídan; p. de To betide, befall, happen :-- Bisceopum gebyreþ ðæt symle mid heom wunian wel geþungene witan, . . . ðæt heora gewitan beón on ǽghwylcne tíman, weald hwæt heom tíde, L. I. P. 10; Th. ii. 316, 25. Gif ðan biscop[e] hwaet tíde, Cod. Dip. B. iii. 75, 6, 10, 13. [Þa tidde hit on an Wodnesdei, þet se king rad in his derfald, Chr. 1123; Erl. 249, 30. Ne tyt þe no part wiþ me, Marg. 308. What shulde us tyden ? Chauc. M. of L. 337. Som tymes hym tit (bitit, B-text) to folwen hus kynde, Piers P. 14, 213, C-text. A merueillouse meteles me tydde to dreme, 11, 5, B-text. Tydyn̄ idem quod happyn̄, Prompt. Parv. 493.] v. ge-, mis-tídan; tídung.

tíd-dæg, es; m. The period of a person's life(cf. the use of dæg=time, e. g. Gif ðú wistest on ðysum ðínum dæge, Lk. Skt. 19, 42):--Enoses sunu ealra nigon hund wintra hæfde, ðá hé woruld ofgeaf, and týne eác, ðá his tíddæge rím wæs gefylled when for his lifetime the number of years was completed, Cd. Th. 71, 4; Gen. 1165.

tidder-. v. tíder-.

tíd-ege (?), es; m. Fear of a time, fear of the time of death. v. tíd, I:--Simle þreora sum þinga gehwylce ǽr his tídege (tide ge, MS.), tó tweón weorþeþ ádl oþþe yldo oþþe ecghete fǽgum fromweardum feorh óðþringeþ ever in every case, before the fear of his end becomes doubtful (before his fear of death has lost any of its certainty?), one of three things, disease or age or violence, crushes the life out of the fey man, outward bound from this world, Exon. Th. 310, 3; Seef. 69.

tíder-líc; adj. Weak, frail :-- Se ðe gehielt his unsceadfulnesse and his gódan willan ðeáh hé hwæt tiéderlíces oððe yfelra weorca útan doo hé mæg ðæt æt sumum cierre bétan si mentis innocentia custodilur, etiam si qua foris infirma sunt, quandoque roborantur, Past. 34; Swt. 235, 23. In giscæf[te] téderlícum in sexu fragili, Rtl. 51, 7. Tydderlícne líchoman hád fragilem corporis sexum, Hymn. Surt. 139, 13. Ic eom þurh míne tydderlíce gecynd líchamlíc man, Homl. Ass. 156, 123. Ðætte suǽ fealo téderlícro wé sindon suǽ suíðe strongrum helpum wé sié áholpen ut quanto fragiliores sumus, tanto validioribus auxiliis foveamur, Rtl. 61, 9. v. tídre.

tíderness, e; f. I. weakness, frailty, (a) weakness in a general sense, physical, mental, or moral:--Ne mæg úre tyddernes ðyder (to heaven) ástígan, Homl. Th. i. 138, 12: ii. 6, 29: 88, 18. Ðeós mennisce tyddernes biþ swá slídende swá glæs, ðonne hit scínþ and ðonne tóbersteþ, Shrn. 119, 22. Sió niht getácnaþ ða ðístro ðære blindnesse úrre tídernesse per noctem caecitas nostrae infirmitatis exprimitur, Past. 56; Swt. 433, 13. Tiddernysse fragilitatis (humanae), Hpt. Gl. 437, 31. Tédernise, Rtl. 45, 16: 46, 32. For líchoman tídernesse (tiéder-, Hatt. MS.) per imbecillitatem corporis, Past. 10; Swt. 60, 10. Ðære tídernesse úres flǽsces wé beóþ underðiédde, 21; Swt. 159, 5. For ðæs módes týdernesse, Bt. 3, 2; Fox 6, 7: Blickl. Homl. 31, 30. Swá hwæt swá ic for unwísnesse and for tyddernesse (fragilitate) ágylte, Bd. 4, 29; S. 607, 29: Boutr. Scrd. 21, 17. Ðú wást, Drihten, ða menniscan tyddernysse, Blickl. Homl. 243, 30. (b) the weakness of ill-health, infirmity :-- Gif hwylc mæssepreóst untruman men sprǽce forwyrne, and hé ðonne on ðære tyddernesse (infirmitate) swelte, L. Ecg. P. i. 2; Th. ii. 172, 28. Wiþ ǽlces dæges mannes tyddernysse inneweardes, Lchdm. i. 86, 16: ii. 196, 9. Lǽcedómas wið eallum tiédernessum eágena, 2, 6. Mid sáre geswenced, mid mislícum ecum and tyddernessum, Blickl. Homl. 59, 8. (c) spiritual infirmity, sinfulness :-- Ǽgylt, mislimp vel tyddernes excessus, i. culpa, delicta, Wrt. Voc. ii. 145, 68. Ic eom andetta ealra synna ðara ðe ic ǽfre tó tiédernesse gefremede wið mínre sáwle þearfe, Anglia xi. 99, 89. Swá neár ende ðyssere worulde swá biþ unstrengre mennisc ðurh máran tyddernysse, Homl. Th. ii. 370, 17. v. innan-, innoþ-tíderness.

tíd-fara, an; m. A traveller the time of whose journey is come (?), or one who journeys for a (short) time (?):--Nú ðú (the blessed soul immediately after death) móst féran ðider ðú fundadest . . . eart nú tídfara tó ðam hálgan hám, Exon. Th. 102, 18; Cri. 1674.

tíd-genge; adj. Current or lasting for a time :-- Tídgenge menstruam, Germ. 392, 10.

tíding. v. tídung.

tíd-líc; adj. I. lasting for a time, temporary, not eternal, of this world :-- Tyddre ys tídlíc miht fragilis est temporalis potentia, Scint. 215, 8. For tídlícre geswencednysse pro temporali afflictione, 149, 1. Þing tídlíc rem temporalem, 17, 9: Rtl. 31, 28. Fram tídlícra þinga geþance, Scint. 34, 8. Tídlícum temporalibus, Rtl. 8, 9: 18, 23: Anglia xiii. 381, 230. II. seasonable, opportune :-- Seó tídlíce oportunus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 64, 27: 80, 41. Ðú him mete sylest mǽla gehwylce and ðæs tídlíce tíd gemearcast tu das escam illis in tempore opportuno, Ps. Th. 144, 16. III. expressing relations of time, of time :-- Hwílon hé (the word ut) getácnaþ tíde . . . on ðissere stówe hé is temporale adverbium, ðæt is tídlíc, Ælfc. Gr. 44; Zup. 265, 19. Sume naman syndon temporalia, ðæt synd tídlíce, ða æteówiaþ tíman, 5; Zup. 14, 16. [O. H. Ger. zít-líh temporalis, momentaneus: Icel. tíð-ligr temporal.] v. un-tídlíc.

tídlíce; adv. I. for a time, temporarily :-- Yrsunge tídelíce (but tíde ne, MSS. O. T.) sceal mon gehealdan iracundie tempus non reseruare, R. Ben. 17, 6. I a. for time, in this world :-- Se ðe on ðisse worulde wel tídlíce (temporaliter) wealdt, bútan ende on écnysse ríxaþ, Scint. 182, 1. II. conveniently, at a suitable time :-- Hé sóhte ðætte tídlíce ðætte mæhte sellan hine (cf. hé sóhte hú hé eáðelícust hine gesealde, W. S.) quaerebat oportunitatem ut traderet illum, Lk. Skt. Rush. 22, 6. II a. seasonably, in a manner appropriate to a season :-- Seó dún wæs tídlíce gréne the hill, as was natural to the season (the date was June 22), was green; mons opportune laetus, Bd. 1, 7; S. 478, 21. III. in time, in good time, betimes, early, soon, quickly :-- Ic tídlíce tó mínre reste eode, for ðon ic wolde beón gearo æt sunnan upgonge, Nar. 30, 27. Ðæt gefremede Diulius hiora consul ðæt ðæt angin wearð tídlíce þurhtogen quod Duilius consul celeriter implevit, Ors. 4, 6; Swt. 172, 3: 3, 1; Swt. 98, 14. Gif hió mon tídlíce tó bringþ if it be brought in time, 5, 13; Swt. 246, 34. Him spédlíce spearuwa hús begyteþ, and tídlíce turtle nistlaþ, Ps. Th. 83, 3; 105, 5. Ædre cymþ, tídlíce, ús Iulius mónad, Menol. Fox 260; Men. 131. Tídlícor, hrædlícor maturius, Wrt. Voc. ii. 55, 24. [Tidlike (soon) hem gan ðat water laken, Gen. and Ex. 1231. Let turnen hit tidliche (swiftliche, MS. C.), Kath. 1932: Jul. 58, 6. O. H. Ger. zítlíhho temporaliter, in tempore, mature.] Cf. tímlíce.

tídlícness, e; f. Opportunity :-- Tídlícnisse opportunitatem, Lk. Skt. Lind. 22, 6.

tídran. v. týdran.

tídre, tiédre, tédre, týdre, tiddre, tyddre, and tíder (? v. tidder, Hpt. Gl. 436, 59); adj. I. weak, fragile, easily broken :-- Tédre swá swá gangewifran nett, Ps. Th. 38, 12. Se wyrttruma byþ breáþ and tídre, ðonne hé gedríged byþ, Lchdm. i. 260, 7. II. weak, frail, of physical, mental, or moral weakness in persons:--Ðæt hiw úre tyddran gecynde, Blickl. Homl. 29, 4. Seó godcundnes onféng úre týdran gecynde, 17, 27. Wé tealtrigaþ týdran móde, Exon. Th. 23, 20; Cri. 371. For úre eágena tyddernysse, Lchdm. iii. 232, 16. Ðæt týdre gewitt, Exon. Th. 2, 34; Cri. 29. Ða týdran mód, 147, 19; Gú. 729. Ða hildlatan holt ofgeáfon, týdre treówlogan, Beo. Th. 5686; B. 2847. Hwæt sind ða ðe ús biddaþ? Earme men, and tiddre, and deádlíce, Homl. Th. i. 256, 2. Tyddre, Boutr. Scrd. 22, 37. Nánre wuhte líchoma ne beoþ téderra ðonne ðæs monnes, Bt. 16, 2; Fox 52, 9. Ða hwítan líchoman beóþ mearuwran and tédran ðonne ða blacan and ða reádan, Lchdm. ii. 84, 21. II a. weak, having bad health, infirm :-- Gif wíf on ðon tédre sié if a woman have that infirmity, Lchdm. ii. 8, 25. Is ðæm lǽce tó giémanne ðæt hé swá líðne lǽcedóm selle ðæm seócan swá se týdra líchoma (corpus debile) mǽge ástandan, Past. 61; Swt: 455, 30. Gewǽht, tidder fessa, fatigata, Hpt. Gl. 436, 59. III. of immaterial things, frail, not lasting, fleeting :-- Hú lytel hé (fame) biþ, hú lǽne, hú tédre and hú bedǽled ǽlces gódes quam sit exilis et totius vacua ponderis, Bt. 18, 1; Fox 60, 29. Se wlite ðæs líchoman is swíþe fliónde and swíþe tédre and swíþe anlíc eorþan blóstmum formae nitor ut rapidus est, ut velox, et vernalium florum mutabilitate fugacior, 32, 2; Fox 116, 17. Ðis líf is lǽnlíc and tyddre and feallende and earm, L. E. I. prm.; Th. ii. 400, 16. Ðissere worulde wuldor gewítendlíc ys tyddre tídlíc miht hujus saeculi gloria caduca est, fragilis temporalis potentia, Scint. 215, 8. Týdrum lubrico, Germ. 401, 45. Sint swíþe tédre and swíþe hreósende ðás gesǽlþa caduca felicitas, Bt. 11, 2; Fox 34, 22. Tiédre (tédra, Cott. MS.), 20; Fox 72, 3. Tyddre weorþmyntas fragiles honores, tyddrum gefeohte fragili bello vel inbecilla, Wrt. Voc. ii. 150, 38-40. [O. Frs. teddre: Du. teeder.] v. un-tídre.

tíd-regn, es; m. A seasonable rain :-- Drihten geopenaþ heofunan his sélustan goldhord and sent tídrénas on ðín land (to give the rain unto thy land in his season; ut tribuat pluviam terrae tuae in tempore suo), Deut. 28, 12.

tídrian; p. ode. I. of persons, to get weak or infirm from illness or weariness:--Týdraþ ðis bánfæt this body grows weak, Exon. Th. 178, 5; Gú. 1239. Gif mannes fét on sýþe týdrien if a man get footsore while travelling, Lchdm. i. 84, 23. II. of things, to get or be frail, perishable :-- Ðæt sind ða getimbru eth;e nó týdriaþ those are the buildings that decay not, Exon. Th. 103, 5; Cri. 1683. v. ge-tídrian.

tíd-sang, es; m. A song used at a particular time, the service held at one of the canonical hours :-- Seofon tídsangas hí gesetton ús tó singenne dæghwamlíce . . . Se forma tídsang is úhtsang mid ðam æftersange ðe ðártó gebiraþ, prímsang, undernsang, middægsang, nónsang, ǽfensang, nihtsang. Ðás seofon tídsangas gé sculon singan, L. Ælfc. P. 31; Th. ii. 376, 1-8: L. Ælfc. C. 19; Th. ii. 350, 3-7. Wé syngaþ on ðone Ðunresdæg úre tídsangas tógædere . . . On ðone Frigedæg wé singaþ ealle ða tídsangas on sundor búton ðam úhtsange ánum, 36; Th. ii. 358, 30-33. Wé lǽraþ ðæt man on rihtne tíman tída ringe, and preósta gehwilc ðonne his tídsang on circan geséce, L. Edg. C. 45; Th. ii. 254, 6: R. Ben. 67, 18: Homl. Th. ii. 160, 19-24. Æt ǽlcan tídsange eal híréd áþenedum limum ætforan Godes weófode singe ðone sealm : Domine, quid multiplicati sunt, and preces, and collecta, Wulfst. 181, 26: 171, 14. Ðonne bid hic híwan tó tídsongum mín gemund dón, Chart. Th. 159, 9, 19. Tídsangas canonica, Wrt. Voc. ii. 128, 26. Se tídsang matins, R. Ben. 33, 1: complines, 67, 10. v. tíd-þegnung.

tíd-sceáwere, es; m. An observer of times and seasons, an astrologem :-- Tídsceáwere horoscopus (horoscopus astrologus, qui horas, maxime natales, inquirit vel considerat, Migne), Wrt. Voc. i. 53, 18, v. tíd-ymbwlátend.

tíd-scriptor a chronographer; chronographus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 131, 8. v. tíd-wrítere.

tíd-þegnung, e; f. Service performed at one of the seven canonical hours :-- Nú ic hæbbe be suman dǽle áhrepod be ðam dæghwamlícan tídþénungum (the services at the several hours are described in what precedes thiss remark), Btwk. 220, 40. v. tíd-sang.

tídung, e; f. Tidings :-- Hí cýddan ðam cinge eall. Ðá wearð se cing swýþe blíðe [ðis]sere tídunge, Chr. 995; Th. 244, 38. [Ich þonkie mine drihte þissere tidinge, Laym. 24907. Gabriel brohte hire þe tidinge of Godes akenesse, H. M. 45, 7. Swilc tiding ðhugte Adam god, Gen. and Ex. 407. Ich mai bringe tidinge (tiþinge, Cot. MS.), O. and N. 1035. Tydyng, R. Glouc. 172, 1. Tyþing, 79, 11. No tale ne tiðinge of þe worlde, A. R. 70, 19. M. H. Ger. zítunge: Du. tijding. Cf. the forms in -ende, -mde:--Þa come þe tidende (tidinge, 2nd MS.) þat Aganippus was dead, Laym. 3734. Tiðinde (tidinge, 2nd MS.), 5153. Neowe tidinde (tidinge, 2nd MS.) fresh events, 2052. Goddspell on Ennglissh nemmnedd iss . . . god tiþennde, Orm. D. 158. Icel. tíðindi tidings; an event: Dan. tidende. The use of the word, even if its form be not borrowed from Scandinavian, seems to shew Scandinavian influence.] v. tídan.

tíd-weorþung, e; f. Worship at a particular time, service at one of the canonical hours :-- Hit nis ná tó gelýfanne, ðæt hý fæstende synd rihtlíce, bútan hý æfter hyra mæssan ðæs ǽfenes tídwurðunga gebíden, Homl. Ass. 140, 67.

tíd-wrítere, es; m. A chronicler, annalist :-- Tídwrítera cronographorum, Wrt. Voc. ii. 17, 68: 75, 39. Týdwrítera chronographorum, temporum scriptorum, Hpt. Gl. 410, 58. v. tíd-scriptor.

tíd-ymbwlátend, es; m. An astrologem :-- Tídembwlátent oroscopus, Lchdm. i. lxi, 2. v. tíd-sceáwere.

tiéder-, tiédran, tiédre, -tiéfran, tiegle, tién. v. tíder-, týdran-, tídre, á-tiéfran, tigele, tín.

tiér distillation (? cf. teár); ornament, splendour (? cf. O. H. Ger. ziarí, zierí, ceerí ornamentum, venustas, decus); treasure (? cf. Icel. taurar; pl. treasures); glory (? v. tír):--Nis nán wundor ðæt sió lyft sié wearm and ceald wǽt wolcnes tiér winde geblonden (cf. sió lyft is ǽgðer ge ceald ge wǽt ge wearm; nis hit nán wunder, Bt. 33, 4; Fox 128, 35), Met. 20, 81.

tife, an; f. A bitch :-- Gif ðú wille ðæt wíf cild hæbbe oþþe tife hwelp, Lchdm. ii. 172, 21. [Icel. tefja a bitch; tefja to call a person a bitch: Dan. tæve a bitch: Swed. tüfwa.]

tifer, -tífran. v. tiber, á-tiéfran.

tífrung, e; f. Painting :-- Ðú leornodest onn ánum þóðere . . . átéfred, ðað ðú meahtest beo ðære téfrunge ongytan ðises roðores ymbe­hwirft, Shrn. 174, 18.

tíg (?), es; m. An open place (?); a form occurring in composition with fore, forþ. For the former see fore-tíge (read -tíg); the instances of the latter are as follows :-- Forðtíges vestibuli, atrii, Hpt. Gl. 496, 28. On ðam forðtége in ipsis foribus, Kent. Gl. 228. Graff gives zieh forum, and Grimm, R. A. 748, cites tie a meeting-place, as a term of lower Saxony.

Tíg, tíg a case. v. Tíw, teáh.

-tig -ty, a numeral suffix in words denoting the decades; up to 60 such words are formed with a suffix only, from 60 to 120 hund is prefixed and tig suffixed, hund-seofon-tig, hund-twelf-tig. Other dialects make a distinction in the numerals at the same point. Gothic uses tigus (pl. tigjus) in the earlier, -téhund in the later, O. Saxon -tig in the earlier, while 70 is given by ant-siƀunta; in O. H. Ger. the two forms are -zug and -zó. In O. Frs. and Icel. the same forms are used throughout. Tig is another form of the root seen in ten (tehan, g for h according to Verner's Law).

tígan; p. de To tie, (a) literal:--Valerianus hét beheáfdian on Ypolitus gesihðe ealle his híwan, and hine sylfne hét tígan be dám fótum tó ungetemedra horsa swuran, Homl. Th. i. 432, 33. (b) figurative:--Nú ðú miht gehýran, hú ðes dǽl (the conjunction) tígþ ða word tógædere, Ælfc. Gr. 44; Zup. 258, 10. [Heo wolden þa ban alle teien (tiʒe, 2nd MS.) togadere, Laym. 20997. Iteied (-tiʒed, 2nd MS.) tosomne, 25972. He teide ane clot to hire, A. R. 140, 7. Is þe latere dole euer iteied (-teiʒet) to ðe vorme, 14, 2. Tached oþer tyʒed, Allit. Pms. 14, 464. Kynges shulde taken transgressores and tyen hem faste, Piers P. 1, 96.] v. ge-, on-, un-tígan.

tige, tigel a tile, tigel a trace, v. tyge, hróf-tigel, tygel.

tigel-ærne(-a?), an; f. (m.?) A building made of brick (?), a building for making bricks (?), brick-kiln (?):-- Forð on ða mearce in on ða tigelærnan, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 130, 29.

tigele, tigle, tiegle, an; f. A tile, brick :-- Tigule tegula, Txts. 101, 1992. Tigele figulum, Wrt. Voc. ii. 148, 79. Tigle testula, Germ. 391, 17: testa, Ps. Spl. 21, 16. Mid weorcum clámes and tigelan operibus luti et lateris, Ex. 1, 14. Se weall is geworht of tigelan and eorðtyrewan murus coctili latere atque interfuso bitumine compactus, Ors. 2, 4; Swt. 74, 17. Genim swealwan, gebærn under tigelan tó ahsan, Lchdm. ii. 156, 9. Ða reádan tigelan gecnuwa tó duste, 114, 24. Nim sume tigelan (tiglan, Cott. MSS.) and wrít on hiere ða burg Hierusalem sume tibi laterem, et describes in eo civitatem Jerusalem, Past. 21; Swt. 161, 3, 9, 11. Tieglan (tiglan, Cott. MSS.), Swt. 161, 12, 20. Se ðe lǽrþ stuntne swylce se ðe belíme tigelan (testam) whoso teacheth a fool is as one that glueth a potsherd together (Eccl. 22, 7), Scint. 96, 19. Tigelan lateres, Wrt. Voc. ii. 51, 41. Tigelena gemet a tale of bricks, Ex. 5, 14. Tiglena testularum, Hpt. Gl. 499, 28. Tighelana tegularum, 459, 40. Tigelum, Exon. Th. 477, 28; Ruin. 31. Hig hæfdon tygelan (lateres) for stán, Gen. 11, 3. [O. H. Ger. ziagel, ziagalo later, testa, imbrex: Icel. tigl; n. a tile, brick. From Latin.] v. þæc-tigele; hróf-tigel (-tigele ?; perhaps for pl. -tigla, -tiglan should be read).

tigelen; adj. Of pot :-- Fæt tigelen (-an?; lámys, MS. C.) vas figuli, Ps. Spl. 2, 9. [O. H. Ger. ziagalin laterinus, latericius.]

tigel-fáh; adj. Many-coloured with tiles or bricks :-- Tigelfágan trafu, Andr. Kmbl. 1683; An. 844.

tigel-getæl, es; n. A tale of bricks; laterum numerus:--Gé sceolon ágifan ðæt ilce tigolgetel, Ex. 5, 18.

tigel-geweorc, es; n. I. brickmaking :-- Ne sylle gé nán cef tó tigelgeweorce (ad conficiendos lateres), Ex. 5, 7. II. work at making bricks :-- Ásettaþ him ðæt ilce tigelgeweorc ðe hig ǽr worhton mensuram laterum, quam prius faciebant, imponetis super eos, Ex. 5, 8. Tigulgeweorc, 16.

tigel-leáh; f. A brick-field :-- On tigelleáge, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. v. 267, 21.

tigel-stán; es; m. A tile, pan-tile :-- Tigelstán imbrex, Engl. Stud. xi. 66, 50. [Cover hit wele with a teghellstane, Rel. Ant. i. 54, 30. Tielstoon, Wick. (Is. 16, 11). Tilston tegula, Wrt. Voc. i. 256, col. 1.]

tigel-wyrhta, an; m. A brickmaker, a potter :-- Fæt tygelwirhtan vas figuli, Ps. Lamb. 2, 9. Æcyr tigylwyrhtena agrum figuli, Mt. Kmbl. 27, 7. Tigelwyrhtena, 10.

tiger (?) a tiger; pl. tigras, Nar. 38, 4; tigris, 12, 13; 15, 3. Deór ðe sind tigres gehátene . . . Ðás réðan tigres, Homl. Th. ii. 492, 10-21. v. tigrisc.

tígere (?). v. bufan-tígere.

tíging, e; f. Tying, connection :-- Sume naman syndon absolutivae, ðæt synd ungebundene, ða ne behófiaþ nánre tíginge óðres naman, Ælfc. Gr. 5; Zup. 14, 14.

tigl a trace, tigle a lamprey, tigole. v. tygel, tygele, tigele.

tigrisc; adj. Of a tiger :-- Mid tigriscum fellum tygridum pellibus, Nar. 26, 14.

tigþian, tih(h)ian. v. tíþian, teohhian.

tiht, es; m. A charge, an offence with which one is charged; crimen:--Legerteám oððe tiht flagitium, Wrt. Voc. ii. 39, 34. Gif hwá cyninges borg ábrece, gebéte ðone tyht (tihtlan, MS. H.) swá him ryht wísie, L. Alf. pol. 3; Th. i. 62, 8. [O. Frs. tichta accusation: O. H. Ger. bi­ziht nota; in-ziht crimen.] v. teón to accuse, and next word.

tihtan; p. te To charge a person (acc.) with an offence:--Tyhte intentabat, Hpt. Gl. 519, 76. Hé hæfþ gelǽd fulle láde æt ðan unrihtwífe ðe Leófgár bisceop hyne tihte he has completely cleared himself of the offence with which the bishop charged him, Chart. Th. 373, 33. Gif man óðerne sace tihte, L. H. E. 8; Th. i. 30, 11: 10; Th. i. 30, 17: L. Win. 22; Th. i. 42, 3: 23; Th. i. 42, 6: 24; Th. i. 42, 10, 11. [Cf. O. H. Ger. in-zihtón criminari: Ger. be-zichten, -zichtigen to accuse.] v. preceding word.

tihtan to exhort, v. tyhtan.

tiht-bisig; adj. Labouring under frequent accusations, often accused, and so of bad repute; infamatus et accusationibus ingravatus, L. Edm. C. 7; Th. i. 253, 23: accusacionibus infamatus, L. H. I; Th. i. 567, 18. Cf., too, the phrase oft betygen, L. In. 18; Th. i. 114, 6: 37; Th. i. 124, 21. One to whom the epithet applied was in an unfavourable position when brought into court, for he was forced to go to the threefold ordeal, and if he failed to clear himself was subject to a heavier penalty than others:--Gif hé tyhtbysig sý, gange tó ðæm þryfealand ordále . . . Gif hé fúl wurðe, æt ðam forman cyrre béte ðam teónde twygylde . . . And æt ðam óðran cyrre ne sý ðǽr nán óðer bót bútan ðæt heáfod, L. Eth. i. 1; Th. i. 280, 9-282, 2. Niman ða tihtbysian men . . . and ǽlc tihtbysig man gange tó þryfealdan ordále, oððe gilde feówergilde, iii. 3; Th. i. 294, 6-11. Gif hwylc man sý swá tihtbysig and hine ðonne þreó men ætgædere teón, ðonne ne beo ðár nán óðer búton ðæt hé gange tó ðam þryfealdan ordále, L. C. S. 30; Th. i. 392, 22 (and see the whole section for the penalties). Be tihtbysigum. Se ðe tihtbysig sý, L. Edg. ii. 7; Th. i. 268, 13 : L. C. S. 25; Th. i. 390, 17. Sý ǽlc man ðe tihtbysig nǽre . . . ánfealdre láde wyrðe, 22; Th. i. 388, 9.

tihte, tihten, tihtend, tihtend-líc, tihtere, tihting, tihtness. v. hól-tihte, tyhten, tyhtend, tyhtend-líc, tyhtere, tyhting, tyhtness.

tihtle, an; f. A charge, accusation:--Gif hit ánfeald tyh[t]le sý, dúfe seó hand æfter ðam stáne óð ða wriste, and gif hit þryfeald sý, óð ðæne elbogan, L. Ath. iv. 7; Th. i. 226, 16. Gif hit tihtle (tihtla, MS. B.) sí and lád forberste if a charge be brought, and the attempt to refute the charge fail, L. C. S. 54; Th. i. 406, 10: 57; Th. i. 406, 26. Swerige hé ðane áð (cf. next passage), ðæt hé sý unscyldig ðære tihtlan (tyhtelan) . . . And ofgá ǽlc man his tihtlan mid foreáðe (cf. L. O. 2; Th. i. 178, 10: L. O. D. 6; Th. i. 354, 30), L. Ath. i. 23; Th. i. 212, 1-5. Ic eom unscyldig æt ðære tihtlan ðe N. mé tíhþ, L. O. 5; Th. i. 180, 16. Gif man folciscne mæssepreóst mid tihtlan belecge ládige hine swá swá diácon ðe regollíf libbe if a charge be brought against a secular priest, let him clear himself as a regular deacon would, L. Eth. ix. 21; Th. i. 344, 19: 22; Th. i. 344, 22. Tyhtlan (tihlan, MS. A.), L. C. E. 5; Th. i. 362, 7. Ne stent nán óðer lád æt tihtlan búte ordál betweox Wealan and Englan, L. O. D. 2; Th. i. 354, I. Ðá tugon hié hiene ðæt hé heora swicdomes wið Alexander fremmende wǽre and hiene for ðære tihtlan ofslógon they accused him of betraying them to Alexander, and on that charge slew him; hunc, quasi urbem Alexandro venditasset, necaverunt, Ors. 4, 5; Swt. 168, 18. Se ðe ða tihtlan áge the plaintiff, prosecutor, L. H. E. 10; Th. i. 30, 19. v. frum-, stæl-, wiðer-tihtle; tiht, and next word.

tihtlian; p. ode To charge with an offence, to accuse:--Gif man mæssepreóst tihtlige ánfealdre sprǽce, L. Eth. ix. 19; Th. i. 344, 11: 20; Th. i. 344, 15. Tihtlige (tihlige, MS. A.), L. C. E. 5; Th. i. 362, 12. v. be-tihtlian, ge-tihtlod.

Tiig. v. Tiw.

til; adj. I. good at anything, apt, capable, competent:--Hé wæs selfa til, heóld á ríce éðeldreámas, Cd. Th. 97, 2; Gen. 1606 : Beo. Th. 122; B. 61. Til sceal on éðle dómes wyrcean, Menol. Fox 500; Gn. C. 20. Sum biþ beórhyrde gód, sum biþ bylda til hám tó habbanne, Exon. Th. 297, 29; Crä. 75. Till, Beo. Th. 5436; B. 2721. Hié wǽron an wíg gearwe . . . efne swylce mǽla swylce hira mandryhtne þearf gesǽlde; wæs seó þeód tilu, 2505; B. 1250. Wǽron men tile, Cd. Th. 99, 11; Gen. 1644. Dióre gecépte drihten Créca Tróia burh tilum gesíðum, Met. 26, 20. [Cf. Goth. manna gatils (GREEK, aptus) in thiudangardja Guths a man fit for the kingdom of God, Lk. 9, 62.] II. good for anything, that serves a purpose, beneficial, serviceable, convenient, opportune:--His mildheortnyss is til mancynne, Ps. Th. 116, 2. Ys mín (a town's) innað til, wombhord wlitig, Exon. Th. 399, 11; Rä. 18, 9. Ne wæs ðæt gewrixle til, ðæt hié on bá healfa bicgan scoldon freónda feorum, Beo. Th. 2613; B. 1304. Áhte ic folgað tilne (a service that benefited me), Exon. Th. 379, 25; Deór. 38. Ðú mé þeódscipe lǽr ðínne tilne bonitatem et disciplinam doce me, Ps. Th. 118, 66. Gebiddaþ ealle hálige tó ðé on tilne tíman (in tempore opportuno), 31, 7. [Cf. Goth. dags gatils (GREEK, opportunus) a convenient day, Mk. 6, 21. Ei bigéteina til du wrðhjan ina, Lk. 6, 7.] III. good, kind, gentle [cf. till = tame in Pegge's Kenticisms, E. D. S. Pub. Reprinted Gloss. C. 3]:--Til mon tiles and tomes meares a kind man is mindful of a gentle and tame horse, Exon. Th. 342, 12; Gn. Ex. 142. Him ðæs lean ágeaf Metend gumcystum til (liberally kind), Cd. Th. 108, 23; Gen. 1810. IV. good, excellent, (a) of moral good:--Til biþ se ðe his treówe gehealdeþ, Exon. Th. 293, 6; Wand. 112. Til sceal mid tilum the good shall be associated with the good, 334, 28; Gn. Ex. 23. Ðæt hió ðære cwene oncweðan meahton swá tiles swá tráges, swá hió him tó sóhte, Elen. Kmbl. 649; El. 325. Tile and yfle the good and the evil (at the day of judgment), Cd. Th. 303, 10; Sat. 610. Hí (devils) duguðe beswícaþ and on teosu tyhtaþ tilra dǽda, Exon. Th. 362, 10; Wal. 34. Habbaþ freónda ðý má sóþra and gódra, tilra and getreówra, 409, 2; Ra. 27, 23. (b) of physical excellence:--Toscean teolum húsum on, cyninga cofum, eardedan, Ps. Th. 104, 26. V. til is found in proper names, see for examples Txts. 497. [Cf. O. H. Ger. zil: Ger. ziel aim, purpose.] v. tela, and next word

til, es; n. I. use, service, convenience, v. til, II:--Gewritu secgaþ ðæt seó wiht (day) sý mid moncynne miclum ticlum (tielum? tilum?) sweotol and gesýne, sundorcræft hafaþ, Exon. Th. 420, 12; Rä. 40, 2. II. goodness, kindness, v. til, III:--Me on ðínum tile gelǽr ðæt ic teala cunne ðín sóðfæst weorc healdan in bonitate tua doce me justificationes tuas, Ps. Th. 118, 68. v. til-fremmende.

til; prep, (used only in the North) To:--Fúsæ fearran kwómu æþþilæ til ánum (cf. fúse feorran cwómon tó ðam æðelinge, Rood Kmbl. 115; Kr. 58), Txts. 126, 13. Hé scóp ælda barnum heben til hrófe (cf. tó hrófe, Bd. 4, 24; M. 344, 11), 149, 6. Ðá cueð til (tó, Rush.) him ðe Hǽlend tunc dicit illis Jesus, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 26, 31. Huér wiltú ðæt wé gearuiga ðé til eottanne (tó etanne, Rush.) Eástro ubi vis paremus tibi comedere Pascha? 26, 17. [The word retains its meaning in the Northern dialects, but otherwise it is used in reference only to time. O. Frs. til: Icel. til.]

tila well, Tile Thule. v. tela, Tyle.

til-fremmende doing good:--Tillfremmendra, Exon. Th. 440, 23; Rü. 60, 7. Cf. gód-frcmmende.

tilia, tiliga, an; m. A husbandman, cultivator of land:--Tilia colonus, Wrt. Voc. i. 74, 66. Bigenga, tilia, inbúend colonus, i. incola, cultor, inquilinus, it. 134, 25. Tilia colonus, habitalor, Hpt. Gl. 422, 60. Se merigenlica tilia the labourer who came in the morning. Homl. Th. ii. 74, 30. Ðá sende hé to ðam tiligum (tilium, MS. A. ad agricolas) his þeów . . . Ðá cwǽdon ða tilian (coloni) . . . Ðæs wíngeardes hláford fordéþ ða tiligean (tylian, MS. A. colonos), Mk. Skt. 12, 2, 7, 9. [Þe wise teolie prudens sator, O. E. Homl. i. 133, 10.] v. eorþ-, irþ- (yrþ-) tilia.

tilian, tiligan, tilgan, teolian, tiolian, tielian; p. ode To strive after or for some object. I. where the construction is not determined:--Hé higode oððe tilode nititur, Wrt. Voc. ii. 59, 69. Tioludun perstant, 117, 15. Tilege nitatur, 61, 56. Teolige decrevit, Hpt. Gl. 469, 50. Tilgende nisus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 60, 28. Tilgendum adnitentibiis, 99, 32. Tillgendum, 6, 23. II. where the object of effort is not expressed, to strive to obtain, to labour, toil, procure with effort, provide, acquire, (1) where the person for whom the action takes place is not expressed:--Ic bebeóde eallum mínan geréfan ðæt hí on mínan ágenan rihtlíce tilian and mé mid ðam feormian I command all my reeves, that they obtain revenue rightfully from my own property and maintain me therewith, L. C. S. 70; Th. i. 412, 21. Se ðe wǽre scaðiende, weorðe se tiligende on rihtlícre tilðe, Wulfst. 72, 13. (2) with dat. of person for whom the effort is made:--Oxa teolaþ his hláforde, Homl. Th. i. 412, 3. Se ðe him sylfum teolaþ, 14. Se ðe him sylfum teolaþ, ná Gode, ne com se ná gyt binnon Godes wíngearde. Ða tyliaþ Gode, ða ðe ne sécaþ heora ágen gestreón ðurh UNCERTAIN gýtsunge, ii. 76, 32-34. Ðæt hé ða eorðan worhte and him ðéron tilode (he should provide for himself from ii), Gen. 3, 23. Hit máre is ðonne ccc geára and lxxii wintra syððan ðyllíc feoh wæs farende on eorðan and ealle men heom mid tiledon (procured for themselves what they wanted with that money; cf. Amang ðam feó ðe wé úre neóde mide bicgaþ, 706), Homl. Skt. i. 23, 703. Hé is wyrðe ðæt ðú him tilige he deserves that you exert yourself for him; dignus est ut hoc illi praestes, Lk. Skt. 7, 4. Preósta gehwilc tilige him rihtlíce and ne beó ǽnig mangere mid unrihte let every priest provide for himself honestly, and let none be a trader dishonestly, L. Edg. C. 14; Th. ii. 246, 23. Swá hwá swá ǽnige cýpinge on ðam dæge begáþ . . . oððe ǽnig cræftig man him on his cræfte tylige (gets gain for himself by working at his craft), Wulfst. 296, 8. III. with gen. (1) of an object to be obtained by effort, (a) without reference to person for whom, to seek after, get after seeking, procure, make provision of:--Ðú wyfst and wǽda tylast you weave and make provision of garments, Homl. Th. i. 488, 26. Tilaþ ánra gehwilc ágnes willan (cf. winþ heora ǽlc. on óþer æfter his ágenum willan, Bt. 21; Fox 74, 34), Met. 11, 83. Ǽlc man ðæs tiolaþ, hú hé on écnesse swincan mǽge. Ps. Th. 48, 7. fla ðe on ðam beóþ ábisgode ðæt hié sibbe tiligaþ (tiliaþ, Cott. MSS) qui faciendae pacis studiis occupantur, Past. 47; Swt. 363, 9. Ðæt hí unrihtes tiligeaþ, Ps. Th. 143, 9. Tilgaþ, Exon. Th. 230, 14; Ph. 472. Sume tiliaþ wífa for ðam ðæt hí þurh ðæt mǽge mǽst bearna begitan and eác wynsumlíce libban uxor ac liberi, qui jucunditatis gratia petantur, Bt. 24, 3; Fox 82, 25. Man tilode tó his hergeatwæn ðæs ðe man habban sceolde what was necessary for his heriots should be provided, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 352, 16. Mid his handcræfte hé teolode his and his geférena forðdǽda, Homl. Th. i. 392, 16. Hi wunnon æfter wyrþscipe and tiledon (tiolodon, Cott. MS.) gódes hlisan mid gódum weorcum, Bt. 40, 4; Fox 240, 5. Ðæt hé suá tilige ðære orsorgnesse mid ðære ánfealdnesse ðætte hé ðone ymboðonc UNCERTAIN ðæs wærscipes ne forlǽte ut sic securitatem de simplicitate possideant, ut circumspectionem prudentiae non amittant, Past. 35; Swt. 237, 16. Ic an ðæs landes Æffan, and heó tilige uncer begea sáwla þearfe ðǽron I grant the land to Æffe, and let her provide what is necessary for both our souls therefrom, Chart. Th. 495, 34: 497, 18. Laboratores syndon weorcmen ðe tilian sculon ðæs ðe eall þeódscype big sceall libban laboratores are workmen, that have to obtain by their efforts that by which all the nation has to live, L. I. P. 4; Th. ii. 306, 35: Beo. Th. 3651; B. 1823. Hé sceal fela tola tilian he must procure many tools, Anglia ix. 262, 27: 261, 10. Seó lufu tuddres tó tilianne amor ortandi sobolis. Bd. 1, 27; S. 495, 38. (b) with dat. of person:--Paulus him sylfan nánes lofes ne tilade Paul took no praise to himself; nec Paulus sibi aliquid imputavit, R. Ben. 4, 5. Se here tilode him ðæs ðe hí behófdan the Danes provided themselves with what they needed, Chr. 1006; Erl. 140, 16. Hí heom metes tilodon, 1016; Erl. 157, 3: Hexam. 17; Norm. 26, 9. Ic lǽre ðæt ðú [ne?] fægenige óþerra manna gódes and heora æþelo tó ðon swíþe ðæt ðú ne tilige ðé selfum ágnes I advise you [not] to rejoice so much in other men's goodness and nobility, that you do not provide yourself with your own, Bt. 30, 1; Fox 108, 31. Ðæt man him durh fixnoðe bigleofan tilige, Homl. Th. ii. 208, 19. Tiliaþ eów freónda get friends for yourselves, i. 334, 27. ÐÚ scealt mid earfoðnyssum ðé metes tilian, 18, 15: Homl. Skt. i. 23, 219. Noe ongan to eorðan him ǽtes tilian Noe began to provide himself with food from the earth, Cd. Th. 94, 6; Gen. 1557. Him tilian fylle on fǽgum, Judth. Thw. 24, 26; Jud. 208. Him metes tó tylienne, Chr. 1052; Erl. 183, 20. (2) of an object to which care, attention, is directed, (a) in a general sense, to care for, attend to, work for, provide for:--Ðonne ðú tilast ðín on eorðan ne sylþ heó ðé náne wæstmas when you try to get subsistence for yourself from the ground, it will give you no fruit, Gen. 4, 12. Ðonne se sacerd his on ða ilcan wísan UNCERTAIN tielaþ (tiolaþ, Cott. MSS.) ðe ðæt folc dóþ when the priest provides for himself in the same way that the people do, Past. 18; Swt. 133, 8. Se ðe ne gýmþ ðæra sceápa ac tylaþ his sylfes he that heeds not the sheep, but takes care of himself, Homl. Th. i. 242, 1. Se ðe his ǽr tíde ne tiolaþ ðonne biþ his on tíd untilad he that makes no provision for himself beforehand will be without provision when the time comes, Bt. 29, 2; Fox 106, 3. Hé wæs fiscere and mid ðam cræfte his teolode, Homl. Th. i. 394, 2. Hé þearfendra þinga teolode he attended to the concerns of the needy, Ps. Th. 108, 30. Huntigan and fuglian and fiscian and his on gehwilce wísan tó ðære lǽnan tilian, Shrn. 164, 6. Lífes tiligan to care for life, Exon. Th. 81, 6; Cri. 1319: Salm. Kmbl. 322; Sal. 160. Hié Norðanhymbra loud ergende wǽron and hiera tilgende (providing for themselves), Chr. 876; Erl. 78, 15. (b) in a special sense of medical care, to cure, treat, tend, attend to:--Sceal ðæs módes lǽce ǽr tilian ðæs ðe hé wénþ ðæt ðone mon ǽr mǽge gebrengan on færwyrde. Hwílum, ðeáh, ðǽr ðǽr mon óðres tiolaþ, ðǽr weaxð se óðer. Forðæm sceal se lǽce . . . tilian ðæs máran . . . Hwæðres ðara yfela is betere ǽr tó tilianne? Past. 62; Swt. 457, 10-22. Ðara stówa sum raþe rotaþ, gif hire mon gímeleáslíce tilaþ, Lchdm. ii. 84, 25. Tiloden (curabant) his lǽcas, Bd. 4, 32; S. 611, 19. Bútan his man tilige hé biþ ymb þreó niht gefaren unless the patient be attended to, he will be dead in three days, Lchdm. ii. 46, 18. Hú mon scyle gebrocenes heáfdes tiligean, 2, 4. Tilian, 56, 14. Hira man sceal tilian mid wyrtdrencum, 82, 16. Hwonan ic ðín tilian scyle qui modo sit tuae curationis, Bt. 5, 3; Fox 10, 35. IV. with a dative, to cure, treat:--Wífman gif heó tilaþ (curet) híre cilde mid ǽnigum wiccecræfte, L. Ecg. P. iv. 20; Th. ii. 210, 17. V. with an accusative, (1) to gain, obtain:--Se ásolcena ðeówa ðe nolde tilian nán ðing his hláforde mid ðam befæstum punde, Homl. Th. ii. 552, 29. (2) to attend to, bestow care on, care for, (a) in a general sense:--Se ðe ymbe ða eorðlícan spéda singallíce hogaþ, and ða écan gestreón ne teolaþ he that is continually anxious about earthly wealth, and cares not for the eternal treasures, Homl. Th. ii. 372, 23. (b) of medical attention, to treat, attend to:--His lǽcas hine mid sealfum lange teolodon, Guthl. 22; Gdwin. 96, 15. (c) to till:--Ðæt land tó tilianne, Chr. 1091; Erl. 228, 20. (c 1) without object:--Ðá man oððe tilian sceolde oððe eft tilða gegaderian, 1097; Erl. 234, 24. VI. where the object for the sake of which an effort is made is pointed out by a preposition:--Tó ðisum swicolum lífe wé swincaþ and tiliaþ and tó ðam tówerdan lífe wé tiliaþ hwónlíce we labour and toil for this deceitful life, and for the future life we toil little, Homl. Skt. ii. 28, 168. VII. where the object of effort is expressed by an infinitive (simple or gerund), or a clause, to strive, attempt, endeavour, intend, (1) with infin.:--Ðæt ðe wé bécnan tiliaþ, Met. ii. 79. Ic nǽfre ne teolade sittan on ánum willan mid ðam árleásum cum impiis non sedebo, Ps. Th. 25, 5. Ðá tilode hé ða stówe geclǽnsian studens locum purgare, Bd. 3, 23; S. 554, 26. Hé hine monnum gécyþan teolode, Blickl. Homl. 165, 31. (2) with gerund:--Ðú tilast (tiolast, Cott. MS.) wædle tó fliónne, Bt. 14, 2; Fox 44, 7: 10; Fox 30, l. Manege tiligaþ (tiliaþ, Cott. MS.) Gode to cwémanne, 39, 10; Fox 228, 13. Ic tiode ðé tó lícianne, Ps. Th. 25, 3. Tylode, Bd. 5, 24; S. 649, 11. Hé tiolode (tilode, Cott. MSS.) hié betwux him tó tóscádanne, Past. 47; Swt. 363, 1. Hé teolode tó árísenne, Blickl. Homl. 219, 18. Hié ða londlióde tiolode má ússa feónda willan tó gefremmanne ðonne úrne illi maiorem hosti quam mihi fauorem accomodantes efficere pergebant, Nar. 6, 19. Swá hwylc man swá ðás scriftbóc tilige tó ábrecanne quicunque confessionale hoc violare conatus fuerit, L. Ecg. P. Addit.; Th. ii. 238, 8. Ðæt hié tilgen (tiligen, Cott. MSS.) to kýðanne, Past. 47 ; Swt. 363, 10. He sceal tilian suá tó libbanne sic studet vivere, 10; Swt. 61, 18. (3) with a clause :-- Da bilewitan sint tó herigenne forðæmðe hié simle snincaþ on ðæm ðæt hi tieligeaþ (tiliaþ, Cote. MSS. ) ðæt hié ne sculen leásunga secgan laudandi sunt simplices, quod studeant numquam falsa dicere, Past. 35; Swt. 237, 8. Ðín esne teolode ðæt hé ðíne sóðe word beeode servus tuus exercebatur in tuis justificationibus, Ps. Th. 118, 23. Ðæt wé teolian, ðæt wé sýn gearwe, Blickl. Homl. 125, 11. Uton teolian ðæt ús ðás tída ídle ne gewítan, 129, 36: 111, 18. Hé sceal tilian ðæt hé lícige debet studere se diligi, Past. 19; Swt. 147, 14: L. E. I. 28; Th. ii. 424, 26: Bt. 29, 3; Fox 106, 18: Met. 16,I. Tiligean, Ps. Th. 138, 17. Hé ne onginþ tó tilianne, ðæt hé ðæt weorð ágife, 48, 7. [Sculdest thu neure finden land tiled . . . War sæ me tilede, þe erthe ne bar nan corn, Chr. 1137; Erl. 262, 25, 39. To teoliende efter istreone, O. E. Homl. i. 133, 13. Tulien after strene, ii. 155, 4. Heo tileden on eorðen. Laym. 1940. Ðat lond heo lette tilien, 2618. Ure Louerd tiled efter hore luue. UNCERTAIN A. R. 404, 14. Silence tileð hire, and heo itiled bringeð forð uode, 78, 15. Ase lomen uorte tilien mide þe heorte, 384, 17. In swinc ðu salt tilen ði mete, Gen. and Ex. 363. Lond to tilie, R. Glouc. 21, 9. Heo swonke and tilede here lyfiode, 41, 22. To taken his teme and tulyen (tilien, tilie) þe erthe, Piers P. 7, 2. Many wyntres men lyveden and no mete ne tulyeden (tylied, tiliden, tilieden, teleden), 14, 67. Ichave tyled him for that sore, Beves of Hamtoun (Halliwell's Dict.). Goth. ga-tilón to obtain: O. Sax. tilian (with gen.) to obtain: O. L. Ger. tilón festinare, exercitari: O. Frs. tilia to till, to beget: O. H. Ger. zilén studere, conari, niti, contendere, moliri, adniti; zilon (with gen).]

tiliga. v. tilia.

till a fixed point, station:--Swá stent eal weoruld stille on tille, Met. 20, 172. On ðam gim ástíhþ on heofenas up hýhst on geáre and of tille ágrynt in it (June) the sun mounts up into the skies highest in the year and declines from thai point, Menol. Fox 220; Men. 111. [Cf. O. H. Ger. zil destinatum: Ger. ziel.]

tillan; p. tilde To touch, reach. In compounds á-, ge-tillan; instances omitted under those words are given here:--Ðeáh ðe hé stæpe fulfremednysse átilþ (adtingit), Scint. 100, 15. Getilþ contingat, getilde contigit, Wrt. Voc. ii. 135, 9-13. Gif wé ðone hróf ðære heálícan eáðmódnesse getillan willaþ (adtingere), R. Ben. 23, 2. [Ðe niþer end tilde to his chinne, Brand. 24. He hadde a long berd þat tilled (tylde) to his wombe habuit barbam prolixam usque ad ventrem, Trev. v. 193, 8. Alle þat he miʒt tille. Per. 59. O. H. Ger. [zillen]; p. zilta tangit.]

til-líc; adj. Good, capable, able. v. til, I:--Ðegn . . . tillic esne . . . strong, Exon. Th. 436, 28; Rä. 55, 8: 480, 20; Rä. 64, 5.

tillíce; adv. Kindly, graciously, v. til, III, Exon. Th. 352, 28; Reim. UNCERTAIN 2.

til-módig; adj. Noble-minded:--Se eádga (Abraham) Drihtnes noman weorðade, tilmódig eorl tiber onsægde, Cd. Th. 113, 14; Gen. 1887. Ic ðé (Abraham) bidde ðæt dú tilmódig treówa selle, ðæt ðú wilie mé wesan freónd fremena tó UNCERTAIN leáne ðara ðe ic ðé gedón hæbbe, 170, 22; Gen. 2817. Heofona heáhcyning trymede tilmódigne (Abraham): 'Ne lǽt ðú ðé ðín mod ásealcan,' 130, 27; Gen. 2166. Ða æðelingas . . . .xii. tilmódige (the twelve apostles), Apstls. Kmbl. 171; Ap. 86.

tilþ, e; also tilþe, an; f. I. labour which brings gain, by which acquisition is made, an employment, (1) in a general sense:--Se ðe wǽre scaðiende weorðe se tiligende on rihtlícre tilðe he that has been accustomed to steal, let him support himself by an honest employment, Wulfst. 72, 13. (2) with special reference to agriculture, tillage, cultivation, work on land:--Se scádwís geréfa sceal witan ǽlcre tilðan tíman ðe tó tune belimpþ; for ðam on manegum landum tilð biþ redre ðonne on óðrum ge yrðe tíma hrædra, ge mǽda rædran . . . ge gehwilc óðer tilð, Anglia ix. 259, 3--12. II. gain from labour, produce of labour, acquisition, (1) in a general sense:--Tilða ɫ stre[óna] quaestuum, Hpt. Gl. 452, 7. (2) with reference to agriculture, crop, produce, fruit:--Þurh mycele rénas, ðe ealles geáres ne áblunnon, forneáh ǽlc tilð on mersclande forférde, Chr. 1098; Erl. 235, 12. Ðæt land mid ðære tilðe ðe ðár ðænne on sý, Chart. Th. 329, 12. Ic geann ðæs landes mid mete and mid mannum and mid ealre tylðe swá ðǽrtó getilod biþ, 529, 18, and often in the same will. Fela tilða hám gædelian, Anglia ix. 261, 16. Da man oððe tilian sceolde oððe eft tilða gegaderian, Chr. 1097; Erl. 234, 25. Ealle eówre wæstmas and eorþlíce tilþa, Wulfst. 132, 14. [Ðe tilðe of rihtwisnesse, þæt is silence cultus justiciae silencium, A. R. 78, 15: Wick. Is. 32, 17. God sent þe sonne to saue a cursed mannes tilthe, Piers P. 19, 430. To sowe cockel with the corn So that the tilthe is nigh forlorn, Gow. ii. 190, 12. O. Frs. tilath cultivation.] v. ge-tilth.

tilþe, an; f. v. preceding word.

tilung, teolung, tiolung, tielung, e; f. I. striving, endeavour, effort, labour:--On swelcum lǽnum weorþscipum ǽlces mennisces módes ingeþanc biþ geswenced mid ðære geornfulnesse and mid ðære tiolunga (tiluncga, Cott. MS.) with the desire and striving for them, Bt. 24, 3; Fox 82, 22. Hi swuncon on wíngeardes biggencge mid gecneordlícere teolunge, Homl. Th. ii. 74, 33. Hí forgýmeleásodon ðæs écan lífes teolunge they neglected striving after the life eternal, 76, 2. Æfter níðum teolunge heara secundum nequitias studiorum ipsorum, Ps. Surt. 27, 4. II. a pursuit, occupation, employment, business:--Gestreón of ðære teolunge ðe hé him befæste gain from the occupation he committed to them, Homl. Th. ii. 552, 1. Sume teolunga sind ðe man begán mæg búton synnum . . . Petrus hæfde unpleólíce teolunge ǽr his gecyrrednysse, and hé for ðí eft búton pleó tó his fixnoðe gecyrde, 288, 20-26. Se ríca man geswícþ his gebeórscipes, gif ða ðeówan geswícaþ ðæra teolunga, i. 274, 1. Gif se biscep self drohtaþ on ðam eorðlícum tielongum (tielengum, Cott. MSS.) si presul ipse in tfrrenis negotiis versainr, Past. 18; Swt. 133, 4. Getígede tó eorðlícum tielengum (tiolengum, Cote. MSS. ) deditae terrenis negotiis, Swt. 135, 15. Gecorene tó Godes teolungum, Homl. Th. ii. 96, 1. Sécan ða gástlícan tylunga, 552, 10. Hé begǽþ his hláfordes teolunga, i. 412, 4. Wé willaþ sprecan ymbe manna tilunga ad hominum studia revertor, Bt. 24, 4; Fox 84, 27. III. care, attention, treatment, cure. v. tilian, III. 2 b, IV:--Ðonne man tó wiccan tilunge séce æt ǽnigre neóde, Wulfst. 171, 11. Hé his hǽlðe sécan wyle æt unálýfedum tilungum, Homl. Th. i. 474, 21. Hé lǽrde ðurh ða tielunga (tiolunga, Cott. MSS.) ðæs Samaritaniscan (per Samaritani studium) ymb ðone gewundedan, Past. 17; Swt. 125, 7. IV. gain that comes from labour, acquisition, fruit got by tilling the earth:--Tilunge quaestu, lucro, Hpt. Gl. 419, 63. Swá hwæt swá hý gespariaþ on heora forhæfednessæ, and swá hwæt swá tóforan neádbehéfum belifen byþ on heora mægenes tilunge whatever they save by their abstinence, and whatever over and above necessaries remains of acquisition by their ability, R. Ben. 138, 17. Se gýtsere gýmþ grǽdelíce his teolunge, Homl. Th. i. 66, 10. Ða ðe ne sécaþ heora ágen gestreón ac smeágaþ ymbe Godes teolunge (gain to be made for God), ii: 76, 35: 558, 16. Ðú stunta, tó niht ðú scealt ðín líf álǽtan; hwæs beóþ ðonne ðíne teolunga whose shall thy gains be then? Wulfst. 286, 24. Hí sceolon heora geáres teolunga Gode ðone teóðan dǽl syllan, Homl. Th. ii. 608, 22. Lác of eorðan tilingum de fructibus terrae munera, Gen. 4, 3. Ete ælþeódig folc ðíne tilinga fructus terras et omnes labores tuos comedat populus quem ignoras, Deut. 28, 33. Ǽgðer ge earm ge eádig, ðe ǽnige teolunga (tylunge, MS. F.) hæbbe, gelǽste Gode his teóðunga, L. Edg. S. 1; Th. i. 272, 1. [False teolunges, A. R. 208, 17. Þe wingeardes þet mot muche tilunge to uorte beren winberies, 296, 1. Fourty wynter folke lyued withouten tulyinge (tiliyng, tilynge), Piers P. 14, 63.]

tíma, an; m. Time, hour; tempus, Wrt. Voc. i. 76, 66: hora, ii. 132, 67. I. time when, time at which an event takes place:--Hit wæs ðá se tíma ðæt wínberian rípodon erat tempus, quando jam praecoquae uvae vesci possunt, Num. 13, 21. Swá mon eorðan wæstmas hám gelǽdeþ on rýpes tíman, Exon. Th. 214, 28; Ph. 246. Ðá gewearð hit on ðisum ilcan tíman oððe litle ǽr, ðæt . . ., Chr. 1009; Erl. 141, 28: 1015; Erl. 152, 9. Thomas tó ðam tíman ágeán férde búton bletsunga, 1070; Erl. 208, 9. Týman on ásettum týman, Homl. Th. i. 18, 26. On unálýfedum tíman, ii. 94, 3. Gebiddaþ ealle hálige tó ðé on tilne tíman (in tempore opportuno), Ps. Th. 31, 7. Ðonne hé nytwyrðne tíman ongiet tó sprecenne cum opportunum considerat, Past. 38; Swt. 275, 14. Ymbe ðone tíman ðe ðiss wæs at the time when this was happening, Ors. 4, 5; Swt. 168, 36. Tiéman, 4, 8; Swt. 186, 34. Ðæt hié ðoligen earfeðu ðǽm tímum ðe hié ðyrfen, Past. 36; Swt. 253, 10. Ne ðincþ mé nǽfre nánwuht swá sóþlíc swá mé þincþ ðín spell ðǽm tímum (tídum, Cott. MS.) ðe ic ða gehére cum tuas rationes considero, nihil dice verius puto, Bt. 38, 5; Fox 204, 23. I a. a time when a thing can or ought to be done, a proper time, oportunity :-- Ðonne ðæs ðinges tíma ne biþ ðæt hit mon sidelíce gebétan mǽge . . . ac ðonne se láreów ieldende sécþ ðone tíman ðe hé his hiéremenn sidelíce on ðreát­igean mǽge cum rerum minime opportunitas congruit, ut aperte corrigantur . . . Sed cum tempus subditis ad correptionem quaeritur, Past. 21; Swt. 153, 1-6. Ús is tíma ðæt wé onwæcnen of slǽpe hora est nos de somno surgere, 63; Swt. 459, 33. Hwænne wylle gé singan? Þonne hyt tíma byþ, Coll. Monast. Th. 34, 5. Se wísa hit ieldcaþ and bítt tíman, Past. 33; Swt. 220, 10. Nis hit nán wundur, ðeáh se wása báde his tíman, 38; Swt. 275, 13. Hé ðencþ ðæs tíman hwonne hé hit wyrs geleánian mǽge deteriora rependere, si occasio praebeatur, quaerat, 33; Swt. 227, 23. I b. time as in the phrases, in time, in good time, be-times; proper time because soon enough:--Ealle ðás ungesǽlða ús gelumpon þurh unrǽdas, ðæt mann nolde him tó tíman (á tíman, MS. C.) gafol bédan; ac ðonne hí mǽst tó yfele gedón hæfdon, ðonne nam man grið and frið wið hí, Chr. 1011; Erl. 145, 2. Þcófas tó tíman (forthwith) forwurðan, búton hig geswícan, L. C. S. 4; Th. i. 378, 13. I c. an appointed time :-- Mín tíma ys gehende, Mt. Kmbl. 26, 18. Drihtenes engel com tó his tíman on ðone mere, and ðæt wæter wæs ástyred, Jn. Skt. 5, 4. II. a period of time :-- His tíma ne biþ ná langsum, Homl. Th. i. 4, 18. Hire tíma wæs gefylled, ðæt heó cennan sceolde, i. 30, 11. Æ-acute;lces mannes tíma the time that each man lives, Anglia viii. 336, 27. II a. marking date or limit, time during which certain events are happening, during which a particular person is living, etc.:--On ðet gerád ðet hé hæbbe ðone bryce ðes landes swá lange swá his týma sý so long as he live, Cod. Dip. B. iii. 106, 39. Hit wæs gewunelíc on ðam tíman, Homl. Th. i. 60, 26. On mínum tíman swá on mínes fæder, L. Edg. S. 2; Th. i. 272, 28. On úrum tíman, Chart. Th. 240, 11. On ðara heáhfædera tíman . . . on Moyses and on ðara wítegena tíman, L. Ælfc. P. 6; Th. ii. 366, 7-8. Eall ðás geeodon in ússera tída tíman, Exon. Th. 147, 12; Gú. 726. II b. a season of the year :-- Feówer tíman beóþ . . . Uer ys lengtentíma, and hé gǽþ tó túne on .vii. id. Febr. . . . Se óðer tíma hátte aestas . . . Se þridda tíma ys autumnus . . . Se feórða tíma ys genemned hiemps, Anglia viii. 312, 14-31. On wintres tíman, ðæt is fram ðan anginne ðæs mónðes, ðe is Nouember geháten, óþ Eástran, R. Ben. 32, 10. On ǽlcne tíman, ge on wintra ge on sumera, 33, 20. II c. an age of the world :-- Þrý tíman sind on ðyssere worulde; Ante legem, Sub lege, Sub gratia, Homl. Th. ii. 190, 1. Ðrý tíman synd getealde on ðissere worulde. Án tíma wæs ǽr Godes ǽ . . . Óðer under Godes lage . . . Ðridde under Cristes ágenre gife, L. Ælfc. P. 6; Th. ii. 366, 6. III. as a grammatical term, time of pronouncing a syllable, quantity :-- Ðæt rihtmetervers sceal habban feówer and twéntig tíman . . . Dactilus stent on ánum langum tíman and twám sceortum, and spondeus stent of feówrum langum, Anglia viii. 314, 10-15: 335, 14. IV. time, condition of things :-- Æfter ðisum fæce gewurðan sceall swá egeslíc tíma, swá ǽfre ǽr ne wæs, Wulfst. 19, 3. Wá ðám wífum ðe on ðam earmlícan tíman heora cild fédaþ, 81, 7. [Icel. tími.] v. ǽfen-, ende-, gebyrd-, hærfest-, lencten-, mǽrsung-, nón-, riht-, ríp-, sǽd-, swig-, þrowung-, un-tíma; tíd.

-tíma. v. here-téma, ge-týma.

tíman; p. de. I. to teem, be productive. v. teám, I. (1) referring to a female, to be with child, bear, bring forth young:--Wá ðám wífum, ðe ðonne týmaþ and heora cild fédaþ (vae praegnantibus et nutrientibus, Mt. 24, 19), Wulfst. 81, 6. Sindon sume gesceafta ðe týmaþ búton hǽmede, and biþ ǽgðer ge seó móder mǽden ge seó dohtor; ðæt sind beón: hí týmaþ heora teám mid clǽnnysse, Homl. Th. ii. 10, 14-17. Lia underget ðæt heó leng ne týmde (quod parere desiisset), Gen. 30, 9. Ðonne heó (the wife) leng týman ne mæg, geswícan hí hǽmedes, Homl. Th. ii. 94, 5. Heó týmende ná leng beón ne mæg, Wulfst. 305, 29. (2) referring to a male, to beget, have intercourse with (wið) a woman:--Godes bearn týmdon wið manna dohtra and hig cendon ingressi sunt filii Dei ad filias hominum illaeque genuerunt, Gen. 6, 4. Ðá bæd heó hire wer ðæt hé wið hire wylne týman sceolde (ingredere ad ancillam meam, Gen. 16, 2), Boutr. Scrd. 22, 23. Móste se bisceop niman him án clǽne mǽden and wið hý týman on ásettum tíman, L. Ælfc. C. 7; Th. ii. 346, 2: Homl. Th. i. 18, 26. (3) where neither male nor female is specified, to have offspring, bring forth :-- Fugelas ne týmaþ swá swá óðre nýtenu, Homl. Th. i. 250, 22. Ðæt folc týmde micelne teám on ðam wéstene, Homl. Th. ii. 212, 17. Þeóda týmdon, Cd. Th. 75, 19; Gen. 1242. Témaþ and wexaþ, 13, 1; Gen. 196. Týmaþ and tiédraþ, 91, 14; Gen. 1512. Feoh sceal on eorðan týdran and týman, Menol. Fox 557; Gn. C. 48. [Þe two tentaciuns þet temeð alle þe oðre, A. R. 220, 15. Elysabæþ ne mihhte tæmenn, Orm. 130. Ʒif ha ne mei nawt teamen . . . ha cleopeð ham weolefulle þat teamen hare teames, H. M. 33, 22-25. Ghe sulde sunen and timen, and clepen it Smael, Gen. and Ex. 982. Aʒen þat þu (the nightingale) wilt teme, O. and N. 499. II. as a technical term. v. teám, III, to vouch to warranty (acc. of that which is to be warranted and person vouched governed by ), to refer property (acc.) to () the person from whom it was obtained in support of the right of possession:--Gif sió hond tiémþ, sió ðone ceáp mon æt beféhþ, tó óðrum men, L. In. 75; Th. i. 150, 6. Swá hé hit ágnode, swá hé hit týmde, L. Ed. I; Th. i. 160, 8. Ðá týmde Wulfstán ðone mann tó Æðelstáne, Chart. Th. 206, 25. Tǽme hé tó ðam mæn ðe him sealde, L. H. E. 16; Th. 1. 34, 6. Ne mót forstolenne ceáp mon tiéman tó þeówum men, L. In. 47; Th. i. 132, 5. Se ðe yrfe bycge on gewitnesse and hit eft týman (mon teáman, var. lect.) scyle, L. Ath. i. 24; Th. i. 212, 13: L. Ed. 1; Th. i. 158, 16. II a. in a general sense, to refer an opinion to the source from which it is derived in its support:--Benedictus ús bóc áwrát leóhtre be dǽle ðonne Basilius, ac hé týmde swá ðeáh tó Basilies tǽcinge for his trumnysse for confirmation he referred to the teaching of Basil as the source from which he had drawn, Basil prm.; Norm. 32, 9. Benedictus týmde tó ðam regole ðe Basilius gesette, Homl. Skt. i. 3, 152. [In later English temen to = (1) to betake one's self to a place, go to :-- To Albion þu scalt teman (wende, 2nd MS.), Laym. 1245: 7174. (2) to resort to, appeal to in reverence or for help:--To hire he wolde teman (hire wolde he louie, 2nd MS.), Laym. 1265. Al hit trukeð us an hond þat we to temden, 16800. Gif þu temese (appealest) to þan rihten, and þu wult of Rome þolien æi dome, 24816. He temed him to þe king, Trist. 431. To witnesse temen, P. L. S. viii. 54. I hope to trede on þy temple & teme to þy seluen, Allit. Pms. 101, 316. (3) to lead to (?):--Ic wolde iwiten to whan þis tocne wule ten, to wulche þinge temen, Laym. 9135.] v. ge-téman; un-tímende.

timber, es; n. I. material for constructing a house, ship, etc., timber :-- Æfter siextegum daga ðæs ðe ðæt timber (arbores) ácorfen wæs, ðǽr wǽron xxx and c scipa gearora, Ors. 4, 6; Swt. 172, 4. Ne sceal cyrcean timber (ligna ecclesiae) tó ǽnigum óðrum weorce, L. Ecg. P. Addit. 16; Th. ii. 234, 16, Ðætte ne meahten godo beón ða ðe monna hondum geworhte wǽron of eorðlícum timbre oðþe of treóm oðþe of stánum deos esse non posse, qui hominum manibus facti essent; dei creandi materiam lignum vel lapidem esse non posse, Bd. 3, 22; M. 224, 15. Ǽrest man ásmeáþ ðæs húses stede, and eác man ðæt timber beheáwþ, Anglia viii. 324, 8: Lchdm. iii. 180, 8. I a. material of which anything is formed:--Sió lifer is blódes timber and blodes hús and fóstor, Lchdm. ii. 198, 2: 160, 13. II. a structure, building, edifice :-- Heó mid ðǽm tó ðæm timbre (aedificio) gefæstnad wæs, Bd. 3, 17; S. 544, 31. Tó ðam heofonlícum timbre, 4, 3; S. 567, 12. In timbre in aedificio, Ps. Surt. 101, 8. Seó tíd gewát ofer timber (? tiber, MS.) sceacan middangeardes, Cd. Th. 9, 2; Gen. 135. Huulig timber quales structurae, Mk. Skt. Lind. Rush. 13, 1. Timbra aedificiorum, Ps. Surt. 128, 6. Ða burh manige menn mid heán timbrum frættewodon (augustioribus aedificiis adornarunt), Bd. 3, 19; S. 547, 24. III. the building of a house, ship, etc.:--Hé (the sixth day of the moon) is gód circan on tó timbrane, and eác scipes timber on tó anginnanne, Lchdm. iii. 178, 9. [O. L. Ger. timbar: O. Frs. timber: O. H. Ger. zimbar materia, fabrica, structura, aedificium: Ger. zimmer a chamber, timber: Icel. timbr. Cf. Goth. timreins a building, ga-timrjó a building.] v. an-, and-, boh-, bolt-, fugol-, fyrd- (?), heáh-, heofon-, hróf-, magu-timber; ge-timbru.

timber-geweorc, es; n. Timber-work, preparation or cutting of timber for building (?):--In bócholte timbergeweorc and widigunge in beechholt the right to get timber for building and to cut wood for fuel, Cod. Dip. B. i. 344, 12. v. timbran, III.

timber-hrycg, es; m. A wooded ridge (?); as a local name Timber­ridge :-- On timberhricges snád, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. v. 71, 1. Ofer fild­burnan on timberhrycg, iii. 463, 31. Timberrycg, 393, 27.

timberness, tim-bor. v. ge-, on-timberness, tym-bor.

timbran, timbrian; p. ede, ode. I. to build (lit. or fig.), construct :-- Ic timbrige struo, construo, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 5; Zup. 175, 11. Tóweorp hié, ne dú timbres (aedificabis) hié, Ps. Surt. 27, 5. Timbreþ Dryhten Sion, 101, 17: Ps. Th. 146, 2: Exon. Th. 450, 25; Dóm. 93. Gé timbriaþ (timbraþ, Rush.) wítegena byrgene, Mt. Kmbl. 23, 29: Lk. Skt. 11, 47, 48. Ic timbrode setl ðín, Ps. Spl. 88, 5. Ða gódan weorc ðe hé ǽr timbrede, Past. 33; Swt. 215, 18. Hé burh timbrede, Cd. Th. 172, 6; Gen. 2840: Chr. 722; Erl. 44, 28. Timbrade, Ps. Th. 101, 14. Hié ceastra timbredon, Ors. 1, 10; Swt. 48, 10. Drehton ða hergas mid ðǽm æscum ðe hié ǽr timbredon. Ðá hét Alfréd cyng timbran langscipu ongén ða æscas, Chr. 897; Erl. 95, 7-11. Æfter ðæm hryre ðære upáhæfennesse hé ongan timbran eáðmósnes?e, Past. 58; Swt. 443, 30. Wé ceorfaþ treówu on holte, ðæt wé hí eft up árǽren on ðæm botle, ðǽr ðǽr wé timbran willen, Swt. 445, 1: Cd. Th. 64, 29; Gen. 1057. Weall stǽnenne timbran, 101, 34; Gen. 1692. On ðám telgum timbran nest, Exon. Th. 210, 20; Ph. 188. Ne mæg fira nán wísdóm timbran (timbrian, Bt. 12; Fox 36, 11, 8, 10), áǽr ðǽr woruldgítsung beorg ofer­brǽdeþ, Met. 7, 12. Uton timbrian ús ceastre faciamus nobis civitatem, Gen. 11, 4: Ps. Th. 128, 2. Ecgbryht salde Reculf mynster on tó tymbranne (-ianne, MS. E.), Chr. 669; Erl. 34, 26. Timbriende aedificans, Ps. Surt. 146, 2. Timbrende aedificantes, 117, 22. Ðǽr wæs timbred templ, Nar. 37, 22: Beo. Th. 620; B. 307. Bióþ timbrede cestre, Ps. Surt. 68, 36. II. to instruct, edify :-- Hé nówiht elles dyde ðonne ðæt folc mid godcundre láre timbrede nil aliud ageret quam plebem Christi verbo salutis instruere, Bd. 2, 14; S. 518, 10. III. to cut timber (?). v. timber-geweorc, and cf. wudian:--Me mæig on sumera . . . bytlian . . . tymbrian, wudian, Anglia ix. 261, 11. [Letten þa kinges timbrien þa hallen, Laym. 5940. To timbren me mine crune, A. R. 124, 8. To timmbrenn himm an hus, Orm. 13368. Who tau&yogh;te hem (peacocks) on trees to tymbre so heighe, Piers P. 11, 352. Goth. timrjan: O. Sax. ge-timbrón (-ian): O. L. Ger. ge-timbran: O. Frs. timbra, timmera: Du. timmeren: O. H. Ger. zimbaren, zimbarón aedificare, struere, instruere: Ger. zimmern: Icel. timbra: Dan. tømre.] v. á-, be-, for-, ge-, in-, on-timbran (-ian), and next word.

timbrend, es; m. f. A builder, constructor :-- Se wæs timbrend (constructor) ðæs mynstres ðe gecweden is Médeshámstyde, Bd. 4, 6; S. 573, 40. Heó wæs seó ǽryste tymbrend ðæs mynstres ðe ys nemned Steórneshealh, Shrn. 148, 39.

timbrian. v. timbran.

timbrung, e; f. Building, a building :-- Ealdere timbrunga bóte instructio, níwe timbrung constructio, Wrt. Voc. i. 39, 58, 59. Timbrunga domum exstructam, Kent. Gl. 472. [Bileafden heo (the builders of the tower of Babel) heore timbrunge, O. E. Homl. i. 93, 23. Timbringe, 227, 4. Al is to his behefe and timbrunge toward his blisse, A. R. 124, 1.] v. ge-timbrung.

-tíme (v. teám, I, tíman, I, and cf. -bǽre). v. luf-, þweorh-tíme; wróht-getíme.

-tíme (v. teám, II). v. feoþer-, ge-tíme (-týme).

tíme (v. tíma), v. un-tíme.

tímen (?); adj. Belonging to a team. v. teám, II:-- Témen bibina ( = bis bina?), Wrt. Voc. ii. 126, 8.

tímian. v. ge-, mis-tímian.

tímlíce; adv. In good time, soon :-- Ðú bǽde mé foroft Engliscra gewritena and ic ðé ne getíðode ealles swá tímlíce ǽr ðam ðe ðú mid geweorcum ðæs gewilnodest æt mé you very often asked me for English writings, but I did not grant your request so very soon, not before you desired it from me with works, Ælfc. T. Grn. 1, 16. [Ic mei longe libben and alle mine sunne timliche ibeten repent of all my sins time enough, O. E. Homl. i. 25, 13. Ase timliche as he hefde iherd þis (sone so he iherde þis, other MS.), Jul. 9, 5. He wolde timliche him speken wið, Laym. 31369. Bute ʒef þu þe timluker (nisi maturius) ure godes grete, Kath. 2086. Icel. tímaliga timely, early.] Cf. tídlíce.

tímness. v. un-tímness.

timpana, an; m. A tabret, timbrel :-- Hergaþ hine in timpanan laudate eum in tympano, Ps. Surt. 150, 4. Sellaþ timpanan, 80, 3. Plægiendra timpanan tympanistriarum, 67, 26. Ic filigde ðé mid timpanum and mid hearpum, Gen. 31, 27. [O. H. Ger. timpana: Icel. timpan. From Latin.]

timpestere, es; m. A player on the timbrel :-- Timpestera (timpanestera?) tympanistriarum, Ps. Lamb. 67, 26. [Cf. O. L. Ger. timparinna: O. H. Ger. tympinara; pl.]

timple, an; f. Some implement used in weaving :-- Hé sceal habban fela tówtóla . . . flexlínan, spinle . . . presse, pihten, timplean, wifte, Anglia ix. 263, 12.

tín, tién, tén, týn teá (North.) ten. I. as an adjective with a noun uninflected, except in the Northern specimens:--Tín dagas, Bd. 1, 23; S. 485, 24. Ðis is ðara týn hída bóc, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. v. 316, 33. Mid tién bebodum, Past. 17; Swt. 125, 18. Tién ceastro Decapoleas, Wrt. Voc. ii. 26, 14. Sume tén geár, Bt. 38, 1; Fox 194, 7. Týn þúsend (téno ɫ teá ðúsendo, Lind.: tén þúsende, Rush.) punda, Mt. Kmbl. 18, 24. Gelíc ðám týn fǽmnum (téwm hehstaldum, Lind.: tén fémnan, Rush.), 25, 1. Mid týn (téum ɫ ténum, Lind.: tén, Rush.) þúsendum, Lk. Skt. 14, 31. Týn (teá, Lind. Rush.) hreófe weras, 17, 12. Teá síðum, Lind. 15, 8. Fram wintrum ténum, p. 8, 4. Teá ɫ téno hreáfo, p. 9, 8. Of téum hehstaldum, Mt. Kmbl. p. 19, 16. Teá monna látwu decanus, Rtl. 193, 19. II. used as a substantive and declined, nom. -e, gen. -a, dat. -um. (1) alone:--Ðá gebulgon ða týne (téno, Lind.: ténu, Rush.) hí, Mk. Skt. 10, 41. Ða hildlatan, týne ætsomne, Beo. Th. 5687; B. 2847. Týna ealdor decanus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 138, 4. Næs tó ánum dæge, ne tó fífon, ne tó týnum, ne tó twéntigum, Num. 11, 19. Aldormonn ofer téno decanus, Rtl. 193, 21, 19. (2) governing a genitive:--Gif ðǽr beóþ týn rihtwísra, Gen. 18, 32. Hæfde se ealwalda engelcynna týne getrymede, Cd. Th. 16, 24; Gen. 248. Nigon hund wintra hæfde and týne, 71, 3; Gen. 1165. II a. a set of ten :-- Týnum and twéntigum on ánum inne ætgædere restan let them sleep by tens and twenties in one house, R. Ben. 47, 7. II b. the number ten :-- Ðis tal under him hæfis óðer tal ðe tó ténum wið forecyme (a number that goes up to ten), Mt. Kmbl. p. 3, 20. Tele ðú óð ðæt ðú cume tó þrittiga, eft . . . tele óð týne (count up to ten), Lchdm. iii. 228, 2. [Goth. taihun: O. Sax. tehan: O. Frs. tian, tien: O. L. Ger. tén, teiu, tian: O. H. Ger. zehan: Icel. tíu.]

tin, es; n. Tin :-- Tin stagnum, Wrt. Voc. i. 85, 10: 286, 71: Ælfc. Gr. 5; Zup. 15, 11. Ðæt tin, ðonne hit mon mid sumum cræfte gemengþ and tó tine gewyrcþ, ðonne biþ hit swiðe leáslíce on siolufres hiewe. Suá hwá ðonne suá lícet on ðære swingellan, hé biþ ðæm tine gelíc inne on ðæm ofne, Past. 37; Swt. 269, 2-5. Tinnes stagni, Hpt. Gl. 431, 69. Ðiss folc is geworden mé tó áre and tó tine and tó íserne and tó leáde, Past. 37; Swt. 267, 17. Tin stannum, Coll. Monast. Th. 27, 11. [O. H. Ger. zin: Icel. tin.]

tin a beam. v. tinn.

Tína(-e ?), an the river Tyne :-- Be Tínan ðære eá juxta amnem Tinam, Bd. 5, 21; S. 642, 36: Chr. 875; Erl. 76, 35.

tín-ámbre; adj. Containing ten 'ámbras' :-- Genim týnámberne cetel, Lchdm. ii. 86, 12.

tínan; p. de To vex, annoy, irritate, provoke :-- Se wellwillenda man wyle forberan gif hine man áhwǽr týnþ, oððe him tale gecwyð, Basil admn. 4; Norm. 44, 18. Ðá ðá se án (sunu) ðé týnde (cf. tirigde, l. 9), Homl. Th. ii. 30, 12. Hí yrsodon ɫ týndon Moyses irritaverunt Moysen, Ps. Spl. 105, 16, 8: Blickl. Gl.: Cd. Th. 153, 24; Gen. 2543. Ne týn ðu ðíne neáhgebúras non memor eris injuriae civium tuorum, Lev. 19, 18. Ne ǽnig man óðerne ne tyrie ne ne týne ealles tó swýðe, Wulfst. 70, 9. Ne áblinnan wé, ðæt wé Gode cwémon and deófol týnan, Blickl. Homl. 47, 11. Ðæt hí ælþeódige men ne tyrian ne ne týnan, L. Eth. vi. 48; Th. i. 326, 28: Wulfst. 309, 5. Gebiddaþ for eówerum ehterum and eów týnendum orate pro persequentibus et calumniantibus vos (Mt. 5, 44), Homl. Th. ii. 216, 17. v. teónian.

tinclian; p. ode To tickle :-- Náht swá onǽlþ and tinclaþ gecyndlima ðænne gemylt mete nihil sic inflammat et titillat membra genitalia quam indigestus cibus, Scint. 52, 5. Hé wiðstynt weorce se ðe tincligendre ná geþwǽrlǽcþ lustfullunge resistit operi qui titillanti non accomodat delectationi, 88, 9. [In Wycklif tynclen translates tinnire, 1 Sam. 3, 11: 1 Cor. 13, 1.]

tind, es; m. A tine, prong, tooth of an implement:--Tindas rostri, tindum rostris, Wrt. Voc. ii. 119, 30, 28. Ðeáh ánra gehwylc horn hæbbe .xii. tindas írene, and ánra gehwylc tind hæbbe synderlíce .xii. ordas, Salm. Kmbl. p. 150, 25. [Tindes the rungs of a ladder, A. R. 354, 20. Tynde branch of a tree, Allit. Pms. 3, 78. Tindes of harowis, Alex. 3908. A tynde cremale (a hook); a tynde of a beste, Cath. Angl. 389 (where see several instances). Tyynde, prekyl, tynde, pryke carnica; tyndyt with tyndys carnicatus, Prompt. Parv. 494. Cf. tine stocks, the short crooked handles on the pole of a scythe, Halliw. Dict. M. H. Ger. zint a spike, tooth: Icel. tindr a spike; also, a peak.] v. following words.

tindect. v. tindiht.

tindig; adj. Having spikes or prones :-- Óstig gyrd vel tindig scorpio (scorpio genus flagelli, ex virgis nodosis confecti, vel scutica in modum scorpionis aculeata, Migne), Wrt. Voc. i. 20, 17. v. next word.

tindiht; adj. Having spikes or teeth, beaked :-- Tindicti (-ecte) ros- tratum, Txts. 92, 868. Se cásere hine (St. Romanus) hét stingan mid írenum gyrdum tyndehtum, Shrn. 115, 25. v. preceding words.

tindting (tending?, tihting?) :-- Tinðtingce suasionis, exhortationis, Hpt. Gl. 485. 66.

Tíne. v. Tína.

tinen; adj. Of tin :-- Tinen stagneus, Ælfc. Gr. 5; Zup. 15, 11. Ǽlc calic gegoten beó, gylden oððe seolfren (oððe) tinen, ðe man húsl on hálgige, L. Edg. C. 41; Th. ii. 252, 21 note. Tynen, L. Ælfc. C. 36; Th. ii. 360, note 2. On tinum ( = tinenum) fæte, Lchdm. ii. 236, 5. [With tynnen tonges, Pall. 152, 99. O. H. Ger. zinín stanneus.]

tínend, es; m. One who vexes, annoys, etc. v. tínan :-- Gebiddaþ for eówerum éhterum and týnendum, Homl. Th. ii. 36, 16.

tín-feald; adj. Tenfold :-- Týnfealde deni, Ælfc. Gr. 5; Zup. 13, 15. Týnfealdum oððe twéntifealdum deni aut viceni, R. Ben. Interl. 54, 15. Þreowa on teónfealdum ter denis, Hymn. Surt. 104, 23. Feówer síðo teáfald tal quater denario numero, Mt. Kmbl. p. 12, 12.

tinga, tingan, tingce. v. in-tinga, ge-tingan, tynge.

tinn, e; f. (?) A beam, rafter :-- Tin tignum, Txts. 101, 2023. [Cf. (?) O. H. Ger. zinna pinna.]

tinnan to stretch, extend :-- Blǽd his blinniþ ... lustum ne tinneþ does not joyously extend (?), Exon. Th. 354, 32; Reim. 54. Tinde bogan tetendit arcum, Blickl. Gl.

tín-nihte; adj. Ten days old :-- On .x. nihtne mónan bidde swá hwas swa ðú wylle, hyt ðe byoþ gere. Se .x. nihta móna hé ys god tó standanne mid æðelum monnum, Lchdm. iii. 178, 19-21. Se ðe biþ ácenned on .x. nihtne ealdne mónan, se biþ ðrowere, 160, 28.

tín-strenge; adj. Having ten strings :-- On týnstrengum saltere in decacordo psalterio, Ps. Spl. 91, 3: 143, 11. v. next word.

tín-strenged; adj. Provided with ten strings :-- On týnstrengedum saltere, Blickl. Gl. Týnstrængedum, Ps. Lamb. 91, 4. Týnstrængdom, 143, 9. v. preceding word.

tinterg. v. tin-treg.

tin-treg, -terg, es; n.: tin-trega, an; m. Torment :-- Ðǽr (in heaven) ne biþ nán besárgung ðæra mánfulra yrmðe, ac heora tintrega becymþ ðam gecorenum tó máran blisse, Homl. Th. i. 334, 11. Nis ðǽr ne caru ne hreóh tintrega (cf. hreóge tintrega, Wulfst. 139, 30), Dóm. L. 261. Ðæt wæs helle tintreges múþ ipsum est os gehennae, Bd. 5, 12; S. 630, 13. On ðám grundum helle tintreges in profundis tartari, 5, 14; S. 634, 25. Ic on eorþan gebád tintregan fela, Cd. Th. 296, 4; Sat. 497. Mé genihtsumiaþ ðás tintrega, Blickl. Homl. 243, 26. Ðé sýn helle tinterga ontýned, Shrn. 79, 11. On ðissa tintrega stówe in locum hunc tormentorum, Lk. Skt. 16, 28. For ðara tintregena mænigfyldnesse, Wulfst. 199, 6. Tintegrena tormentorum, Hpt. Gl. 415, 72. On tintregum gegripene tormentis comprehensos, Mt. Kmbl. 4, 24. Tintregum (tintergum, Lind.), Lk. Skt. 16, 23. Búton tintregum þeáh on hellewíte, Homl. Th. i. 94, 6. Wrecan heora teónrǽdenne mid tintergum on him, Jud. 15, 10: Exon. Th. 114, 33; Gú. 182. Ðonne hé ðara manna tintrego oferhiérde, Ors. 1, 12; Swt. 54, 27: Bd. 5, 14; S. 635, 1: Blickl. Homl. 243, 20. On ða wyrstan tintregu, 239, 10. In ða écan tintregu, Wulfst. 185, 11. Tintergu, Exon. Th. 141, 3; Gú. 621. In tintergo in gehennam, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 10, 28. Hié ealle worldlíce tintrega and ealle líchomlícu sár oforhogodan, Blickl. Homl. 119, 19. Ðý læs ðe ðú þurh tintrega forwurðe, Homl. Th. i. 432, 9. Ic geseó, ðæt dú ðás tintregan gebysmerast, 426, 5. Án deófol árehte ánum ancran ðara synfulra sáwla tintregan and súsla, Wulfst. 146, 19. [Eorðliche tintreohen, O. E. Homl. i. 261, 16. Ne schal þe na teone ne tintreohe trukien, Kath. 403. Þu biþenche teonen and tintreohen, 1888. Cf. Goth. us trigóm GREEK, 2 Cor. 9, 7. Icel. tregi grief, woe.]

tintregend, es; m. A torturer :-- Fram ðǽm tintergendum (or ptcpl.?) a tortoribus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 2, 49.

tin-tregian, -tergian; p. ode To torment, torture, afflict :-- Ða ðe hé ne mæg fram rihtan geleáfan tó him gebígan, ðonne tintregaþ hé ða on mænigfælde wísan, Wulfst. 197, 7: Blickl. Homl. 59, 31. Philippus hí miclum tintrade (tintergade, MS. C.) and bismrade, Ors. 3, 7; Swt. 118, 25. Se kásere hine tintregode mid unásecgendlícum wítum, Shrn. 116, 1. Ða ðe tintergedon ðone hálgan wer, 73, 1. Hí tintregodon hine and forléton hine sámcucene plagis impositis abierunt semivivo reticto, Lk. Skt. 10, 30. Ða wífmen hié swá tintredon, Ors. 1, 10; Swt. 48, 13. Ðeáh ðe ðæt fýr tintregige ða unrihtwísan, Homl. Th. ii. 590, 3. Hét swingan and tintregian ðone Godes andettere caedi Dei confessorem a tortoribus praecepit, Bd. 1, 7; S. 477, 42. Tintergian, Shrn. 76, 33. Tinterga torquere, Mt. Kmbl. Rush. 8, 29. Decius gewende tó tintregienne ða cristenan, Homl. Th. ii. 424, 19. Tó tintreinne torquendus, cruciandus, Hpt. Gl. 482, 35. Ðǽr hé tintregad wearð; ǽrest hiene mon swong, ða sticode him mon ða eágan út, and siþþan him mon slóg ða handa of, ðá ðæt heáfod, Ors. 4, 5; Swt. 168, 3, [Heo eow tintraʒed and heow iswenchet, O. E. Homl. i. 13, 30. Cf. O. Sax. tregan to trouble: Icel. trega.] v. ge-tintregian; tregian.

tintreg-líc; adj. Tormenting, torturing, of hell :-- Be fyrhto ðæs tintreglícan (tintreganlíces, MS. B.) wítes de horrore poenae gehennalis, Bd. 4, 24; S. 598, 16.

tintreg-stów, e; f. A place of torment :-- Hí (the devils) ðone hálgan wer gelǽddon tó ðám sweartum tintrehstówum, Guthl. 5; Gdwin. 38, 4.

tintreg-þegn, es; m. An officer who torments, an executioner :-- Tinter[g]ðegnum lictoribus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 3, 47. His dryhten hine salde tintergaþægnum (tortoribus), Mt. Kmbl. Rush. 18, 34.

tintregung, e; f. Torment, punishment :-- Tintregung vel wíte tormentum, Wülck. Gl. 178, 20. Hí ne mihton fram Gode þurh náne tintregunga beón gebígede, Homl. Th. i. 544, 2.

tín-wintre; adj. Ten years old :-- .x. wintre cniht mæg bión þiéfðe gewita a ten year old boy can be accessory to a theft, L. In. 7; Th. i. 106, 18. Ðá ða hé týnwintre on ylde wæs, Homl. Th. ii. 498, 28.

tír, es; m. Glory, honour :-- Eów ys wuldorblǽd torhtlíc tóweard and tír gifeþe, Judth. Thw. 23, 35; Jud. 157. Tír æt getohte, Byrht. Th. 134, 54; By. 104. Nis hér (in hell) eádiges tír ne worulde dreám, Cd. Th. 270, 20; Sat. 93. Ne biþ hira (two twins) tír gelíc, Salm. Kmbl. 730; Sal. 364: Exon. Th. 448, 11; Dóm. 52. Biþ týr scæcen, eorþan blǽdas, 447, 27; Dóm. 45. Tíres Wealdend (cf. wuldres Waldend, Cd. Th. 216, 27; Dan. 13) the Deity, Ps. Th. 79, 14. Tíres brytta, Judth. Thw. 22, 36; Jud. 93. Ðæt hý móstun tíres blǽd écne ágan, Exon. Th. 74, 27; Cri. 1212: Andr. Kmbl. 210; An. 105. Tíres eádige abounding in glory; reges, Ps. Th. 71, 10: Cd. Th. 91, 15; Gen. 1512: Judth. Thw. 25, 22; Jud. 272. Tíres tó tácne in token of glory gained, Beo. Th. 3312; B. 1654. Hé benam his feónd torhte tíre, Cd. Th. 4, 23; Gen. 58. Is ðæs wuldres ful heofun and eorðe, and eall heáhmægen tíre getácnod, Elen. Kmbl. 1504; El. 754. Hwonne ús líffreá ðæt týdre gewitt tíre bewinde, Exon. Th. 3, 1; Cri. 29. Dryhten dǽleþ sumum gúþe blǽd, sumum wyrp oððe scyte, torhtlícne tiir, 331, 18; Vy. 70. Ðé tír cyning and miht forgef, Andr. Kmbl. 970; An. 485. Hér Æþelstán cyning and his bróþor ealdorlangne tír (týr, one MS.) geslógon æt sæcce, Chr. 937; Erl. 112, 3. Gé dóm ágon, tír æt tohtan, Judth. Thw. 24, 19; Jud. 197. Æsca tír æt gúðe, Cd. Th. 127, 10; Gen. 2108. Hé mé tír forgeaf, wígspéd wið wráðum, Elen. Kmbl. 328; El. 164. Ða (friends) hyra týr and eád ýcaþ, Exon. Th. 409, 3; Rä. 27, 23. Ðú tírum fæst niða Nergend thou Saviour of men, gloriously firm, Cd. Th. 235, 27; Dan. 312: Exon. Th. 354, 7; Reim. 42. [Þa kingges weoren deædde, heore duʒeðe todealde, here tir wes atfallen, Laym. 4237. O. Sax. tír; see too tírlíce gloriously: Icel. tírr. Cf. (?) O. H. Ger. ziarí decus.] v. æsc-tír, and words in which tír is the first component.

Tír, es; n. One form of the name of the Runic T; it is also the name of the god corresponding to the Latin Mars, and apparently used also of the planet bearing his name; as Grimm notices, the Runic symbol RUNE resembles that used for the planet UNCERTAIN :-- Tír byþ tácna sum, healdaþ trýwa wel wið æðelingas, á byþ on færylde ofer nihta genipu, nǽfre swíceþ, Runic pm. Kmbl. 342, 21-26; Rún. 17. The other name of the rune is Tí, v. Tíw, the two forms Tír, Tíw may be compared with Icelandic Týrr; gen. Týrs (cf. Dan. Tirs-dag), Týr; gen. Týs.

tiran; p. de To run with tears, to water (of the eyes) :-- Mé týraþ míne eágan lippio, Ælfc. Gr. 30, 5; Zup. 192, 9. Ðǽr biþ wóp and tóða gebitt, for ðan ðe ða eágan týraþ on ðam micclum bryne, and ða téð cwaciaþ on swíðlícum cyle, Homl. Th. i. 132, 26. Wiþ ðon ðe eágan týren (cf. wið eallum tiédernessum eágena, 2, 6), Lchdm. ii. 32, 28. Gif eágan týren, 34, 1: 308, 19: iii. 4, 23. Wið týrendum eágan, 4, 6: i. 374, 3. Wið týrende eágan, i. 72, 14. v. teár, I. 2, tearig, II.

tír-eádíg; adj. Glorious :-- Tíreádig cyning (the Deity), Hy. 3, 2, 55: (Constantine), Elen. Kmbl. 207; El. 104. Elene, tíreádig cwén, 1206; El. 605. Tíreádig and trág (Judas and the devil), 1906; El. 955. Týreádig cyning (the Deity), Hy. 7, 56, 82. Se tíreádga (the Phenix), Exon. Th. 205, 1; Ph. 106. Tíreádigum men (Hygelac), Beo. Th. 4384; B. 2189. Torhte and tíreádige (the twelve apostles), Apstls. Kmbl. 7; Ap. 4: Andr. Kmbl. 4; An. 2; 1329; An. 665. Tíreádige, hæleþ heaðurófe on Brytene, Menol. Fox 26; Men. 13. Tíreádge, Exon. Th. 366, 10; Reb. 10. Þeóden hæfde him álesen leóda dugeðe, tíreádigra twá þúsendo; ðæt wǽron cyningas, Cd. Th. 189, 13; Exod. 184. Gárberendra, gúðfremmendra, tíreádigra, 192, 16; Exod. 232, [Cf. Icel. tír-göfugr-, -sæll (poetical epithets of a hero)]

tír-fæst; adj. Of assured glory, glorious :-- From treówe becwom tírfæst ríce Drihten úre Dominus regnavit a ligno, Ps. Th. 95, 9. Cyning tírfæst cystum gecýþed, Beo. Th. 1848; B. 922. Tírfæst Metod, Cd. Th. 64, 2; Gen. 1044. Tírfæst hæleð, bisceop se góda ... ðam wæs Cyneweard nama, Chr. 975; Erl. 126, 7. Tírfæstne hæleð (Moses), Cd. Th. 181, 19; Exod. 63. Hwǽr ic tírfæste treówe funde ambulans in via immaculata, Ps. Th. 100, 6: Exon. Th. 473, 7; Bo. 11. Ðæt tírfæste lond, 202, 14; Ph. 69. Ongietan tírfæst tácen ðæt se torhta fugel þurh bryne beácnaþ, 236, 14; Ph. 574. Fyrd, tírfæstra getrum, Menol. Fox 523; Gn. C. 32. Cf. blǽd-, þrym-, wuldor-fæst.

tír-fruma, an; m. The source of glory or the prince of glory, the Deity, Exon. Th. 13, 21; Cri. 206.

tirgan, tirwian, tirigan, tirian; p. tirgde, tirwede, tirigde To vex, irritate, provoke, exasperate :-- Ic tyrige lacesso, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 1; Zup. 165, 12. Tirhþ inridet, Kent. Gl. 508. Tyrweþ improperabit, Ps. Lamb. 73, 10. Ða tredaþ ðec and tergaþ, and hyra torn wrecaþ, Exon. Th. 119, 23; Gú. 259. Ða ðe tyrwiaþ qui exasperant, Ps. Lamb. 65, 7: 67, 7. Hé tyride exacerbavit, i. provocavit, adflixit, Wrt. Voc. ii. 144, 56. Tyrgide exacerbavit, Hpt. Gl. 527, 51. Ðæt wíf cwæð, ðæt heó wolde ðone sunu ðe hí tirigde awyrian, Homl. Th. ii. 30, 9. Hý tyrgdon (tyrigdon, Ps. Spl. 104, 26) exacerbaverunt, Blickl. Gl. Mé weras wordum tyrgdon, Andr. Kmbl. 1926; An. 965. Hí tyrgdon God mid gramlícum weorcum, Homl. Skt. i. 18, 52. Tyrwedon, tyrwadon ɫ gremedon, tyrwodan exacerbaverunt, Ps. Lamb. 77, 40, 41, 56. Hig mé tirigdon ipsi me provocaverunt, Deut. 32, 21. Hí hine mid heora wordum tirigdon, Homl. Th. ii. 454, 17. Earme ne tyrewiaþ vex not the poor, Wulfst. 50, 2. Ǽnig man óðerne ne tyrie ne ne týne, 70, 8. Ðæt hí elðeódige menn ne tyrian ne ne týnan, 309, 4. Hé ðás leóde mid here and mid ungylde tyrwigende wæs, Chr. 1100; Erl. 236, 2, Mǽgþ tyrwiende generatio exasperans, Ps. Lamb. 77, 8. [Tirgen to get weary, Misc. 12, 362. Tarien to fatigue, Chauc. Terren to wraþþe provocare ad iram, Wick. Deut. 4, 25. Terwyn̄ or make wery lasso, fatigo, terwyd lassatus, fatigatus, Prompt. Parv. 489. O. Du. tergen to vex: Dan. tærge to exasperate, irritate: Ger. zergen.] v. ge-tirgan.

tirging, tirwing, tiring, e; f. Vexation, provocation, harassing emotion :-- Tyrging, tyring zelus, Blickl. Gl. [Terwynge lassitudo, fatigacio, Prompt. Parv. 489. Du. terging provocation.]

tiriaca, an; m. A medicine, properly an antidote for poison, cf. tiriaca drenc wyð áttre, Wrt. Voc. i. 20, 20:--Tyriaca is gód drenc wiþ eallum innoðtýdernessum, and se man se ðe hine swá begǽþ swá hit hér on segþ, ðonne mæg hé him miclum gehelpan . . . Nime áne lylte snǽd ðæs tyriacan, Lchdm. ii. 288, 23-290, 3. [Low Latin tiriaca from Latin theriaca. In Mid. E. triacle=a sovereign remedy is common, see Skeat's note on Piers P. C. ii. 147.]

tirian, tirigan. v. tirgan.

tír-leás; adj. Inglorious :-- Ðara ðe tírleáses (Grendel's) trode sceáwode, Beo. Th. 1690; B. 843. [Cf. Icel. tírar-lauss inglorious.]

tír-meahtig; adj. Gloriously mighty :-- Tírmeahtig cyning (the Deity), Exon. Th. 72, 1; Cri. 1166: 209, 24; Ph. 175. [Cf. Icel. tírar-sterkr.]

tirwa, tirwe, an; m. f. Tar, resin, gum :-- Tyrwa bitumen, tyrwan bituminis, Hpt. Gl. 488, 78, 77. On swæce swylce tyrwe smelling of resin, Lchdm. i. 278, 2. Tirwan resinae, Hpt. Gl. 501, 4. Sumne dǽl tyrwan modicum resinae, Gen. 43, 11. Ðú clǽmst mid tyrwan bitumine linies, 6, 14: Homl. Th. i. 20, 33: Ex. 2, 3. Croppas mid tyrwan gesodene, Lchdm. i. 224, 10. Hig hæfdon tyrwan (bitumen) for weallím, Gen. 11, 3. Teorwena, tyrwena naptarum, Hpt. Gl. 445, 29. Dó ðonne ða tyrwan on put the gums in, Lchdm. iii. 14, 24. v. eorþ-tyrewa; teoru.

tirwan. v. ge-tirwan.

tirwen (?); adj. Of resin :-- Tyrwene, stórsæpes, hryseles resinae, Hpt. Gl. 501, 1.

tirwian. v. tirgan.

tír-wine, es; m. A glorious friend, an epithet of the follower of a successful chief:--Se hláford biþ tó upáhæfen inne on móde for ðæm anwalde ðe him ánra gehwilc his tírwina tó fultemaþ, Met. 25, 21.

tiscge = disce:--In tiscge in cateno, Wrt. Voc. ii. 46, 53. Cf. in disce in cateno, 74, 29.

tit[t], es; m. A teat, pap, Brest :-- Tit mamilla, Wrt. Voc. i. 44, 13. Titt uber, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 18; Zup. 44, 2. Lege ofer ðone wynstran tit, Lchdm. i. 192, 17. Tittas mamillas, lxxiv, 24: Wrt. Voc i. 65, 7: 283, 29: ii. 56, 28. Wið tittia sár wífa, Lchdm. i. 112, 16. Titto (tito, Rush.) ɫ breósto ubera, Lk. Skt. 11, 27: Rtl. 4, 17. [Þa titles ðæt þu suke, Laym. 5025. Bi þan titten (tyttes, 2nd MS.) anhon, 11936. Bi þeo titles þet he sec, A. R. 330, 5. Teon þe tittes awei of þine breosten, Kath. 2098. A fostre wimman on was tette he sone aueð lagt, Gen. and Ex. 2621. Tete rimes with swete (I sweat), Chauc. C. T. 3704; with lete, pp. of leten, Gow. i. 268, 3. Tete uber, Prompt. Parv. 489. O. Du. titte: M. H. Ger. zitze: Ger. zitze. The Teutonic form seems to have been borrowed by Romance languages, Ital. tetta, zizza: Fr. tette: Span. teta.]

tite-gár read (?) ategár:--Titegárum phalarica, lanceis magnis (cf. ategára falarica, hasta, 521, 6), Hpt. Gl. 425, 14. v. æt-gár.

-titelian. v. ge-titelian, and next word.

titelung, e; f. A giving of the titles or headings :-- Titelung recapitulatio, Hpt. Gl. 433, 72.

tíþ, e; f. Grant, cession, concession :-- Týþ cessio, Wrt. Voc. ii. 131, 6: concessio, 136, 11. Hý wǽron ðé biddende mínra góda and ðú him symble tíðe forwyrndest they were asking thee for my goods and thou didst ever refuse them the grant thereof, Wulfst. 259, 11. Ne hæfde wit monig óðer hors ðæt wé mihton ðearfum tó týþe syllan numquid non habuimus equos plurimos quae ad pauperum dona sufficerent? Bd. 3, 14; S. 540, 27. Mid týþe and mid geþafunge Eádgáres cynenges, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. ii. 400, 23. Fela wundra gelumpon æt ðæra apostola byrgenum ðurh ðæs Hǽlendes tíðe, Homl. Th. i. 384, 19. Hyre ðæs Fæder on roderum tíðe gefremede, Judth. Thw. 21, 5; Jud. 6. v. next two words.

tíþe, tíþa (-e, -a; masc.: -u, -a, -e; fem.: -a; pl.) in the phrases tíþe(-a) beón, weorþan to obtain one's request, to have granted the request for something (gen.):--Sóna wæs gelǽred ðætte hé wæs from Drihtne týþe ðære béne ðe hé bæd statim edoctus impetrasse se quod petebat a Domino, Bd. 4, 29; S. 607, 32. Myceles ðú (masc.) bǽde, ac ðú bist tíða, Homl. Skt. i. 18, 284. Týða, 3, 513. Ðú (Abraham) ðæs tíða beó, Cd. Th. 142, 12; Gen. 2360. Hé ongann tó Gode wísdómes wylnian, and hé eác ðæs tíða wearð, Wulfst. 277, 19. Ðú (Lot) scealt ðære béne tíða weorðan, Cd. Th. 152, 28; Gen. 2527. Þeáh ðú (Esther) biddan wille healfne ðone anweald . . . ðú scealt beón tíþu ðæs, Anglia ix. 33, 185. Heó ábæd æt Gode Godes willan tó ðám ðæt heó sunu hæfde, and heó sóna wæs tíðu (other MSS. tíða), Homl. Ass. 38, 357. For swá hwæne swá heó bit, heó biþ tíða simle, Homl. Skt. ii. 29, 274. Ðæt ic (a widow) beó ðæs tíðe ðe ic bidde, Homl. Th. i. 566, 15. Ealles ðæs ðe gé biddaþ gé beóþ tíða omnia quaecunque petieritis in oratione accipietis, Mt. Kmbl. 21, 22. v. bén-tíðe; tíþ, tíþian.

tíþian, tigþian; p. ode To grant, concede, (a) with gen. of that which is granted:--Bed Beorn ðæt hé sceolde faran mid him tó ðam cynge . . . and hé ðæs tíðode, Chr. 1046; Erl. 174, 10. Treówe and hyldo tíðiaþ mé, Cd. Th. 152, 7; Gen. 2516. Ðæt preósta gehwilc fulluhtes tíðige, sóna swá man his girne, L. Edg. C. 15; Th. ii. 246, 25. Nolde gé mé wǽda tíþian, Wulfst. 288, 33. Hit is swíðe geleáflíc, ðæt hé hyre myceles ðinges tíðian wylle, Homl. Th. i. 454, 2: Gen. 18, 3. Hé náteshwón hire ðæs tíðian nolde dui nequaquam acquiescens operi nefario, 39, 8. Ne hine mon on óðre wísan his béne týþigean (tygþian, M. 220, 26) wolde neque aliter quod petebat impetrare potuit, Bd. 3, 21; S. 550, 43. (b) with acc. (?) the case is probably determined by the Latin:--Se him fultum tíþaþ qui eis adjutorium prestitit, Anglia xiii. 391, 366. Wísdóm lǽnende ɫ tíðiende litlingum sapientiam praestans parvulis, Ps. Lamb. 18, 8. (c) with a clause:--Nolde se cyning him tíðian ðæt Israel férde forð ofer his gemǽru qui concedere noluit, ut transiret Israel per fines suos, Num. 21, 23. (d) used absolutely:--Ðonne ðú him tíðast, Hy. 7, 56. Drihten mé gehírde and tíðode mé exaudivit me Dominus, Deut. 9, 19. Ðá oferhogode hé ðæt hé him áðer dyde oþþe wiernde oþþe tigþade, Ors. 6, 34; Swt. 290, 22. Ic gelýfe ðæt hé wille ðé tíðian, Homl. Skt. i. 21, 218: Homl. Th. i. 250, 2. Tó tíþienne is praestanda est, Wülck. Gl. 251, 6. [Leafdi, tuðe me mine bone, O. E. Homl. i. 207, 31. God haueð herd þine bede and tiðed te bene exaudita est oratio tua, ii. 135, 7. Drightin has þe tid (tidd, MS. G.) þi bon, C. M. 10966. All þatt ned uss iss Godess Gast uss tiþeþþ, Orm. 5365. O þing ich wolde bidde þe, þit þou me woldest tyþe (rimes with bliþe), R. Glouc. 114, 18.] v. ge­tíþian; tíþ, tíþe.

tit-stricel, es; m. A nipple of the breast :-- Tit mamilla, meolce breóst ubera, tittstrycel papilla, Wrt. Voc. i. 44, 13-15. v. stricel, II.

titt. v. tit[t].

titul a title, superscription :-- Titul ɫ merca titulus, Mk. Skt. Lind. 15, 26. [O. H. Ger. also borrows titul in the same connection :-- Screib titul Pilatus síneru sahhu.]

Tíw, Tíg, Tí, es; m. I. the god Tiw, a Teutonic deity to whom amongst the Latin gods Mars most nearly corresponded:--Tiig Mars, Martis, Txts. 77, 1293. Tíg, Wrt. Voc. ii. 55, 56. Tuu (Tíw?), 58, 40. Ðone Syxtum nédde Decius se cásere Tíges (Martis) deófolgylde, Shrn. 114, 9. ¶ The word occurs oftenest in the connection in which it remains--in the name of one of the days:--On Tíwes-dæg tertia feria, R. Ben. 38, 6; R. Ben. Interl. 49, 14: Wulfst. 180, 25. On Tíwes-niht, Lchdm. iii. 146, 23. II. one form of the name of the Runic T; Ti is given as the name of the symbol RUNE in some alphabets, see Kemble on Anglo-Saxon Runes in Archæologia, vol. 28, pp. 338, 339. The word is probably to be recognized in the form tyz, which is given as the name of the Gothic T in the Vienna MS. containing a Gothic alphabet, and from it a Gothic Tius may be inferred. O. H. Ger. Ziu(-o) the name of a god (preserved in M. H. Ger. Zies-tag), the name of a letter: Icel. Týr the name of a god (kept in Týs-dagr), name ofa rune. See Grmm. D. M. c. ix.] v. Tír.

; prep. adv. I. with dat. (1) with words expressing motion. (a) with verbs of coming, going, falling, etc., marking the end reached by that which moves, to, at :-- Cómon twégen englas tó ðære birig, Gen. 19, 1. God him com tó, 20, 3: Mk. Skt. 5, 21. Hé férde tó ðam munte, Gen. 19, 30. Féran tó ðissum dimman hám, Cd. Th. 271, 27; Sat. 111. Bryne stígeþ tó heofonum, Exon. Th. 233, 7; Ph. 521. Conon gelende tó ðære byrig, Ors. 3, 1; Swt. 98, 23. Néðan tó hilde, Cd. Th. 124, 11; Gen. 2061. Ðá feóll hé tó ðæs Hǽlendes fótum, Lk. Skt. 8, 41: 5, 8. Hé feóll tó foldan, Andr. Kmbl. 1835; An. 920. Búgan tó eorðan, Rood Kmbl. 84, Kr. 43. Nú sceal hé faran tó incre andsware, Cd. Th. 35, 19; Gen. 557. (b) with verbs of bringing, bearing, drawing, sending, taking, etc., marking the end reached by that which is moved:--Méce ðone ðín fæder tó gefeohte bær, Beo. Th. 4103; B. 2048. Hí him tó nimaþ mægeð tó gemæccum, Cd. Th. 76, 17; Gen. 1258. Him fetigean tó sprecan síne, 161, 17; Gen. 2666. Hé hine lǽdde tó ðam hálgan hám, 300, 19; Sat. 567. Hé him tó sende áras síne, 146, 15; Gen. 2422. Hé his gingran sent tó ðínre sprǽce, 33, 6; Gen. 516. Sende se Fæder his sunu tó cwále, Homl. Th. ii. 6, 17. Hé tó áwylte stán tó hlide ðære byrgene, Mt. Kmbl. 27, 60. (c) where the motion is directed to, but does not reach the object:--Hí tó ðam hǽðengilde bugon, Num. 25, 2. Ealle ábúgaþ tó ðé, Hy. 7, 10. Hié onhnigon tó ðam herige, Cd. Th. 227, 3; Dan. 181. Áhyld mé ðín eáre tó inclina ad me aurem tuam, Ps. Th. 70, 2. (Ia) with words implying motion :-- Hig woldon tó Basan ascenderunt per viam Basan, Num. 21, 33: Chr. 1036; Erl. 164, 26. Hé héht him Abraham tó he summoned Abraham to him, Cd. Th. 112, 3; Gen. 1865: 249,18; Dan. 532: Elen. Kmbl. 307; El. 154. (2) where the motion is figurative, (a) with words denoting change of condition, marking that to which a thing is changed, what a thing becomes, to what a thing is brought :-- Hé heora wæter wende tó blóde, Ps. Th. 104, 25 : Cd. Th. 17, 13; Gen. 259. Heó alle forsceóp Drihten tó deóflum, 20, 14; Gen. 309: Bt. 38, l; Fox 194, 33. His gebed hweorfe tó fyrenutn, Ps. Th. 108, 6. Forhwerfde tó sumum dióre, Met. 26, 87. Ðá wearð hé tó deófle. Homl. Th. i. 12, 22: Cd. Th. 20, 9; Gen. 305. Weorðan tó duste. Ps. Th. 89, 6. Ðú scealt tó frófre weorþan leódum ðínum, Beo. Th. 3419; B. 1707. Weorðan tó wræce, Elen. Kmbl. 33; El. 17. Hí weorþaþ tó náuhte. Bt. 21; Fox 74, 36. Tó hwon sculon wit weorðan ? Cd. Th. 50, 28; Gen. 815. Ic tó náwihte eom gebíged ad nihilum redactus sum, Ps. Th. 72, 17, 16. Paulus hine áwende of wóge tó rihte. Homl. Skt. ii. 29, 8. Swá is lár and ár tó spówendre sprǽce gelǽded, Exon. Th. 139, 14; Gú. 593. Ðam yfelan men ne becymþ tó nánum góde, gif hé ðæs hálgan húsles unwurðe onbyrigþ. Homl. Th. ii. 278, 4. (b) with words denoting attainment, reaching to an object :-- Fón tó ríce to come to ens throne, Chr. 871; Erl. 76, 3, and often. Ðé tó heortan grípeþ ádl, Cd Th. 57, 30; Gen. 936. (c) with verbs of attracting, alluring, drawing, forcing, etc. :-- On ðæm weorce ðe hine nán willa tó ne spón, Past. 33; Swt. 215, 10. Done fultum ðe hé him tó áspanan mehte. Ors. 3, 9; Swt. 126, 10. Þurh láre spanan tó gefeán. Andr. Kmbl. 1195; An. 598. Ðæt ða sinhíwan tó swylte geteáh. Exon. Th. 153, 10; Gú. 823. Tó ðam gebede gebǽdon. Cd. Th. 228, 15; Dan. 202. v. ge-nýdan. (3) marking the end of extent, (a) marking the object reached :-- Hí woldon witon hú heáh hit wǽre tó ðæm hefone. Bt. 35, 4; Fox 162, 22. Ðanon wǽre tó helle duru hund þúsenda míla, Cd. Th. 310, 8; Sat. 723. Sió stów ðe se weg tó ligþ, Bt. 33, 4; Fox 132, 37. Weg tó wuldre, Elen. Kmbl. 2297; El. 1150. Strǽte tó englum, Cd. Th. 282, 17; Sat. 228. (b) marking degree :-- Gé etaþ tó fylle, Lev. 26, 5. Seóð tó feórðan dǽle, Lchdm. i. 188, 22. Seó sunne þýstrode tó sweartre nihte, Homl. Skt. ii. 29, ii. Hé wearð tó feore áfyrht he was mortally afraid, Homl. Th. i. 384, 7: Homl. Skt. i. 7, 242. Fæsten tó berenan hláfe a fast when nothing better than barley bread should be eaten. Wulfst. 173, 10. Tó ánum mǽle fæstende fasting to the point of taking but one meal in the day. Homl. Skt. i. 20, 43. Gif man ðæt fýr sceal tó áhte Scwæncan, Wulfst. 157, 9. Tó náhte not at all, 190, 18 : 191, 3. Wǽron hié tó ðæm gesárgode, ðæt hié ne mehton Súð-Seaxna lond útan berówan, Chr. 897; Erl. 96, 8. Wæter-seócnyss hine ofereode tó ðan swíðe, ðæt . . ., Homl. Th. i. 86, 10. Wela ne mæg his hláford gehealdan tó ðon ðæt hé ne þurfe máran ful-tumes, Bt. 29, l; Fox 102, 16. (c) marking result attained, effect produced, so as to produce or become, to (the satisfaction, etc. ). (l) where the object is concrete :-- Tóbrecan tó styccum, Bd. 3, 6; S. 528, 21. Ceorfan tó sticcon, Lev. I. 6. (2) where the object is abstract :-- Ða ðe ealle gewítendlíce ðing tó ðæra apostola efenlǽcunge (and so imitate the apostles) forseóð for intingan ðæs écan lífes, Homl. Th. i. 398, 23. Hannibal æt ðære ié gewícade eallum Rómánum tó ðæm mǽstan ege (which was the cause of very great terror to all the Romans), Ors. 4, 9; Swt. 194, 8. Geweóx hé him tó wælfylle he grew up to be a cause of destruction to them, Beo. Th. 3427; B. 1711: Salm. Kmbl. 747; Sal. 373. Gif hé hwæt tó góde gefremode. Homl. Th. i. 332, 5: 8, 9: Exon. Th. 297, 1; Crii. 61. Dryhtne tó willan to please the Lord, Andr. Kmbl. 3280; An. 1643. Ðæs ðe gé him tó dare gedón mótan. Exon. Th. 144, 2; Gú. 672 : 127, 36: Gú. 397. Tó wundre so as to produce wonder, wondrously, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 654. Tó þance, Andr. Kmbl. 2225; An. 1114: Cd. Th. 32, 20; Gen. 506: Beo. Th. 762; B. 379. Eal ða earfeþu ðe ic gefremede tó fácne, Exon. Th. 272, 10; Jul. 497. (4) marking the end towards which an action or object is directed, (a) with verbs of looking, listening (lit. and fig. ) :-- Beseoh tó mé respite me, Ps. Th. 12, 3. Tó heofenum beseoh, Elen. Kmbl. 166; El. 83. Ðá lócode Petrus tó Paule, Blickl. Homl. 187, 34: Beo. Th. 3313; B. 1654. Hí ðé tó héraþ, Met. 4, 5. v. Iócian, hýran. (b) with verbs of pointing, directing :-- Se Dryhtnes dóm wísade tó nýdgedále, Exon. Th. 129, 4; Gu. 415. Tǽcan tó, Cd. Th. 175, 22; Gen. 2899. (c) with verbs of urging, prompting, inciting, etc. :-- Onbryrde tó godcundre láre, Blickl. Homl. 33, 23: Andr. Kmbl. 2237; An. 1120. Úsic lust hwæteþ tó ðærre mǽran byrig, 574; An. 287. (d) with words denoting destination, intention, etc. :-- Hé monige démde tó deáðe, Elen. Kmbl. 997; El. 500: Exon. Th. 247, 31; Jul. 87. Mec gesette Crist tó compe, 389, 3; RS. 7, 2. His ríce ðǽr wé tó gesceapene wǽron, Homl. Th. ii. 6, 27: Bt. 25; Fox 88, 7. (e) with words denoting address :-- Ðá cwæð se Hǽlend to him, Mt. Kmbl. 8, 4. Ðæt hié tó ðam beácne gebedu rǽrde, Cd. Th. 227, 23; Dan. 191. Ic clypige tó ðé, Ps. Th. 21, 2. Wíte-brógan ðe ðú tó mé beótast, Exon. Th. 250, 35; Jul. 137: Bd. l, 27; S. 493, 30: 5, 12; S. 628, 43. Habbaþ wé tó ðæm mǽran ǽrende, Beo. Th. 545; B. 270. (f) with words denoting hostility :-- Ðæt folc mǽnde tó him Arone (contra se et Aaron), Past. 28, 6; Swt. 201, 4: Ors. 3, 7; Swt. 120, 5: Beo. Th. 5994; B. 3001: Ps. Th. 70, 22. Monige ðe tó mé feohtaþ multi qui bellant me, Ps. Th. 55, 3. Mé feóndas tó feohtaþ, 68, 17: 58, I. (g) with words denoting preparation, aptness, readiness, or the reverse :-- Fýsan tó ráde. Elen. Kmbl. 1960; El. 982: Cd. Th. 173, 12; Gen. 2860. Hé ða leóde wenede tó wuldre, Andr. Kmbl. 3360; An. 1684. Hét hié tó ðam síðe gyrwan, 1590; An. 796. Late tó ðam orlege, 94; An. 47. Tó gefeohte gearu, Num. 21, 33: Elen. Kmbl. 45; El. 23. Ealdordóm tó hwónlíc tó swá micelre bodunge, Homl. Th. i. 38, 6. Gleáwast tó wÍge and to gewinne. Ors. 4, l; Swt. 154, 33., (h) marking the object of a feeling or operation of the mind :-- Se ðe næfþ. lufe tó Godes sceápum, Homl. Th. i. 240, 18: 334, 7. Ic hæbbe geleáfan to Gode, Cd. Th. 34, 27; Gen. 544. Næs him tó éðle wynn, Andr. Kmbl. 2326; An. 1164. Ne biþ him tó hear-pan hyge, ne tó wífe wyn, ne tó worulde hyht, Exon. Th. 308, 23-26; Scef. 44, 45. Abraham tó Gode cýððe hæfde. Homl. Th. ii. 190, 12 : 558, l: i. ID, 3. Cynengas ðe tó Gode lytelne ege hæfdon, Lchdm. iii. 442, 24. Ða de tó ðé egsanáhtan qui timent te, Ps. Th. 118, 79. Nán neát nyste nǽnne andan, ne nǽnne ege tó óþrum. Bt. 35, 6; Fox 168, 10. Ðæt hé hæbbe clǽne heortan tó mannum, Wulfst. 239, 18. Hié hæfdon ungeþwǽrnesse tó eallum folcum, Ors. 6, 3; Swt. 258, I : Homl. Th. i. 38, 14. Swá hwæt swá gé habbaþ on eówrum móde tó ǽnigum men, 266, 30. Sió heánes ðe hié tó hopiaþ, Past. 41; Swt. 299, 5 : Met. 7, 44. Ðonne gelýfe ic tó Gode, ðæt hit ðam men gehelpe, Lchdm. 11. 290, 9: Chr. 1036; Erl. 165, 16. Hi hogedon tó níðe, Ps. Th. 77, 20. Tó ðam beteran hycgan and hyhtan, Fragm. Kmbl. 82; Leas. 43. Tó swice þencan, Exon. Th. 317, 16; Mód. 61: Beo. Th. 2281; B. 1138. Tó reáfláce rǽd áþencean to devise counsel that has robbery for its object, Ps. Th. 61, 10. Se cyning beþóhte swíðost tó Arpelles his ealdormenn, Ors. I. 12; Swt. 52, 20. (i) marking a purpose to be effected, an end to be served, to some end, for some purpose :-- Hé ásende ðone sunn tó úre álýsednesse, Homl. Th. ii. 6, 9. Ðæt folc geðafode ðæt sume leofodon tó wudunge and tó wæterunge, 222, 29. Álesen tó láre, Elen. Kmbl. 571; El. 286. Ofu onhǽtan tó cwale cnihta feorum. Cd. Th. 229, 32; Dan. 226. Hé up áhóf bord tó gebeorge, Byrht. Th. 135, 40; By. 131. Hié tó gebede feóllon they fell down to pray, Cd. Th. 48, 18; Gen. 777: Andr. Kmbl. 2054; An. 1029. Hé genam on eallum dǽl ǽhtum sínum tó ðam gielde, Cd. Th. 90; Gen. 1501: 175, 6; Gen. 2891. Hié werod læsse hæfdon tó hilde a smaller band had they for battle. Elen. Kmbl. 97; El. 49. Tó ðam ic eom ásend therefore am I sent. Lk. Skt. 4, 4. -; . Tó hwan ys ðiss forspilled to what purpose is this waste? Mt. Kmbl. 26, 8. Tó hwan becóm ðú wherefore art thou come? 50: Soul Kmbl. 34; Seel. 17. Tó ðam (ðon) ðæt in order that, to the end that, Ors. 1, 10; Swt. 48, 23 : Lchdm. iii. 438, 19: Chart. Th. 436, 26. (j) marking an object for the benefit or service of which anything is intended, for :-- Hé onféng líchoman gegyrelan tó his godcundnesse. Blickl. Homl. 9, 27. Hé hæfde xx elpenda tó ðæm gefeohte, Ors. 4, i; Swt. 154, 30. Wénen hí him máran méde tó . . . Gif hí him máran méde tó ne wénaþ. Past. 59; Swt. 449, 12-13. Hé ðé worhte tó me, Cd. Th. 50, 32; Gen. 817. Hé gewyrceþ to wera hilde helm oþþe hupseax, Exon. Th. 297, 5; Crii. 63. Hié wǽpna náman tó ðon ðæt hié heora weras wrecan þóhton they took arms for this reason, that they intended to avenge their husbands ( cf. Goth. du þé ci pro eo quod). Ors. l, 10; Swt. 44, 32. (5) where position (lit. or fig. ) is marked, (a) marking juxtaposition, next to, at, by, alongside :-- Hí man bebyrigde tó hyre were she was buried by her husband, Homl. Th. i. 318, l: ii. 188, 5. Hé gesette ða hálgan róde tó his heáhsetle swilce him tó geféran, H. R. loi, 10. Hié setton him tó heáfdum hilderandas. Beo. Th. 2488; B. 1242. Mid olfendes hǽrum tó líce (next the body) gescrýdde, Homl. Th. ii. 506, 23: Homl. Skt. i. 12, 36. Wyrm tó fýre warm at the fire, Lchdm. i. 374, 10: Exon. Th. 393, 36; Ru. 13, ll. Tó hire freán sittan to sit by her lord. Beo. Th. 1287; B. 641. Symle hí sǽton ætsomne tó gereorde. Homl. Th. ii. 506, 22. Gesittan tó symble, Cd. Th. 259, 33; Dan. 701 : Judth. Thw. 21, 12; Jud. 15. Hiera súþgemǽro licgeaþ tó ðæm Reádan Sǽ, Ors. l, l; Swt. lo, 34: 16, 13. Seó forme India líþ tó ðæra Síl-heorwena ríce, seó óðer líþ tó Médas, seóðridde tó ðam micclum gársecge, Homl. Th. i. 454, 12-13. Þeáh ðe se Hálga Gást ne beó swutollíce genemned tó ðam Fæder and tó ðam Suna along with the Father and the Son, ii. 56, 29. (b) marking the place where an object is, in, on :-- Ic cýðe ðám geréfan tó gehwylcere byrig (þurh ealle míne ríce, other MS. ), L. Ath. i. prm.; Th. i. 194, 3. Hé gesette ludas tó bisceope tó Godes temple. Elen. Kmbl. 2114; 1. 1058. tó horse on horseback. Exon. Th. 298, 7a Crä. 81. (c) fig., marking position or condition in which an object is placed :-- Tó gewealde in the power of, at the disposal of, Cd. Th. 112, 7; Gen. 1867: 132, 32; Gen. 220. . : 290, 15; 831. 415. (d) with verbs of joining, adding to, cleaving, etc. :-- Gesamnian sáwle tó líce. Met. 17, 12. Hé sǽlde tó sande scip. Beo. Th. 3838; B. 1917. Geðeódde sum wer him tó, Homl. Th. ii. 504, 22. v. clifian, geþeódan, ícan, (e) marking order, next to, after :-- Tó mínre méder and geswys-trum ðú mé eart se leófesta freónd secundum matrem meam sororesque . meas, acceptissime, Nar. i. 12: Shrn. 108, 20. Sčs lohannes wæs ealra manna se mǽsta and se hálgosta to Criste seluum, 123, 6: Homl. Skt. i. 1 6, 51: Cd. Th. 17, 3; Gen. 254: Ors. 2, 2; Swt. 66, 32. Hé wæs bufan eallum ðǽm ðe on ðam ríce wǽron tó ðæm cyninge, 3, ii; Swt. 148, 5. Sió is mǽst tó Babilonia byrig, Nar. 33, 17. Ðú bist se ðridda man tó mé on mínum ríce, Homl. Th. ii. 436, 5, 17. Hé is geendebyrd tó Petre, 522, 2. (f) marking the position occupied, the purpose fulfilled by an object, to, as, f or :-- Wé habbaþ ús tó fæder Abraham we have Abraham to our father, Lk. Skt. 3, 8: Mt. Kmbl. 14, 4: Exon. Th. 245, 34; Jul. 54. Hig hæfdon heom tó gewunan, ðæt . . ., Mt. Kmbl. 27, IJ. Ic hæbbe tó gewitnisse heofen and eorðan testes invaco coelum el terrain, Deut. 4, 26. Hé hæfde Thesalium him tó fultume. Ors. 4, l; Swt. 154, 30. Hié him ðæt gold tó gode noldon. Cd. Th. 228, 5; Dan. 197. Hé is tó freónde gód he is good as a friend, Exon. Th. 248, 28; Jul. 102. Ic genam hig tó wífe. Gen. 20, 12 : Bt. 8; Fox 24, 24. Hí him tó gewunon náman, ðæt. . ., Bd. 3, 5; S. 527, 7. Hé Agustinum him tó gespelian funde, Lchdm. iii. 434, 7. Ic clipie mé tó gewitnysse heofonan and eorðan, Deut. 30, 19. Him brego engla líg tó wræce sende, Cd. Th. 156, 6; Gen. 2584: ii. 2: Gen 318. Hé sealde him tó bóte, ðæs ðe hé his brýd genam, gangende feoh, 164, 21; Gen. 2718 : 90, 24; Gen. 1500: 124, 29; Gen. 2070. Eal folc fæste tó gemǽeneaicre dǽdbóte, Wulfst. 180, 23. Hé is tó Cristes anlícnesse aset divina positus vice dispensat. Past. 13; Swt. 79, 10. Hé gearwaþ ðínne innoð his suna tó brýdbúre, Blickl. Homl. 9, 10. Tó lǽne as a loan, on loan, Deut. 15, 8: Past. pref.; Swt. 9, 7. Tó láfe as a remnant, remaining, v. láf, I. See also (j) below, (f 1) with verbs of making, appointing, being, accounting, naming, and the like, where often the preposition now has no representative, though to, as, for are sometimes used :-- Mé feóndas geworhton him tó wæfersýne they made me a spectacle for themselves, Rood Kmbl. 61; Kr. 31. God ne gesceóp hine ná tó deófle . . . ac hé wearð tó deófle God did not create him a devil . . . but he became a devil. Homl. Th. i. 12, 20. Hé him dyde bearn tó weorcþeówum he made them slaves, Cd. Th. 220, 21; Dan. 74: 45, 6; Gen. 722: Andr. Kmbl. 53; An. 27. Hig ne fundon hwæt hí him tó gylte dydon they could not find what they could make a charge against him, Lk. Skt. 19, 48. Ðam golde ðe hé him tó gode teóde, Cd. Th. 229, 13; Dan. 216: Exon. 255, 18; Jul. 215. Hé sette hine on his húse tó hláfwearde constituit eum dominum domus suae, Ps. Th. 104, 17, 16: 108, 5 : Elen. Kmbl. 2111; El. 1057: Blickl. Homl. 9, 5. God hine gesette manegum ðeódum tó fæder (a father of many nations have I made thee, Gen. 17, 5), Homl. Th. i. 92, 16. Hine gecés tó fæder and tó hláforde Scotta cyning, Chr. 924; Erl. no, 14: Cd. Th. 19, 3; Gen. 285 : Exon. Th. 3, 15; Cri. 36: Andr. Kmbl. 647; An. 324. (v. also ge-hálgian, hálgian. ) Beón tó tácnum, tó mete, Gen. I. 14, 29. Næs him se swég tó sorge, Cd. Th. 232, 22; Dan. 264, Ða þeódlogan ðe taliaþ ðæt tó wærscype, dæt . . ., Wulfst. 55, 15. Ne sete ðú him ðás dǽda tó synne, Homl. Th. ii. 34, 21. Heó hié sylfe tó deówene genemde, Blickl. Homl. 9, 23. Hine tó sylfcwale secgas nemnaþ, Exon. Th. 330, 24; Vy. 56. Ðeáh mon anweald and genyht tó twǽm þingum nemne, ðeáh hit is án. Bt. 33, l; Fox 120, 20. (g) marking the place at which anything is sought, obtained, etc., at, in :-- Sécean hilde tó Heorote, Beo. Th. 3984; B. 1990. Tó dúnscræfum drohtoð sécan, Andr. Kmbl. 3077; An. 1541. (h) marking the source from which anything is sought, desired, expected, deserved, obtained, etc., of, fr om :-- Ǽcum ðe mycel geseald is him man mycel tó sécþ cui multum datum est, multum quaeretur ab eo, Lk. Skt. 12, 48: Elen. Kmbl. 638; El. 319. Wé sécaþ fultum tó ðé (a Domino), Ps. Th. 7, II. Hí tó Róme him fultumes bǽdon, Bd. l, 12; S. 480, 22. Hé iówan scolde ðæt him mon tó áscaþ. Past. 22; Swt. 173, 2. Ðú wilnodest tó ús ðæs gódes ðe ðú tó him sceoldest, Bt. 7, 5; Fox 24, 3 : Past. 58; Swt. 447, 15: Ors. 4, 6; Swt. 174, 24: L. Ath. v. 8, 3; Th. i. 236, 15: Wulfst. 277, 18. Girne hé tó Godes þeówum, ðæt . . ., 180, ii. Swá ic ðé wéne to as I expect of you, Beo. Th. 2797; B. 1396: 5836; B. 2922. Ne þurfon wé ná tó úrum mǽgum ne nán man tó his wífe ðencean tó ðam swýðe, ðæt him man æfter his forðsýþe tó ðam micel fore gedǽle, ðæt hí hine fram wítan álýsan it is too much to expect of kinsmen or wife, thai so much will be distributed for a man after his death as to release him from purgatory, Wulfst. 306, 3. Donne móte wé ðæs tó Gode earnian bet we must better deserve it of God, 157, 2 : Ps. Th. 7, 3: Ors. 5, 4; Swt. 224, 33. Hé geceápade tó ðǽrn senaturn, ðæt hié calic wǽron ymb hiene twywyrdige, 5, 7; Swt. 228, 17. Tó eorðan ǽtes tilian, Cd. Th. 94, 5; Gen. 1557 : 59, 31; Gen. 972. (i) marking the object on which an action takes effect, to (in to do something to anything) :-- Hire man wóh tó ne dó, L. Edm. B. 7; Th. i. 256, 3: Cd. Th. 136, 28; Gen. 2265. Gúðrǽsa fela ðara ðe hé geworhte tó West-Denum, Beo. Th. 3161; B. 1578. (j) marking agreement, likeness, according to, at, after :-- Hié ús lǽrdon tó ðæm ðe hira willa wæs secundum voluntatem suam erudiebant nos, Past. 36; Swt. 255, 10 : Bt. 8; Fox 24, 24: Homl. Th. i. 264, 23. Se ðe tó Godes bisene gesceapen is (cf. gesceapene æfter ðære biesene úres Scippendes, 17), Past. 36; Swt. 249, 22: Cd. Th. 92, 14; Gen. 1528: Gen. I. 27. Uton wircean him sumne fultum tó his gelícnisse faciamus adjutorium simile sibi, 2, 18. Ðá wást ðæt ic symle tilode tó lifigenne tó dines múþes bebode nosti quia ad tui oris imperium semper vivere studui, Bd. 4, 29; S. 607, 28. Hí folgodon Cristes láre tó ðære níwan ǽ (according to the new law), Ælfc. Gen. Thw. 2, 23. Ðú ða unstillan gesceafta tó ðínum willan ástyrast, Bt. 33, 4; Fox 128, 9. Tó hwylcum gemete after what manner, Blickl. Homl. 5, 7. ¶ in adverbial phrases, equivalent to adverbs in -lice; but see also (f) :-- Ic secge eów tó sóðum ego autem dico vobts (in v: 34 the same words are translated; Ic secge eów sóðlíce), Mt. Kmbl. 5, 32. Tó sóðum ic secge eów amen dico vobis (cf. sóeth;líce amen, 10, 15), 8, ll. Tó sóðan, Ælfc. T. Grn. i. 6. Hwæt eart ðú tó sóðe? St. And. 28, 8. Tó wissan praesertim, tó sóðan &l-bar; tó cúðan pro certo, veraciter, Hpt. Gl. 416, 40-43. Ic nát tó gewissan hwǽr hé wunaþ nú I don't know for certain where he lives now. Homl. Skt. i. 21, 31. (k) marking comparison, compared to, in comparison with, beside :-- Ðes is úre God, and nis nán óðer geteald to him, Homl. Th. ii. 12, 30. (1) in addition to, besides :-- Ða sende hé æfter máran fultum, tó ðæm ðe ða burg ymbseten hæfdon (in addition to the troops that had besieged the town), Ors. 3, 7; Swt. 116, 23. Ðæt is his andweorc ðæt hé habban sceal tó ðám tólum, dám þrím geférscipum biwiste that is his material, that he must have in addition to the tools, provision for the three classes. Bt. 17; Fox 60, 3. Candidus and Uitalis and fela óþre tó him (many others besides them). Homl. Skt. ii. 28, 19. Tó ðam ðe ic on lífe geúðe besides what I granted in my lifetime, Chart. Th. 563, 22. (m) marking príce or equivalence, for, at: -- Hú ne becýpaþ hig twégen spearwan tó peninge nonne duo passeres asse veniunt, Mt. Kmbl. 10, 29. Ðis mihte beén geseald tó myclum wurðe (mtilto pretio), 26, 9. Geseald tó þrím hund penegum, Mk. Skt. 14, 5. Ic sille eów hit, tó ðam wurðe ðe ic hit gebohte, Ap. Th. 10, 2. Heofonan ríce wæs álǽten Zachéo tó healfum dǽle his ǽhta, and sumere wudewan tó ánum feórðlinge, and sumun menn tó ánum wæteres drence, Homl. Th. i. 580, 22-26. Hié hié selfe tó nóhte bemǽtan they valued themselves at nothing, Ors. 3, 7; Swt. 114, 37 : 3, 9; Swt. 128, 4. Ðises cwides hé geunn ðam híréde tó ðam forwyrdan (as the príce of, in return for, the agreement], ðæt hi hine wel healdan. Chart. Th. 329, 29. Wit ðus barn ne magon wesan tó wuhte (at any príce, on any account), Cd. Th. 52, 5; Gen. 839. (6) with the inflected infinitive, forming with the verb a phrase that is used (a) with a noun or its equivalent, (l) as a predicate expressing what shall or must be done to the object marked by the noun :-- Mannes Sunu ys tó syllenne on manna handa Filius hominis tradendus est in manus hominum, Mt. Kmbl. 17, 22. Se anweald ne se weorþscipe ne beóþ tó wénanne, ðæt hit seó sóþe gesǽlþ sié. Swá hit is nú hræðost tó secganne be eallum ðǽm woruldgesǽlbum, ttæt ðǽr nán-wuht on nis ðæs tó wilnianne seó. Bt. 16, 3; Fox 56, 27-31. . (2) as attribute, (a) the verb having an active force :-- Hé hæfþ anweald synna tó forgyfanne (potestatem dimittendi peccata), Mk. Skt. 2, 10. Ic hsebbe mihte ðé tó forlǽtenne (-nde, MS. C. ) habeo potestatem demittere te, Jn. Skt. 19, 10 : Cd. Th. 18, 30; Gen. 280. Swá ús neód is tó dónne, L. Eth. vi. 42; Th. i. 326, 7. Tíd tó mildsiende his tempus miserendi ejus, Ps. Surt. loi, 14. (0) the verb having a passive force, the noun being the object of the action expressed by the verb :-- Ic hæbbe ðone mete tó etanne ðe gé nyton ego cibum habeo manducare, quem vos non scitis. Jn. Skt. 4, 32. Ic hæbbe ðé tó secgenne (-anne, MS. A. ) sum ðing habeo tibi aliquid dicere, Lk. Skt. 7, 40. Gif Drihten sylþ mé hláf tó etenne and reáf tó werigenne si dederit Deus mihi panem ad vescendum et vesti-mentum ad induendum. Gen. 28, 20. Ðæt hé genóh hæbbe tó etanne quantum sufficit ad vescendum, Ex. 16, 12. Nim ðæt ic ðé tó sillenne habbe, Ap. Th. 12, 2. Hé ðæt feoh tó sellanne næfde he had not tie money to give, Ors. 3, 7; Swt. 116, 15. Tó for náht taliende parvi pendenda, ad nihilum iudicanda, Hpt. Gl. 418, 35. Suá suá sió leásung símle deret ðǽm secggendum, suá dereþ eác hwílum sumum monnum ðæt sóð tó gehiérenne it harms some men that the truth should be heard; audita vera nocuerunt, Past. 35; Swt. 237, ii. Ðæm láreówe is tó wietanne, ðæt . . ., 63; Swt. 459, 6. (b) as object of a verb :-- Hé ondréd ðyder tó farende (faranne, MS. A. : færenne, Lind. : feran, Rush. ) timwit illite ire, Mt. Kmbl. 2, 22. Álýfe mé tó farenne and bebyrigean mínne fæder, 8, 21. Ys álýfed on restedagum wel tó dónne (dóanne, Rush. ) licet sabbatis bene facere, 12, 12. God geðafaþ Antecriste tó wyrcenne tácna, Homl. JTh. i. 4, 30. Ne bud ðú mé ná ælmessan tó syllanne, Ps. Th. 39, 7- Ús gelustfullaþ to sprecenne be ðan hálgan were, Homl. Th. i. 360, 29. Hig begunnon ðis tó wircanne, Gen. II, 6. (c) adverbially, (l) with adjectives, (a) where the verb has an active force :-- Ðæs gescý neom ic wyrðe tó berenne cujus non sum dignus calceamenta portare, Mt. 3, Ii. Heora fét beóð swíðe hraðe blód tó ágeótanne velocespedes eorum ad effundendum sanguinem, Ps. Th. 13, 6. Fúse tó farenne, Beo. Th. 3614; B. 1805. (j) where the verb has a passive force, governing the noun qualified by the adjective :-- Hwæðer is éðre tó secgenne ? Mk. Skt. 2, 9. Ðæt is nú hraðost to secgenne, Bt. 17; Fox 60, 14: 16, 3; Fox 56, 29. Ðeáh heó gladu wǽre on tó lócienne, 6; Fox 14, 27: Exon. Th. 57, 15; Cri. 920. Langsumlíc biþ ús tó gereccenne and eów tó gehýrenne ealle ða deópnyssa [there seems here a mixture of two constructions, 'these things are tedious to hear (tó gehýrenne), ' and ' tó hear (gehýran) these things is tedious'], Homl. Th. i. 362, 32. þeáh hé wyrðe ne sié tó álǽtanne though he deserve not to be pardoned, Cd. Th. 39, 9,; Gen. 622. (2) with verbs, where the verb in the phrase expresses an action that the subject of the main verb intends (a) to be done :-- Út eode se sǽdere his sǽd tóā sáwenne (ad seminandum). Mk. Skt. 4, 3. Gesceafta ðe gesceóp mannum tó ðeówianne, Ps. Th. 18, arg. Ne com ic rihtwÍse tó gecígeanue, Mt. Kmbl. 9, 13. Mellitum hé sende tó bodianne (bodiende, 20, 19) fulluht, Chr. 604; Erl. 21, 19. Tó dónne rehtwísnisse ad faciendas justificaliones, Ps. 118, 112. Tó ondet-ende ad confitendum, 141, 8. Gesend englas tó ontýnenne míne sefan and tó andswariende ðyssum árleásum. Nar. 40, 30. (B) to be suffered :-- Cyning tó gefulliane com tó Róme the king came to Rome to be baptized, Bd. 5, 7! S. 620, 26. (7) marking time, (a) marking a point of time at which anything takes place, at :-- Tó midre nihte at midnight, Lk. Skt. ii. 5: Mt. Kmbl. 25, 6. Tó ðam ǽrdæge at dawn, Cd. Th. 190, 12; Exod. 198. Ðá áxode hé tó hwylcon tíman him bet wǽre. And hí sǽdon him, Gyrstandæg tó ðære seofoþan tíde se fefor hine forlét, Jn. Skt. 4, 52. Ðæt hé him tó tíde gemetlíce gedǽle ðone hwǽte, Past. 63; Swt. 459, 12. Scyld gewát tó gesceaphwíle, Beo. Th. 52; B. 26. (l a) where the time is determined by that which takes place :-- Áswearc úre mód tó eówrum infærelde, Jos. 2, 11. Tó ðýssere dǽde wearð ðæs cynges heorte áblicged. Homl. Th. ii. 474, 19. (b) marking a space of time in the course of which something takes place, in the course of, in, on :-- Gé etaþ uses tó ánum dæge, ne tó twám, ne tó fífon, ne tó týnum, ne tó twentigum, ac fullne mðnoð, Num. ii. 20. Swá micel swá he to ðam dæge geðicgan mihte as much as he could eat in the day, Homl. Th. ii. 194, 34: Lchdm. ii. 288, 26: Homl. Th. ii. 288, 7. Wé wǽron tó dæge ealle on ánnesse gemedemode. Blickl. Homl. I. ig, 26. Tó sunnedæge in sabbaio, Jn. Skt. Lind. 7, 23. Tó heora symbeldsege (at that feast, A. V. ), Mt. Kmbl. 27, 15. -Tó ðisse næhte in ista nocti, Rush. 26. 31. Tó niht (cf. on ðisse nihte, Lk. 12, 20) ðú scealt dín líf álǽtan, Wulfst. 286, 23. Hé biþ tó geáre dead he will die in the course of the year, Shrn. 83, 21. Nú tó geáre synd feówertýne epactas in the present year there are fourteen epacts, Anglia viii. 327, 10: 329, 36. Tó dæge to-day, at the present time, Bd. 3, 16; S. 542, 35. (c) marking a space of time during which something continues, for, during :-- Ðæt wæs tó suíðe scortre hwíle that was for a very short time, Past. 36; Swt. 255, 10: Cd. Th. 31, 22; Gen. 489. Tó langum fyrste for a long while, Homl. Th. i. 388, 18. Tó wyrcenne tácna tó feórþan healfan geáre to work miracles for three years and a half, 4, 31. Hé worhte his weorc tó seofon nihtuin, ii. 356, 5. Syððan tó twelf mónðum ne cymþ ðǽr nán óðer scúr, Lchdm. iii. i 54, See also caldor, feorh. (d) marking end of extent, tó :-- Hé frægn hú neáh ðære tíde wǽre . . . Ðá andswaredon hí: ' Nis hit lang tó ðon, ' Bd. 24; 8. 599, 5: Beo. Th. 5176; 8. 2591: 5683; B. 2845. Is tó ðære tíde tælmet hwíle seofon and twéntig nihtgerímes, Andr. Kmbl. 225; An. 113. Ðæt hit wǽre þrittig þúsend wintra tó ðínum deáðdæge, Soul Kmbl. 73; Seel. 37. II. with gen. (l) marking the object to or towards which motion takes place, to, for: -- Gewát him se æðeling tó ðæs gemearces ðe him Metod tǽhte the prince departed for the appointed place, which the Lord had skewed him, Cd. Th. 174, 28; Gen. 2885. Gewát him Andreas gangan tó ðæs ðe hé gramra gemót gefrægen hæfde óððæt hé gemétte be mearcpaðe standan stapul ǽrenne Andrew went on his way towards the spot, where he had learned was the cruel ones' meeting, until he found standing by the path a brazen pillar, Andr. Kmbl. 2120; An. 1001. Wód hé tó ðæs ðe hé wínreced wisse thither he made his way, where he knew the hall was, Beo. Th. 1433; B- 74: 3939; B- 19-'7: 4811; B. 2410. Tó dæs gingran þider ealle urnon ðǽr se, éca wæs thither ran all the disciples, to the place where the Eternal was, Cd. Th. 298, ll; Sae. 531. Tó ðæs fóron Caldéa cyn tó ceastre forð ðǽr Israéla ǽhta wǽron thither marched the Chaldeans, on to the city, where were the possessions of the Israelites, 218, 19; Dan. 41. Cómon hildfrecan tó ðæs da hæftas ǽr hearm þrowedon they came where the captives had suffered, Andr. Kmbl. 2142; An. 1072. Tó hwæs hÚ gearwe bǽron whither they should bear their arms, Cd. Th. 190, l; Exod. 192. (2) marking position, in, at :-- Hé wæs tó middes wætres he was in mid stream, Homl. Skt. ii. 30, 176. Hé him ðæs leán forgeald tó ðæs ðe he on reste geseah Grendel licgan He paid him the reward for it, where he saw Grendel lying on the couch, Beo. Th. 3175; B. 1585. See tó-middes, II. (3) marking purpose; see also (5) :-- Hié tó ðæs here samnodon, Andr. Kmbl. 2248; An. 1125. (4) marking extent or degree, to the extent, to such a degree :-- Ðæt hé ðás hálgan tíde gehealde mid clǽnum fæstene tó ánes mǽles that he keep this holy time with a pure fast to the extent of eating only once, Wulfst. 285, l. Ná tó ðæs hwón nequaquam, Deut. 13, See se, V (b l). (5) forming with nouns adverbial or prepositional phrases :-- Tó gyfes gratis, Hymn. Surt. 37, 20. Ic ðé tó leúnes ðínne noman mǽrsige in recompense I will magnify thy name for thee, Lchdm. iii. 436, 27. Womma tó leánes in requital of sins. Wulfst. 138, 23 : 139, 2. God him sylþ tó médes ðæt éce líf, Homl. Skt. i. 12, 139 : St. And. 28, 20. Tó geflites certatim, strenue. Hpt. Gl. 408, 54: Ap. Th. 10, 5. Ðú dwollíce leofast swylce ðé tó gamenes thou livest foolishly as if it were sport for you, Homl. Ass. 6, 141. 6, marking time, (a) marking a point of time at which something takes place :-- Etan tó middes dæges (meridie), Gen. 43, 16; Ps. Th. 36, 6: Btwk. 216, 14. Tó middes mergenes. Lchdm. ii. 116, 7. Tó undernes, 194, 5. Tó nónes, 290, 7. Tó hwilces tíman. Homl. Th. i. 78, 18. Gif preóst tó rihtes tíman criisman ne feccé, L. N. P. L. 9; Th. ii. 290, 3. Tó ðises now, Jn. Skt. Lind. 2, 10. (b) marking a limit, to, up to, until, till :-- Wæs hit ðá án tíd tó ǽfenes it then was an hour to evening. Nar. 13, 6. tó ǽfenes usque ad vesperam, L. Ecg. C. 4; Th. ii. 138, l: Bd. 3, 23; S. 554, 32. Ðæt hí fæston tó nónes (ad nonam usque horam), 3, 5; S. 527, 9. (c) marking a space of time in the course of which something takes place, at, in, on :-- Hí ǽton ǽne on dæg, and ðæt wæs tó ǽfennes, Bt. 15; Fox 48, 8. Ðæt mon hiora tíd boega geuueorðiæ tó ánes dæges tó Osuulfes tíde that the anniversary of them both be celebrated on the same day, on Oswulf's anniversary, Chart. Th. 460, 6. III. with acc. (l) marking direction or motion (lit. and fig.) :-- Hé leát Tó ðæs cáseres eáre, Homl. Th. i. 376, 28. tó ða riðe, ðon andlang ríðe, eft on sǽ. Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 12, 21. Ða ðe hweorfan sceoldan tó ðis enge lond. Exon. Th. 3, 6; Cri. 32. Nó hý hine tó deáð déman móston, 135, 8; Gú. 521. (2) with the infinitive (cf. Gothic infinitive with du) with the same force as with the inflected infinitive :-- Micel is tó secgan eall æfter orde, ðæt hé ádreág, Exon. Th. 134, 4; Gú. 502. Mǽl is mé tó féran, Beo. Th. 637; B. 316. Áfýsed biþ ágenne eard tó sécan, Exon. Th. 217, 5; Ph. 275. Hád tó hebban (hát tó hebbanne, Cd. Th. 236, 14; Dan. 321), 187, 27; Az. 37. Him sélle þynceþ leahtras tó fremman, 266, 34; Jul. 408. Ne bisorgaþ hé synne tó fremman, 95, 13; Cri. 1556. Ðá ongan hé tó cweðan coepii dicere, Mk. Skt. 13, 5. He onsende worn ðæs werudes west to feran. Cd. Th. 220, 25; Dan. 76. Hé tiolaþ ungelic tó bión (bionne, Cote. MS. ) ðam óþrum, Bt. 39, 12; Fox 232, 7. Gió soecas mec tó cwella (cwellanne. Rush. ) quaeritis me interficere. Jn. Skt. Lind. 8, 40. He sende ðegnas his to geceiga (cégan, Rush. ) hiá sié gehlaðad misit servos suos vocare invitatos, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 22. 3. (3) marking time :-- Tó dæg hodie, Ps. Th. 2, 7: Hy. 7, 76. Tó ǽfen vespere, tó morgen mane. Ex. 16, 12 : Cd. Th. 147, 12; Gen. 2438. IV. with instrumental, (l) marking end or purpose :-- Hé com tó dí ðæt hé wolde synna forgifan, Homl. ii. 226, 9. See se, V. Tó hwí why. Mt. Kmbl. 8, 26: 9, 4: 26, 65: Homl. ii. 134, 9. (2) marking end of extent (time) :-- Næs lang tó ðý ðæt his bróþor ðyses lǽnan lífes tíman geendode, Lchdm, iii. 434, 25. V. used adverbially, where a noun governed by the preposition might be supplied from the context, (l) where motion is expressed or implied :-- Of ðære sóþan gesǽlþe cumaþ eall ða óþre gód, and eft tó, Bt. 34, 6; Fox 140, 17: 25; Fox 88, 29: 37, 2; Fox 188, 12. Gif twégen men fundiaþ tó ánre stówe and habbaþ emumicelne willan tó tó cumenne, 36, 4; Fox 178, 10. Lá leóf, hé is dead; gang tó and árǽr hine, Homl. Th. ii. 182, 10: Beo. Th. 5290; B. 2648. Ðá férdon hí tó, Homl. Skt. ii. 30, 149. Seó eá on emtwá tóeode, . ., and seó eá eft tó arn, Homl. Th. ii. 212, 24 Hé tó forð gestóp dracan heáfde neáh, Beo. Th. 4568; B. 2289 : Byrht. Th. 136, 13; By. 150. Hé sende hys here tó missis exercitibus suis. Mt. Kmbl. 22, 7. Hé tó somnaþ ða ðe út gewitan, Ps. Th. 146, 2. Tó ná geneálǽc ne accesseris, Scint. 65, 15. Tó lǽtan to admit. Past. 45; Swt. 337, 16. Wé tilien, ðæt wé tó móten, Exon. Th. 313, 5; Seif. 119. Tó sculon clǽne to that place shall the pure go, 450, 26; Dóm. 93. Hine se cyning to gelaþode, Bd. 5, 19; S. 640, 8. (2) with verbs of placing (lit. or fig. ), adding, etc. :-- Ða ilcan studu tó gesette tó trymnesse, Bd. 3, 17; S. 544, 22. Sume ic tó ýcte, pref.; S. 472, 30. Tó ætýcean superaddere, 4, 30; S. 609, 33: l, 27; S. 490, 22. Be ðám wítan ðé witan tó lédan, L. E. G. 5; Th. i. 168, 27 : Chart. Th. 370, 15. Swá hwæt swá ðú máre tó gedést, Lk. Skt. 10, 35. (3) where position is marked :-- Hú hié mid hiera wætrum tó licgeaþ how they with their waters lie to one another, Ors. I. i; Swt. 10, 5. (4) where direction is marked :-- Ðǽr hý tó ségun, Exon. Th. 31, 14; Cri. 495: Cd. Th. 232, 5; Dan. 255. Ðú úre unriht ásettest dǽr ðú sylfa tó eágum lócadest posuisti iniqiiitaies nostras in conspectu tuo, Ps. Th. 89, 8. Wé beótiaþ tó. Blickl. Homl. 33 27- (5) '" addition, besides, too :-- Ða styriendan nétenu habbaþ eall ðæt ða unstyriendan habbaþ, and eác máre tó, Bt. 41, 5; Fox 252, 26. Manegu óþru gód tó eác ðám many other goods too in addition to those, 34, 6; Fox 140, 32. Hæfde hé nigon hund wintra and hnndseofontig tó, Cd. Th. 74, 18; Gen. 1224. Ne bæd hé nó ðæt hé hiene mid ealle fortýnde mid gehále wage, ac hé bæd dura tó (he asked for a door to the wall), Past. 38; Swt. 274, 23. VI. adverb, with adjectives or adverbs, too :-- Hí sellaþ wið tó lytlum weorðe they sell for too small a price, Past. 59; Swt. 449, 14. Of tó micelre fylle. Lchdm. ii. 60, 19. Tó manega of ðam folce, Num. 25, l. Wæs ðæt wíte tó strang, Cd. Th. 109, 8; Gen. 1819. Ðone ðe tó micelne andan hæfþ, ðú scealt hátan leó . . .; and ðone sǽnan ðe biþ tó sláw, ðú scealt hátan assa, Bt. 37, 4; Fox 192, 18-20. Ðý læs hí hí tó up áhæbben, Bt. 39, ll; Fox 228, 23: Past. 13; Swt. 79, 17: 65; Swt. 461, 28. Ða untruman mód mon ne scyle tó heálíce lǽran, 63; Swt. 459, 4. Ðú hæfst ðara wǽpna tó hraþe forgiten, Bt. 3, l; Fox 4, 21. Ne fare gé tó feorr, Ex. 8, 28: 19, 12. Ðæt man móte tó forð æfter luste libban and gýman ne ðurfe ná oferlíce swýðe ðæs ðe béc beódaþ that living as a man pleases may be carried too far, and over much heed need not be taken of what books bid, Wulfst. 55, 17. [O. Frs. O. Sax. tó: Da. toe: O. H. Ger., zuo: Ger. zu.] v. hér-, in-, þǽr-tó.

tó-, a prefix denoting separation, division, like Latin dis-, di-. [It occurs as late as the Authorized Version, in Jud. 9, 53, to brake. Cf. Goth. twis-: O. Frs. tó-, te-, ti-: O. Sax. te-, ti-: O. H. Ger. za-, zi-; zar-, zir-: Ger. zer-.]

tó-ætícan to increase :-- Swelce eác tóætécte disse gedréfnisse storm Sǽberhtes deáþ avxit autem procellam hujusce perturbations etiam mórs Sabercti, Bd. 2, 5; S. 507, 6. v. next word.

tó-ætícness, e; f An increase, augmentation :-- Tðætýcnys augmen-tum. Bd. 3, 22; S. 553, 14. v. tó-ícness.

tóan (?), tóian (?). tógian (?) to grow tough :-- Tóadan lenlescunt, Wrt. Voc. ii. 52, 57 : 92, 77. v. tóh, téan.

tó-bǽd (? -blǽd. v. tó-blǽdan) elevated, exalted :-- Tóbǽdne RUNE genferodne elevatum, Ps. Lamb. 36, 35. Heó wyrð glædlíce on hyre heortan tóbǽd, Anglia viii. 324, 16.

tó-beátan; p. -beót To beat to pieces, destroy by beating :-- Hig gebundon ðone bysceop be ðám fótum on sumne fearr and ðone gegremedon, ðæt hé hleóp on unsméðe eorðan and ðam bysceope ðæt heáfod tóbeót, Shrn. 152, 2. Com him swilc wind ongeán, swilce nán mann ǽr ne gemunde, and ða scipo ealle tóbeót, Chr. 1009; Erl. 142, 5. Scipia hét ǽlcne hiéwestán tóbeátan omni murali lapide inpiilverem comminuto, Ors. 4, 13; Swt. 212, 10. [Ure men hí tobetet they knock our men about, Laym. 3308. Me tobeot his cheoken, A. R. 106, 24. Euer euch man me tobeteþ, and hwanne heo habbeþ me ofslaʒe, O. and N. 1610.]

tó-beótiende. v. beotian.

tó-beran; p. -bær, pl. -bǽron; pp. -boren. I. trans. To carry off in different directions, carry off :-- Hí tredaþ ðec and tergaþ, tðberaþ ðec blódgum lástum [thy body will be torn to pieces), Exon. Th. 119. 25; Gú. 260. Ðæt sǽd ðe feóll be ðam wege . . . wegférende hit fortrǽdon, and fugelas tóbǽron (birds carried it off in all directions), Homl. Th. ii. 90, 15. Létan hí his líchaman licgan bútan ðære ceastre and woldon ðæt hine fughs tóbǽron, Shrn. 32, 6. Ealle ða líchoman ðe wildeór ábiton, oþþe fuglas tóbǽron, oþþe fixas tóslitan. Blickl. Homl. 95, 16. Sýn his beam tóboren' wÍde may his children be scattered far and wide; commoti amoveantur filii ejus, Ps. Th. 108, 10. [As he me in his fete tobere, Chauc. H. of F. ii. 60.] II. intrans. To move in different directions, separate :-- Sió wund wile tóberan gif hió ne biþ gewriðen the edges of the wound will get further apart, if the wound is not bound up, Past. 17; Swt. 123, 15. v. next world.

tó-berenness, e; f. Difference; differentia, Wrt. Voc. ii. 28, 42.

tó-berstan; p. -bærst, pl. -burston; pp. -borsten. I. to burst asunder, to break (intrans) in two, or in pieces, be rent asunder :-- Ic tó-berste crepo, Ælfc. Gr. 24; Zup. 138, 5. Se heofon tóbyrst from ðæm eastdǽle óþ ðone westdǽl, Blickl. Homl. 93, 22. Tóbirsteþ, Exon. Th. 420, 7; Rä 39. 7. Se sceaft tóbærst the shaft was shivered. Byrht. Th. 135, 51; By. 136. Seó byrne tóbærst the corslet was rent, 135, 66; By. 144. Sum man feóll on íse ðæt his earm tóbærst his arm was broken, Homl. Skt. ii. 26, 34. Seó eorþe tóbærst and ðonan up wæs biernende fýr wið ðæs befones hiatu terrae flamma prorupit. Ors. 5, 10; Swt. 234, 7. Hé eode tó ðære bnrge wealle, and fleáh út ofer, ðæt hé eall tóbærst, 5, 12; Swt. 244, 3, Hé gefeól on ðone stocc and tóbærst on feówer dǽlas, Blickl. Homl. 189, 13. Án hridder tóbærst on emtwá, Homl. Th. ii. 154, 16. Stánas tóburston petrae scissae sunt, Mt. Kmbl. 27, 51. Ða scittélsas tóburston, Homl. Skt. i. 3, 348. Tóborstenum bendum ruptis vinculis, Lk. Skt. 8, 29. I a. to break out in sores, v. tó-borstenness :-- Wið springas and wið tóborsten líc for carbuncles and for a body with breakings out. Lchdm. i. 272, 18. His líchama barn wiðútan mid langsumere hǽtan, and he eal innan samod forswǽled wæs and tóborsten, Homl. Th. i. 86, 5. II. to break out :-- Tóberstaþ erumpunt. Wrt. Voc. ii. 144, 8. [His brest tobrosten, Chauc. Kn. T. 1833. O. Sax. te-brestan : O. H. Ger. zar-brestan crepare. discrepare : Ger. zer-bersten

tó-berstung, e; f. Bursting :-- Ðæs geswelles tóberstung, Lchdm. ii. 198, 10.

tó-bígende decrepit :-- Tóbígende decrepito, Wrt. Voc. ii. 26, 26: 70. 4.

tó-blǽdan; p. de To inflate, puff up :-- Sóð. lufu ná byþ tóblǽdd caritas non inflatur, Scint. 82, 10. v. next word.

tó-bláwan; p. -bleów; pp. -blawen. I. to blow in different directions, scatter by blowing, blow away :-- Hí beóþ duste gelícran ðonne hit wind tóblǽwþ tamquam pulvis, quem projecit ventus a facie terrae, Ps. Th. I. 5. Tódrifen mid winde, swá weorþaþ axe giond eorþan eall tóbláwen, Met. 20, 106. On ðam (helle) fýre gé beóþ tóbláwene, Homl. Skt. i. 7, 139. II. to inflate, puff up, distend with wind, swell, (a) lit. v. next word :-- Gif se maga biþ tóbláwen. Lchdm. iii. 58, 13. [Himm wærenn fet and þeos tobollenn and toblawenn. Orm. 8080.] (b) fig. to cause the breast to swell with emotion :-- Tóbláwen (superbie lumore) inflatus, Anglia xiii. 441, 1084: Hpt. Gl. 423, 23. Murcunugum tóbláwene questibus infiati, 421, II. Tóbláwene mid módignysse, Scint. 84, 19: R. Ben. 124, 6. [Mid a lutcl wind of a word toblowen and tobollen, A. R. 122, 16.]

tó-bláwenness, e; f. Inflation, distension :-- Ungelýfendlíc tóbláwcnnys his innoð geswencte, Homl. Th. i. 86, 13.

tó-borstenness, e; f. A breaking out, abscess :-- Hý ðæra innoða tððundennysse and tóborstennysse GREEK gehǽleþ, Lchdm. i. 322, 22. v. tó-bersian, I a.

tó-brǽdan; p. de. I. to make broad, enlarge, extend, make great in size or number, (a) of material objects :-- Hig tóbrǽdaþ hyra healsbéc dilatant philacieria sua, Mt. Kmbl. 23, 5. (b) of non-material objects, to make great, magnify, multiply, increase, improve the condition of a person :-- Ðeáh heora sý mycle má ðonne úre, þeáh ðú ús tóbrǽdest ongeán hý, and wið hí gefriðast, Ps. Th. ii. 9. Ðú tóbrǽdest heorte míne dilatasti cor meum, Ps. Spl. 118, 32. Tðbrét dilatat, Kent. Gl. 648. Ðú ná tóbræddest fýnd mine ofer mé, Ps. Spl. 29, l: 4, Ðú ðín sóðfæst weorc tóbrǽddest multiplicasti justitiam luam. Ps. Th. 70, 20. Ða earfoðu mínre heortan synd swýðe tóbrǽd (dilatatae), 24, 15. II. to expand, extend, spread out, open wide, distend :-- Gif ðú ðínes scipes segl ongeán ðone wind tóbrǽdst, Bt. 7, 2 ; Fox 18, 32. Mid hú miclum gódum willan Dryhten tóbrǽt (expandit) ðone greádan his mildheortnesse ongén ða ðe tó him gecierraþ. Past. 52; Swt. 405, 9. Hé tóbrǽdde (expandit) his feðeru. Deut. 32, ii. Tóbrǽd ðíne handa swilce (dú) sceát ástrecce, Techm. ii. 122, 24. Tóbrǽd múð ðín open thy mouth wide (A. V. ), Ps. Spl. 80, 9. Áþened, tóbrǽd distenta, i extenta, tóbrǽde destentat. Wrt. Voc. ii. 141, 22, 23. Tóbrǽddum apertis, 5, 15. Wé sǽton bócum tóbrǽddon. Salm. Kmbl. 863; Sal. 431. III. to extend, spread abroad, diffuse :-- Ðeós wyrt wið ða eorðan hyre telgran tóbrǽdeþ, Lchdm. i. 324, 3. Tó hwon wilnige gé, ðæt gé eówerne naman tóbrǽdan ofer ðone teóþan dǽl? Bt. 18, I; Fox 62, 25. Ðonne mæg hine scamian ðære brǽdinge his hlísan for ðam hé hine ne mæg furþum tóbrǽdan (tóbrédan, Met. 10. 15) ofer ða nearwan eorþan áne brevem replere non valentis ambitum piidebit aucli nominis, 19; Fox 68, 25. His naman tóbrǽdan geond ealle eorþan, 30, I; Fox 108, 12. God hafaþ his gemynd on heofonum and on eorðan tóbrǽd. Chr. 979; Erl. 129, 18. Binnan ðǽm feówer hyrnum ðises middangeaides is tóbrǽdd Godes folc sancta ecclesia per quatnor mundi partes dilatata tenditur, Past. 22; Swt. 171, 4. Tóbrǽdde diffusa, i. sparsa, dispersa. Wrt. Voc. ii. 140, 16. Ill a. intrans. :-- Of ðyson eahta deófles cræftan ealle unþeáwas up áspringaþ and syððan tóbrǽdaþ ealles tó wide, Wulfst. 68, 17. [O. H. Ger. ze-breiten

tó-brǽdedness, e; f. Extent, an extensive place :-- On tóbrǽdednesse RUNE on brádnesse in latitudine, Ps. Lamb. 117, 5. On tóbrǽdednesse in latitudinem, 17, 20: Ps. Spl. 17, 22.

tó-brǽdness, e; f. Extent, breadth :-- On tóbrǽdnysse in latitudint,PS. Jpl. 117, 5.

tó-brecan; p. -bræc, pl. -brǽcon; pp. -brocen Tó break, break in pieces :-- Ic tóbrece frango, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 6; Zup. 176, 8: rumpo, 177, 4. Tobrocen contrita, Hpt. 01. 482, 67. I. in reference to material objects, to break in two, to break to pieces, break up, to separate into parts by striking or pulling :-- Hé (the patch of new cloth) tóbrycþ hys stede on ðam reáfe, and se slite byþ ðe wyrsa, Mt. Kmbl. 9, 16. Ðú mé tóbrǽce (disrupistt) bendas grimme, Ps. Th. 115, 7. Hé ðone hláf tóbræc on twá, Blickl. Homl. 181, 16. Ða ǽrenan scyttelas hé ealle tóbræc, 85, 7. Hé tóbræc hire (the lion's) ceaflas mid his barum handum, Ælfc. T. Grn. 7, 16. Hí ða gymstánas tóbrǽcon, Homl. Th. i. 60, 28. Hié ða scipu eall oðþe tóbrǽcon oþþe forbærndon, Chr. 894; Erl. 91, 25. Tóbrec hira anlicnyssa confringes statuas eorum. Ex. 23, 24: Lchdm. i. 370, 22. Tóbrec ðínne hláf and syle done óðerne dǽl hungrium men break thy loaf in two and give one part to a hungry man. Homl. Th. i. 180, 4. Man sceolde tóbrecan his stef, Chr. 1047; Erl. 177, 7. Ða wildan hors scealden iornan and him ða limo all tóbrecan, Shrn. 72, 2. Tó gehwylcum bryce, hundes brægen áléd on wnlle and ðæt tóbrocene tó gewriþen, Lchdm. i. 370, 19. Wiþ ealdre wunde tóbrocenre, ii. 92, I. Tóbrocen wérun sconco hiora frangeruntur eorum crura, Jn. Skt. Rush. 19, 31. Ða bytta beóþ tóbrocene rumpuntur utres, Mt. Kmbl. 9, 17. Heora scipu sume þurh oferweder wurdon tóbrocene. Chr. 794; Erl. 59, 22. II. to overthrow, break down, ruin, destroy, put into confusion, rout, (a) of material objects :-- Ceaster heora ðú tóbrǽce (destruxisti). Ps. Spl. 9, 6. Sc ðe tóbræc (destruebat) ðone tempel Godes, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 27, 40. Hyra setlu hé tóbræc (evertit), Mt. Kmbl. 21, 12 : Mk. 11, 15. Wutun tiligean ðæt wé heora burh tóbrecan móton accipient in vanitate civitates tuas. Ps. Th. 138, 17. Ðæs ne wéndon witan Scyldinga, ðæt hit (the hall) manna ǽnig tóbrecan meahte, Beo. Th. 1565; B. 780. Wæs ðæt beorhte bold tóbrocen swíðe, 1999; B. 997. Weard folc tótwǽmed, scyldburh tóbrocen, Byrht. Th. 138, 58; By. 242. Áne tóbrocene byrgenne seputckrum dirutum, Ors. 4, 10; Swt. 202, 4. Eal ðín carcern hé hafaþ tóbrocen, Blickl. Homl. 85, 22. Hreósaþ tóbrocene burgweallas, Exon. Th. 61, I; Cri. 978. (b) of persons, tó destroy, crush :-- Ic tóbræce hí confringam eos. Ps. Spl. 17, 40. Ðú hié tóbrǽce attrivish eos. Past. 37; Swt. 267, 3. (c) of non-material objects :-- Hit eallum ðǽm senatum ofþyncendum ðæt hé heora ealdan gesetnessa tóbrecan wolde (would overthrow their old laws), Ors. 5, 12; Swt. 244, 17. Ðonne biþ se glencg ágoten and se þrym tóbrocen, Wulfst. 263, 8. Hit ongeat ðæs wísdómes láre swíþe tðtorenne and swíþe tóbrocenne, Bt. 3. l: Fox 4, 31. III. to take by assault :-- Tirus hé besæt and siþþan tóbræc and mid ealle tówearp Tyrum oppressit et cepil, Ors. 3, 9; Swt. 126, 17. Ða gigantas woldon tóbrecan ðone heofon lacessentes coelum giganles, Bt. 35, 4; Fox 162, 12. Hér wæs tóbrocen Rómána burh fram Gotum, Chr. 409; Erl. II, 10. Ou ðissum geáre wæs Bæbbanburh tóbrocon, 993; Erl. 133, I. IV. to break a promise, pledge, etc., to infringe, violate :-- Swá hwá swá halt ðis write . . . hwá swá hit tóbreceþ, Chr. 675; Erl. 38, 27. Man his riht tóbræc, 975; Erl. 126, 17, Twégen gebróðra tobrǽcon ðone regol, Homl. Th. ii. 166, 34. Gif hé his bebod tóbrǽce, Homl. Ass. 60, 217. Wed synd tóbrocene oft and gelóme, Wulfst. 161, 12. V. to break, interrupt :-- Wé tóbrecaþ úrne slǽp and gebiddaþ for eow. Homl. Ass. 51, 39. [The verb remains in the Authorized Version 'all to-brake his scull, ' Jud. 9, 53. O. Frs. tó-breka (te-): O. L. Ger. te-brekan: O. H. Ger. ze-brechen disrumpere, confringere : Ger. zer-brechen.] v. tó-brocen, un-tóbrocen.

tó-brédan, Met. 10, 15. v. tó-brǽdan, III.

tó-bregdan, -brédan; p. -brægd, -brǽd, pl. -brugdon, -brúdon (-brudon ?); pp. -brogden, -bróden (-broden ? in O. and N. tobrode rimes with unsode). I. to separate (trans. ) by a quick movement, (a) to pull to pieces (lit. and fig. ) :-- Hú ǽnig mæg gangan in húse strotigts and fatu his tóbregdan (diripere), nymþe ǽr gebindaþ se stronge and ðonne hús his tóbrægdeþ (diripiat), Mt. Kmbl. Rush. 12, 29. Hé tóbrǽd (dilaceravit) áne león tó sticcum, Jud. 14, 6. Metod tóbrǽd monna sprǽce the Lord destroyed the unity of human speech, Cd. Th. 102, 5; Gen. 1695. Hié tóbrugdon blódigum ceaflum fira flǽschoman, Andr. Kmbl. 317; An. 159.] Þrié wulfas ánes deádes monnes líchoman styccemǽlum tóbrúdon (cadaver sparsitm membratim religuerunt), Ors. 4, 2; Swt. 160, 21. Ða nicoras tóbrudon hié, Nar. It, ll. Hit ongcat his láre swíþe tótorene and swíþe tóbrogdene. Bt. 3, l; Fox 4, 31 note. Biþ se glencg ágoten and se þrym tóbróden, Wulfst. 263, 8 note. Ðæt hé wǽre from ðám hundum tóbróden, Shrn. 145, 4. (b) to pull apart :-- Heora lima man ealle tóbrǽd ǽlc fram óðrum their limbs weru torn from one another, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 72. Ðá tóbrǽd Samson bégen his earmas Samson wrenched his arms apart, Jud. 15, 14. II. to separate (intrans.) by a quick movement, to break off, start from sleep, cf. Icel. bregða svefni to awake :-- Slǽpe tóbrægd folces wcard, Cd. Th. 161, 15; Gen. 2665. Mid ðý heó ðá ðý slǽpe tóbrǽd somno excussa, Bd. 4, 23; S. 596, 5. Slǽpe tóbrugdon searuhæbbende, Andr. Kmbl. 3053; An. 1529. Ic gefrægn hæleð slǽpe tóbrédan (-on, MS.), Judth. Thw. 25, 7; Jud. 247. III. to separate by making a quick movement with something (?) :-- Oft hý wordum tóweorpaþ ǽr hý bacum tóbréden (before they part and turn their backs on one another, (?) cf. Icel. bregða hendi, fótnm, etc.) . . Exon. Th. 345, 20; Gn. Ex. 192. [Hi eteþ flesch unsode swich wulves hadde hit tobrode, O. and N. 1008. The fend him tobrayd ilium daemonium dissipavit, Wick. Lk. 9, 42. He tobraide his clothes, Gow. ii. 53,

tó-brítan; p. te. I. to break in pieces, crush, bruise (lit. and fig.) :-- Ic tóbrýte tero, Ælfc. Gr. 28, I; Zup. 165, 14: confringo, 28, 6; Zup. 176, 9. Ic tóbrýte hí confringam eos, Ps. Lamb. 17, 39. Ðú tóbrýtst hig confringes eos, 2, 9. Tóbrýt (confringet) Drihten cederbeám, Ps. Lamb. 28. 5: 57, 7. Heó tóbrýt (conteret) ðín heáfod, Gen. 3, 15. Boga[n] tóbrýteþ, Ps. Spl. 45, 9. Téþ sinfulra ðú tóbríttest (contrivisli), 3, 7. Folc ðú tóbrittest (confringes), 55, 7. Gewít of ðære leásan anlícnysse, and tóbrýt hí eall and hire cræt samod. Homl. Th. ii. 496, 14. Tóbrýt (contere) earn, ðæs synfullan, Ps. Lamb. 9 second, 15. Flǽsces tóbrýte (terat) módignesse, Hymn. Surt. 9, 22. Ne ús gedweld tóbrýte (atterat), 17, 24. Ðæt God úre helpe and tóbrýte ðisne here, Homl. Skt. ii. 25, 350. Ic bebeóde mínum þeówum þæt hí hí (the idols) ealle tó-brýton, i. 5, 236. Tóbrýtendes confringentis, Ps. Lamb. 28, 5. Tó-brvtendne (conterentem) deóful, Hymn. Surt. 115, 15. Boga heora biþ tóbrýt arcus eorutn confringatur. Ps. Spl. 36, 16. Tóbrýt RUNE tóbrocen contrita, constricta. Hpt. Gl. 482, 67. Tóbrýt contritus, 515, 5. Tó-brýttes attritae, violatae, 474, 75. Tóbrýtte RUNE ofrorene obruti, contriti, 506, 6. Tóbréttum quassatis, confractis, 421, 39. II. to crush with feelings of sorrow, to make contrite :-- Heortan ða tóbrýttan cor contritum, Ps. Lamb. 50, 19. Ða tóbrýttan on heortan contritos corde, 146, 3. [Corineus heom tobrutte ban and heora ribbes, Laym. 1602.]

tó-brítedness, e; f. I. a bruise, breach :-- Hé gewríð tóbrýt-ednyssa heora alligat contritiones eorum, Ps. Lamb. 146, 3: 59, 4. II. trouble, sorrow :-- Tóbrýtednys and ungesǽlignys eontritio et infelicitas, 13, 3.

tóbritend-líc; adj. Breakable :-- Ða tóbrýtendlícan fragenda. Wrt. Voc. ii. 150, 37.

tó-briting, e; f. Crushing, fig. destruction :-- Tóbrýtincge forestæpþofer-módignyss contritionem precedit superbia, Scint. 82, 12.

tó-brocen; adj. (ptcpl.) Suffering from eruptions :-- Wiþ innan tó-brocenum múðe. Lchdm. ii. 310, 19.

tóbrocen-lic; adj. Frail, perishable :-- Ðysse worulde wela is hwýlwemtlíc and feallendlíc and tóbrocenlíc the wealth of this world is transitory and decaying and frail, Wulfst. 263, 13.

tó-brýsan and -brýsian; p. de To crush, break in pieces :-- Ic tó-brýse tero, Ælfc. Gr. 28, l; Zup. 165, 14 MS. T. Ealle ðín bán ic tó-brýsige, Nar. 41, 20. Se ðe fylþ uppan ðysne stán hé byþ tóbrýsed (confringetur); and hé tóbrýsþ (conteret) ðone ðe hé onuppan fylþ, Mt. Kmbl. 21, 44. Ðú ealle míne bán tóbrísdest, Nar. 45, 5. Ealle his bán heó tóbrýsde, 44, 15. Tóbrýsiende confringem. Ps. Lamb. 28, 5. Gif hwá tóbrýsed sý if any one be crushed (convulsus), Lchdm. i. 122, I. Tóbrysede tigelan, Homl. Skt. i. 8, 169. ʒiff he wolide læpenn dun he munnde tobriseun all himm sellfenn, Orm. 12032. Al tobrised bac and þe, Havel. 1950. Tobrusede brake in pieces, Wick. (2 Kings 18, 4).]

tó-brýtan. v. tó-brítan.

tó-ceorfan; p. -cearf, pl. -curfon; pp. -corfen. I. to cut to pieces, -cut in two, cut up :-- Hé tócearf his basing on emtwá mid sexe, Homl. Th. ii. 500, 26. Hí tócurfon ðone líchaman on manugu sticceo, Shrn. 125, 10. Ða langnysse tóceorfan on pysena gelícnysse, Lchdm. i. 260, 15. Rammes lungen smæl tócorfen, 356, 21. Tócorfen lacerata. Wrt. Voc. ii. 53, 32. Þeáh ðe se beám beó tócoruen, H. R. 105, 15. II. to cut off :-- Tócearf him ða eárelipprica amputavit illi auricula, Mk. Skt. Lind. 14, 47. [Til he wyste who couþe uche kyndam tokerve, Allit. Pms. 88, 1700. O. Frs. tó-kerva

tó-ceówan; p. -ceaw. pl. -cuwon; pp. -cowen To chew to pieces, break up by chewing, masticate :-- Ðæt húsel biþ betwux tóðum tócowen, Homl. Th. ii. 270, 33. [Deoflen torendeð ham ant tocheoweð ham euch greot, O. E. Homl. i. 251, 12. Hit tocheoweð ant touret Godes milce, A. R. 202, 16.]

tó-cínan; p. -cán, pl. -cinon; pp. -cinen To break (intrans. ) into chinks, split, crack :-- Tócínit, tecinid dehiscat, Txts. 57, 653. Tócíneþ, Wrt. Voc. ii. 25, 27: liehiscit, 27, 15. Gif hit (an egg) ne tócíne, tóslenh hwón if it will not crack of itself, crack it slightlywith a tap. Lchdm. iii. 18, 2. Tócinan (-en ?) rimosa, Hpt. Gl. 529, 10. Gemétte hé be wege sumne lícðrowere licgende eal tócinen (the skin all cracked with the disease), Homl. Th. i. 336, 9. [Hie drinkeð þat hie tochineð, O. E. Homl. ii. 199, 32. Þe stan tochan, i. 141, 17. Þæ heorte tochan (-chou, 2nd MS. ), Laym. 21235. Þe roche tochon, Misc. 92, 77.]

tócir-hús, es; -n. An inn; diversorium (di-vertere = tó-cirranq. v.) :-- Tócirhús diversorium, Wrt. Voc. i. 38, 10.

tó-cirran; p. de To tarn in different directions, to part :-- Æfter ðon ðe wit nú tðcyrraþ and tógáne beóþ postqwam ab invicem digressi fuerimus, Bd. 4, 29; S. 607, 20 MS. B. Hí mid mycelon unsehte tócyrdon they parted on very bad terms, Chr. 1094; Erl. 230, 6. Cf. tó-gán, -hweorfan.

tó-cleófan; p. -cleáf, pl. -clufon; pp. -clofen To clenve asunder :-- Ic tócleófe (-clefe, MS. J. ) findo, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 6; Zup. 178, 5. Ic tóclǽfe, Engl. Stud. xi. 65, 38. Gif ðú ǽnne stán tóclífst, ne wyrþ hé nǽfre gegaderod swá hé ǽr wæs, Bt. 34, II; Fox 150, 26. Tóclýfþ findit, i. rupit. Wrt. Voc. ii. 148, 63. Ðonne God ðýsne middangeard tócleófeþ, Blickl. Homl. 109, 35. Ða nýtenu synd clǽne ðe tócleófaþ heora cláwa, Homl. Skt. ii. 25, 55. Tócleáf findit, Wrt. Voc. ii. 37, 32. Se réða kyning hine tócleáf on twá, Ælfc. T. Grn. 9, 21. Tócleófende sulcans, Wülck. Gl. 254, 21. Monnes cinbán gif hit biþ tóclofen, gesette mon xii. scitt. tó bóte, L. Alf. pol. 50; Th. 94, 16. Ða sticcu ðæs tóclofenan hriddores, Homl. Th. ii. 154, 19. Óð ðone tóbrocenan beorg ðe ðǽr is tóclofen, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. ii. 251, 6. Æt ðam litlan tóclofenan beorge, iii. 421, 9. Tócleofenan, ii. 249, 26. [In later English the word is used transitively and intransitively. His ban tocluuen, Laym. 1920. Drihhtin toclæf þe sæ, Orm. 14798. He smot and toclef þat heued, R. Glouc. 186, 3. Mine herte shal tocleve. Chauc. T. and C. v. 613. Þe holi goste heuene shal tocleue. Piers P. 12, 141. Þe shell tooclef, Alis. (Skt. ) 1009.] v. un-tóclofen.

tó-clifrian; p. ode To scratch or tear to pieces :-- Wæs tóclifrod laniatiir, Germ. 398, 174. Hé unscrýdde hine ealne, and wylode hine sylfne on ðam þiccum brémlum and þornum swá lange, ðæt hé eall tóclifrod árás, Homl. Th. ii. 156, 30.

tó-clipigend-líc; adj. Of address or appeal :-- O is tóclypigendlíc abverbium.

tó-clipung, e; f. Invocation, appeal :-- Ǽlc man biþ gefullod on naman ðære Hálgan Ðrynnysse and hé ne mót ná beón eft gefullod, ðæt ne sý forsewen ðære Hálgan Ðrynnysse tóclypung, Homl. Th. ii. 602, 3: Homl. Skt. i. 12, 143: Homl. Th. ii. 48, 15.

tó-cnáwan; p. -cneów; pp. -cnáwen To discern, distinguish, know the difference between, understand :-- Tócnáweþ discernit Blickl. Gl. Tó-cnáwen [beón] dinosci, inlellegi. Wrt. Voc. ii. 140, 30. (l) with acc. :-- Wé geseóþ þurh úre eágan and ealle ðing tócnáwaþ by means of our eyes we see and distinguish all things, . Homl. Th. ii. 372, 27. Ðurh ða gesceádwísnesse wé tócnáwaþ good and yfel and geceósaþ ðæt gód and áweorpaþ ðæt yfel per discretionem virtutes eligimus, delicta reprobamus, Past. 11; Swt. 65, 22. Ða scearpþanclan witan ðe ðone twydǽledan wísdóm hlútorlíce tócnáwaþ, Lchdm. iii. 440, 29. Him is neód ðæt hé his ágene wódnesse tócnáwe il it necessary for him to discern his own madness. Homl. Th. ii. 110, 29. Cunne gé tócnáwan heofones híwfaciem coeli dijudicare nostis, Mt. Kmbl. 16, 3. Man mihte his líf. tðcnáwan potuit ejus vita dinosci, R. Ben. 108. 15: Homl. Th. ii. 154, 25. Irre oft ámirreþ monnes mód, ðæt hé ne mæg ðæt riht tócnáwan, Prov. Kmbl. 28 : Homl. Th. i. 108, 23. Geseón and tócnáwan ǽgðer ge gód ge yfel to see good and evil and know the difference between them, 18, 4. Heora nán ne cúðe óðres sprǽce tócnáwan not one of them could understand another's speech, 318, 20. Heó ða mód ðé geopenaþ ðínra freónda and eác ðínra feónda, ðæt ðú hié miht swutele tócnáwan . . . Mid hú micelan feó woldest ðú habban geboht, ðæt ðú swutole mihtest tócnáwan ðíne frínd and ðíne fýnd, Bt. 20; Fox 72, 13-21. Hí cræftas and upþeiwas ne cunnon tócnáwan they cannot distinguish virtues and vices, 36, 6; Fox 180, 30. Lǽcas cunnon ǽlces medtrumnesse ongitan and tócnáwan medicus aegritudinis modum dignoscit, 39, 9; Fox 226, 17. Priscianus segþ ðæt man sceal tócnáwan ǽlces dǽles mihte and getácnunge and swá undergytan hwæt hé sý ná be ðære declinunge Priscian says, that we must distinguish the force and signification of each part of speech, and in this way, not by the declension, understand what it is, Ælfc. Gr. 18; Zup. 111, 14. Nis nán ðing tócnáwen on soðre eáwfæstnesse, ðæt his láreówdóm ne gestaðelode. Homl., Th. i. 392, 18. (2) with acc. and appositive adjective :-- Wé tócnáwaþ his ríce and úre ríce ðǽr áwritene, ðǽr wé ǽr swilce be óðrum mannum gereccednesse rǽddon we discern his kingdom and our kingdom there described, where before we read the account as if about other men, Homl. Th. ii. 64, 29. Ða tungelwítegan tócneówon Crist sóóne mann the astrologers discerned that Christ was really man, i. 106, 33 (3) with a clause :-- Gif wé gleáwlíce tócnáwaþ, ðæt se swymmenda arc getácnode Godes gelaðunge, Homl. Th. ii. 60, 2. On ðam múðe wé habbaþ swæcc, and tócnáwaþ hwæðer hit biþ ðe wered ðe biter ðæt wé ðicgaþ, 372, 29. Ðæt ðeós menigu tócnáwe, ðæt ðis hǽðennyld deófles biggeng is, i. 72, 3. Hú mihte Adam tócnáwan hwæt hé wǽre, 14, 4. Tócnáwan. ðæt ús is twyfeald neód, ii. 284, 23: Lchdm. iii. 236, 10 : Homl. Ass. 107, 150. Ðus ðú miht tócnáwan, hwænne nama cymþ of worde, hwænne word of naman, Ælfc. Gr. 36; Zup. 216. 5.

tó-cnáwenness, e; f. Knowledge, discernment, understanding, knowledge which appreciates the difference between things :-- Ne sind hí ðrý Godas . . . ac seó Ðrynnys is án sóð God . . . Ðeós tócnáwennys is éce líf, Homl. Th. ii. 362, 32.

tó-cnyssan; p. te; pp. ed To crush to pieces, smash, shatter :-- Ne forbrýte hé ná ðæt tócnysede hreód (arundinem quassatam), R. Ben. 121, 6. [O. H. Ger. ze-cnussen elidere. ]

tó-cumende; adj. (ptcpl.) Coming to a strange place, strange, foreign :-- Hé for Godes lufon eode tó reordum mid ðám tócumendum mannum for the love of God he took his meals with the strangers who came, Shrn. 129, 27.

tó-cwæstedness, e; f. Destruction :-- Geswác tócwæstednys (-cwestedness, Ps. Lamb. ) cessavit quassatio, Ps. Spl. 105, 29. [Cf. Goth. kwistjan to destroy; kwisteins destruction : Dan. kvæste to hurt.]

tó-cwecþan, p. -cwæþ, pl. -cwǽdon; pp. -cweden To forbid, prohibit:- Wé nellaþ secgan . . . for ðan ðe hyt tócwǽdon ða wísan láreówas, and . . . ða hálgan bóceras forbudon tó secgenne, Homl. Ass. 24, 7. Tócwedene interdicta, prohibita, Hpt. Gl. 421, 77. Wé forbeódaþ ordál and áðas (ordál and áðas ǽfre syndan tócwedene, MS. B. ) freólsdagum, Wulfst. 117, 14. Ordál and ádas and wífunga ǽfre sindan tócwedene heáhfreólsdagum, L. Eth. vi. 25; Th. i. 320, 24 : v. 18; Th. i. 308, 24 : L. E. G. 9; Th. i. 172, 10. Cf. L. C. E. 17; Th. i. 370, 2.

tó-cwilman; p. de To afflict grievously, torment :-- Ða druncengeornan ná ðæt án ðæt hí on ðam tóweardan life mid écum tintregum tócwylmede synt, ac eác hý synt on ðisum andweardan lífe mid mænigfealdum untrumnyssum gewǽhte, Homl. Ass. 146, 56.

tó-cwísan; p. de To shatter, break to pieces, crush, bruise :-- Ic tó-cwýse quasso, Ælfc. Gr. 24; Zup. 137, 10. Ic tócwýse quatio, tócwýsde quassi, tócwýsed quassum, 28, 4; Zup. 169, 6. Ofer ðæne ðe hé fylþ hé tócwýst (comminuei], Lk. Skt. 20, 18. Tðcwiésð, Ps. Lamb. 28, 6. Hé tócwýseþ heáfdu conquassabit capita, 109, 6. Gimstánas tócwýsau. Homl. Th. i. 60, 24. Ðá wolde hé án eald hús tócwýsan he wanted to demolish an old house, ii. 510, 12. Ætslád se hálga wer . . . swá ðæt hé forneán eal wearð tócwýsed, 512, 12. Sum cild beam under cínom yrnendum hweóle and wearð tó deáðe tócwýsed, 26, 25 : 166, 20. Tócwýsed hreód arundinem quassatam, Mt. Kmbl. 12, 20. Ðás gymstánas synd tócwýsede for ýdelum gylpe, Homl. Th. i. 62, 6. ¶ The word seems used with a passive force in the following passage :-- Feól se wáh uppan ðæs stuntan ræ-acute;dboran, þæt hé sell tócwýsde and sum óþer cniht samod, Homl. Skt. i. 8, 173.

tó-cwísedness, e; f. Crushed condition :-- Iohannes gegaderode ðæra gymstána bricas . . . Ðá fǽrlíce wurdon ða gymstánas swá ansumle, ðæt furðon nán lácen ðære ǽrran tócwýsednesse næs gesewen that not even a trace of their having been crushed was visible, Homl. Th. i. 62, 16.

tó-cyme, es; m. A coming to a place, coming, approach, arrival, advent :-- Uncer efenþeówa uncet sceolde út álǽdan and uncer hláford ábád uncres tócymes, Homl. Ass. 206, 385. Ǽr íære tíde his (an attack of convulsions) tócymes, Lchdm. i. 364, 16. Ǽr Antecristes tócyme, Wulfst. 156, 7. Foran tó ðon tðcynie dómes dsges. Blickl. Homl. 35, 8. For Drihtnes cynedómes tócyme, 87, 5. Deáþ mid his dígelan tócyme, Homl. Ass. 54, 98. Gif se hírédes ealdor wiste ðæs ðeófes tócyme, 54, 100. Ðone tócyme ðæs Hálgan Gástes, Blickl. Homl. 131, 12. Foic sceal gefeón on ðone his (John the Baptist) tócyme, 167, 14. Se mæssepreóst, ðe se bisceop tó fundode . . . wyste his tócyme. Homl. Skt. i. 3, 471. Hú hwósta missenlíce on mon becume . . . Se hwósta hæfþ manigfealdne tó-cyme, Lchdm. ii. 56, 15. ¶ (l) the coming of Christ to the world, tie first or second Advent :-- Drihtnes tócyme is bis menniscnys. He com tó ús ðá ðá hé genam úre gecynd tó his Ælmihtigan Godcundnysse, Homl. Th. i. 600, 4. Swá byþ mannes Suna tócyme, Mt. Kmbl. 24, 27, 37, 39. Hwílc tácn sí ðínes tócymes, 24, 3. Ðes middangeard ðe hé mid his tócyme fram synnum gehǽlde, Homl. Ass. 47, 561. Ær Cristes tócyme, Blickl. Homl. 81, 27. Ða ðe Cristes tócyme wiston, 81, 10. Ða hálgan wítegan wítegodon ǽgðer ge ðone ǽrran tócyme on ðære ácennednysse, and eác ðone æftran æt ðam micclum dóme. Homl. Th. i. 600, 23. (a) the anniversary of Christ's coming, Advent :-- Ðeós tíd óð midne winter is gecweden Adventus Domini, ðæt is Drihtnes tócyme, Homl. Th. i. 600, 4. Ðú scealt healdan ðone tókyme mid ealre árwurðnesse. Lchdm. iii. 226, 7. [Efter Cristes tocyme, O. E. Homl. i. 89, II.] v. hider-tócyme.

tó-dǽ l. v. tó-dál.

tó-dǽlan;p. de To divide, separate, distribute. I. in the following glosses :-- Ic tódǽle infindo, Engl. Stud. xi. 66, 49 : disclado, Wrt. Voc. i. 39, 31. Ic tódǽle dispono, ii. 141, 45. Tódǽla findere, 37, 33. Tó-dǽíende discrepanles, 25, 60: dirimentes, 28, 52: diremtas, 28, 31: 27, 48. Tódǽled is dispertitus est, 26, 35 : 73, 26. Sient tódǽlede dirim-untw, 28, 53. Tódǽlede discretas, 28, 33. Tódǽldum dilotis, 25, 49. Tódaeldurn, 106, 36. Tóscirid RUNE tódǽled summotwm. Hpt. Gl. 528, 12. II. to divide a whole into . parts, (l) trans. :-- Hé tódǽleþ hyne he shall cut him asunder (A. V.); dividet eum, Mt. Kmbl. 24, 51. Ðonne tódǽlaþ hí his feoh on fíf oððe syx. Ors. I; Swt. 20, 27. Ðone ánne noman (woruld) ðú tódǽldest on feówer gesceafta, Bt. 33, 4; Fox 128, 28. Hé Reádne Sǽ tódǽlde qui divisit Mare Rubrum in divisiones. Ps. Th. 135, 13. Hié heora here on tú tódǽldon agmine diviso in duas partes, Ors. 10; Swt. 46, 16. Stánas bióþ earfoþe tó tðdǽlenne, Bt. 34, II; Fox 150, 24. On twá tedǽled ys intinga to syngienne bipertita est causa peccandi, Scint. 140, 13. Tódǽldn wæteru divisas aquas, Past. 53; Swt. 413. 27. (2) intrans. :-- Hér tódǽlde se foresprecena here on tú, Chr. 885; Erl. 82, 19. ¶ figuratively, to destroy unity, make dissension in. v. tó-dǽl, VIII :-- Æ-acute;lc ríce on hyt sylf tódǽled byþ, tóworpen. Gyf Satanas is tódǽled on hine sylfne, hú stent his ríce? Bk. Skt. II, 17, 18. II a. to divide a whole by assigning the limits of the different parts :-- losue ðone eard gewann and ealne tódǽlde, Ælfc. T. Grn. 6, 8. Philippus and Herodes tódǽldun Lysiam, and ludeám feówrícum tódǽldun. Chr. 12; Erl. 6, 4. Ðá wearþ ðæt ríce tódǽled on .v., 887; Erl. 86, 1: 709; Erl. 42, 29. II b. to divide one number by another :-- Tó-dǽl ða twelf þurh fíf, Anglia viii. 328, 21: 304, 40. III. to divide one thing from another, part, separate, (a) trans. :-- Ðonne se líchama and seó sáwul hí tódǽleþ. Guthl. 20; Gdwin. 84, 13. Ðonne se earma líchama and seó wérige sáwul hí tótwǽmaþ and tódǽlaþ. Wulfst. 151, ll. On-gunnon ðæt monnes mágas hycgan, ðæt hý tó;dǽlden unc, Exon. Th. 442, 14; Kl. 12. Hí ne mágon beón tógædere genemnede, ac hí ne beóþ nǽfre tódǽlede, Homl. Th. ii. 204, 28. (b) intrans. : -- Swá tódǽleþ se líchoma and seó sáwul, Wulfst. 149, 8. Nǽfre leófe ne tódǽlaþ ne láðe ne gemétaþ, 190, 2. IV. to scatter, disperse :-- Drihten hig tódǽlde of ðære stówe geond ealle eorðan the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth (A. V.), Gen. ii. 8. Hé tódǽlde ofermódan dispersit superbos, Lk. Skt. I. 51. Tódael hie dispertire eos, Ps. Surt. 16, 14. Tódǽlan heora geðeóde geond ðás woruld wíde, Ps. Th. 54, 8. Ealle his geféran ðurh óþre stówe tódǽlede wǽron omnes socii per alia essent loca dispersi, Bd. 3, 27: S. 558, 37 : Gen. 10, 32. Wǽron tódǽlede dispargerentur. Hpt. Gl. 518, 2. V. to destroy :-- Ealle dú his weallas wíde tódǽldest destruxisti omnes macerias ejus. Ps. Th. 88, 33. Ne tódéldun (hí) ðeóde nou disperdiderunt gentes, Ps. Surt. log, 34. VI. to distribute, give away parts of a whole, v. tó-dál, VI :-- Ic tódǽle (do, Lk. 19, 8,) healfne dǽl mínra góda ðearfum, Homl. Th. i. 582, 2. Hé tódǽlþ his gife mannum, ii. 204, 10. Hé toclǽlþ his herereaf spolia ejus distribuit. Lk. Skt. ll, 22. Sume ealle hyra bearfum Godes todǽlaþ quidam omnia sua pauperibus Dei dislribuunt, Scint. 58, 12. Tódǽlan werum tó wiste fǽges flǽschoman, Andr. Kmbl. 303; An. 152. Tódélendes distribuentis (dona), Kent. Gl. 673. Hí wǽron tódǽlende heora weoruldgód syndrigum mannum, Bd. 1, 27; S. 489, 19. VII. to divide into shares, to share :-- Sió sunne and se móna habbaþ tó-dæled butwuht him ðone dæg and ða niht swíþe emne, Bt. 39, 13; Fox 234, 5. VIII. to divide, distinguish, separate, make a difference between :-- Hú wundorlíce Drihten tódǽlde ðæt Egiptisce folc and ðæt Israhélisce folc, Ex. 11, 7- Beó nú leóht on ðære heofenan fæstnysse and tódǽlon dæg and nihte, Gen. l, 14. Hit hafaþ hát baþo ǽlcere yldo and háde ðurh tódǽlede stówe gescrǽpe (per distincta loca accommodos). Bd. I. I; S. . 473, 22. IX. to be different, be distinguished from. v. tó-dál, V :-- Sacerd náht tóclǽlþ fram folce sacerdos nihil distal a populo, Scint. 123, 19. Swá micelum swá tódǽlan gewunaþ líf hyrdes fram hyrde quantum dktare solet uita pastoris a grege, 120, 17. X. to separate with the mind, discern, discriminate, distinguish, v. tó-dál, IX :-- Gif geþanc yfel frim gódum angytes mid gesceáde todǽlþ si mens mala a bonis intellectus ratione discernit, Scint. 141,7. In góman ðǽr mon óone smæc tðdǽleþ in palalo, Wrt. Voc. ii. 48, 4. Nú tódǽlde Petrus swutelíce ðone sóðan geleáfan ðá ðá hé cwæð: ' Ðú eart ðæs lifigendan Godes sunu, ' Homl. Th. i. 366, 31. Ðæt hig cunnon fægere tódǽlan hwæt byþ betwux ab animali ad animale and ab inanimate ad inanimate, Anglia viii. 313, 35. Tódǽled discrelus, Scint. 123, I. XI. to give forth, utter (?) :-- Ealle ða gehát ðe ic ǽfre hér mid mínum welerim. tódǽlde (cf. mín gehát ðæt míne weleras ǽr gedǽldan, v. 12, where Ps. Spl. and Ps. Surt. have tódǽldon and the Latin is vota quae disfinxernut labia mea), Ps. Th. 65, 13. [O. Sax. te-délian: O. Frs. tó-déla: O. H. Ger. zeteilen dividers, distribuere, dispertire, separare, spargers, scindere, distare: Ger. zer-theilen : cf. Goth. dis-dailjan.]

tó-dǽledlíce; adv. Separately, not in connection :-- Tódǽledlíce sigillalim, Ps. Spl. 32, 15: divise, Ælfc. Gr. 38; Zup. 229, 9. Seó fífte declinatio gebígþ hire genitivum on e and i tódǽledlíce (the e and i are pronounced separately), 7; Zup. 21, 14. Tódǽledlícor differeníius, eminentius, Wrt. Voc. ii. 140, 14. v. tó-dǽlendlíce.

tó-dǽledness, e; f. Division, distinction, separation :-- Tódsélednesse discrimine. Wrt. Voc. ii. 27, 63. I. a division, (a) one of the different kinds of parts into which a whole may be divided :-- Feówertýne tódǽlednyssa synd on ðam dæge . . . Óðer tódǽlednysse hátte momentum, þridde minulum. . . feówerteóða mundus, Anglia viii. 318, 35-42. (b) one of the parts into which a whole is divided :-- Wé wyllaþ tódǽlan ða abecedaria on twá tódǽlednyssa, 333, 5. II. division, separation, break of connection or of continuity, (a) local :-- Fæder and Suna and se Háliga Gást búton ǽlcere tódélednesse (-ennesse, MS. ), Shrn. 167, 34. (b) temporal, intermission, interruption :-- Fram Eastron óð Pentecosten sý alleluia bútan tódǽlednesse (sine intermissione) gecweden, R. Ben. 39, 14. III. a division, dividing-point, break, pause :-- Fdus tódǽleanyssa ðæs móndes, Ælfc. Gr. 13; Zup. 85, 6. Cesuras, ðæt synd ða tódǽlednyssa on ðám versum . . . Ða tódǽlednyssa on ðám versum synd feower, Anglia viii. 313,

tó-dǽlendlíc; adj. Divisible, separable :-- Swá tódǽlendlíc is líchama and sáwle, Wulfst. 264, 26.

tó-dǽlendlíce; adv. Separably, distinctly :-- Ealle tódǽlendlíce singende omnia dislincte psallendo, Anglia xiii. 371, 78. Seó fífte declinatio gebígþ hire genitivum on e and i tódǽlendlíce, Ælfc. Gr. 7; Zup. 21, 14 note. v. tó-dǽled!íce.

tó-dǽlness, e; f. A division, distinct part :-- Tódǽlnessa ðara wætera divisiones aquarian, Past. 53; Swt. 413, 26. In tódǽlnesse in divisiones, Ps. Surt. 135, 13.

tó-dál, -dǽl, es; n. Division. I. a dividing into parts, partition :-- Mid þrýnum tódále trina parlitione, Anglia xiii. 380, 217. II. separation: -- Tódál dislractio, Hpt. Gl. 500, 35. Sume naman synd dividua, ða getácniaþ tódál, Ælfc. Gr. 5; Zup. 13, 12. III. apart of a whole, separate portion, section :-- Stæfcræft hæfþ þrítig tódál (cf. sum ðæra dǽla is geháten nota, 291, 9). Ðæt forme tódál is vox stemn . . . Sume tódál sindon pedes, Ælfc. Gr. 50; Zup. 289, 15-290, 13. Tódál divisiones, Kent. Gl. 766. Capitnlas, ðæt is tódála angin, R. Ben. 42, 1. Ðæra ǽgðer on þrím tódálum wunaþ. Lchdm. iii. 440, 31. IV. a mark which divides, dividing-point :-- Tódál comma, Engl. Stud. xi. 65, 9. Distinctions, ðæt sind tódál, hú man tódǽlþ ða fers on rǽdinge. Se forma prica on ðam ferse is geháten media distinctio, ðæt is on middan tódál . . . Distinctio is tódál, Ælfc. Gr. 50; Zup. 291, 2-7. Tódálæ commate, incisione, Hpt. Gl. 473, 22. þurh fíftan fótes tódál per penthe-mimerim, 411, 12. Tódál commata, incisiones, divisiones, 411, 10. Tódála incisiones, Engl. Stud. xi. 66, 48. V. distinction, difference, v. tó-dǽlan, VIII, IX :-- Tódál differentia, divisio, distantia, Hpt. Gl. 434, 48. Ná byþtódál mǽþa nilla erit distantia personarum, Scint. 184, l. Differentia, ðæt is tódál betwux twám þingum, Ælfc. Gr. 50, 20; Zup. 293, 18. Micel tódál is betwux ðám gecyrredum mannum, Homl. Th. i. 398, 20 : 48, 35. Tódáles differentiae, distantiae, Hpt. Gl. 439, l. Tódál distantiam, 438, 28. VI. distribution, v. tó-dǽlan, VI :-- On rápincle tódáles (-dǽles, Ps. Spl.) in funiculo distributions, Blickl. Gl. Dihtung upplíces tódáles, Scint. 227, 8. On tódale gyfa mislíce onfóþ mislíce gyfa in divisione donorum diversi percipiunt diversa munera, 133, 8. VII. scattering, dispersing, v. tó-dǽlan, IV :-- On tódále effusione, Wrt. Voc. ii. 142., 67. VIII. dissension, want of union or peace, v. tó-dǽlan, II. ¶ :-- For ðam ðe ic com sybbe on eorþan sendan; ne secge ic eów, ac tódál (separationem), Lk. Skt. 12, 51. IX. discretion, v. tó-dǽlan, X :-- NNédbehéfes gerádes tódál necessarie rationis discretio, Anglia xiii. 375, 132. Fremfullum gesceádes tódále, 369, 52. Mid tðdǽle cum discretione, Scint. 81, 2. v. nuder-tódál.

tó-dállíc. v. un-tódállíc.

tó-déman; p. de To judge between, distinguish; dijudicare :-- Tóscát RUNE tódémeþ dijudicat, Ps. Lamb. 81, I. Mihtig Freá eall manna cynn tódǽleþ and tódémeþ the mighty Lord will divide and will distinguish in his judgement between all mankind, Dóm. L. 20.

to-dihtnian; p. ode To dispose :-- Tódihtnodon disposuerunt, Blickl. Gl.

tó-dón; p. -dyde. I. to put asunder, divide, separate :-- Ðæt wæter and seó eorðe wǽron gemengede óð ðone ðriddan dæg; ðá tódyde, hi God, Hexam. 4; Norm. 8, 15. Gif hwylc wíf twégen gebróðra nimþ hire tó gemæccan, óþerne æfter óþrum, tódó man hig (separentur), L. Ecg. P. ii. II; Th. ii. 186, 10. Tódó man hig on twá separentur illi, 19; Th. ii. 188, 27. II. to undo, open :-- Tódyde salvit, disligat, Germ. 402, 39. Hi tódydon heora múð ongeán mé apenierunt in me os suum, Ps. Th. 21, ii. [þat deor todede (undude, 2nd MS. ) his chæfles, Laym. 6507. Ic unlle mine riche todon allen minen dohtren, 2945.]

tó-drǽfan; p. de To drive asunder, drive in different directions, drive away, expel, dispel, scatter, disperse :-- God ða hǽðenan tódrǽfþ (disperdet), Jos. 3, 10. Seó sunne tódrǽfþ ða nihtlícan þeóstru, Lchdm. iii. 234, 30. Háligra-manna ðe tódrǽfaþ ða leahtras and deófla heom fram, Homl. Skt. ii. 25, 703. Hé is sóð leóht ðe tðdrǽfde ða þeóstra ðises lífen, Homl. Th. i. 144, 7, Hí mynstra tóstæncton, and munecas tó-drǽfdon, Chr. 975; Erl. 127, 22. Ðæt hé tódrǽfe costnunga fram úre heortan. Homl. Th. i. 156, 23. Fela wearð tódrǽfed Godes ðeówa, Chr. 975; Erl. 126, 12. Heora heriges wæs mycel ofslægen and eall tódrǽfed cunctus eorum caesus sive dispersus exercitus, Bd. 3, 18; 'S. 546, 36. Byþ seó heord tódræfed dispargentur oves gregis, Mt. Kmbl. 26, 31. Beón ða scép tódrǽfede, Mk. Skt. 14, 27. [A lutel windes puf mei al todreven hit, A. R. 254, I. Of þan folak þe wes todrefed, Laym. 330.] v. tó-drífan.

tó-drǽfedness, e; f. Dispersion, expulsion :-- Hé worhte áne swipe of rápum and hí ealle út áscynde. Ðeós tódrǽfednys getácnode ða tóweardan tóworpennysse, Homl. Th. i. 406, 8. On ðeóda tódrǽfednysse in dispersionem gentium, Jn. Skt. 7, 35. Tódrǽfednesse dispersiones, Ps. Lamb. 146, 2.

tó-drǽfness, e; f. Division, difference :-- Tódroefnise wæs him bituién ymb ðæt schisma erat in eis. Jn. Skt. Lind. 9, 16.

tó-dreósan; p. -dreás; pl. -druron; pp. -droren To fall to pieces, fall away, decay :-- Ðæt goldgeweorc eall tódreás, swá swá weax gemylt æt fýre, Shrn. 156, 15. [He schal todreosen so lef on bouh, Misc. 94, 48. Alle þe bones beoþ todrore, 152, 182. Cf. Goth. dis-driusan.] Cf. tó-feallan.

tó-drífan; p. -dráf, pl. -drifon; pp. -drifen To drive in different directions, drive away. I. to drive asunder, separate :-- Wit ætsomne on sǽ wǽron fíf nibta fyrst, óþþæt unc flód tódráf. Beo. Th. 1095; B. 545. II. to scatter, disperse :-- Se wulf tódrífþ (tódrífeð. Lind. Rush.) ða sceáp lupus dispergit oves, Jn. Skt. 10, 12. Wulfas tódrífaþ dine heorde, Blickl. Homl. 225, 18. Ðú hí wíde tódríf disperge illos, Ps. Th. 58, II. Hé híi wolde on ðam wéstenne wíde tódrífan ut prosterneret eos in deserlo, 105, 21. Wurde seó eorbe tódrifen mid ðam winde swá swá dust, Bt. 33, 4; Fox 130, 8: Met. 20, 104. Licgaþ æfter lande loccas tódrifene, Andr. Kmbl. 2852; An. 1428. III. to scatter, destroy :-- Hé hí on heora fácne fæste tódrífeþ in malitiis eorum disperdet illos Dominus, Ps. Th. 93, 22. Do míne feóndas tódrífe disperdes inimicos meos, 142, 12. IV. to drive away, send elsewhere :-- Ðú ús tódrife repulisli nos. Ps. Th. 59, l. Fram áswengde vel tódráf excussit, i. dejecit, Wrt. Voc. ii. 146, 18. Dryhten áwearp hine ðá of ðam wuldre and wíde tódráf. Salm. Kmbl. 928; Sal. 463. Se ðe æfter rihte wille æfter spyrian swá deóplíce, ðæt hit tódrífan ne mæg monna æenig ne ámerran ǽénig eorðlíc þincg quisquis vestigat verum, cupitque nullis ille deviisfalli, Met. 22, 3. Ða tódrifenan actos. Wrt. Voc. ii. 9, 58. V. to drive away, dispel, put an end to :-- Gáte tord ða swylas tódrífþ, Lchdm. i. 356, l. Ða springas hyt tódrífeþ, 7. Se hálga deófulgild tódráf and gedwolan fylde, Andr. Kmbl. 3372; An. 1690. Tódríf ðone mist ðe nú hangaþ beforan úres módes eágum disjice nebulas, Bt. 33, 4; Fox 132, 32 : Met. 20, 264. Wearð se háta líg tódrifen and tódwæsced, Cd. Th. 238, II; Dan. 353. [Al he todrof þes kinges here, Laym. 549. Hiss stren all shollde ben todrifenn and toskeʒʒredd, Orm. 16397. O. Frs. tó-dríva: O. H. Ger. ze-tríban dispellere, dispergere, diverberare.] v. tó-drǽfan.

tó-dwæscan; p. te To extinguish :-- Wearð se háta líg tódrifen and tódwæsced, Cd. Th. 238, II; Dan. 353: Exon. Th. 190, 2; Az. 67.

tó-dwínan; p. -dwán To vanish away, to burst and vanish :-- Seó eádiga fǽmne hál fram him gewænte and eall sticmǽlum tóðwán (-dwán ? but both þwíneþ and dwíneþ occur. Lchdm. i. 84, 25 : 82, 2) se draca út of ðan carcerne the dragon burst all in pieces and vanished from the prison (the Latin has: Crux crevit in ore draconis et in duas partes eum divisit. Cf. the later English version: His (thedragon's) bodi tobarst omidheppes, Marh. 10, 22), Homl. Ass. 175, 200. v. dwínan, for-dwínan.

tó-eácan; adv., prep. I. adv. In addition, besides :-- Hé bǽd his þegnum, ðæt hig lédon hira ǽlces feoh on his sacc and fórmete tóeácan (datis supra cibariis in viam), Gen. 42; 25. ÐÚ hæfst tðeácan eall ðæt ic ðé ǽr tealde, Bt. 10; Fox 28, 37. Óþre fífe ic tóéke gestriónde alia quinque superlucratus sum, Mt. Kmbl. Rush. 25, 20. Micel git hér tóeácan, Wulfst. 165, 21. II. prep, with dat. In addition to, besides :-- Tóeácan ðæs landes sceáwunge, Ors. I; Swt. 17, 35. Tóeácan hiere hwætscipe and hiere monigfealdum duguþum, l, 10; Swt. 46, 24. Ða breósð tóeácan ðæm boge pectusculum cum armo, Past. 14; Swt. 81, 25. Tóécan ðám dómum, L. Ath. v. proem.; Th. i. 228, 9. Tóeáfan ðon ðe hine God sylf innan manode, Blickl. Homl. 217, 5. Tóécan ðæm ðe hé hiénende wæs his folc, hé wæs sinþyrstende monnes blódes, Ors. 3, 9; Swt. 130, 30. v. þǽr-tóeácan; eáca.

tó-éeness. v. tó-ícness.

tó-efues, -emnes; prep, with dal. On a level with, abreast of, alongside, beside :-- Andlang weges óð tóemnes ðære micelan díc the boundary runs along the road until it comes on a level with the great dike, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. ii. 251, 3. Ondlang bróces óð hyt cymþ tóemnes ðæm ealdan lǽghrycge, iii. 437, 17. See other instances under emn.

tó-endebyrdness, e; f. Order, series, succession :-- Hé eallum mannum megena weorc mid wordum bodode. And tóendebyrdnesse his gesihþa ðám mannum ánum hit cýþan wolde, ðam ðe hine ácsodon for ðam luste inbryrdnesse omnibus opus virtutum praedicabat sermonibus. Ordinem autem visionum suarum, illis solummodo qui propter desiderium eompunctionis interrogabant, exponere volebat, Bd. 3, 19; S. 549, 20.

tó-fær, es; u. A going away, departure, decease :-- Tófær his excessum ejus, Lk. Skt. Lind. 9, 31. v. next word. III.

tó-faran; p. -fór; pp. -faren. I. to go in different directions, go off separately, part :-- On sumera tófór se here, sum on East-Engle, sum on Norðhymbre, Chr. 897; Erl. 94, 25. Ðá hié tógædere woldon, ðá com swá ungemetlíc rén, ðæt heora nán ne mehte nánes wǽpnes gewealdan, and for ðæm tófóran, Ors. 4, 10; Swt. 194, 19. Tófóran on feówer wegas ætfelinga bearn they went off in four different directions, Cd. Th. 102, 8; Gen. 1697. Ær ðam ðe his Apostolas tófarene wǽron geond ealle eorðan tó lǽranne, L. Alf. 49; Th. i. 56, 4. II. to disperse (intrans.), scatter :-- Swelce se bitresta smíc upp ástlge and ðonne wíde tófáre, Ors. 3, II; Swt. 142, 21. Ǽr seó mengeo eft tófaran sceolde, Cd. Th. 100, 15; Gen. 1664. Ó his fird tófaren wæs until his army was dispersed, Ors. 3, II; Swt. 152, 21. Ðonne hié gind ðæt lond tófarene wǽron, hié ðonne hié floccmælum slogan, 2, 5; Swt. 78, 12: 3, 7; Swt. 116, 29. III. to go away, pass off, depart, become extinct. v. tð-fær :-- Syle drincan . . . ðæt yfel tófærþ. Lchdm. i. 118, 6. Syle drincan on wíne, eal ðæt áttor tófærþ, 122, 18. [The folk . . . shall tofare on every clyve, Anglia iii. 546, 146. O. Sax. te-faran to disperse; to pass away: O. L. Ger. te-faran deficere: O. H. Ger. ze-faran dissolvi, praeterire, transire, perire, defluere.] v. tó-féran, -gán, - gangan.

tó-feallan; p. -feóll; pp. -feallen To fall to pieces, fall away, collapse, fall down :-- Ðá hié æt hiora theatrum wǽron, ðá hit eall tófeóll (collapsa est). Ors. 6, 3; Swt. 256, ll. Ðá byfode seó eorðe, and stánas burstan, and stánweallas tófeóllan, Shrn. 67, 19: Homl. Th. ii. 216, 4. Him ða lima calic tófeóllan all his limbs fell off, Shrn. 62, 3. [Scullen stanwalles biuoren him tofallen, Laym. 18867. Alls þatt temmple oferr hemm all tofelle, Orm. 16185. Þer no guod red ne ys þet uolk toualþ (populus corruet, Prov. II. 14), Ayenb. 184, ii. O. Sax. te-fallan to fall down (of a house): O. H. Ger. ze-, zer-fallan cadere, concidere, diruere: Ger. zer-fallen.] v. tó-dreósan; tó-fillan.

Tófe-ceaster Towcester :-- Mon worhte ða burg æt Tófeceastre, Chr. 921; Erl. 107, 26. [Cf. Tófi, Tófa, Scandinavian proper names. ]

tó-feng (?: but cf. the expression fón tó), es; m. Taking, seizure :-- Se ðe ne sealde ús on gehæfte ɫ tófæncge (tó fæncge ?) tóðum heora qui non dedit nos in captionem dentibus eorum. Ps. Lamb. 123, 6.

tó-féran; p. de. I. to go in different directions, go off separately :-- Ǽr fires Drihtnes leorningcnihtas tóférdan, ealswá heom beboden wæs (cf. Mk. 16, 15), Wulfst. 21, 5: Homl. Th. i. 318, 3. II. to disperse (intrans.) :-- Ðá ðæt gafol gelǽst wæs, ðá tóférde se here wíde swá hé ǽr gegaderod wæs, Chr. 1012; Erl. 147, 27. Hí geswicon ðære getimbrunge and tóférdon geond ealne middangeard, Homl. Th. i. 22, 25 : 3'8, 21. Hí tóférdon tó fyrlenum lande on swá manegum gereordnm swá ðæra manna wæs, Ælfc. T. Grn. 4, 12. [Ða apostoli er þon þet heo toferden, O. E. Homl. i. 93, 8. O. H. Ger. ze-fuoren.] v. tó-faran, - gán.

tó-ferian j p. ede To carry in different directions; diffene. I. to remove, get rid of :-- Hit ðæt sár tófereþ, Lchdm. i. 114, 3 : 108, 8: 130, 19: 190, 8. II. to put off :-- Swá oft gebiddende ná raþe beóþ gehýrede úre ús dǽda on eágum wé tóforan settan ðæt ðæt sylfe ðæt wé synd tóferede ná godcundre byþ geteald rihtwísnysse ac gyltes úres quotiens orantes non cito exaudimur, nostra nobis facta in oculis proponamus, ut hoc ipsum quod differimur non divinae reputetur justitiae sed culpe nostre, Scint. 35, 10. III. to digest; digerere :-- Ðæt seó dæges þigen tófered sý . . . and se maga gelýht, ðæt hé ðe eáð his wæccean healdan mǽge ut digesíi surgant, R. Ben. 32, 14.

tó-fesian; p. ede To drive in different directions, disperse, scatter, rout :-- Gé eów tó gamene feónda áfillaþ oððe tófesiaþ swá fela swá gé reccaþ, Wulfst. 132, 21. Gé tófesede swíðe áfirhte oft litel werod earhlíce forbfigaþ, 133, 2.

tó-fillan; p. de To cause to fall in different directions, to demolish, destroy, break to pieces :-- God heáfdas feónda gescǽneþ and hé tófylleþ feaxes scádan ðe hér on scyldum swǽrum eodon Deus conquassabit capita inimicorum suorum; verticem capilli perambulantium in delictis suis, Ps. Th. 67, 21. [Ger. zer-fállen.] V. tó-feallan.

tó-fleógan; p. -fleág, pl. -flugon; pp. -flogen. I. to fly asunder, fly to pieces :-- Hé slóh ða næddran, ðæt heó on viiii tófleáh he struck the adder so that it flew into nine pieces, Lchdm. iii. 34, 26. II. to fly apart, to crack, have breakings out (of a diseased body) :-- Wið hreófe and wið tóflogen líe for leprosy and for a body that has breakings out on it, Lchdm. i. 352, 18. [O. H. Ger. ze-fliogan dissipari.]

tó-fleón; p. -fleáh, . pl. -flugon; pp. -flogen To flee in different directions, be dispersed in flight, flee away: -- Gif wæter on eáran swíðe gesigen sý, genim ðysse ylcan wyrte seáw, drýpe on ðæt eáre; sóna hyt tóflýð (-flíhð, MSS. H. B. ) the water will run away directly. Lchdm. i. 188, 8. [þa cnihtes alle weoren wide tofloʒen ut of þan wiðeruehte, Laym. 28668.]

tó-fleótan; p. -fleát; pp. -floten To float in different directions, be dispersed by water, be carried away by water :-- Ða brycge ðe forneáh eall tóflotan wæs the bridge that was almost quite carried away, Chr. 1097; Erl. 24, 299. [Mid te fleotinde word tofleoteð þe heorte, so þ̄ longe þer efter ne mei heo beon ariht igedered togederes, A. R. 74, 29. Forstoppeð ouwer þouhtes, ase ʒe wulled þ̄ heo nout ne touleoten ʒeond te world, 72, 22. O. H. Ger. ze-fliozan defluere, liqui, fatiscere: Ger. zer-fliessen.]

tó-flówan; p. -fleów; pp. -flówen To flow different ways, disperse in flowing, flaw away :-- Ic tóflówe defluo, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 5; Zup. 175, 14. Tófleówan ɫ út urnan defluxerant, Hpt. Gl. 473, 37. I. referring to material objects, (a) to flow in different directions, be dispersed :-- Iudas tóbærst on emtwá and his innoð tófleów, náteshwðn gelógod on nánre byrgene, Homl. Th. ii. 250, 26. Him (the stream) on innan felþ muntes mægenstán. . . hé on tú siððan tósceáden wyrð . . . bróc biþ onwended of his rihtryne rýðum tóflówen, Met. 5, 20. (b) to melt away, be destroyed :-- Swá hwæt swá ðeós gesyhþ oþþe hrepeþ hyt tóflewþ swá ðæt ðǽr nánwiht belifeþ búton ða bán, Lchdm. i. 242, 26. Muntas swé swé wex tófleówun (fluxerun;). Ps. Surt. 96, 5. II. metaphorically, (a) of wane of concentration in the mind, to wander, be drawn hither and thither, be distracted :-- Nán wuht nis on ús ungestæððigre ðonne ðæt mód, for ðæm hit gewítt suá oft fram us suá us unnytte geðohtas tó cumaþ, and æfter ǽlcum ðara tófléwþ nil in nobis est corde fugacius, quod a nobis toties recedit, quoties per pravas cogitationes defluit, Past. 38; Swt. 273, 13. Hié nellaþ hié gehæftan and gepyndan hiora mód, ac hé lǽt his mód tóflówan on ðæt ofdele giémeliéste, 39; Swt. 283, 14. Gebyreþ oft ðæt hié beóþ suá micle ungestæððelícor tóflówene on hiera móde suá hié wénaþ ðæt hié orsorgtran beón mǽgen quae tanto latius diffluunt, quanta se esse secwrius aestimant, 38; Swt. 271, 18. (b) to be separated, take different directions :-- ungelic sprǽc eode of ðissa tuéga monna múðe. . . . ðeáh heó an tú tefleówe, ðeáh wæs sió sǽspryng sió sóðe lufu, Past. 7; Swt. 49, II. (c) to spread :-- Suá willaþ ða synna weaxænde tóflówan gif hié ne beóþ gebundne mid láreówdóme. Past. 17; Swt. 123, 16. (d) to pass away, be dissipated, scattered, rendered useless, brought to nothing :-- Ðæt wé gemundan ðæt úre dǽde and úre geþohtas nalæs on ðisne wind on ídelnesse tóflówan (tóflówenne, Bd. M. 440, 24) ac tó dóme ðæs hcán déman ealle gehealdene beón ut meminerimns facta et cogitaiiones nostras non in ventum diffluere, sed ad examen summi judicis cuncta servari, Bd. 5, 13; S. 633, 27. Of ðære tíde ongan se hyht and mægen Angelcynnes ríces tóflówan and gewanod beón ex quo tempore spes coepit et virtus regni Anglorum fluere, ac retro sublapsa referri, 4, 26; S. 602, 28. (e) to separate in confusion, become disconnected :-- lc ongite ðæt ealle gesceafta tófleówon swá swá wæter, and náne sibbe ne náne endebyrdnesse ne heóldon, gif hí næfdon ǽnne God ðe him eallum stiórde, Bt. 34, 12; Fox 154, 2.

tó-flówedness, e; f. A flowing, flux; fluxns, Ælfc. Gr. 11; Zup. 79. I.

tó-flówende; adj. (ptcpl. ) Affluent, confluent :-- Ðæs tóflówendan walan affluentibus prosperitatibus, Past. 50; Swt. 391, II. Tóflówendum confluentibus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 23, 62.

tó-foran; prep, with dat., gen. Before. I. of place, in front of, in presence of, (a) preceding the case :-- Ealle þeóda beóþ tóforan (ante) him gegaderude. Mt. Kmbl. 25, 32. Hé ða hláfas bræc and sealde his leorningcnihtum, ðæt hí tóforan him ásetton. Mk. Skt. 6, 41 : 8, 6. Hé ðæt ylce gelæstnode tófoian ðam pápan, Chr. 1070; Erl. 208, 19. (b) following the case :-- Etaþ ðæt eów tóforan áset ys, Lk. Skt. 10, 8. Ic næbbe hwæt ic him tóforan lecge non habeo quod ponam ante ilium, 11, 6. II. of time, previous to, (a) with dat. :-- Tóforan eallum ðissum big nimaþ eów ante haec omnia inicient uobis manus suas, Lk. Skt. 21, 12. Tóforan ðám Eástron, Chr. 1012; Erl. 146, 8. Tóforan dam mónðe Auguste, 1013; Erl. 147, 15. (b) with gen. :-- Hit wæs tóforan dæges, Nar. 16, II. III. marking degree, above, in a greater degree than :-- Synfulle tóforan eallum prae omnibus peccatores, Lk. Skt. 13, 2. Gé beóþ gebletsod tóforan eallum ódrum mannum, Deut. 7, 14: Homl. Th. i. 444, 30. Assa is stunt nýten and tóforan óðrum nýtenum ungesceádwís, 208, 12. IV. marking position or status, superior to :-- Ðæt hé sý tóforan ððrum mannum þurh his glencge geteald, Homl. Th. i. 328, 29. V. marking preference :-- Habbaþ eów tóforan eallum ðingum ða sóðan lufe, Homl. Th. i. 606, 16 : R. Ben. 55, 6. Tóforan eallum þingum wé myngiaþ, ðæt. . ., 58, 7: Wulfst. 239, 17. Tóforon. Bd. 42; Fox 260, 12. VI. marking excess, over and beside, beyond :-- Tóforan ðám praelerea, Ælfc. Gr. 38; Zup. 234, 9. Tóforon ðám oððe bútan ðám praeter illa, 47; Zup. 270, 9. Eall hit byþ oferflówendnyss and ídel tóforan ðisum (ðæt tóforan ðysum is) quod supra fuerit, supcrjluum est, R. Ben. 90, 5. Swá liwæt swá tóforan ðám neádbehéfum belifen byþ, 138, 16. Salomon forgeaf ðære cwéne swá hwæs swá heó gyrnde æt him, tóforan (over and above) ðære cynelícan láce ðe hé hire geaf, Homl. Th. ii. 584, 31. For fela gewissungum ðe seó án hoc hæfþ tóforan ðám óðrum for many directions which that one boot has, and the others have not, Ælfc. T. Grn. 6, 40. [Piers P. to-fore: Ayenb. to-vore : O. Sax. te-foran: O. Frs. tó-fora.] v. foran.

tó-forlǽten; ptcpl. Dismissed; -- Tóforláeten [is] dimittitur. Hpt. Gl. 420, 52. v. next word, and tó-lǽtan.

tó-forlǽtenness, e; f. Intermission :-- Bútan tóforlǽtennesse sine intermissione, R. Ben. Interl. 45, II: Homl. Th. i. 596, 15 : ii. 382, I.

toft. A word apparently of Scandinavian origin, Icel. topt, tuft a piece of ground, messuage, homestead; a place marked out for a house or building; in the special later Icelandic sense a square piece of ground with walls but without roof: Dan. toft an enclosed home-field. It does not occur often in the earliest English, but it is found as the second part of many place-names m districts which were affected by the Danes, v. Taylor's Names and Places. In the Prompt. Parv, toft renders campus; in Piers Plowman it means an elevated piece of ground : I seign a toure on a toft, Prol. 14; while later, according to Kenuett, it is' a field where a house or building once stood.' In the following passages it may mean the enclosed ground in which the house stood :-- Healf ðæt land æt Súðhám, innur and úttur, on tofte and on crofte, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 317, 7. Nǽfre myntan ne plot ne plóh, ne turf ne toft, L. O. 13; Th. i. 184, 7; Lchdm. iii. 286, 23. [Ic an] intó ðe túnkirke on Mardingford . v. -acres and áne toft and .ii. acres médwe . . . And míne landseðlen here toftes tó ówen aihte, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iv. 282, 26-29. Alle míne men fré, and ilk habbe his toft and his metecfi and his metecú. And ic an þe préstes toft into þe kirke fre . . . And ic an Léfquéne fítténe acres and an toft . . . And Alfwold habbe, mid tón þe hé hér hauede, .xvi. acres mid tofte mid alle. Chart. Th. 580, 6-27. v. Grmm. R. A. 539.

tog. es; n. Strife, contention :-- Da friðgeorae, ða ðe heá búta éghwoefcum flíta and toge behaldan. Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 5, 9 note. [Cf. (?) O. Frs. toga to treat with violence, pull about.]

-tog. v. lang-tog (-toh), sceaft-tog.

toga a leader (only in compounds), [O. Sax. togo: O. Frs. toga: O. H. Ger. zogo : Icel. togi.] v. breóst-, folc-, here-toga.

tó-gædere, -gædre, -gadore; adv. Together. I. marking union, association, joining, mingling, etc. :-- Ealle ðú nemdest tógædere and héte woruld, Bt. 33, 4; . Fox 128, 27: Met. 20, 56, 62. Gif ðú wið fýre foldan and lagustreám ne mengdest tógædere, 20, 112. Ðá com Godwine eorl and Swegen eorl and Harold eorl tógædere, Chr. 1048; Ed. 178, 19: Ps. Th. 94, l : Homl. Skt. ii. 30, 430. Ða stánas fieóllon tógædere, and wearþ geworht to ánum wealle swá, 27, 88. Ða ýslan eft ouiginuaþ lúcan tógædere, geclungne tó cleowenne. Exon. Th. 213, 17; Ph. 225. Hlemmeþ tógædre grimme góman, 363, 30; Wal. 61. In Danai ðære ié Asia and Europe hiera landgemircu tógædre licgaþ, Ors. I, I; Swt. 8, Heofon and eorðe hreósaþ tógadore, Andr. Kmbl. 2875; An. 1440. II. marking hostile meeting :-- Ðá hí tógædere gán sceoldon ðá onstealdan ða heretogan ǽrest ðone fleám when the battle should have been joined, the leaders were the first to fly, Chr. 993; Erl. 132, 15 : 998; Erl. 134, 18 : Beo. Th. 5253; B. 2630. Ðá hí tógædere cómon, ii wolde se ealdorman beswícon ðone æþeling, and hí tóhwurfon búton gefeohte. Chr. 1015; Erl. 152, 14: Ors. 4, 10; Swt. 202, 14. Hi ðǽr fæste tógædere féngon they attacked one another fiercely, Chr. 999; Erl. 134, 25 : 1001; Erl. 137, 12. Hí féngon tógædere fæstlíce mid wǽpnum, Homl. Skt. ii. 25, 631. Hwænne hí tógædere gáras béron when they should cross weapons, Byrht. Th. 133, 48; By. 67. Ðá hí ǽrost tógedore gerǽsdon ðá man ofslóh ðes Cáseres geréfan at the first encounter Caesar's lieutenant was slain, Chr. pref.; Erl. 5, 7. III. marking continuity :-- Feówertig daga and feówertig nihta tógædere, Gen. 7, 4 : Homl. Th. i. 22, 3. Fæste .ii. dagas tógaedere, gif him mægen gelǽste, Lchdm. ii. 218, 2: 232, 19. [O. Frs. tó-gadera

tógædere-weard; adv. In directions that will bring (people] together, will lead to meeting :-- Ða hwíle ðe hié tógædereweard fundedon while they were proceeding to meet one another; Ptolemaeus occurrere bello Perdiccae parat, Ors. 3, ll; Swt. 146, 5. Ðá hié tógædereweard fóron ðá flugon Péne swá hie eft selfe sǽdon . ., iér hié tógædere geneálǽcten when the armies were marching to meet one another, the Carthaginians fled, as they afterwards themselves said, before they were near meeting; Ap. Claudius tarn celeriter Poenos superavit, ut ipse rex ante se victum quam congresium fuisse prodiderit, 4, 6; Swt. 170, 22: 6, 36; Swt. 294, 21. Hé ( = hié) hiera sundorsprǽce ðe hié betux ðǽm folcum tógædereweard gesprǽcan tó unsibbe brohton and hié tó gefeohte geredon their conference, which they (Scipio and Hannibal) held after going to meet one another between the armies, they brought to a hostile conclusion and prepared themselves for battle, 4, 10; Swt. 202, 12.

tó-gægnea. v. tó-geagncs.

tó-gǽlan; p. de To profane, violate :-- Míne rihtwísnessa gif hig besmítaþ ɫ tðgǽlaþ si jnstitias meas profanauerint, Ps. Lamb. 88, 32.

tó-gǽnan; p. de To utter, pronounce :-- Hig spelliaþ ɫ hig tðgǽnaþ and spræcaþ unrihtwísnesse effabuntur et loquentur iniquitatem, Ps. Lamb. 93, 4. Cf. gánian.

tó-gán; p. -eode; pp. -gán. I. of living things, to go in two different directions, to part, separate :-- Gif wíf and wer ǽne tógáþ, Homl. Th. ii. 324, 2. Apollonius and Hellanicus tóeodon mid ðisum worduin, Ap. Th. 8, 23. Mycel wæl feóll on ǽgðre healfe, and ða heras him sylfe tóeodan, Chr. 1016; Erl. 156, 20. Æfter ðon ðe wit nú tócyrraþ and tógáne beóþ postquam ab invicem digressi fuerimus, Bd. 4, 29; S. 607, 20 MS. B. II. of material things, to be sundered, to part :-- Ic tógá dehisco. Engl. Stud. xi. 65, 23. Hé slóh mid ánre gyrde on ða sǽ, and heó tóeode on twá, Wulfst. 293, 15 : Homl. Th. ii. 194, 19. Seó eá on emtwá tóeode, 212, 22. Ðá tóeodon ða stánas, and geopenode ðæt get, H. R. 103. 22. III. to go in many different directions, to disperse, go away :-- Ða wæteru tóeodon and wanedon aquae ibant et decrescebant. Gen. 8, 5. Þe wlcne togað, O. E. Homl. i. 239, 25. Þe rede see toeode, 141, 6. He smat Frolic uppen þæne hælm þat he atwa helden (toʒeode, 2nd MS. ), Laym. 23980. O. H. Ger. ze-gán : Ger. zer-gehen.] v. tó-gaugan, -gengan, -faran.

tó-gang, es m. Access, approach :-- His tógang (-gan, MS. ) biþ ðearle strang, Lchdm. i. 364, 10. Sý getýþod gebróþrum tógang fýres coiicedatur fratribus accessus ignis, Anglia xiii. 307, 457. Nánne hæfþ tógang heortan onbryrdnyss nidlum habebit accessum cordis compunctio, Sciut. 173, 5.

tó-gangan; p. -géng; pp. -gangen. I. to go in different directions, to part :-- Æfter ðon ðe wit nú betweoh unc tógongenne (tógangne, Bd. M. 372, 3) beóþ postyuam ab invicem digressi fuerimus, Bd. 4, 29; S. 607, 20. Ðá hié betwih him tógangen (-gangende. Bd. M. 372, 20) wǽron digredientes ab invicem, S. 607, 36. II. to go away, pass away :-- Ne tógongeþ gumena hwylcum eáþe ðæt ic ðǽr ymb sprice what I speak of does not easily pass away from any man (it is a bow that speaks, and the reference is to a wound from a poisoned arrow), Exon. Th. 405, 30; Rä. 24, 10. v. tó-gán, -gengan, -faran.

tó-geagn; prep. adv. Towards, in the direction of an object :-- Tó-geaegu iornaþ iúh monn occurrit uobis homo. Mk. Skt. Lind. 14, 13. [Wes heom toʒæn (aʒein, 2nd MS. ) þe kaissere, Laym. 9792. Du. te-gen : Ger. zu-gegen.] v. next word.

tó-geagnes, -gegues, -geánes, -génes. I. prep. (l) with dat. before or after it. (a) where there is motion towards the object governed by the word; (a) without idea of hostility, towards, so as to meet :-- Sittas (the translater has read sed iec as sedite, and taten ii as sedete) cuoæíað ðegnum his ðætte tógeaegnes (-gægnes, Rush. ) færes iúh remain and tell his disciples that he will come to meet you, Mk. Skt. Lind. 16, 7. Foerdon tógægnes him processerunt obviam ei, Jn. Skt. Lind. Rush. 12, 13. Mann cumende hcom tógénes (tógeegnas him, Lind. ) hominem venientem obviam sibi. Mt. Kmbl. 27, 32. Eode seó ceasterwaru tógeánes (-gægnas, Lind. ) ðám Hǽlende, 8, 34. ' Ne cóme gé nó tðgénes (-geánes, Cote. MSS. ) mínum folce ðæt gé meahton standan on mínum gefeohte for Israhéla folce. ' . . . -Ðæt is ðonne ðæt hé fare tógeánes Israhéla folce him mid tó gefeohtanne, Past. 15; Swt. 89, 17, 21. Ðá eode se cining him tógeánes egressus est rex in occursum ejus, Gen. 14, 17. Symeon eode tógeánes ðam cilde . . . Symeon eode hire tógeánes, Homl. Th. i. 136, 14, 34. Faraþ him tógénys (-geánes, MS. A. ) exite obviam ei. Mt. Kmbl. 25, 6. Ðǽr him tðgéues manige cómon. Andr. Kmbl. 1313; An. 657. Bær man him tógeánes ánre wydewan Hé, Homl. Th. i. 60, 12 : Blickl. Homl. 67, 7, 10. (β) with idea of hostility, against, to meet :-- Hí férdon tógeánes ðám hǽðenum they marched to meet the heathens. Homl. Tb. i. 504, 27. Ðá fyrdode he him tógeánes, and wið him feaht, Chr. 835; Erl. 65, 24. Him ðǽr com tðgeánes Byrhtnoð ealdorman mid his fyrde, and him wið gefeaht, 993; Erl. 132, 5. Ða scipu fóran tógénes him, 911; Erl. 100, 21. (b) where there is motion of the object governed by the word; (a) without idea of opposition, in the way of, to meet the approach of, in readiness for, against the coming of :-- Biþ hit eft him tógeánes gehealden it shall be preserved against his coming, Blickl. Homl. 53, 14. Ðæt folc, ðæt ðǽr beforán férde, streówodan heora hrægl him tógeánes, 71, 8. Geseóþ ðæt hé ǽrest tó ðære sinoþstówe cymeþ and gesiteþ, and gif hé áriseþ tógeánes eów ðonne gé cumen (si vobis adpropinquantibus adsurrexerit), Bd. 2, 2; S. 503, 10: Homl. Th. ii. 52, 13. Gástum tógeánes, Cd. Th. 146, 30; Gen. 2430. Gemít ðú áwyrgda in ðæt wítescræf, ðé is susl weotod gearo tóógegcies, 308, 15; Sat. 693. Gearwian ús tógénes gréne strǽte, 282, 15; Sat. 287. Tógeánes, Exon. Th. 450, 21; Dóm. 91. Ðǽr biþ oft open eádgum tógeánes heofonríces duru, 198, 17; Ph. II. (β) with the idea of opposition, against, for the purpose of resisting :-- Hér com Oláf cyng into Norwegum, and ðet folc gegaderode him tðgeánes and him, wið gefuhton, Chr. 1030; Erl. 163, 17. Hé forlét his gingran tógeánes ðære ceáste he left his lieutenant to oppose the tumult, Homl. Skt. i. 7, 212. Hæfde hé Grendle tógeánes seleweard áseted, Beo. Th. 1336; B. 666. (c) marking the object towards or against which an action is directed :-- Ðá clypode se eádiga Godes ðeów him tógeánes the blessed servant of God cried out addressing him, Homl. Th. ii. 168, 17. Hí biton heora téð him tógeánes they gnashed on him with their teeth (Acts 7, 54), i. 46, 28. Hnigon mid heáfdum heofoncyninge tógeánes, Cd. Th. 16, 3; Gen. 238. Ðæt hé gewyrce deórum dǽdum deófle tógeánes, Exon. Th. 310, 18; Scef. 76. Ne underféhþ hé ná gerýnu for him sylfum ac gecýðnysse tógcánes him sylfum, Homl. Th. ii. 276, 35. Hí cwǽdon gefeoht tógeánes ðære burhware they declared war against the citizens, i. 504, 13. (d) marking time, on the approach of, towards :-- Tógeánes Eástron com ðæs pápan sande the pope's legate came towards Easter, Chr. 1095; Erl. 232, 27. (e) marking comparison or contrast :-- Hú mæg manna eádmódnys beón mycel geþúht tógeánes his eádmódnysse ðe ælmihtig God is, Homl. Skt. i. 12, 288. (2) with acc.; instances of this government are rare, and the two following are doubtful :-- Tógeánes his fýnd (feónd, MSS. C. U. W. : feónde, MS. D. ) hé gǽþ adversum inimicum pergit, Ælfc. Gr. 47; Zup. 269, 6. Ðá geopenode seó sǽ tógeánes Moysen (the declension of the word in the translation of Exodous is dat, Moise; acc. Moise, Ex. 8, 8. Moises, 8, 25: 4, 27 : 16, 2, etc. ), Ælfc. T. Grn. 5, 26. II, adv. (l) again, in return :-- Ic him óðerne (gár) eft wille sændan, fleógende fláne forane tógeánes, Lchdm. iii. 52, 25. Ðá hét se wiðersaca onfón ðæra hláfa, and ágifan ðam biscope tógeánes gærs . . . Basilius underféng ðæt gærs ðus cweðende; 'Wé budon ðé ðæs ðe wé sylfe brúcaþ, and ðú ús sealdest tó edleáne (cf. ðú sealdest ús tógeánes, Homl. Skt. i. 3, 220) ungesceádwísra nýtena andlyfene' then bade the apostate to take the loaves, and to give the bishop grass in return . . . Basilius took the grass saying: ' We offered thee what we ourselves use, and Ihou hast given us as requital (thou hast given us in return) the sustenance of irrational beasts,' Homl. Th. i. 450, 2-8: Homl. Skt. i. 3, 215. Cúðberhtus him tógeánes cwæð Cuthbert said to them in reply, Homl. Th. ii. 138, 34. Hió him andsware ǽnige ne meahton ágifan tógénes, Elen. Kmbl. 333; El. 167. Him tógénes ðá gleáwestan mǽldon in reply the wisest said to him, 1069; El. 536. (2) marking position or direction:-- Heó giáp tógeánes she made a clutch at him, Beo. Th. 3006; B. 1501. Hé árás tógénes, Andr. Kmbl. 2021; An. 1013. [Laym, tó-ʒeines, -Sænes: Orm. to-ʒænes: Ayenb. to-yens: O. Sax. te-gegnes.] v. þǽr-tógeánes.

tó-gecorenness, e; f. Adoption :-- Tógicorenisse gást adoptionis spiritum, Rtl. 29, 28.

tó-gegnes. v. tó-geagnes.

to-gehlytto fellowship: -- Tógihlytto consortio, Rtl. 109, 31.

tó-geícendlíc; adj. Adjective :-- Ða óðre naman synd adjectiva, ðæt synd tógeícendlíce, Ælfc. Gr. 8; Zup. 29, 4: 9, 18; Zup. 44, 4.

tó-geíht; adj. (ptcpl. ) Added :-- Interpolares vel additi, ðæt synd ða tógeíhte dagas, Anglia viii. 306, 44. v. next word.

tó-geíhtness, e; f. An addition, increase :-- Adjectiones, ðæt synt tógeíhtnyssa, Anglia viii. 302, 32.

tó-génes, togenness. v. tó-geagncs, for-togenness.

tó-gengan; p. de To go different ways, to separate :-- Hie tógengdon on ðone grénan weald, sǽton on sundran, Cd. Th. 52, 9; Gen. 841. v. tó-gán, -gangan.

tó-geótan; p. -geát, pl. -gulon; pp. -goten. I. to diffuse, spread :-- Tógiót diffundet (verena), Kent. Gl. 914. Ðonne wé swíðe wíde út tógeótaþ ða láre quando exterius late praedicationem fundimus, Past. 48; Swt. 375, 10. Ǽr ðon sió yfele wǽte, se de on wintra gesomnad biþ, hié tógeóte geond óþera lima, Lchdm. ii. 228, 9. Tógoten is geofu in weolerum ðínum diffitsa est gratia in tabus tuis. Ps. Surt. 44, 3. Mid ða Cristes cyricean, seó geond ealne middangeard tógoten is, Bd. 2, 4; S. 505, 26. II. to pour away, to exhaust: -- Ádrugod and tógoten dried up and exhausted (said of an ointment), Lchdm. ii. 28, 7. v. tó-gotenness.

tó-gesceádan to separate things from one another; metaph. to expound, interpret :-- Wæs ingunnen from Moyse and allum wítgum tógisceóde him in allum gewriotum ða ðe of him wérun incipiens a Mose et omnibus prophetis interpraelabatur illis in omnibus scripturis quae de ipso erant, Lk. Skt. Rush. 24, 27. v. tó-sceádan.

tó-geþeód[d]; adj. (p/cpl.) Adjacent, contiguous, connected, adjoined : -- Ðæt eálond tósceadeþ Wantsumo streám fram ðam tógeþeóddan lande insnla, quam a continents terra secernit fluvius Vantsumu, Bd. I. 25; S. 486, 20.

tó-geþeódeude adhering :-- Tógeþeóden(d)ne adhaerentem, Hpt. Gl. 485, 29.

togettan; p. te (used impersonally) :-- Togetteþ betweox sculdrum there are spasms between the shoulders, Lchdm. ii. 216, 22.

tó-gewegen; adj. (ptcpl.) Applied :-- Ðæt se bisceop ðæt tógeweghene fýr ðære cynelícan burghe onweg gewende ut episcopus admotum ab hostibus urbi regiae ignem amoverit, Bd. 3, 16; S. 542, 12.

togian; p. ode To tug, (drag, pull :-- Ða Godes wiðerwinnan ða fǽmnan genámon, út of ðære byrig ungerǽdelíce hí togoden. Homl. Ass. 178, 308. [Cf. toggen to toy, A. R. 424, 27; Marh. 14, 6. Toggyñ idem quod strogelyn, toggyñ or drawyñ tractulo, toggynge, drawynge altractulus, Prompt. Parv. 495. O. Frs. toga to pull about, treat roughly : O. H. Ger. zocchón rapere; zucchen rapere: Icel. toga to draw, pull. ] v. for-togian; togung.

tógian. v. tóan.

tó-gínan; p. -gán; pp. -ginen To yawn, gape, open as the monen does :-- Eorðe tógaan and eall forswealh Dathanes weorod aperta est terra, et deglutivit Dathan, Ps. Th. 105, 15. Se stán tógán, stream út áweóll. Andr. Kmbl. 3044; An. 1525. Biþ ðæt heáfod tóhliden, handa tóliðode, geaglas tóginene. Soul Kmbl. 215; Seel. 100.

tó-glídan; p. -glád; pp. -gliden To glide in different directions, glide away. I. of a fluid :-- Synt geárdagas forð gewitene, lífwynne geliden, swá lagu tóglídæþ, Elen. Kmbl. 2536; El. 1269. II. of smoke, cloud, or the like, to be dissipated, dispersed, dispelled, to disappear, vanish, pass away :-- Ða gedwinon his drýcræftas, swá swá rec ðonne hé tóglídeþ, oððe weax ðonne hit for fýre gemelteþ. Shrn. 135, 3. Hit biþ gelíc réna scúrum, ðonne hí of heofonum swýðost dreósaþ and eft raðe eall tóglídaþ, Wulfst. 149, 7 : 264, 2. Ðæt wolcn tóglád, Homl. Th. ii. 242, II : Chr. 979; Erl. 128, 7. Nihthelm tóglád, lungre leórde, Andr. Kmbl. 246; An. 123 : Elen. Kmbl. 156; El. 78. II a. metaph. of pain, care, or the like :-- Sele drincan, sóna ðæt sár tðglít. Lchdm. ii. 356, 21. Ðenden him hyra torn tóglíde. Exon. Th. 345, 3; Gn. Ex. 182. Hyge wearð mongum blissad, sáwlum sorge tóglidene, 71, 31; Cri. 1164. III. to fall to pieces, collapse :-- Grundweal gearone, se tó-glídan ne þearf, ðeáh hit wecge wind. Met. 7, 34. IV. to slip away :-- Ðeáh ðe ðás cáseras him háton gewyrcean heora byrgene of marmanstáne and útan emfrætewian mid reádum golde, ðeáhhwæðere se deáð hit eal tódǽlþ; ðonne biþ ðæt gold tósceacen, and ða gymmas tóglidene (the gems have slipped from their setting s), Wulfst. 148, 18-24: 263, 8. Gúðhelm tóglád, gomela Scylfing hreás the war-helm slipped off, the aged Scylfing fell. Beo. Th. 4967; B. 2487. [Þeo luue þat ne may her abyde . . . hit schal toglide, Misc. 94, 43. O. Sax. te-glídan to pass away, come to nought

tó-gotenness, e; f. Diffusion, spreading, effusion :-- Wyþ ǽwyrdlan ðæs líchoman ðe cymeþ of tógotennysse ðæs geallan, Lchdm. i. 262, II : 270, 5. v. tó-geótan.

togung, e; f. Spasm :-- Wið sina togunge, Lchdm. i. 136, 9, 19. v. togian.

tóh; adj. Tough, tenacious, holding fast together; lentus :-- Tóh, óoch, thóch lenta, Txts. 73, 1198. Tóh, Wrt. Voc. ii. 49, 64. Ðæm tón lento, 62. Ðǽm tón ab lentis, 3, 48. I. tough, pliant :-- Tóh (tóch, thóh) gerd lentum vimen, Txts. 75, 1207 : Wrt. Voc. ii. 50, 74. II. tough, sticky, glutinous, clammy :-- Nim hwetstán brádneand gní dða buteranon ðæm hwetstane mid copore ðæt heó beo wel toh, Lchdm. iii. 16, 22. [Makeþ ʒoure speres toʒe and strang, Laym. 5865. Mid toʒen his mæine, 9319. Thei hadden towʒ cley for syment, Wick. Gen. 11, 3. Towhhe, not tender tenax, Prompt. Parv. 498. Du. taai pliant, lough, clammy, sticky : O. H. Ger. záhi tenax : Ger. záhe.] v. tóan, téan, tóhlice.

tó-haccian; p. ode To hack to pieces, cut to pieces : -- Sume hig wǽron on feówer dǽias tóhaccode, eall swá lug ðæs Hǽlendes tunecan on feówer tódǽldon, Homl. Ass. 186, 166. [To smale peces ich hym wolde to-hakke, R. Glouc. 141, 14. O. Frs. tó-hakkia: M. H. Ger. Ger. zer-hacken.]

tó-heald; adj. Inclined :-- Tóhald adclinisvel incumbens, Txts. 37, 74. Tóheald adclinis. Wrt. Voc. i. 287, 74 : ii. 4, 41. Þeáh wuhta geliwílc wrigaþ tóheald, swíðe onhelded, wið ðæs gecyndes ðe him cyning engla æt trymðe getióde. Met. 13, 10. [Cf. O. H. Ger. zuo-hald futurus, ven-turus.]

tó-heáwan; p. -heów; pp. -heáwen To hew to pieces, cut to pieces :-- Se cásere cwæd þaet Basilla sceolde gebúgan tó ðam cnihte, oþþe hí man tóheówe mid swurde on twá, Homl. Skt. i. 2, 360. Man sceolde ða scipu tóheáwan, Chr. 1004; Erl. 139, 26. Wé synd ealle beléwde tó úre lífleáste, dæt wé beón tóheáwene mid heardum swurdum, Homl. Ass. 99, 255. [Turnus feol mid mechen toheawen, Laym. 178. The helmes thei tohewen and toschrede, Chauc. Kn. T. 1751. To zenne ne ssel he wende ayeu, Þaʒ me ssolde hine al toheawe, Ayenb. 178, 7. O. Frs. tó-hawa: M. H. Ger. zer-houwen: Ger. zer-hauen.]

tó-higung, e; f. The word glosses affectus, Ru. 18, 32 : 31, 40: 7, 27 : effectus, 35, 37 : 63, 20. v. higian.

tohl. v. tól.

tó-hladan; p. -hlód; pp. -hladen To disband, disperse: -- -Ne meahte hié (the builders of the eower of Babel) gewurðan weall forð timbran, ac hié earmlíce heápum tóhlódon hleóðrunl gedǽlde they could not combine to carry on the building of the wall, but, divided in speech, they miserably dispersed in troops, Cd. Th. 101, 36; Gen. 1693.. Cf. 235, 6; Dan. 302. . tó-hlecan (Ρ); p. -hlæc; pl. -hlǽcon; pp. -hlocen To disjoin, pull to pieces :-- Tóhlocene (tolocene? v. tó-lúcan; but see also hlec, hlccan. In the glosses among which the word occurs initial h before a consonant does not seem to be inserted elsewhere, though it is twice omitted, in lecum rimosae, 400, 69, wisligendre sibilantis, 394, 278) diuulsa, Germ. 398, 112.

tó-hleótan; p. -hleát, pl. -hluton; pp. -hloten To divide into lots, to divide into parts for which lots are to be cast :-- gedǽldan him mín hrægl and ðæt tóhlutan diviserunt sibi vestimenta mea et super vestem meam miserunt sortem, Ps. Th. 21, 16. Hié (the apostles) ðysne middangeard on twelf tánum tóhluton, and ǽghwylc ánra heora in ðærn dǽle ðe hé mid tán geeode manige þeóde úrum Drihtne gestreónde, Blickl. Homl. 121, 8.

tóh-líc; adj. Tough, tenacious, v. next word.

tóhlíce; adv. Tougkly, tenaciously :-- Tóhlíce, thólícae, tóchtlícae uscide, viscide (viscide fortiter, Migne), Txts. 107, 2170. Tólíce huscide, 69, 1033.

tó-hlídan; p. -hlád, pl. -hlidon; pp. -hliden To yawn, gape, open, crack (intrans. ), split (intrans. ) asunder:-- Tóhlád seó eorþe terra dissiluit, Ors. 3, 3; Swt. 102, 26. Tóhlád seó eorþe and wæs bymende fýr up of ðære eorþan flamma scisso terrae hiatu eructata, 4, 2; Swt. 160, 24: Lchdm. iii. 428, 3. Se beorg tóhlád eorðscræf egeslíc the hill yawned, an awful cave it grew, Andr. Kmbl. 3173; An. 1589. Heofonas tóhlidon. Blickl. Homl. 105, 13. Tóhltdan dehiscere, Germ. 400, 482. Biþ ðæt heáfod tóhliden the head shall be cloven, Soul Kmbl. 213; Seel. 109. Hié gesáwon swelce se hefon ware tóhliden coelum scindi velut magno hiatu visum, Ors. 4, 8; Swt. 188, 26. Wæs ðæt beorhte bold tóbrocen... heorras tóhlidene the hinges skewed gaping cracks, Beo. Th. 2002; B. 999. Gimmas tóhlidene, Wulfst. 263, 8 note.

toh-líne, an; f. A tow-line :-- Tohlíne remulcum. Wrt. Voc. i. 63, 64: remulcus, 57, 5. [Gf. Icel. tog a rope, line: Scott. tow a rope of any kind.]

tó-hlocen. v. tó-hlecan.

tó-hlystend, es; m. A listener :-- On ðara tóhlystendra heortan... Hé gedéþ ða sprǽce unnytte ðǽm tóhlystendurn. Past. 15; Swt. 96, 8, 18.

tó-hnescian; p. ode To soften away :-- Ðonne findest ðú ðæt hearde tóhnesced, Lchdm. ii. 250, 21.

tó-hopa, an; m. Hope, expectation :-- Eádig byþ se wer ðe his tóhopa byþ tó swylcum Drihtne beatus vir cujus est nomen Domini spes ejus, Ps. Th. 39, 4. Hwæt is mín tóhopa quae est expectatio mea ? 38, 9. On ðé ys eall úre níél and úre tóhopa Domini est salus, 3, 7. Wâ eów welegum ðe eówer lufu eall and eówer tóhopa is on eówrum worldwelum, Past. 26; Swt. 180, 24. Sió lufu and se geleáfa and se tóhopa fides spes et caritas, 21; Swt. 167, 19, 25 : Shrn. 179, I: Bt. 10; Fox 30, 8. Se tóhopa ðære wræce, Bt. 37, l; Fox 186, 23: Met. 25, 50. Ðú mē gesettest on tóhopan (in spe). Ps. Th. 4, 9 : 15, 9. Ymbe ðone tóhopan ðe gé habbaþ on eów de ea, quae in vobis est, spe, Past. 22; Swt. 173, 9. Ealne his tóhopan sette hē on God, L. E. I. 21; Th. ii. 416, 17. [Nimeþ tohope to helme sumentes galeam spei, O. E. Homl. i. 155, 8. O. L. Ger. tó-hopa.] v. tó-hyht.

tó-hopian. v. hopian (tó).

tó-hopung, e; f. Hope, expectation:-- Wæs eall heora myne fæst on tóhopunge ðæs écean Drihtnes, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 155. v. tó-hopa.

tó-hreósan; p. -hreás; pl. -hruron; pp. -hroren To fall to pieces. I. of buildings, to go to ruin :-- Monige óþre ceastre tóhrorene wǽron multis eivitatibus conlapsis, Bd. 1, 13; S. 482, 8. Mynstru tórorene coenobia dirula, Anglia xiii. 366, 12. II. of flesh, to decay, rot away :-- Beóþ ða líchaman tohrorene (cf. gebrosnode, 148, 24) and tó duste gewordene, Wulfst. 263, 9. Beóþ fingras tóhrorene, Soul Kmb'. 219; Seel. 112. [Portchestre, al heo gunnen toreosen (todrese, 2nd MS.), mid fure and mid fehte foruaren. Laym. 9245. pus Portchestre toræs (toreos, 2nd MS.), & nauere seodden heo ne aras, 9426.]

tó-hréran; p. de To shake to pieces, to destroy :-- Tóhrérde diruit, Hpt. Gl. 487, 75. Se grundweall ðara munta wæs tóhréred fundameana moutium conturbata sunt, Ps. Th. 17, 7. Tóhrérede diruta, destructa, Hpt. Gl. 459, 50.

tó-hrician; p. ode To divide, separate, cut up :--Tóhricod secta, Germ. 398, 183 : dissipatum, 399, 303. Tóhricedum resectis, 398, 100. Cf. Hrycigende resulcans, 398, 144.

tohte, an; f. A military expedition, war, battle :--Nǽron ða twégen tohtan sǽne, lindgeláces, land Perséa sóhton síðfrome Simon and Thaddeus, Apstls. Kmbl. 150; Ap. 75. Gē dóm ágon, tîr æt tohtan, Judth. Thw. 24, 19; Jud. 197. Ðæt wíf ðīn heáfod tredeþ mid fótum sínum ðú scealt fiersna sǽtan tohtan the woman shall tread thy head with her feet, tkou shalt lie in wait to attack her heels, Cd. Th. 56, 18; Gen. 914. Æt sæcce oferswíðan feónda gehwylcne, ðonne fvrdhwate on twá healfe tohtan sécaþ, Elen. Kmbl. 2358; El. 1180. [Cf. O. Frs. tocht-man a leader: Ger. zug a march: Dan. tog expedition, march; togt a cruise, expedition.] v. getoht, tyht, II, toga, teón, IV; and cf. fird.

tó-hweorfan; p. -hwearf, pl. -hwurfen; pp. -hworfen To go in different directions, to part, separate. I. of two persons or parties :--Ða cyningas cómon tógædere and heora freóndscipe gefæstnodon ... And hí tóhwurfon ðá mid ðisum sehte, Chr. 1016; Erl. 159, 5 : 1091; Erl. 228, 8: 1093; Erl. 228, 39. II. of many persons, to disperse :--Eal seó fyrding tóhwearf. Chr. 1094; Erl. 230, 24. Ecgbryht lǽdde fierd wiþ Norþanhymbre, and hié him eáþmēdo budon, and hié on ðam tóhwurfon, 827; Erl. 64, 9. Siendon wé tówrecene geond wídne grund, heápum tóhworfene (-hworfne, Exon. Th. 186, 19; Az. 22) we are scattered in exile through the wide world, dispersed in bands, Cd. Th.235, 6; Dan. 302. Cf. tó-cirran.

tó-hyht, es; m. Hope, confidence, trust, glad expectation :--Witena frófur and eorla gehwam eádnys and tóhyht. Runic pm. Kmbl. 340, 10; Rún. 4. Dæg byþ myrgð and tóhiht eádgum and earmum, 344, 12; Rún. 24. Cf. tó-hopa.

tóian. v. tóan.

tó-ícness, e; f. Increase :--Mid ðý ðá seó gesetenes ðæs heofonlícan lífes dæghwamlíce tóécnesse nom cum vitae coelestis institutio quotidianum snmeret augmentum. Bd. 3, 22; M. 226, 31. v. tó-æícness.

tó-irnan; p. -arn, pl. -urnon; pp. -urnen To run in different directions, run about :--Þýstru ðú gesettest on þearle niht on ðære ealle wildeór wíde tóeornaþ posuisti tenebras, et facta est nox; in ipsa pertransibunt omnes bestiae sylvarum, Ps. Th. 103, 19. v. tó-rinnan.

tó-irnende; adj. (ptcpl.) Running together :--Ðá se Hǽlend geseah ða tóyrneudan menegu cum videret Jesus concurrentem turbam. Mk. Skt. 9, 25.

tól, es; n. I. that by which one makes things (cf. Goth. taujan to make, do), a tool, implement, instrument, (a) literal :--Tól ferramentum, Wrt. Voc. i. 84, 60. Tool instrumentum, 21, 37. Tohl. ii. 49, 23. Mid. tóle instrumento, materia, Hpt. Gl. 443, 47. Ðý læs hié mid ðý tóle (a surgeon's knife) dæt hále líc gewierden, ðe hié sceoldon mid ðæt unhále áweg áceorfan, Past. 48; Swt. 365, 11. Gif ðú ðin tól (cultrum) áhefst ofer hyt if thou lift up thy tool upon it (A. V.), Ex. 20, 25. Hwílon befeóll án síðe of ðam snǽde into ánum deópan seáðe. Benedictus wolde gefréfrian ðone wyrhtan ðe ðæt tól ámyrde, Homl. Th. ii. 162, 12. Wíglíce tól inslnimenta bellica. Hpt. Gl. 424, 28. Eówer súteres tól uestri sutoris instrumenta, Ælfc. Gr. 15; Zup. 105, 15. Mid lácniendlīcum tólum inslrumentis medicinalibus. Hpt. Gl. 478, 2. Ðá cómon ða cempan (the soldiers at the crucifixion) mid cwylmbǽrum tólum, and ðæra sceaðena sceancan tóbrǽcon, Homl. Th. ii. 260, 7- Be mynstres tólum de ferramentis monasterii, R. Ben. 56, 2, 3. Sylle man ðam gebúre tól tó his weorce and andláman tó his húse, L. R. S. 4; Th. i. 434, 26. Ða nýdþearfe ... ðæt is mete and drync and cláþas and tól tó swelcum cræfte swelce ðú cunne ðæt ðé is gecynde, Bt. 14, l; Fox 42, 6. Gif ðú nelle ánum ólæcan, forlǽt eal ðæt ðú áge búton wiste and wǽda and to swylcum weorcum tól swylce ðú cunne, Prov. Kmbl. 80. (b) metaph. :--Hwæt is hit elles bútan getimbrunga and tól háligra manna (instrumenta virtutum), R. Ben. 133, 9. Ðis synt ða lára and ða tól gástlíces cræftes, L. E. 21; Th. ii. 418, 17. Ðú wást ðæt nán mon ne mæg nǽnne cræft cýðan ne nǽnne anweald reccan bútan tólum and andweorce ... Ðæt biþ cyninges andweorc and his tól mid tó rícsianne, ðæt hé hæbbe his laud fullmannod; hé sceal hæbban gebedmenn and fyrdmen and weorcmen. Hwæt ðú wást ðætte bútan ðisum tólum nán cyning his cræft ne mæg cýðan ... Ne mæg hé bútan ðisum (provisions of various kinds) ðás tól gehealdan, ne bútan ðisum tólum nán ðara þinga wyrcan ðe him beboden is tó wyrcenne. Bt. 17; Fox 58, 28-60, 7. II. in a collective sense, tools, machinery, apparatus :--Decius cwæd : 'Æteówiaþ his gesihðum eal ðæt wíta tól' (cf. eal ðæt pínungtól, 428, 18). Ðá wurdon hrædlíce ford áborene ísene clútas, and ísene cláwa, and ísen bedd, and leádene swipa. Homl. Th. i. 424, 18. [Icel. tól; n. pl. tools, cf. Goth. taujan to do.] v. pínung-, tow-, wíte-tól.

tó-lǽtan; p. -lét; pp. -lǽten To let go in different directions, to cause to go different ways, to disperse, release, relax: :--Tólǽte[þ] relaxat, Hpt. Gl. 405, 67. Gif mon sýþ gárleác ou henne broþe and selþ drincan, ðonne tólǽt hió ðæt sár (costiveness), Lchdm. ii. 276, 16. Hé forgiet hine selfne ðonne hé tólǽtt and fægnaþ ongeagn ðara óðerra word oblitus sui in voces se spar git alienas, Past. 17; Swt. 111, 10. Tólǽtenum æddrum laxis fibris, Hymn. Surt. 102, 22. [O. Sax. te-látan to scatter, disperse (intrans.) : O. H. Ger. ze-lázzan desinere, deserere, liquefacere: Ger. zer-lassen to dissolve.]

tó-lǽtenness, e; f. Abandonment, a giving up :--Ðeós wyrt ealle ealde and unlácnigendlíce ádlu tófereþ, swá ðæt hé byþ gelácnud þeáh hé ǽr his hǽle on tólǽtennesse wǽre the patient will be cured, though before he had been in despair of his health, Lchdm. i. 262, 3.

tolcendlíce; adv. Wantonly :--Tolcendlícor petulantius, Germ. 401, 41. v. following words.

tolcettan; p. te To be wanton :--Tolcetende ɫ fleardiende infruticans, luxurians, Hpt. Gl. 435, 36. v. next word.

tolcettung, tolgettung, e; f. An incentive, incitement :--Tolgetunge, ontyndnesse titillationis. Hpt. Gl. 520, 32. Tolgetunge titillationum, acccnsionum, 457, 73. v. preceding words.

tó-leoðian, -lésan. v. tó-liðian, -lísan.

tó-licgan; p. -læg, pl. -lǽgon; pp. -legen. I. intrans. of roads, rivers, etc., to lie or run in different directions :--Heó (the Nile) tólíþ on twá ymb an ígland ðe mon hǽt Meroen the stream runs in two channels round the island of Meroen; faciens insulam nomine Meroën in medio sui. Ors. 1 UNCERTAIN, 1; Swt. 12, 32. Ic wille ðara þreora landríca gemǽre gereccan hú hié mid hiera wætrum tólicgeaþ I will describe the boundaries, in what different directions they run; ipsarum partium (the three divisions of the world) regiones significare curabo, Swt. 10, 5. Nú hæbbe wé gesǽd ymbe ealle Europe landgemǽro hú hí tólicgaþ. Nú wille wé ymbe Affrica secgan hú ða landgemǽro tólicgaþ we have now told in respect to all the boundaries of the countries in Europe the several directions they take. Now we will tell of Africa how the different boundaries of the countries run, Swt. 24, 21-23. Ðǽr ða wegas tólicgaþ where the roads run in different directions, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 411, 21. II. trans. To lie between, to lie and part, to divide, separate :-- Seó eá tólíþ Witland and Weonodland, Ors. 1, 1; Swt. 20, 6. Ǽlc ðæra sprǽca is tódǽled on manega ðeóda, and ða sint tólegena and tódǽlda mid sǽ and mid wudum and mid muntum, Bt. 18, 2; Fox 62, 34.

tó-lísan; p. de To unloose, undo, dissolve; solvere, dissolvere, exsolvere, resolvere. I. to undo that which is bound, release from a bond, (a) literal :-- Ðæt wíf tólýsde hire feax, Homl. Th. ii. 30, 16. (b) figurative, (1) to release from captivity, difficulty, etc. :-- Drihten tólýseþ gecypsede Dominus solvit compeditos, Ps. Spl. 145, 6. Hé wæs gehyhtende ðæt hé sóna ðæs ðe hine mon gefullade his líchoman tólýsed wǽre sperans gula mox baptizatus carne solutus esset, Bd. 5, 7; S. 620, 36. Tólésed wǽran extricaba[n]tur, Wrt. Voc. ii. 83, 25. (2) to do away with tension, relax, relieve :-- Hyt tólýseþ ða blǽdran and ða stánas forð gelǽdeþ, Lchdm. i. 270, 9. II. to put an end to the connection between, to separate :-- Tólýsan líc and sáwle. Andr. Kmbl. 301; An. 151. Ðá tósceáden wearð líg tólýsed then was the flame scattered, separated, Exon. Th. 277, 23; Jul. 585. III. to dissolve, put an end to, dissipate, (a) of concrete objects :-- Ðysse wyrte leáf tólýsaþ gehwylce yfele springas and heardnyssa, Lchdm. i. 262, 9. Scadu sweþredon tólýsed under lyfte, Exon. Th. 179, 17; Gú. 1263. (b) of abstract objects :-- Ðære miltan sár hyt tólýseþ. Lchdm. i. 270, 11. Tólýseþ leóna mægen Drihten molas leonum confringet Dominus, Ps. Th. 57, 5. IV. to dissolve, relax, destroy the force of, weaken :-- Ymhídignyssa ofðriccaþ ðæt mód, and unlustas tólýsaþ. Homl. Th. ii. 92, 15. Mid ðý ðe hié ðone drenc druncon, hraþe heora heorta wæs tólésed and heora mód onwended, Blickl. Homl. 229, 13, 18. Seó sáwul on flǽsclícum lustum biþ tólýsed, Homl. Th. i. 408, 16. Wǽrun míne ǽdra ealle tólýsde renes mei resoluti sunt, Ps. Th. 72, 17. V. to desolate, destroy, v. tó-lísedness, -lísend, -lísendlíc :-- Nú syndon hí gewordene tólýsde quomodo facti sunt in desolatione, Ps. Th. 72, 15. VI. to undo a bond, (a) literal :-- Ðá hét se apostol tólýsan ða rápas, Homl. Th. i. 464, 21. Ðonne tóslupan ða bendas and tólýsede wǽron sunt vincula soluta, Bd. 4, 22; S. 591, 13. (b) figurative :-- Deáþes bend tóléseþ líffruma. Exon. Th. 64, 25; Cri. 1043. VII. to discharge an obligation, to pay :-- Ic tólýsde ɫ ágeald exolvebam, Ps. Spl. 68, 6. VIII. to break a connection :-- Seó geþeódnes ðæs heáfdes tóbrocen and tólýsed wæs ut capitis junctura solveretur, Bd. 5, 6; S. 619, 25. Ða tólýsdan geþeódnesse dissolutam juncturam, S. 620, 13. [O. H. Ger. ze-lósen dissolvere, resolvere, dividere, dirumpere.] v. un-tólísende.

tó-lísedness, e; f. Dissolution, desolation, dispersion :-- Tólésednes dissolutio, dispersio, Wrt. Voc. ii. 141, 40. Monige ðara bigengena ðonan gewitan for ðære burhge tólýsednesse (ob desolationem), Bd. 4, 25; S. 601, 35. On tólýsydnysse in desolationem. Ps. Spl. C. 72, 19.

tó-lísend, es; m. A destroyer, desolater :-- Wéstend, tólýsend desolator, vastator, Wrt. Voc. ii. 139, 34.

tó-lísendlíc; adj. Destructive, desolating :-- Mid glédum tólýsendlícum cum carbonibus desolatoriis, Ps. Lamb. 119, 4.

tó-lísing, e; f. I. dissolution, destruction :-- Geleáfan tólýsinge, Lchdm. iii. 206, 20. II. release, redemption, v. tó-lísan, I b :-- Ðætte hé salde sáwel his lésnise ɫ tólésinc fore monigum ut daret animam suam redemptionem pro multis, Mk. Skt. Lind. 10, 45.

tó-lísness, e; f. I. dissolution, destruction :-- Sibbe tólésness, Blickl. Homl. 115, 16. II. dissolution, death :-- Seó tíd mínre tólýsnesse and mínre forþfóre is swýþe neáh, Bd. 4, 29; S. 607, 21: 4, 9; S. 577, 16.

tó-liðian; p. ode To dismember, disjoint :-- Ðá tóliðode se engel ðæt cild on ðam disce, Homl. Th. ii. 272, 18. Biþ ðæt heáfod tóhliden, handa tóliðode (-leoþode, Exon. Th. 373, 16), Soul Kmbl. 214; Seel. 109.

toll, es; n. m. (?) Toll, tax, custom, duty, due. I. that which is paid to the state. See also IV :-- Cynelíc toll fiscale tributum, Hpt. Gl. 440, 43. Nim ðone wecg, and syle tó tolle for mé and for ðé, Homl. Th. i. 512, 5. Æt hwám nimaþ cyningas gafol oððe toll reges terrae a quibus accipiunt tributum vel censum? Mt. Kmbl. 17, 25. Ðæs cáseres tolleras áxodon Petrus, ðá ðá hí geond ealne middangeard ðam cásere toll gegaderodon, 'Wyle eówer láreów ǽnig toll syllan?' Homl. Th. i. 510, 26-29. Se cyng ne róhte ná hú swiðe synlíce ða geréfan hit begeátan of earme mannon ... Hý árérdon unrihte tollas, Chr. 1086; Erl. 220, 15. II. that which is paid to individuals :-- Sume men syllaþ cyrcan tó hýre swá swá wáclíce mylna ... ac hit ne gedafnaþ dæt man dó Godes hús ánre mylne gelíc for lyðrum tolle, Homl. Skt. i. 19, 248-253. (Cf. molta pensitatio quam a vasallis exigit dominus pro frumenti molitura in molendinis suis, Migne.) Ðá hí nán þincg næfdon tó syllanne, ðá gyrnde hé ðæs wífes for ðam tolle (passage money, fare), ii. 30, 168. III. taking toll :-- Matheus árás ðǽrrihte fram his tolle, Homl. Th. ii. 468, 10. Hé hine geseah sittan æt tolle, 18. Óðer is ðæt man him ðurh fixnoðe bigleofan tilige, and óðer ðæt man ðurh toll feoh gadrige it is one thing for a man. to get his living by fishing, and another to get money together by toll-taking, 288, 20. IV. as a technical term in England. In this connection toll is used to denote not only an amount payable to the king, but also freedom from the payment of such amounts. The word occurs not unfrequently in charters along with sac, sócn, teám, and other terms (v. Cod. Dip. Kmbl. i. xlv), and in the Latin version of an English charter is explained as 'in ueudendis et emundis mercibus a tolneto immunitas,' Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iv. 203, 4-5. In like manner in the Laws of Edward the Confessor it is said: 'Tol, quod nos vocamus theloneum, scilicet libertatem emendi et vendendi in terra sua,' Th. i. 451, 30. Toll could be claimed by the king (1) on sales :-- Si in strata publica seu in ripa emptorali quislibet mercauerit, thelon ad manum regis subeat; quod si intus in curte praedicta (the bishop of Worcester's) quislibet emerit vel uendiderit, thelon debitum ad manum episcopi reddatur, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. ii. 119, 7-12. Cf. the grant by Edward in 904 of 'villae mercimonium, quod Anglice ðæs túnes cýping appellatur,' v. 158, 37; and that by ealdorman Æðelréd and Æðelflǽd of a half of 'ǽlc gerihta ðe tó heora hláforddóme gebyraþ on ceápstówe,' 142, 33. The following passages give instances of the payment of toll :-- Hér kýd on ðissere béc ðæt Leówine and his wíf gebohton Ælfilde tó feówer and sixtuge penegon and Ælfríc Hals nam ðæt toll for ðæs kynges hand, Chart. Th. 635, 24: 631, 28: 639, 15: 636, 2. Alword portgeréfa and Alwine fángon tó ðam tolle for ðæs cynges hand, 636, 30. Æilsig bohte ánne wífmann and hire sunu mid healfe punde, and sealde Æilsige portgeréfa and Maccosse hundredesmann .iiii. penegas tó tolle, 627, 14. Teolling gebohte Ælword and Édwine tó .vii. mancson tó cépe and tó tolle, and Ælword portgeréfa nam ðæt toll, 633, 2-7: 639, 20-24. Æilgyuu álýsde Hig and Dunna and heora ofspring tó .xiii. mancson, and Æignulf portgeréfa and Godsuc námon ðæt toll, 638, 12-17. (2) from ships coming into port. For a list of such tolls see L. Eth. iv. 2; Th. i. 300; and for instances of tolls being remitted see Cod. Dip. Kmbl. i. 94, where the toll (vectigal) on one ship entering the port of London is remitted to bishop Aldwulf: i. 101, where the king remits 'nauis onustae transvectionis censum qui a theloneariis nostris tributaria exactione impetitur; ut ubique in regno nostro libera de omm regali fiscu et tributo maneat.' See also pp. 114, 116. In a charter of Cnut the tolls of Sandwich are the subject of grant: 'nullus homo habet aliquam consuetudinem in eodem portu exceptis monachis aecclesiae Christi. Eorum autem est nauicula et transfretatio portus et theloneum omnium nauium cujuscumque sit et undecumque veniat,' iv. 21. (3) on transport by land or water. See the last passage: 'Eorum est transfretatio portus.' In another charter a grant of land carries with it 'theloneum aquarum,' Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 369, 25. In the charter inserted in the Chronicle under the year 963, se toll of certain streams is the subject of grant, Erl. 123, 2. See Kemble's Saxons in England, ii. 73-78. [O. Sax. tol[l]: O. H. Ger. zol[l]: Ger. zoll; m.: Icel. tollr; m.: Dan. told; m.] v. scip-toll; toln, and following words.

tollere, es; m. A toll-taker, tax-gatherer :-- Tollere telonearius, Wrt. Voc. i. 50, 56: theolenarius, 74, 45. Matheus wæs tollere, Homl. Th. i. 324, 3: ii. 288, 17. God hine áwende of tollere tó apostole, 468, 15. Ðone se Hǽlend geceás of woruldlícum tollere tó gástlícum godspellere, Homl. Skt. i. 15, 129. Ðæs cáseres tolleras áxodon Petrus ... 'Wyle eówer láreów ǽnig toll syllan?' Homl. Th. i. 510, 27. [Ryche Pers þe tollere, H. S. 5816. I seiʒ tolleres in marketes, Piers P. prol. 220. Tollare or takare of tol telonearius, Prompt. Parv. 496.] v. tolnere.

toll-freó; adj. Free from toll, exempt from payment of toll :-- Tolfreó ofer ealle Engleland, wiðinne burhe and wiðútan, æt gárescépinge and on ǽfrice styde be wætere and be lande per totam Angliam infra ciuitatem et extra, in omni foro et annuis nundinis et in omnibus omnino locis per aquam et terram, ab omni telonii exactione liberi sint, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iv. 209, 19.

toll-sceamol, es; m. A seat where a receiver of toll sits, a place for receiving contributions :-- Hé geseah ǽnne man sittende æt tollsceamule (in teloneo), Mt. Kmbl. 9, 9. Ðæt folc hyra feoh torfude on ðone tollsceamul (in gazophilacium), Mk. Skt. 12, 41, 43. v. toll-setl.

toll-scír, e; f. The office of taking toll, business of gathering taxes :-- Matheus árás and forlét his tollscíre Matthew arose and gave up his occupation as tolllaker, Homl. Th. ii. 468, 25.

toll-setl, es; n. A toll-booth, custom-house :-- Tolsetl teloneum, Wrt. Voc. i. 60, 36. Ðá geseah hé sittan sumne mannan æt tollsetle (in teloneo; in a tolbothe, Wick. Mt. 9, 9), Homl. Th. ii. 468, 9. Matheus nǽfre æfter his gecyrrednysse æt tollsetle ne sæt, 288, 18. v. toll-sceamul.

toln, e; f. Toll :-- Hé begeat mid his sméhwrencan and mid his golde and seolfre eall dyrnunga æt Steorran, ðe ðá wæs ðæs kinges rædesman, ðæt him gewearð se þridda pænig of ðære tolne on Sandwíc, Chart. Th. 339. 13: 340; 35. [Heore is ðæt scip ... and se tolne of ealle scipen eorum est navicula ... et theloneum omnium navium, 318, 1.] [O. Frs. tolen, tolne; f.; tolna to impose toll; O. Sax. tolna toll: M. H. Ger. zoln.] v. next word, and toll.

tolnere, es; m. A toll-taker, tax-gatherer :-- Tolnere telonearius, Wrt. Voc. i. 50, 56: exactor, Germ. 395, 48. [O. Frs. tolner: O. H. Ger. zolnare, zollanari telonarius, publicanus: Ger. zöllner.] v. preceding word, and tollere. tó-lúcan; p. -leác, pl. -lucon; pp. -locen To tear to pieces, wrench asunder, dislocate. I. literal :-- Ðæs ne wéndon witan Scyldinga, ðæt hit (the hall) manna ǽnig tóbrecan meahte, listum tólúcan, Beo. Th. 1566; B. 781. Forðon ðe míne innoþas on ðam fylle tólocene wǽron eo quod interanea essent ruendo convulsa, Bd. 5, 6; S. 619, 31. Sint mé leoð tólocen, líc sáre gebrocen, Andr. Kmbl. 2807; An. 1406. v. tó-hlecan. II. figurative, to root out, destroy :-- Ic hæbbe ðé gesetne ofer ríce and ofer ðióda ðæt ðú hí tólúce and tóweorpe and forspilde and tóstence constitui te super gentes et super regna, ut evellas et destruas et disperdas et dissipes, Past. 58; Swt. 441, 31. [Hwil þ̄ Marherete spec þus, me toleac hire, swa þ̄ te reue fir þe stronge rune of þ̄ blodi stream ne mahte for muchele grure lokin þiderweardes, Marh. 7, ii. Wá is us þ̄ we iseoð þi softe lich toluken swa ladliche, 6, 7. Ʒef mi lich is toloken, 6, 12. Heo toluken þene king, and his leomen todrowen, Laym. 2602. Wilde deor limmel toluken ham, & tolimeden eauer euch lið from þe lire, Jul. 79, 5. Ich schal leoten toluken þi flesch þe fuheles of þe lufte carries volatilibus dilacerandas reiciam, Kath. 2092. O. H. Ger. zi-lochan, -lohhan devulsus, revulsus.]

tó-lýsan, torn. v. tó-lísan, tam.

tóm; adj. Empty; figuratively, free from. Cf. leás :-- Ðæt hý móstun mánweorca tóme lifgan and tíres blǽd écne ágan (cf. the man farid imu an giwald Godes tionono tómig, Hél. 2490), Exon. Th. 74, 26; Cri. 1212. [Tome saule (animam inanem) he filled with fode, Ps. 106, 9. Yee sal find þair tumbs tome (tume), C. M. 17798; Toom or voyde vacuus, Prompt. Parv. 496; temyñ or maken empty vacua, evacuo, 488. Scott, toom, tume: Icel. tómr: Dan. tom.]

tó-mearcian; p. ode To distinguish, describe :-- Tómearcode distinxit, Ps. Spl. 105, 32. Ðæt eall ymbehwyrft wǽre tómearcod ut describeretur uniuersus orbis. Lk. Skt. 2, 1. v. next word.

tó-mearcodness, e; f. A description :-- Ðeós tómearcodnes (describtio) wæs ǽryst geworden fram ðam déman Cirino, Lk. Skt. 2, 2. v. preceding word, and tó-writenness.

tó-meldan to destroy peace by talebearing, by spreading reports :-- Ðǽr is helle grund ðam ðe sibbe ful oft tómældeþ mid his múþe (cf. Dante's Inferno, Canto 28, which describes the punishment of the sowers of scandal and schism), Exon. Th. 446, 22; Dóm. 26.

tó-middes; prep. (adv.) I. with dat. (1) marking rest, in the midst of, amidst, (a) preceding the governed word :-- Gewurðe fæstnis tómiddes ðam wæterum fiat firmamentum in media aquarum, Gen. 1, 6. Iosue hét áhebban óðre twelf stánas tómiddes ðam streáme (in medio Jordanis alveo), Jos. 4, 9. Tómiddes eów stód ðe gé ne cunnon medius uestrum stetit quem uos non scitis, Jn. Skt. i. 26. Hé stód ðǽr ána tómiddes eallum ðam folce, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 639. (b) following the governed word :-- Hé stód him tómiddes, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 617. Ðǽr ic sylf beó him tómiddes, Homl. Th. ii. 284, 19. Sticaþ him tómiddes, Salm. Kmbl. 1010; Sal. 506. Holte tómiddes, Met. 13, 37: Cd. Th. 21, 15; Gen. 324. (2) marking motion, into the midst of :-- Hwænne ðú miht to ðam folce becuman mid ealre ðínre fare tómiddes Hierusalem, Homl. Ass. 110, 259. Hine ðanon ealle átugan tómiddes ðære cýpinge, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 609. II. with gen. (here, perhaps, middes should rather be taken as noun governing the following word in the genitive). (1) marking rest, in the midst of, in the middle of :-- Ðá fundon hié hiene tómiddes ðara wietena ... ðá wæs hé gemét sittende tómiddes ðara láreówa invenerunt illum sedentem in medio doctorum ... in medio doctorum sedens invenitur, Past. 49; Swt. 385, 21-25. Ic sette míne hálgan stówe tómiddes eówre (in medio vestri), Lev. 26, 11. Tómiddes hyra in medio, Jn. Skt. 8, 3. Ðǽr ic beó tómiddes heora, L. E. I. 7; Th. ii. 406, 27. (2) marking movement, into the midst of :-- Ðá hé hiene tómiddes ðæs wéstennes hæfde gelǽdd in deserta perductus, Ors. 6, 31; Swt. 286, 17. III. as adverb :-- Hé áhte geweald ealles ðæs splottes ðár ðæt scræf wæs tómiddes, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 416. Sete on feówer healfe ðæs ceápes, and án tómiddes, Lchdm. iii. 56, 9. Álegdon ðá tómiddes mǽrne þeóden, Beo. Th. 6273; B. 3141.

tó-nama, an; m. A surname, cognomen :-- His tónama wæs Cambises gecweden, Homl. Ass. 103, 25. 'Huætd ðé tónoma (or tó noma (dat.)?; Rush. has noma) is?' And cuoeð tó him: 'Here tónoma mé is' quod tibi nomen este? Et dicit ei: 'Legio nomen mihi est,' Mk. Skt. Lind. 5, 9. [Ðes wimman hadde on toname Magdalene, O. E. Homl. ii. 143, 13. Nu þu iherest of wuche gomen aras þer þe tonome ... tonome ariseð ofte of lutle þing þe long ilasted, Laym. 9383. God gyueth the riche fowl towname (v. Lk. 12, 20-21), Piers P. C-text 13, 211. Ger. zu-name. Cf. Dan. til-navn.] v. next word.

tó-namian; p. ode To surname [ :-- Simon ðone getónomade (getornomade, MS.) stán Simonem quem cognominauit Petrum, Lk. Skt. Lind. 6, 14]. v. preceding word.

tó-nemnan; p. -nemde To name separately, distinguish by name into parts :-- Hié ða þrió dǽlas on þreó tónemdon, Asiam, Europem, and Affricam they distinguished the three parts by the three names, Asia, Europe, and Africa, Ors. 1, 1; Swt. 8, 4. Norþ óþ ðone gársecg is eall Sciþþia lond binnan, þéh mon tónemne on twá and on þrítig þeóda north up to the ocean is all Scythia, though it is divided into thirty-two nations, each having its own name, Swt. 14, 22. Swá þeáh is tó geþencenne ðæt ða fíf þing þeáh hí tónemde sién mid wordum ðæt hit is eall án þing ðonne hí gegaderode beóþ atqui necessarium est confiteri nomina quidem esse diversa, nullo vero modo discrepare substantiam, Bt. 33, 1; Fox 122, 11.

tonian; p. ode To thunder :-- Ic tonige tono, Ælfc. Gr. 24; Zup. 138, 3. [From Latin.]

tó-niman; p. -nam, pl. -námon; pp. -numen. I. to take to pieces, divide :-- Hæfde se cyning his fierd on tú tónumen, Chr. 894; Erl. 90, 17. II. to take away, cf. æt-beran :-- Tollite portas, principes ... Ðæt byþ on Englisc: Gé ealdras, tónymaþ ða gatu, Nicod. 27; Thw. 15, 8.

tonwinto? The word occurs as a gloss to adlido, Txts. 39, 79.

topp, es; m. I. a top, summit :-- Helmes top apex, summitas galeae, Wrt. Voc. i. 36, II. a lock of hair, tuft; and fig. a collection of rays of light (?), as in the tail of a comet :-- Se bróðor geseah eall ðæt hús mid heofonlícre bryhto geondgoten, and hé ðǽr geseah fýrenne topp (a stream of light (?); cf. Cometa ... men cweþaþ on Englisc, ðæt hit sié feaxede steorra, for ðæm ðǽr stent lang leóma of, Chr. 891; Erl. 88, 19. But, perhaps, torr should be read, as the Latin has turrim; and the metrical version of the passage uses that word :-- Heofonlíc leóma from foldan up swylce fýren tor ryht árǽred. Exon. Th. 180, 26; Gú. 1285) up of ðære eorþan tó heofones heánnysse, Guthl. 20; Gdwin. 88, 11. III. a top to play with (?) :-- Mid gelǽredre handa hé swang ðone top mid micelre swiftnysse (the passage is obscure, and perhaps the Latin original has been mistranslated. Thorpe, p. 41, note, cites two Latin versions, one of which has 'accepto ceromate, cum docta manu circumlavit ei cum subtilitate'; the other 'accepto cyramoco, docta manu circulavit eum': in each case the rubbing after the bath seems to be meant. But swingan (q.v.) elsewhere seems always used with the sense of striking, and hardly fits in with the meaning of the Latin), Ap. Th. 13, 13. [In later English the word seems mostly used of the hair at the top of the head, or of that which has a similarity with it, e.g. the leafy top of a tree :-- Bi þone toppe (coppe, 2nd MS.) he hine nom, Laym. 684. Hongin bi þe toppe (teon bi þe top up, Bodl. MS.), Jul. 28, 6: Piers P. 3, 139. Top ouer tail, Will. 2776. En vostre chef vus avet toup (a top of heer). Wrt. Voc. i. 144, 21 (13th cent.). Ne rohte he þeʒ flockes were Imeind bi toppes and bi here, O. and N. 428. His heer was by his eres ful round ishorn. His top was docked lyk a priest biforn, Chauc. Prol. 590. Top or fortop, top of the hed aqualium, Prompt. Parv. 496. Up to þe toppe from þe more, O. and N. 1422: 1328. A top of flax du lyn le toup. Wrt. Voc. i. 144, 27. The word is used also of other things :-- Teon seiles to toppa, Laym. 1339. Top or cop of an hey thynge cacumen, top of a maste carchesia, Prompt. Parv. 496. It is found, too, as the name of a plaything :-- En la rue vus juvetz a toup (a top of tre), Wrt. Voc. i. 144, 25. Top of chylderys pley trochus, Prompt. Parv. 496. Sweype for a top flagellum, 482. O. Frs. top a lock, tuft of hair: Du. top top, summit: O. H. Ger. zopfe; pl. cicinni, anciae: Ger. zopf: Icel. toppr a tuft or lock of hair; a top of a mast: Dan. top a top, summit; a tuft, crest; a top to play with: Swed. topp a top, summit. The word was taken from the Teutonic into the Romance languages.]

tor a tower; a rock. v. torr.

tór; adj. Difficult, hard. v. tór-begete, -cirre [& tat iss harrd & strang & tor and hefi&yogh; lif to ledenn, Orm. 6350. Erueð (tor, MS. T.) for te paien, A. R. 108, 9. An honful &yogh;erden beoð erueð for te breken (arn tor to breken, MS. T.), 254, 2. Tor for to telle, Will. 1428. Toor, 5066. O. H. Ger. zuor-, zuir-, zuur-, zúr-: Icel. tor-].

toran-eáge. v. toren-íge.

tór-begete; adj. Hard to get :-- Gif hé beget and yt rinde, sió ðe cymþ of neorxnawonge, ne dereþ him nán átter. Ðonne cwæþ se ðe ðás bóc wrát ðæt hió wǽre tórbegete, Lchdm. ii. 114, 3-6. Cf. éð-begete, and see tór.

tór-cirre; adj. Hard to turn, hard to convert :-- Ða ðe wǽron ǽr swýðe heardes módes and swýðe tórcyrres tó Crystes geleáfan, Shrn. 99, 1. Cf. earfoþ-cirre.

torcul glosses torcular, Mt. Kmbl. Rush. 21, 33. [O. H. Ger. torcul; n.; torcula; f. torcular.]

tord, es; n. A turd, dung :-- Swínes tord, Lchdm. ii. 62, 22. Gáte tord, 122, 5. Genim níwe horses tord, 330, 27: 148, 13. Genim culfran tord, 322, 9. v. weorf-tord; tyrdlu, and next word.

tord-wifel, es; m. A dung-beetle; scarabaeus stercorarius :-- Ðǽr ðú geseó tordwifel on eorþan up weorpan, ymbfó hine mid twám handum mid his geweorpe, Lchdm. ii. 318, 15. [Icel. tord-yfill.] Cf. scearn-wifel.

tó-rendan; p. -rende To rend in two, tear in pieces :-- Se héh ðá sacerd tóslát ɫ tórende woedo his summus autem sacerdos scindens vestimenta sua, Mk. Skt. Lind. Rush. 14, 63. Wághrsegl temples tóre[n]ded (tórended, Rush.) wæs in tuu velum templi scissum est in duo, 15, 38. Grin biþ tórænded laqueus cóntritus est, Ps. Th. 123, 7. [Wurmes wullen todelen þine þermes, lifre and lihte torenden, Fragm. Phlps. 6, 59. He is of þe tetore uolke, þet totereð his olde kurtel, and torendeð þe olde pilche, A. R. 362, 29. Haue ruþe of þi faire bodi, þt UNCERTAIN me ne lete hit noʒt þus torende, Marg. 28, 132. O. Frs. tó-renda.]

toren-íge; adj. Blear-eyed :-- Gif hé wǽre toreníge (-igge, Cote. MSS.) oððe fleáh hæfde on eágan si lippus fuerit, si albuginem habens in oculo, Past. 11; Swt. 65, 5. Wiþ eágena sár, ðæt is ðonne ðæt hwá torníge (toraneáge, MS. B.) sý ad lippitudinem oculorum, Lchdm. i. 108, 23. Wið eágena sáre, ðæt ys ðæt wé cwéðaþ torníge (-ége, MS. H.) ad epiphoras oculorum, 156, 18.

torfian; p. ode. In the first instance to throw with turf at a person (cf. stǽnan), and then with stones or the like; so Icel. has tyrfa með grjóti ok með torfi, and Swed. tyrva med stenom. Afterwards in a more general sense to throw. I. to throw at an object, strike with a missile, to stone a person :-- Seó clǽnnes ða fúlnesse mid flinte torfaþ pudicitia libidinem cum saxo percutit, Gl. Prud. 12 a. Ða deóflu mé swíðe geegsiaþ and eác swylce torfiaþ, Homl. Skt. i. 3, 424. Hí námon stánas, ðæt hí hine torfodon, Homl. Th. ii. 236, 21. Hí mid stánum torfodon ðone soðfæstan Iacob, 300, 18. Hig námon stánas tó ðam ðæt hig woldon hyne torfian tulerunt lapides, ut iacerent in eum, Jn. Skt. 8, 59: ut lapidarent eum, 10, 31. Ða leásan gewitan hine ongunnon ǽrest tó torfienne, Homl. Th. i. 50, 15. II. to throw, cast, (a) with acc. of thing thrown :-- Hé geseah hú ðæt folc hyra feoh torfude on ðone tollsceamul, and manega welige torfudon fela aspiciebat quomodo turba iactaret aes in gazophilacium, et multi diuites iaciabant multa, Mk. Skt. 12, 41. (b) without an object :-- Ic torfige oððe sceóte iacio, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 6; Zup. 178, 16. Ða Frencisce men torfedon tówærd ðam weofode, Chr. 1083; Erl. 217, 17. [Samuel þe sticches toruede (tarueden, 1st MS.) oueral þan strede, Laym. 16703. Icel. tyrfa to pelt a person with something.] v. of-, tó-torfian; turf, and next word.

torfung, e; f. I. a throwing of stones, stoning :-- Ðæt hine (a slave who had absconded) man lǽdde tó ðære torfunge, L. Ath. v. 6, 3; Th. i. 234, 8. Cf. Si fur servus homo sit, eant sexaginta et viginti servi et lapident eum, iii. 6; Th. i. 219, 13. v. Grmm. R. A. 693. II. a throwing, casting, hurling :-- Hié his wǽran swíðe ehtende ge mid scotum ge mid stána torfungum, Ors. 5, 9; Swt. 134, 16.

torht; adj. [The word with its derivatives is almost confined to poetry. It is, however, found not unfrequently as one of the components in proper names. v. Txts. 576: cf. beorht in the same class of words. See, also, torhtness.] Bright, splendid. I. of the brightness of light, literal or figurative, (a) referring to things in this world :-- Æþelast tungla, torht tácen Godes the sun, Exon. Th. 204, 11; Ph. 96. Leóma leóhtade leóda mǽgþum torht, 15, 12; Cri. 235. Upheofon torhtne mid his tunglum the firmament splendid with its stars, 60, 13; Cri. 969. Heofon torhtne tungolgimmum, 71, 6; Cri. 1151. Heofanas torhte the bright skies, 58, 11; Cri. 934. Tungla torhtast the sun, Menol. Fox 219; Men. 111. (b) of heavenly brightness :-- Wæs mé swegles leóht torht ontýned, Exon. Th. 131, 19; Gú. 457. Wuldres leóht torht, 102, 17; Cri. 1674: Andr. Kmbl. 3222; An. 1614: Cd. Th. 299, 28; Sat. 557. II. of splendid appearance, bright, beautiful, splendid, (a) of living creatures :-- Se torhta fugel (the phenix), Exon. Th. 236, 15; Ph. 574. Ða torhtan mægþ (Judith: cf. ides ælfscínu, 21, 11; Jud. 14), Judth. Thw. 22, 1; Jud. 43. Englas ælbeorhte, trume and torhte, Exon. Th. 55, 15; Cri. 884. (b) of inanimate objects :-- Ðé is neorxna wang, boldwela fegrost ... torht ontýned, Andr. Kmbl. 209; An. 105. Ðæt torhte lond, Exon. Th. 199, 19; Ph. 28. Se torhta æsc, 429, 24; Rä. 43, 9. In ðære torhtan byrig, 34, 14; Cri. 542. Of ðam torhtan temple Dryhtnes, 12, 15; Cri. 186. Beám tánum torhtne, 435, 17; Rä. 54, 2. Him hildedeór hof torht getǽhte, Beo. Th. 631; B. 313. Torhtæ vilreos, claros (gurgites). Hpt. Gl. 406, 48. Tácna torhtost (the cross seen by Constantine; cf. ðæt wlitige treów, 330; El. 165), Elen. Kmbl. 327; El. 164. III. splendid, glorious, noble, illustrious, having splendid qualities or properties, (a) of persons :-- Se torhta (the Deity), Cd. Th. 282, 29; Sat. 294. Árás se wuldormago, spræc tó his onbehtþegne, torht tó his gesíþe, Exon. Th. 179, 29; Gú. 1269. Bearn Godes, torhtes tírfruma[n], 13, 21; Cri. 206. Torhtne Drihten Hǽlend, Cd. Th. 301, 2; Sat. 575. Torhte and tíreádige twelfe the twelve apostles, Apstls. Kmbl. 7; Ap. 4: Exon. Th. 366, 10; Reb. 10. (b) of things :-- Wuldres bléd torht, Cd. Th. 302, 5; Sat. 594. Seolf onféng torhtum tácne (circumcision), 143, 6; Gen. 2375. Hé benam his feónd torhte tíre, 4, 23; Gen. 58. Ða hálgan duru heofona ríces torhte ontýnan. Salm. Kmbl. 75; Sal. 38. Abraham wordum God torhtum cígde, Cd. Th. 108, 16; Gen. 1807. Noldan hí ða torhtan tácen (Christ's miracles) oncnáwan, Exon. Th. 40, 21; Cri. 642. Torhte frætwe, 211, 20; Ph. 200. In ðone torhtestan þrýnesse þrym, 140, 29; Gú. 617. IV. of sight or voice, bright, clear :-- Blind sceal his eágna þolian, oftigen biþ him torhtre gesihþe, Exon. Th. 335, 29; Gn. Ex. 40. Ðúhte him ðæt engel stígan cwóme and stefne ábeád, torhtan reorde, Cd. Th. 248, 10; Dan. 511. [O. Sax. torht: O. H. Ger. zoraht clear, evident.] v. freá-, geár-, gold-, heaðo-, heofon-, hilde-, hleór-, mǽre-, mere-, morgen-, rodor-, sige-, sigel-, swegel-, wlite-, wuldor-torht.

torhte; adv. I. clearly :-- Frætwe míne (the swan's feathers) swógaþ hlúde, torhte singaþ, Exon. Th. 390, 9; Rä. 8, 8. Him torhte in gemynd his Dryhtnes naman dumba brohte, 440, 24; Rä. 60, 7. II. beautifully, splendidly :-- Hé anlícnesse geseh torhte gefrætwed, wlitige geworhte, Andr. Kmbl. 1430; An. 715. [O. H. Ger. zorahto evidenter.]

torhtian; p. ode To make clear, shew :-- Tácnendi, torctendi index, Txts. 71, 1105. [Cf. O. H. Ger. gi-ougozorhtón manifestare.]

torht-líc; adj. Splendid :-- Eów ys wuldorblǽd torhtlíc tóweard, Judth. Thw. 23, 35; Jud. 157. Dryhten eallum dǽleþ ... sumum torhtlícne tiir, Exon. Th. 331, 18; Vy. 70. [O. Sax. torht-lík.]

torhtlíce; adv. Splendidly :-- Ðæt is sigedryhten ðe ðone selc frætweþ, timbreþ torhtlíce, Exon. Th. 450, 25; Dóm. 93. His mildheortnyss is ofer ús torhtlíce getrymed, Ps. Th. 116, 2: Andr. Kmbl. 3358; An. 1683. [O. Sax. torhtlíko.]

torht-mód; adj. Glorious, illustrious; an epithet of the Deity, Judth. Thw. 21, 4; Jud. 6: 21, 35; Jud. 93: of Noah, Cd. Th. 90, 28; Gen. 1502.

torhtness, e; f. Glory :-- Torhtnis, torchtnis luculentum, Txts. 75, 1243. Torhtnes, Wrt. Voc. ii. 51, 16. Gyf him þince (seem in a dream) ðæt his hús byrnþ, micel blǽd and torhtnes him byþ tóweard, Lchdm, iii. 170, 10.

tó-rinnan; p. -rann To run in different directions, disperse (intrans.) :-- Suelce hit eall lytlum ríðum tórinne, Past. 38; Swt. 277, 13. [O. H. Ger. ze-rinnan; Ger. zer-rinnen.]

tó-rípan; p. te To pluck in two, tear to pieces :-- Ðá hé fleáh ðá tórýpte hine án brémber ofer ðæt nebb. Ðá hé ætsacan wolde ðá sǽde him mon ðæt tó tácne when he fled, a bramble scratched him all over the face. When he wanted to deny (the charge brought against him), they told him this as a token, Chart. Th. 172, 27. [v. Goth. raupjan to pluck: O. H. Ger. roufen vellicare, runcare: Ger. raufen.] v. rípan.

torn, es; n. [The word with its derivatives is almost confined to poetry; see, however, torn-wyrdan.] Violent emotion of anger or grief (cf. teran, and Goth. ga-taura a rent; ga-tauman to be torn). I. of anger, (a) where there is just cause, anger, indignation, wrath :-- Gewát torne gebolgen dryhten Geáta (Beowulf when the dragon ravaged the country), Beo. Th. 4794; B. 2401. Ne móton wyt on wǽrlogum wrecan Godes torn, Cd. Th. 152, 34; Gen. 2530: 4, 24; Gen. 58: 151, 13; Gen. 2508. Mé ðæt cynn hafaþ sáre ábolgen; nú mé Sethes bearn torn níwiaþ, 76, 16; Gen. 1258. Lífes leóhtfruma leng ne wolde torn þrowigean would not restrain his wrath, 146, 14; Gen. 2422. (b) unrighteous anger, rage :-- Wǽron teónsmiðas (the evil spirits) tornes fulle, cwǽdon ðæt him Gúðlác earfeþa mǽst ána gefremede, Exon. Th. 114, 22; Gú. 176. Beóþ ða gebolgne ... and heora torn wrecaþ will wreak their rage, 119, 24; Gú. 259. Synfull yrsaþ tóþum torn þolaþ teónum grimetaþ peccator irascetur, dentibus suis fremet, Ps. Th. 111, 9. II. of grief, grief, affliction, trouble, distress :-- Cyning eallwihta Caines ne wolde tiber sceáwian; ðæt wæs torn were hefig æt heortan, Cd. Th. 60, 10; Gen. 979. Hý twégen sceolon tæfle ymbsittan, ðenden him hyra torn tóglíde, forgietan ðara geócran gesceafte, habban him gomen on borde, Exon. Th. 345, 3; Gn. Ex. 182. Ðǽr wæs wópes hring torne bitolden, 34, 6; Cri. 538. Ðá wæs wópes hring, hát heáfodwylm, ofer hleór goten; nalles for torne teáras feóllon, Elen. Kmbl. 2265; El. 1134. Hé lét, torn þoliende, teáras geótan, Exon. Th. 165, 15; Gú. 1029. Inwidsorge ðe hié ǽr drugon and þolian scoldon, torn unlytel, Beo. Th. 1670; B. 833. Torn geþolode wine Scyldinga, weána gehwylcne, sídra sorga, 297; B. 147. Torn dreógan, Exon. Th. 131, 20; Gú. 458. Gristbitian mid tóðon torn þoligende gnashing their teeth in despair, Judth. 25, 21; Jud. 272. Abraham bæd him fultumes ... cwæð ðæt him wǽre weorce on móde, sorga sárost ... Hié Abrahame treówa sealdon, ðæt hié his torn mid him gewrǽcon on wráðum, Cd. Th. 122, 36; Gen. 2037. Ne sceal nǽfre his torn tó rycene beorn of his breóstum ácýþan, nemþe hé ǽr ða bóte cunne mid elne gefremman, Exon. Th. 293, 7; Wand. 112. Torna gehwylces, Beo. Th. 4385; B. 2189. [O. Sax. torn grief, affliction: Du. toorn anger: O. H. Ger. zorn commotio, zelus, fervor, ira, indignatio, dolor, molestia: Ger. zorn.] v. gár-, lyge-torn, and next word.

torn; adj. Causing violent emotions of grief or anger, grievous, distressing, bitter :-- Hí him ermþu gehéton tornum teóncwidum they threatened him with misery in grievous words of insult, Exon. Th. 129, 10; Gú. 419. Ic sceal godscyld wrecan, torne teóncwide (grievous blasphemies), ðe ðu tǽlnissum wiþ ða sélestan sacan ongunne, 254, 30; Jul. 205. Hí mé dǽdun (-m, MS.) torne télnysse, teónan mænige detrahebant mihi, Ps. Th. 108, 3. Ðæt wæs Hróðgáre hreówa tornost it was to Hrothgar the bitterest grief, Beo. Th. 4265; B. 2129. [O. Sax. torn bitter (tear).] v. torne, torn-líc.

torn-cwide, es; m. A speech that causes grief, bitter, grievous, distressing words :-- Heora tungan torncwidum serwaþ swá oft nædran dóþ acuerunt linguas suas sicut serpentes, Ps. Th. 139, 3. Ongunnon gromheorte (the evil spirits) Godes orettan in sefan swencan, swíþe gehéton, ðæt hé in ðone grimman gryre gongan sceolde ...; woldun hý geteón mid torncwidum in orwénnysse Meotudes cempan, Exon. Th. 36, 25; Gú. 546.

torne; adv. In a way that causes grief or distress, grievously, distressingly :-- Hé wíse dómas déþ (ðám) ðe hér deorce ǽr teónan manige torne geþoledan facit judicium injuriam patientibus, Ps. Th. 145, 6. Mé ys torne on móde (cf. ys mé nú hige geómor, 22, 31; Jud. 87) I am distressed in mind, Judth. Thw. 22, 36; Jud. 93. Him ðæs wópes hring torne gemonade, Exon. Th. 182, 22; Gú. 1314. Heó mec torne tǽle gerahte (-rǽhte?), 247, 3; Jul. 73.

torn-gemót, es; n. A meeting intended to cause trouble or molestation, an attack upon an enemy :-- Gif hé torngemót þurhteón mihte if he could bring about a meeting with his foe, Beo. Th. 2284; B. 1140.

torn-geníðla, an; m. A malignant, grievous, fierce enemy :-- Héton hine ofer landsceare teón torngeníðlan, swá hié hit frécnost findan meahton, Andr. Kmbl. 2462; An. 1232. Heó wǽron stearce, stáne heardran, noldon hire andsware ǽnige secgan torngeníðlan (the Jews whom Elene asked about the cross), Elen. Kmbl. 1132; El. 568. Hié (the wicked after doomsday) worpene beóþ in helle grund torngeníðlan, 2609; El. 1306.

torn-íge. v. toren-íge.

torn-líc; adj. Grievous, bitter :-- Ða hér on tornlícum teárum (cf. wréðan werk wópu kúmian, tornon trahnon, Hél. 5525) sáwaþ, Ps. Th. 125, 5. [O. H. Ger. zorn-líh turbidus, iratus.]

torn-mód; adj. Having the mind excited to anger, having rage in the heart :-- Gé (the evil spirits) mec nǽfre mótan tornmóde teón in tintergu, Exon. Th. 141, 2; Gú. 621. [Cf. O. H. Ger. zorn-muot turbor; zorn-muotig iracundus.]

torn-sorh; gen. -sorge; f. Anxious care :-- Tornsorgna ful eald ongon eaforan lǽran, Exon. Th. 304, 27; Fä. 76.

torn-word, es; n. A word that causes distress or grief, a contemptuous, scornful word :-- Hí mé hosp sprecaþ, tornworda fela, Exon. Th. 11, 17; Cri. 172. v. torn-wyrdan.

torn-wracu, e; f. Grievous revenge :-- Gé hér áteóþ in ða tornwræce (the destruction with which the evil spirits threatened Guthlac if he remained in his hermitage) sigeleásne síð, Exon. Th. 120, 16; Gú. 272.

torn-wyrdan; p. de To address abusive words to, to vituperate :-- Hiera wíf him ongeán iernende wǽron, and hié swíþe tornwyrdon, and ácsedon, gif hié feohtan ne dorsten, hwider hié fleón woldon; ðæt hié óðer gener næfden búton hié on heora wíf hrif gewiton (the Latin, however, is: Uxores eorum obviam occurrunt, orant, in praelium revertantur: cunctantibus obscoena corporis ostendunt, quaerentes, num in uteros uxorum vellent refugere), Ors. 1, 12; Swt. 54, 2. v. torn-word.

toroc a bung, stopper of a cask (?):--Toroc dolua, Wrt. ii. 141, 67. [From Latin (?) turachium epistomium, dolii obturamentum, Migne. Cf. (?), too, French douve stave of a cask. Another attempt at a meaning, however, may be suggested. Du Cange, who does not give dolua, gives toroc as a gloss for gurgulio; if this were the same word as that in the A. S. gloss, perhaps the latter is tó-roc; cf. ed-roc.]

torr, es; m. I. from Latin turris, a tower; the native word is stípel; q. v.:--Ðíin nosu is suelc se torr (turris) on Liuano ðæm munte, Past. 11; Swt. 65, 24: Exon. Th. 266, 23; Jul. 402. Tor, Ps. Th. 60, 2: Exon. Th. 180, 26; Gú. 1285. Ðá hét hire fæder hí bewyrcean on ánum torre mid twelf ðeówennum, Shrn. 105, 33. Æt torre at the tower (of Babel), Cd. Th. 101, 26; Gen. 1688. Tó beácne torr, 100, 19; Gen. 1666: Bt. 25, 4; Fox 162, 25. Monn getimberde torr (turrem), Mk. Skt. Lind. Rush. 12, 1. Torr (tor, Rush.), Lk. Skt. Lind. 14, 28. Ástág Simon on ðone torr, Blickl. Homl. 187, 27. Hát ðú mé ánne heáhne tor of mycclum beámum getimbrian, 183, 3. Hrófas sind gehrorene, hreórge torras, Exon. Th. 476, 6; Ruin. 3: Andr. Kmbl. 1684; An. 844. Ceastre and torras (farus; v. fýr-torr) and stréta and brycge geworhte wǽron, Bd. 1, 11; S. 480, 16. Mid ceastrum ða ðe wǽron mid weallum and torrum (turribus) and geatum getimbrade, 1, 1; S. 473, 28: Ps. Th. 47, 11: 121, 7. On ðæs sǽs waroþe tó súþdǽle ðanon ðe hí sciphere on becom [hí] torras (turres) timbredon tó gebeorhge ðæs sǽs, Bd. 1, 12; S. 481, 11. Ða torras and ða scylfas on him bǽron ða elpendas, Nar. 4, 16. O. Frs. thoer: O. H. Ger. turri, turra turris.] Cf. túr. II. from Celtic, a projecting rock, a tor :-- Torr scopulus, Wrt. Voc. i. 38, 20. Óð him (the brook) oninnan felþ muntes mægenstán átrendlod of ðæm torre (cf. micel stán wealwiende of ðam heáhan munte, Bt. 6; Fox 14, 29) resistit rupe soluti objice saxi, Met. 5, 17. Ǽrest on mercecumb (in Dorset), ðonne on grénan pytt, ðonne on ðone torr æt mercecumbes ǽwielme, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. ii. 28, 32. On gyran torr (in Devon), iii. 412, 9. An horsa tor . . . on lytlan tor (in Devon), Cod. Dip. B. iii. 133, 10, 11. Stánrocca, torra scopulorum, Hpt. Gl. 449, 15. Torra scopulorum, 499, 68. Cf. Heáhtorra alpium, montium, 454, 42. v. fýr-, geat-, heáh-, mere-, seoh-, stán-torr.

torrebrande, Wrt. Voc. ii. 61, 44, read torre brande; cf. torribus brandum, 94, 56.

tó-rýpan. v. tó-rípan.

tó-sǽlan; p. de; impers. vb. To happen amiss to a person (dat.) in respect to something (gen.), to be lack of something for a person:--Ne tósǽleþ him gúþgemótes siþþan ic þurh hylles hróf gerǽce he (the dog) will not want for fighting, when I (the badger) reach through the hill's roof, Exon. Th. 397, 26; Rä. 16, 25. Ic beom strong ðæs gewinnes gif ic stille weorþe gif mé ðæs tósǽleþ hí beóþ swíþran ðonne ic I (the anchor) am strong for the struggle if I keep still; if I fail in that they will be stronger than I, 398, 9; Rä. 17, 5. Tósǽle, Prov. Kmbl. 65.

tó-samne, -somne; adv. Together. I. with verbs of motion, where meeting takes place, (1) without hostility:--Ðá cóman ðǽr tósamne unárímedlíco mengeo, Blickl. Homl. 191, 9. Ǽr hí tósomne becómun antequam convenirent, Mt. Kmbl. 1, 18. Héht tósomne ða heó séleste wiste tó ðære hálgan byrig cumin, Elen. Kmbl. 2401; El. 1202. (2) with hostility:--Raðe ðæs ðe hié tósomne cómon commisso praelio, Ors. 4, 11; Swt. 208, 11. Fóron tósomne wráðe wælherigas, Cd. Th. 119, 19; Gen. 1982. II. with verbs implying collecting, assembling:--Beóþ ealle sǽfixas gegaderod tósomne omnes pisces maris in unum congregabuntur, Num. 11, 22. Hí tósomne eall werod clypedon conuocant totam cohortem, Mk. Skt. 15, 16. Leóde tósomne bannan, Andr. Kmbl. 2188; An. 1095. Hét ðá tósomne síne leóde, Cd. Th. 245, 26; Dan. 469. III. with verbs denoting joining, touching, mixing:--Tósomne gerǽt congelaverat, Wrt. Voc. ii. 133, 37. Tósomne cnyllaþ conliserint, 134, 66. Se wyrm gebeáh snúde tósomne, Beo. Th. 5129; B. 2568. Ða stánas bióþ earfoþe tó tódǽlenne and eác uneáþe tósomne cumaþ, Bt. 34, 11; Fox 150, 25. Hié him geblendon tósomne drync unheórne, Andr. Kmbl. 66; An. 33: Exon. Th. 88, 11; Cri. 1438. IV. of action, in concert, at the same time :-- Ðá burston ða seofon weallas ealle tósomne, Homl. Th. ii. 212, 31. Eall þreó nimeþ fýres wælm tósomne, Exon. Th. 60, 8; Cri. 966. Englas hlýdaþ tósomne, 55, 14; Cri. 883: Hy. 3, 16. Ðǽr geláðe leng ne mihton geseón tósomne the foes could not longer see one another, Cd. Th. 190, 30; Exod. 207. V. of uninterrupted time:--Moyses fæste feówertig daga and feówertig nihta tósamne, Homl. Th. ii. 100, 3. Tósomne, 198, 13. Hé fæste hwílum twégen dagas, hwílum þrý tósomne, Shrn. 52, 20. Hit ágan rínan .xl. daga and .xl. nihta tósomne, Wulfst. 216, 33. [Heo ferden tosomne, Laym. 1393. Tosumne (togadere, 2nd MS.), 61. O. Frs. tó-samene: O. Sax. te-samne: O. H. Ger. zi-samane: Ger. zu-sammen.]

tó-samnian; p. ode To assemble, collect :-- Ðá bæd hé hine ðæt hé sumne dǽl landes æt him onfénge, ðæt hé mihte mynster on getimbrian and Godes ðeówas tósomnian he prayed him to receive from him a parcel of land, that he might thereon build a monastery and collect together servants of God, Bd. 3, 23; S. 554, 11.

tó-sáwan; p. -seów To sow broadcast, scatter seed; fig. to spread abroad, scatter, disperse, (a) of concrete objects:--Sume hí cwǽdon, ðæt se líchoma ðe ǽne biþ tó duste gewend and wíde tósáwon, ðæt hé nǽfre eft tógædere ne cóme, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 376. Of Noes sunum ys tósáwen (disseminatum) eall mancynn ofer eorðan, Gen. 9, 19. Is micel dǽl ðæs mancynnes gehwǽr wíde tósáwen, Homl. Ass. 69, 94. (b) of abstract objects, to disseminate opinions, distribute favours, sow dissension:--Se manu ðe tósǽwþ ungeþwǽrnysse betwux cristenum mannum, Homl. Th. i. 492, 14. Swá weorðlíce wíde tósáweþ Dryhten his duguþe, Exon. Th. 299, 31; Crä. 110. Tósáwaþ (labia sapientium) disseminabunt (scientiam, Prov. 15, 7), Kent. Gl. 511. Ða fyrmestan bydelas ðe Godes láre geond ðás land tóseówon, Homl. Ass. 56, 143. Seó leáse gesetnys ðe þurh gedwolmen wíde tósáwen is, Homl. Th. i. 438, 1.

tosca (-e; f. (?); in the Ritual feminines sometimes end in a), an; m. A frog :-- Sceomiende (the glosser has taken rubeta as connected with rubeo) ða ðió is ácuoeden tosca rubeta ilia quae dicitur rana, Rtl. 125, 27. Sette him heard wíte hundes fleógan and hí ǽtan eác yfle tostan (toscan ?) hæfdan hí eallunga út áworpen immisit in eos muscam caninam, et comedit eos; ranam, et exterminavit eos, Ps. Th. 77, 45. Sende on heora eorþan toscean teónlíce misit in terram eorum ranas, 104, 26. [Cf. (?) O. H. Ger. zuscen to burn (so tosca might refer to the venomous character of the animal), cf. (?), also, Swed. tossa a toad: Dan. tudse.]

tó-scádan, -scægde. v. tó-sceádan, -scecgan.

tó-scǽnan; p. de To break to pieces :-- Bán ne tóscaenas (-scǽnas, Rush.) ɫ ni gebraecgaþ gé of him os non comminuetis ex eo. Jn. Skt. Lind. 19, 36. Ða feoturo forbræc ɫ tóscǽnde (-sceǽnde, Lind.) compedes comminuisset, Mk. Skt. Rush. 5, 4. Ne furðon án bán næfde hé mid óþrum ac tóscǽnede ofer eall lágon and tóworpene geond ða wídan eorban he had not even one bone along with another, but broken to pieces they lay in all directions and flung here and there throughout the wide world, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 496. [Hi þe totorveþ . . . and þine fule bon toscheneþ, O. and N. 1120. In Layamon the word is intransitive:--Þu scalt toscæne mid mire eaxe . . . Corineus smat in enne stane . . . þe stan al tosceande (þat þe ston al tobrac, 2nd MS.), 2309-15.]

tó-sceacan, -scacan; p. -sceóc, -scóc; pp. -sceacen, scacen. I. to shake to pieces, shake violently, to disturb :-- Tóscæcþ concutit, i. turbat, terreat, Wrt. Voc. ii. 136, 47. Stefn Drihtnes tósceacende wésten, Ps. Spl. 28, 7. II. to shake off, drive away, disperse :-- Ic tósceace discutio, Ǽlfc. Gr. 47; Zup. 277, 3. Hit ðæt áttor tóscaceþ, Lchdm. i. 352, 14 note. Hundes sceanca tósceaceþ ðone fefor, 362, 27. Hé tósceóc ðone líg of ðam ofne, swá ðæt ðæt fýr ne mihte him derigan, Homl. Th. i. 570, 14. Hé tóscóc ða dwollícan nytennysse, 602, 35. Módes slǽp tósceac mentis somnum discute, Hymn. Surt. 7, 23: dissice, 19, 17. Biþ ðæt gold tósceacen, Wulfst. 148, 23: 263, 9. [Gromes . . . þe totwic­cheþ and toschakeþ, O. and N. 1647. A wilde bor . . . man and houndes . . . wiþ his taskes he al toshok, Beves 742. With shaking shal be toshaken pees, Wick. Is. 24, 20. Wynde may the plantes bigge toshake, Pall. 52, 240. The word is used also intransitively:--All þe worlde shall toshake, Anglia iii. 546, 156.]

tó-sceácerian; p. ode To waste, devastate, scatter :-- Nú is eall mín heord tósceácerod nunc omnis grex meus vastatus est; they were scattered (Ezek. 34, 5), L. Ecg. P. iii. 16; Th. ii. 202, 28. Ðá wurdon hí ealle ðearle áfyrhte, and heora gesomnunga ealle wurdon sóna tósceácerode then (at the coming of the emperor Decius) they (the Christians) were all very frightened, and their congregations were at once scattered, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 23. v. sceácere.

tó-sceád, es; n. I. a separating, distinguishing, distinction :-- Ne sié fram abbode háda tósceád on mynstre gehealden non ab abbate persona in monasterio discernatur, R. Ben. 12. 7. Mid ðæs micelum dómes tósceáde cum magna examinis discussione, Anglia xiii. 375, 141. II. the faculty of distinguishing objects presented to the mind, discrimination, discerning :-- Se Hálga Gást sylþ his gife ðám ðe hé wile. Sumum men hé forgifþ wítegunge, sumum tósceád gódra gásta and yfelra (to one is given by the Spirit prophecy; to another discerning of spirits (discretio spirituum), 1 Cor. 12, 10), Homl. Th. i. 322, 27. III. difference, diversity :-- Hú micel scyle bión ðæt tósceád & hú mislíce mon scyle menn læ-acute;ran mid ðæm cræfte ðæs láreówdómes quanta debet esse diversitas in arte praedicationis, Past. 23; Swt. 173, 12. Biþ tósceád, swá swá se apostol sæ-acute;de: 'Stella ab stella differt in claritate,' Homl. Ass. 43, 486. Betwuh ðám þrím is swíþe micel tósceád, Bt. 42; Fox 256, 21. Dó sum tósceád betwuh mé and unrihtwísum folce discerne causam meam de gente non sancta, Ps. Th. 42, 1.

tó-sceádan, -scádan; p. -scéd, -sceád (in the Northern Gospels weak forms are found, and -sceádde occurs in Bede); pp. -sceáden. I. to divide in two, separate one thing from another, (1) literally, of local relations:--Swá swá sweord ða wunde tósceát on tú, Past. 60; Swt. 453, 17. Se streám tósceádeþ súþfolc Angelðeóde and norþfolc flumine meridiani et septentrionales Anglorum populi dirimuntur, Bd. 1, 25; S. 486, 17. Neáh ðam sǽ ðe Engla land and Pehta land tósceádeþ in vicinia freti quod Anglorum terras Pictorumque disterminat, 4, 26; S. 602, 36. Hé tósceádes hiá betuih suá hiorde tósceádas scípo from ticgenum separabit eos ab invicem, sicut pastor segregat oves ab haedis, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 25, 32. Ðætte God efne-gigedraþ monno ne tósceádeþ (tósceáda, Lind.) hé (separet), Mk. Skt. Rush. 10, 9. On ðæm dæge God tóscéd on twá eorðan and sǽ, Shrn. 63, 24: 62, 35. Ðæt Severus onféng micelne dǽl Breotone and ðone mid díce tósceádde fram óþrum þeódum ut Severus receptam Brittaniae partem vallo a caetera distinxerit, Bd. 1, 5; S. 476, 3. Ðæt God gegeadrade monn ne tóslíte ɫ tósceáða (separet), Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 19, 6. Tóscádende segregans, Ps. Surt. 67, 10. Hé (the stream) on tú tósceáden wyrð, Met. 5, 18. Tóscáden, Wulfst. 26, 2. Ða syndon Temese streáme tósceádene fram Centlande, Bd. 2, 3; S. 504, 16. Tósceádenne mid Tréntan streáme wiþ Norþ-Myrcum discreti fluvio Treanta ab Aquilonalibus Mercis, 3, 24; S. 557, 37. .iiii. fýr nówiht miclum fæce betwyh him tósceáden quatuor ignes non multo ab invicem spatio distantes, 3, 19; S. 548, 10. (2) figuratively, (a) to divide into parties, cause division or dissension aminy :-- Hé tiolode hié betwux him tó tóscádanne . . . swá hé tóscéd ðara éhtera ánmódnesse and Paulus com gesund ðonon inter semetipsos dividere studuit, quos contra se unitos vidit . . . facta in persecutorum unanimitate dissensio est, et divisa turba illaesus Paulus exivit, Past. 47; Swt. 363, 1-8. (b) to separate contending parties or claims, judge, decide between :-- God stód godum on gemange, and hé hí on midle tósceádeþ (discernit; he judgeth among the gods, A. V.), Ps. Th. 81, 1. Ic ne séce mín wuldor, is swá ðeáh se ðe sécþ and tóscǽt (judicat, Jn. 8, 50), Homl. Th. ii. 232, 8. Tóscéd (sors inter potentes) dijudicat (Prov. 18, 18), Kent. Gl. 656. Tóscád decerne (quod justum est, Prov. 31, 9), 1134. Tósceád discerne i. dijudica, Wrt. Voc. ii. 140, 62. (c) to make a distinction between things, to distinguish, treat or regard differently :-- Sóð lufu ne tóscǽt nǽnne be mǽglícere sibbe true love makes no distinction with respect to anybody on account of relationship, Homl. Th. i. 128, 2. Se heofenlíca Fæder wuldraþ his bearn and tóscǽt his wuldor fram óðra manna wuldre ðearle unwiðmetenlíce he distinguishes his glory beyond comparison from the glory of other men, ii. 232, 9. Hwæt mǽnde Sanctus Paulus, ðá hé his láre suá cræftelíce tósceád (-scéd, Cott. MSS.) (gave such different counsel in the two cases), and ðone óðerne lǽrde, ðæt hé him anwald on tuge, óðerne hé lǽrde geðyld? Past. 40; Swt. 291, 20. Ðá ðá hé ðás eorðlícan sibbe tósceád (-scéd, Cott. MSS.) and ða hefonlícan cum terrenam pacem a superna distingueret, 46; Swt. 351, 10. Ongiet georne hwæt sý gód oþþe yfel and tósceád simle understand thoroughly what is good or evil, and always distinguish between them, Exon. Th. 302, 34; Fä. 46. Tósceáð intingan mínne of ðeóde unhálgre discerne causam meam de gente non sancta, Ps. Spl. 42, 1. (d) to separate one thing from another with the mind, to discern, distinguish, discriminate :-- Seó sáwul is on bócum manegum naman gecýged . . . Heó is ratio, ðæt is gesceád, ðonne heó tóscǽt, Homl. Skt. i. 1, 187. God gesyhþ ǽlces monnes geþanc, and his word and his dǽda tóscǽt (cernit), Bt. 40, 7; Fox 244, 1. Mid ðære nose wé tósceádaþ (discernimus) stencas, Past. 11; Swt. 65, 20. Is micel niédðearf ðæt se reccere ða ðeáwas and ða unðeáwas cunne wel tóscádan necesse est, ut rector animarum virtutes ac vitia vigilanti cura discernat, 20; Swt. 149, 17. Mid hú micelan feó woldest ðú habban geboht, ðæt ðú swutole mihtest tócnáwan ðíne frínd and ðíne fýnd? Ic wát ðæt ðú hit woldest habban mid miclan feó geboht, ðæt ðú hí cúþest wel tóscádan, Bt. 20; Fox 72, 22. Se ðe gesceádwísnesse hæfþ, se mæg tósceádan hwæt hé wilnian sceal and hwæt hé onscunian sceal, 40, 7; Fox 242, 18: Shrn. 167, 4. Tósceádan discriminare, Wrt. Voc. ii. 141, 2. Mǽden ácenned (born on the first day of the moon) biþ rihtlíce tóscédende (-ne, MS.), Lchdm. iii. 184, 6. (e) to separate things from one another, to order, dispose, appoint :-- Ic tósceádo (-sceódo, Rush.) iuh suǽ tósceádde (-sceódo, Rush.) mé fæder mín ðæt ríc ego dispono uobis sicut disposuit mihi pater meus regnum, Lk. Skt. Lind. 22, 29. Tósceáda disponere, Mk. Skt. p. 2, 3. (f) to separate the parts of a confused whole, to expound, interpret, render intelligible :-- Ðegnum his tósceádade (disserebat) alle, Mk. Skt. Lind. 4, 34. Tósceádade interpraetabatur, Lk. Skt. Lind. 24, 27. Tósceád (dissere) ús bisen, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 13, 36: edissere, 15, 15. (g) to discuss :-- Tósceádeþ disputat, Mt. Kmbl. p. 9, 18. II. to send in different directions, to scatter, disperse. v. sceádan, I. 3:--Manna bán Drihten tósceádeþ Dens dissipat ossa hominum, Ps. Th. 52, 6. Tóscádeþ, 67, 14. Meolc wið wíne gemencged ðæt áttor tósceádeþ, Lchdm. i. 352, 14. Stefn Drihtnes tósceádendis (intercidentis) lég fýres, Ps. Spl. 28, 7. Ðá tósceáden wearð líg, tólýsed, Exon. Th. 277, 22; Jul. 584. III. intrans. To be separated, to differ :-- Tósceádaþ discrepent, distant, Wrt. Voc. ii. 141, 15. His líf tóscéd (e has been made out of æ, and g erased before d: MS. B. has tosced: v. tó-scecgan) fram ússa tída áswundenesse vita illius a nostri temporis segnitia distabat, Bd. 3, 5; M. 160, 25. [His lockes he toscædde, Laym. 30262. He wollde hire & te king todælenn and toshædenn, Orm. 19862. Englysche men usede þat tyme þe here of here ouerlyppes tosched & no&yogh;t yschore, Trev. 3, 241. O. H. Ger. zi-sceidan dividere, separare, segregare, discernere, distinguere. Cf. Goth. dis-skaidan differe, discernere.] v. next two words.

tó-sceáden; adj. (ptcpl.) Separate, distinct :-- Ǽlc þing ðe tósceáden biþ from óþrum biþ óþer, óþer ðæt þing, ðeáh hí ætgædere sién. Gif ðonne hwelc þing tósceáden biþ from ðam héhstan góde, ðonne ne biþ ðæt nó ðæt héhste gód quod a qualibet re diversum est, id non est illud, a quo intelligitur esse diversum. Quare quod a summo bono diversum est sui natura, id summum bonum non est, Bt. 34, 3; Fox 138, 2-5. v. tó-sceadenness.

tó-sceádend, es; m. One who divides or separates :-- Tósceádend discretor, divisor, Wrt. Voc. ii. 141, 14.

tó-sceádenness, e; f. Separation, distinction :-- Gé syndon clǽne, cwæð hé tó his þegnum, næs ná hwæðere ealle. Hér on ðysum cwide wæs ðæra apostola tóscádennys here we have in these words a distinction made among the apostles, Homl. Ass. 158, 162.

tó-scecgan (?); p. -scægde To stand out distinctly, be separated from surrounding objects:--His líf tóscægde fram ússa tída áswundennysse vita illius a nostri temporis segnitia distabat, Bd. 3, 5; S. 526, 35. v. scecgan; tó-sceádan, III.

tó-sceótan; p. -sceát, pl. -scuton To rush in different directions, to disperse (intrans.) hurriedly, scatter :-- Tóscutan dissiliunt, Wrt. Voc. ii. 141, 9. Ðá tóscuton ða deóflu (cf. ðá wǽron tóstencte ða wiðerweardan gástas dispersi sunt spiritus infesti, Bd. 5, 12; S. 629, 7; it is this passage in Bede which Ælfric is quoting), Homl. Th. ii. 352, 4. Ðá wǽron ða munecas swíðe áférede, nyston hwet heom tó dónne wǽre, ac tóscuton; sume urnon intó cyrcean, Chr. 1083; Erl. 217, 12. [Þe snell toshett (burst asunder) on þe schire ground. Whan it cofli tooclef þer crep oute an addre, Alis. (Skt.) 1008.]

tó-sceótan, Met. 27, 19, is rather to be taken under sceótan. The passage is :-- Ungesǽlge men deáþ ǽr willaþ foran tó sciótan = tóforan sceótan anticipate, rush in front of; cf. ða ungesǽligan menn forsceótaþ deáþ foran, Bt. 39, 1; Fox 212, 3; and see passages under foran, foran-tó.

tó-sciftan; p. te To divide for the purpose of distribution, to divide and distribuce :-- Se cyng intó Wealan férde and his fyrde tóscyfte (divided the force that the parts of it might take different routes), and ðæt land eall þurhfór, swá ðæt seó fyrd eall tógædere com tó Snáwdúne, Chr. 1095; Erl. 232, 8. Se cyng lét tóscyfton ðone here geond eall ðis land tó his mannon the king had the troops divided and quartered all over the country on his men, 1085; Erl. 218, 8.

tó-scirian; p. ede To separate, part :-- Tóscereþ separat, Kent. Gl. 575: 603: 727. Bióþ tóscerede separantur, 669. Tóscirid ɫ tódǽled summotum, Hpt. Gl. 528, 12. Tóscyrede abjunctas, Germ. 397, 441.

tó-scríðan; p. -scráð To flow in different directions, be disperse :-- Ðæt wæter unstille ǽghwider wolde wíde tóscríþan, wác and hnesce, ne meahte hit on him selfum ǽfre gestandan, Met. 20, 93. [O. Sax. ti­skrídan:--Thie ne&b-bar;al tiskréd, Hél. 5633.]

tó-scúfan; p. -sceáf To thrust in different directions, thrust aside, scatter, disperse, (1) literal:--Se ðone líg tósceáf hátan fýres, Cd. Th. 237, 20; Dan. 340: Exon. Th. 189, 6; Az. 55. Engel ðæt fýr tósceáf, 276, 11; Jul. 564. (2) figurative, to do away, remove :-- Hé mid ælmes-san ealle tóscúfeþ synna wonde, Exon. Th. 467, 28; Aim. 8. Tósceáf (-sceóf, Rush. ) ða mæhtigo of sedle deposuit potentes de sede. Lk. Skt. Lind. 1. 52.

to-sencende, Gen. 9, ii. v. tð-stencan.

tó-sendan; p. de. I. to send in different directions, send away, disperse, scatter :-- Áttru hit tósend venena diffundet, Scint. 105, 9. Hé tósende his geféran swilce for huntoðes intingan, Homl. Skt. ii. 30, 104. Hé tósende hí geond ealne middangeard. Homl. Th. i. 232, 5 : 462, 15. Ðæra cnapena hundnigontig ðúsenda hí tósendon tó gehwylcum leódscipum tó ðeowte ninety thousand boys they sent away to all nations to slavery, 404, 15. Ehtatýne sýþum hundteóntig þúsenda hí tósendon and wið feó sealdon wíde intó leódscipas. Blickl. Homl. 79, 23. II. to destroy (?):-- Nabochodonosor com tó Hierusalem and ðæt manncyn ofslóh and ða burh tósende and ðæt tempel tówearp destroyed (the narrative in 2 Kings 25 or 2 Chron. 36 does not speak of the dispersion of the inhabitants of Jerusalem, but of the destruction of the city and the captivity of the inhabitants, so that burh seems to mean the city, not the citizens, and tósende = destroyed: v. 2 Kings 25, 9, 10; 2 Chron. 36, 17-20) the city and demolished the temple, Ælfc. T. Grn. 8, 17.

tó-seóðan; p. -seáð; pp. -soden To boil to pieces :-- Seóð on cetele and wylle óþ ðæt hió sié eal tósoden, Lchdm. ii. 230, 8.

tó-séðan; p. de To prove: -- Drihten, ðú ús sealdest gesceádwísnesse ðæt wé mágon tóséðan and tósceádan good and yfel. Shrn. 167, 3.

tó-settan; p. te To set things apart from one another, to dispose; disponere :-- Se ðe tósetteþ ɫ gestiht spǽca his on dóme qui disponet sermones suos in judicio, Ps. Lamb. 111, 5 : Blickl. Gl. : Ps. Spl. in, 5. Tósette disposuit, 83, 6 : 104, 8.

tó-sígan; pp. -sigen To fall to pieces, to decay, get worn out :-- Nǽren tósygene ɫ forgnidene non extricabantur; ic tósíge ɫ forgníde extricor, Hpt. Gl. 494, 36-39. Næs his reáf horig ne tósigen. Homl. Th. i. 456, 20. Binnon feówertig geára fæcenæs nán man gelegerod on eallum ðam folce, ne heora reáf næs tósigen (cf. vestimentum tuum nequaquam vetus­tate defecit, et pes tuus non est subtritus, en quadrigesimus annus est. Deut. 8, 4), ii. 196, 14. [þe bodi schal tosie (printed -fye), Spec. 101.]

tó-sittan; pp. -seten To sit at a distance from one another, to be placed apart: -- Ðæs landes is . XLIII. þeóda wíde tósetene for unwæstm­bæ-acute;rnesse ðæs londes gentes sunt quadraginta duae, propter terrarum infoecundam diffusionem late oberrantes, Ors. 1. 1; Swt. 14, 18.

tó-slacian; p. ode To relax, to make or to become remiss :-- Tóslacad (qui mollis et) dissolutus (est in opere suo. Prov. 18, 9), Kent. Gl. 638.

tó-sleán; p. -sloh, pl. -slógon; pp. -slegen To strike to pieces, knock to bits :-- Tóslóg, tislóg concidit, Txts. 51, 516. Tóslóh, forheów concidit, Wrt. Voc. ii. 136, 16. (1) of material objects, (a) to demolish, knock down a building :-- þunor tóslóg heora hiéhstan godes hús aedes salutis ictu fulminis disfoluta est, Ors. 4, 2; Swt. 160, 18 : 6, 14; Swt. 268, 29. Swíðlíc wind toslóh ðæt hus æt ðam feówer hwemmum a strong wind broke down the house at the four corners, Homl. Th. ii. 450, 18. Ða hǽþenan weras tóslógon his glæsenne calic; ðá gesomnode se bisceoþ ða brocu. Shrn. 114, 25. (b) to divide in two by a blow or stroke :-- Hé to-slóh sǽinterrupit mare. Ps. Lamb. 77, 13. Gif hit (an egg) ne tócíne, tósleah hwón if it will not crack, break it slightly with a blow, Lchdm. iii. 18, 2. (2) of abstract objects, to drive away thoughts :-- Ða yflan gebohtas ðe him on mod becumaþ hé sceal sóna on Criste tósleán . . . Ðonne hé hié tóslyhþ on Criste ðonne hé geðenceþ Cristes þrowunge and his wundra and mid ðǽm geþohtum áflýmeþ ða yfelan geþohtas cogitati­ones malas cordi suo aduenientes mox ad Christum allidere, R. Ben. 18, 2-6. [O. Frs. tó-slá: O. Sax. te-slahan: O. H. Ger. zi-slahan: Ger. zer-schlagen.] v. un-tóslegen.

tó-slífan; p. -sláf To split in two, cleave, cut to pieces :-- Tósláf, tócleáf findit. Wrt. Voc. ii. 37, 32 : 93, 8. [Thai laiden on with swerdes clere, Helm and scheld that stronge were Thai gonne hem al toschlíve, Gy of Warwike (in Halliwell's Dict. ). See slífan, where the later form of that verb is cited from Prompt. Parv. 459, but the reference is omitted. '] tó-slítan; p. -slát, pl. -sliton; pp. -sliten To tear in two, tear to pieces, tear asunder :-- Ic tóbrece oððe tóslíte rumpo, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 6; Zup. 177, 4. Ic tóslíte scinrio, Zup. 178, 6 : lacero, 36; Zup. 214, 10: lanio, Zup. 216, 15. I. to tear in two, in pieces, rend material, e. g. a garment, a bond :-- Ðæt níua tóslítaþ the new maketh a rent, Lk. Skt. Lind. 5, 36. Se héhsacerd tóslát ɫ torende (scindens) woedo his, Mk. Skt. Lind. 14, 63: Past. 3; Swt. 35, 20. Hé tóslát (disrupisset) ða raceteága, Mk. Skt. 5, 4. Ne tóslíte ué ðæt cyrtel non scindamus tunicam, Jn. Skt. Lind. Rush. 19, 24. Ðá hét ic eald hrægl tóslítan and habban wið ðæm fýre jussi scissas uestes opponere ignibus, Nar. 23, 30. Ðæs temples wáhryft wearð tósliten on twégen dǽlas fram ufeweardon oð nyþeweard the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom. Mt. Kmbl. 27, 51. Tóslitten wæs ðæt nett rumpe-batur retia, Lk. Skt. Lind. 5, 6. I a. to give a torn appearance to anything, to serrate (of leaves) :-- Ðeós wyrt is gehwǽdon leáfun and tóslitenon, Lchdm. i. 290, 9. I b. figuratively :-- Hé ðone cræft briceþ and ða orðancas ealle tóslíteþ. Salm. Kmbl. 147; Sal. 72. Gif ðé hwæt yfeles biþ, hraþe hyt byþ tósliten, swá wæs Abdias gyrdels ðæs wítegan. Lchdm. i. 328, 2. II. to rend, cleave, break asunder that which is hard or bulky :-- Ðú tóslite wyllas and burnan tu dirupisti fontes et torrentes; thou didst cleave the fountain and the flood (A. V. ), Ps. Spl. 73, 16. Hé tóslát stán dirupit petram; he opened the rock (A. V. ), 104, 39. Hé tóslát sǽinterrupit mare, Ps. Lamb. 77, 13. Stánas tósliten ɫ tobrocen wéron petrae scissae sunt, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 27, 51. II a. figuratively :-- Ðá ic ðære heortan heardnesse mid geornfullícre fandunge tóslát cum cordis duritia studiosis percunctationibus scinditur. Past. 21; Swt. 155, 5. III. to tear the flesh, rend, bite, wound, lacerate, generally of wounds made by animals, literally and figuratively :-- Wurmas tóslítaþ heora lícham­an mid fýrenum tóðum, Homl. Th. i. 132, 17. Ða líchoman ðe wildeór ábiton, oþþe fixas tóslitan, Blickl. Homl. 95, 16. Gifhund mon tóslíte oððe ábíte, L. Alf. pol. 23; Th. i. 78, 2. Ðæt se werewulf tó swíðe ne tóslíte, ne tó fela ne ábíte of godcundre heorde, L. I. P. 6; Th. ii. 310, 31. Ðe læs hig (porci) eów tóslýton (-slítas, Lind. ) ne dirumpant vos, Mt. Kmbl. 7, 6. Tóslítan (-en, MS. ) discerpere, dilaniare. Hpt. Gl. 423, 54. Ðam ðe tósliten (bitten by a dog) sý, Lchdm. i. 362, 25 : 370, 16. Se ðe tósliten beó he that is bitten by a snake, Num. 21, 8: Homl. Th. ii. 240, 18. Swá swá sceáp from wildeórum beóþ fornumene, swá ða earman ceaster­waran tóslitene wǽron fram heora feóndum (discerpuntur ab hostibus), Bd. 1, 12; S. 481, 26. Scípo diówlíca ne forlǽt ðú onerninge ðætte wé sié tósliteno oves diabolica non sinas incursione lacerari. Rtl. 36, 1. Góman beóþ tóslitene, Soul Kmbl. 216; Seel. 110. Ða tóslitenan wunda heó forþrycceþ, Lchdm. i. 356, 14. IV. to tear asunder, part, separate what has been joined, sever :-- Mon eá þe tóslíteþ, ðætte nǽfre gesomnad wæs, Exon. Th. 380, 33; Rä. 1. 18. Sibbe tóslítaþ sinhíwan tú, 284, 16; Jul. 698. Ðæt God gegeadrade monn ne tóslíte quod Deus conjunxit, homo non separet. Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 19, 6. V. to pull to pieces, destroy the existence of an object, abstract or concrete, to destroy, dissipate :-- Ic undóe ɫ tóslíto tempel ðis ego dissoluam templum hoc, Mk. Skt. Lind. Rush. 14, 58. Hý sǽlða tóslítaþ, Salm. Kmbl. 697; Sal. 348. Tóslát destruit, Mt. Kmbl. p. 16, 16. Tóslítende (eft gié tóslítas, Lind. Rush. ) Godes bebod rescindentes uerbum Dei, Mk. Skt. 7, 13. Ríc tósliten biþ regnum desolabitur, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 12, 25. Wæs semninga heofones smyltnes tósliten subito interrupta est serenitas, Bd. 5, 1; S. 613, 24. Ðurh ðæt wierð tóslieten (-sliten, Cott. MSS.) sió stilnes hiera hiéremonna módes and biþ gedréfed sió smyltnes hiera lífes subditorum vitam dissipata quietis tranquillitate confundunt, Past. 40; Swt. 289, 7. VI. to distract the mind :-- Hú oft sió bisgung ðæs ríces tóslít ðæt mód ðæs recceres quod plerumque occupatio regiminis soliditatem dissipet mentis, Past. 4; Swt. 37, 11. VII. intrans. To be different :-- Tóslittaþ discordat, Mt. Kmbl. p. 2, 8. [O. H. Ger. ze-slízan scindere, secidere, discerpere, lacessere, perdere, dissipare.] tó-slite, es; m. A rent, lear, laceration, wound made by scratching, cutting, or biting, v. slítan, slite :-- Gif hwá tóbrýsed sý, genim ðás wyrte . . . Eác swylce tóslite heó gehǽleþ, Lchdm. i. 122, 3. [O. H. Ger. zur-, zi-sliz discidium, repudium.] v. tó-slítness, tó-slítan, III.

tó-slítere (?), es; m. One who tears in pieces; metaph. one who causes dissension, a heretic :-- Tóslíterum (tóslitenum ? v. sliten) hereticis, Lk. Skt. p. 2, 11. v. next word.

tó-slítness, e; f. I. a tearing in pieces, rending in pieces :-- Ungeherédre leoma tóslítnysse wundade inaudita membrorum discerptione lacerati, Bd. 1, 7; S. 479, 14. II. fig. dissension :-- Tóslítnisse (-slittnise. Lind. ) ɫ unsibbe dissensio, Jn. Skt. Rush. 7, 43.

tó-slúpan; p. -sleáp, pl. -slupon; pp. -slopen To slip apart or away, be relaxed, dissolved :-- Heó wæs tólésed ɫ tóslopen dissolvebatur, collabebatur, Hpt. Gl. 502, 7. Tóslopen remissus, Germ. 393, 137: dissipatnm, Wrt. Voc. ii. 139, 31. Ábogene, tóslopene dimissa, i. humilia, 140, 31. I. of that which is bound, to have the connection between several objects or that between the parts of the same object relaxed :-- Gif hé hí ne bunde mid his unábindendlícum racentum, ðonne tóslupan hí ealle conjuncta naturarum ipsa diversitas dissociaret atque divelleret, nisi unus esset, qui quod nexuit contineret. Bt. 35, 2; Fox 158, 1: 34, 12; Fox 154, 3. Hæfþ God geheaborade ealle his gesceafta, ð æt heora ǽc wræðeþ óþer, ðæt hié ne móton tóslúpan, 21; Fox 74, 11. Se godcunda foreþonc heaþeraþ ealle gesceafta ðæt hí ne móton tóslúpan of heora endebyrdnesse providentia suis quaeque nectit ordinibus, 39, 5; Fox 218, 31. Mid wriþan gewriþen grundweall ná byþ tóslopen lora­mento conligatum fundamentum non dissoluitur, Scint. 200, 9. Gif se án gestæððega cyning ne staþelode ealla gesceafta, ðonne wurdon hí ealle tóslopene and tóstencte, and tó náuhte wurdon ealle gesceafta quae mine stabilis continet ordo, dissepta suo fonte fatiscant, Bt. 39, 13; Fox 234, 27. I a. to be dissipated, destroyed: -- -Smyre ða sár, hý tó­slúpaþ, Lchdm. i. 268, 3. Mótan sǽs tóslúpan, iii. 36, 27. II. of that which binds, to be loosed, undone :-- Ðonne tóslupan ða bendas and tólýsede wǽron sunt vincula soluta, Bd. 4, 22; S. 591, 13, 22; 592, 7. Ða wénde heó ðæt seó snód tóslupe, ac heó áfunde ða snóde mid eallum cnottum fæste gewriðen, Homl. Th. ii. 28, 25. Gif hé ða (brídlas) lǽt tóslúpan hic si frena remiserit, Bt. 21; Fox 74, 33 : Met. II, 80. Nú syndon Satanases bendas swýðe tóslopene, Wulfst. 83, 9. IIa. of illness :-- Seó fæstnys (costiveness) tóslýpeþ (-slípeþ, MS. B. ), Lchdm. i. 164, 20. III. to get relaxed, (a) of material things :-- Liþa tóslopene limbs relaxed in sleep. Hymn. Surt. 2, 10. (b) of non-material things, to be relaxed, get remiss :-- Ðonne mon lǽt tóslúpan ðone ege nimia resolutione lenitatis, Past. 40; Swt. 289, 2. Ðæt un-geornfulle mód and ðæt tóslopene anima dissoluta, 39; Swt. 283, 12. Ð ænne geþanc orsorh byð ágyfen on slǽwþe mód byð tóslopen cum mens secura redditur, in torporem animus laxatur, Scint. 92, 17. IV. to get paralysed, get powerless, (a) physically :-- Ðǽr ða sina tóslúpaþ. Lchdm. ii. 280, 3. Ðá wearð se líchama eal tóslopen. Homl. Th. i. 86, 25. Sum mǽden langlíce læg on legerbedde seóc, tóslopen on limum, sámcucu geðúht, ii. 510, 25. Se læg seofon geár toslopenum limum. Homl. Skt. i. 6, 255. (b) in reference to the mind :-- Ðá wearð heora heorte tóslopen and heora gást ne beláf on him dissolutum est cor eorum et non remansit in eis spiritus, Jos. 5, 1.

tó-slúping, e; f. Dissolution :-- Tóslúpincg lífes dissolulio vitae, Scint. 68, 8.

tó-smeágan, -smeán; p. -smeáde To examine in detail, enquire into the several parts of a subject :-- Betwuh ðám þrím is swiþe micel tósceád. Gif wit ðæt ealle sculon ásmeágan (tósmeágan, Cote. MS. ), ðonne cume wit late to ende ðisse béc, oððe nǽfre, Bt. 42; Fox 256, 21.

tó-sníðan; p. -snáð, pl. -snidon; pp. -sniden. I. to cut in two, cut in pieces, cut up :-- Hé geteáh his seax and genam his sciccels ðe hé him on hæfde, tósnáð ðá hine on twá, and healfne sealed ðæm þearfan . . . Ðá wǽron ðǽr manige men ðe . . . hine bismrodan, ðæt hé his gegyrelan tó-sníðan sceolde, Blickl. Homl. 215, 5-10. Tósnidenre hreáþemúse blód. Lchdm. ii. 236, 17. Uppan ðám sticceon ðe ðǽr tósnidene beóþ membra quae sunt caesa. Lev. 1. 8. II. to cut away, cut off :-- Sum mon tó-snáð (amputauit) him ðone seárliprica. Mk. Skt. Rush. 14, 47. [O. Frs. te-snítha : O. H. Ger. za-snídan descindere, dirimere.]

tó-sócness and tó-sócnung gloss adquisitio :-- In tósócnisse in adquisi­tionem. Rtl. 28, 35. Tósócnung adquisitio, 81, 14.

tó-somne, -somnian. v. tó-samne, -samnian.

tó-sprǽc, e; f. Speech addressed to a person, conversation :-- Hine God hiéwcúðlícor on eallum ðingum innan lǽrde ðonne óðre menn mid his gelómlícre tósprǽce quem (Moses) de cunctis interius per conversationem cum Deo sedulam locutio familiaris instruebat, Past. 41; Swt. 304, 20. [O. H. Ger. za-sprácha eloquium.]

tó-sprǽdan; p. de To spread out, extend, expand, spread in different directions :-- Seó henn tósprǽt byre fyðera and ða briddas gewyrmþ, Anglia viii. 309, 26. Heó tósprǽt hire bósm ðǽr ðǽr ða réðan wuniaþ . . ., and heó is genyrwed on ðone ende ðe ða gesceádwísan wuniaþ she expands her bosom where the fierce dwell. . ., and is straitened in the quarter where the discreet dwell. Homl. Th. i. 536, 18. Tósprǽd ðíne fingras, Techm. ii. 122, 25. Ðæs mannes sáwl biþ on Gode tósprǽd, swá ðæt heó oferstíhþ middaneard, and eác hí sylfe, Homl. Th. ii. 186, 8. Stríc mid tósprǽddum handum niðer ofer ðíne breóst, Techm. ii. 119, 25. Wíf tósprǽddum loccum a woman with dishevelled locks. Lchdm. iii. 208, 10. [His holie lichame was tospred on þe holie rode, O. E. Homl. ii. 21, 29. Tosprad, 205, 33. He tospret touward ou his ermes, A. R. 402, 9. þe Brutones þat were tosprad here and þere, R. Glouc. 134, 15. With open hede . . . her hair tosprad, Gow. ii. 260, 4. O. L. Ger. te­spreidan dispergere: O. H. Ger. zar-, za­spreitan spargere, expandere, dispergere. ]

tó-springan; p. -sprang, pl. -sprungon; pp. -sprungen To spring asunder, fly to pieces, to crack, burst open :-- Tó dám handum ðæt flǽsc tóspringaþ for chapped hands, Lchdm. in. 114, 4. Se deófol wearp ǽnne stán to ðære bellan, ðæt heó eall tósprang the bell flew all to pieces, Homl. Th. ii. 156, 10. Hí becómon tó ðám ísenan geate and ðæt tósprang ðǽrrihte him tógeánes they came to the iron gate, and it burst open straightway at their approach, 382, 12. Tósprang dissilit, Germ. 399, 272. Tóspringe crepet, 398, 112. [Er him þe herte tospringe, C. L. 593. O. H. Ger. zi-springan dissilire: Ger. zer-springen.]

tó-sprytting, e; f. Instigation, v. spryttan, II b.

toatan, Ps. Th. 77, 45. v. tosca.

tó-standan; p. -stód; pp. -standen. I. to stand apart, be distant; fig. to differ, be different :-- Swé micel tóstondeþ eástdael from westdaele quantum distal orient ab occasu. Ps. Surt. 102, 12. Tóstent, Blickl. Gl. Hú micel tóstent seó godspellíce sóðfæstnyss fram sceade dære ealdan ǽ, Homl. Th. ii. 70, 29. Tóstænt differt, Wrt. Voc. ii. 140, 13. Tóstent discrepat, 141, 25: dispartire. Tóstandaþ distent, i. separent, 24. Tó-standendum mægna distantes vires, i. discordes, 26. II. to stand aloof, not to be forthcoming :-- Be ðon ðe mon wíf bycgge, and ðonne sió gift tóstande. Gif mon wíf gebycgge, and sió gyft forð ne cume, L. In. 31; Th. i. 122, 3-6.

tó-stencan; p -stencte; pp. -stenced, -stenct. I. to scatter the parts of a whole, disperse a number of objects gathered together :-- Ðú tóstencst big dissipabis eos, Ps. Spl. 143, 8. Se wulf cymþ tó ðám sceápum, sume hé ábítt, sume hé tóstencþ, Homl. Th. i. 240, 24: 238, 16. Ðínne líchoman geond ðisse ceastre lanan hié tóstenceaþ, Blickl. Homl. 237, 5. Ðú tóstenctest feónd ðíne dispersisti inimicos tuos, Ps. Spl. 88, 11 : 43, 13. Gif wind tó cóme, ðonne tóstencte hé ða lác sácri-ficium superveniens aura dispergeret, Past. 33; Swt. 217, 22. Se god-cunda anweald hí (the builders of Babel) tóstencte, Bt. 35, 4; Fox 162, 24: Homl. Th. i. 318, 18. Tósteng (dissipa) þeóda ðe gefeoht willaþ, Ps. Spl. 67, 34. Ða lác tóstencean (dispergere). Past. 33; Swt. 219, 5. Tóstencud biþ ðæt éde, Mk. Skt. Rush. 14, 27. Tóstenced, Exon. Th. 16, 21; Cri. 256. Tóstencte dispersae, Wrt. Voc. ii. 140, 71. Ðá wǽron tóstencte (dispersi sunt) ealle ða wiðerweardan gástas, Bd. 5, 12; S. 629, 7: l, 16; S. 484, 14: Bt. 39, 13; Fox 234, 27: Homl. Th. ii. 244, 34. II.to destroy the integrity of a whole, dissipate, bring to nought, overthrow :-- Tóstencþ (disperdat) Drihten ealle weleras fácnfulle, Ps. Spl. 11, 3. Drihten tóstenceþ (dissipat) geþeaht ðeóda, 32, 10. Tóstencþ gold­hord dissipabit thesaurum (Prov. 21, 20), Kent. Gl. 793. Se (Edwy) þurh his cildhádes nytenesse his ríce tóstencte and his ánnesse tódǽlde, Lchdm. iii. 434, 36. Tóstencton (dissipaverunt) unrihtwíse ǽ ðíne. Ps. Spl. 118. 126. Hí munucregol myrdon and mynstra tóstæncton, . Chr. 975'; Erl. 127. 21. Ofermódignyss seó ðe englas cúþe beswícan, micele má menn tóstencean (dissipare), Scint. 83, 13. Gif ys of mannum géþeaht ðis oððe weorc, sí tostenct (dissoluetur, dissipabitur); gif hit of Gode ys, gé ne mágon tóstencean (dissoluere) (Acts 5, 38, 39), 199, 2-4. Tóstencendes dissipantis (sua opera, Prov. 18, 9), Kent. Gl. 639. Ne biþ flód tóstencende, (-sencende, MS. ) ða eorðan neque erit diluvium dissipans terram, Gen. 9, 11. Se yfela willa biþ tóstenced, swá récels beforan fýre, gif mon ðæt weorc þurhtión ne mæg (potuisse miserius est) sine quo voluntatis miserae langueret effectus, Bt. 38, 2; Fox 196, 31. Sint tóstente dissipantur (cogitationes, Prov. 15, 22), Kent. Gl. 530. II a. intrans. To perish :-- Hí tostencton on ende disperierunt in Endor, Ps. Spl. 82, 9. v. next three words.

tó-stencedness, e; f. I. dispersion :-- Drihten tóstencednyssa (dispersiones) somnigende. Ps. Spl. 146, 2. II. dissipation, destruction :-- Hit is micel mægena tóstenceunes (-stencednes, MS. T. ) plurima destructio est, R. Ben. 128, 6. Ungeþyld is ealra mægna tóstencednys, Homl. Th. ii. 544, 6. Cometa, ðonne hé ætýwþ, ðonne tácnaþ hé hungor oððe cwealm oððe tóstencednysse ðæs eardes, Anglia viii. 321, 22. v. tó-stencan.

tó-stencend, es; m. One who dissipates or squanders, a prodigal :-- Tóstencend prodigus, Lchdm. i. lxi, 7.

tó-stencness, e; f. Dispersion :-- Tóstencnisse dispersiones. Ps. Surt. 146, 2.

tó-stician; p. ode To stab to pieces, mound severely by stabs, destroy by thrusts :-- Funde he hiene ǽnne be wege licgan mid sperum tósticad healfcucne invenit in itinere solum relictum, confossum vulneribus et extrema vitae efflantem, Ors. 3, 9; Swt. 128, 14. [Cf. Ger. zer-stechen.] Cf. tó-stingan.

tó-stincan; p. -stanc, pl. -stuncon To distinguish by smell :-- Ðurh ða nosu wé tóstincaþ, hwæt clǽne biþ, hwæt fúl, Homl. Th. ii. 372, 30.

tó-stingan; p. -stang. pl. -stungon To prick to pieces, break by pricking :-- Genim wulfes swýþre eage and hyt tósting, Lchdm. i. 362, 2. Ðonne ðú ðæt geswel tóstinge oþþe sníþe, ii. 208, 20. [Olde men neddren tostyngeþ (sting them all to pieces, wound severely with their sting), Misc. 152, 177.] Cf. tó-stician.

tó-stregdan, -strédan. [For conjugation see stregdan.] I. trans. To disperse, scatter, destroy. The verb occurs mostly in glosses and renders the Latin verbs spargere, aspergere, dispergere, disperdere, dissipare, dis­-pertire, destruere :-- Mildheortnisse míne ic ne tóstregdo (-stréde. Ps. Spl., -stregde, C. ) misericordiam meam non dispergam, Ps. Surt. 88, 34. Ic tóstréde, Scint. 230, 7. Tóstraigdes ɫ tódríteþ dispergit, Jn. Skt. Lind. 10, 12. Tóstret (-straegdæþ, Lind. : -stregdes, Rush. ), Lk. Skt. 11. 23. Tóstrigeded disperdet, Ps. Surt. 77, 38. Tóstrédeþ spargit, Ps. Spl. 147, 5 : aspergit. Blickl. Gl. : dispersit, Ps. Th. in, 8. Fægere weras tó­strédaþ ðone líg ðæt hé ne mæg ná sceðþan ðisse fæ-acute;mnan fair men scatter the flame, so that it cannot harm this virgin, Shrn. 130, 31. Ðú tó-strugde úsic dispersisti nos, Ps. Surt. 43, 12. Tóstregdyst, Ps. Spl. C. 43, 13. Hé tóstregde dispersit, 111, 8. Tóstrægd, Lk. Skt. Lind. Rush. I. 51 : Rtl. 177, 15. Tóstregd hié disperde illos, Ps. Surt. 53, 7: disperge, 58, 12. Tóstrigden (-stregdyn, Ps. Spl. C. ) wé hié disperdamus eos, 82, 5. Hé ne tóstrugde hié ne disperderet eos, 105, 23. Tóstrogden biþ dispertiatur, Mk. Skt. Rush. Lind. 3, 25. Ne biþ forléten stán ofer sláne se ðe ne sié tóstrogden (destruatur), 13, 2 : Lk. Skt. Lind. 21, 6. Tóstrogden biðon (dispargentur) ða scípo, Mk. Skt. Lind. 14, 27. Ða ðe uoeron tóstrogden qui erant dispersi, Jn. Skt. Lind. 11, 52. Hiá biód tóstrogdne dispergentur, Ps. Surt. 58, 16: dissipentur,67, 2. Tóstródne, 91, 10. Tóstréde synd (dispersa sunt) ealle ban mine, Ps. Spl. 21, 12. Geþancu and geþeahtu ðíne tóstrédde and tó náht getealde beón getácnaþ the dream betokens that your thoughts and counsels will be dissipated and counted for nought, Lchdm. iii. 214, 24. Scípa tóstrogdenra ovium dis-sipatorum, Rtl. 9, 38, II. intrans. To be dispersed, not to keep within proper bounds :-- Ðonne ðæt mód flíhþ ðæt ðæt hit sié gebunden mid ege and mid láre, ðonne tóstrét (-strétt, Hatt. MSS. ) hit on yfelre and on unnytte wilnunga and hæfþ ðæs suíðe. micelne hunger ut, quo se per disciplinam ligare dissimulat, eo se esuriens per voluptatum desideria spargat, Past. 39; Swt. 283, 19.

tó-sundrian; p. ode To separate :-- Hwanne hé tósundrode bearn Adames quando separabat filios Adam, Cant. M. ad fil. 8. v. tó-syndrian.

to-swápan; p. -sweóp To disperse by a sweeping movement, to sweep apart or away :-- Se ðone líg tósceáf, tósweóp hine and tóswende þurh ða swíðan miht he thrust back the flame on every side, swept and dashed it away by his strong might, Cd. Th. 237, 23; Dan. 342. Tósweóp and tóswengde, Exon. Th. 189, 13; Az. 59.

tó-swellan; pp. -swollen To swell out, grow big :-- Ic tóswelle turgeo, Ælfc. Gr. 26, 3; Zup. 155, 12. Tóswyllaþ grossescunt, intumescunt, Hpt. Gl. 447, 29. Se earm wæs swá swíþe greát and tóswollen brachio in tantum grossescente, Bd. 5, 3; S. 616, 23. Wiþ tótece . . . ðæt tó­swollene lim fram ðære uferan healfe beþe, Lchdm. ii. 68, 13. Wæs án cnapa swíðe tóswollen þurh wyrmes siege, Homl. Th. ii. 514, 7 : Homl. Skt. i. 3, 481. Ða tóswolnan turgida, Wrt. Voc. ii. 93, 7. Of ðám tóswollenum fótum (feet swollen with dropsy"), Homl. Th. i. 86, ll. [Al ic æm toswollen. Laym. 17815. Heorte tobollen & toswollen, A. R. 282, 8. Toswelle intumescere, Wick. Jerem. 5, 22. Toswal; p. Mand. F. O. H. Ger. zi-suollan tumida.]

tó-swengan; p. de To dash asunder, dispel by a stroke, drive apart. v. tó-swápan. [Cf. Mid sweorde toswungen (tohewe, 2nd MS. ), Laym. 8026.]

tó-sweorcan to make dark :-- Beóþ tósworcene ɫ áþéstrede obscurantur, Hpt. Gl. 447, 36.

tó-swífan to move off in different directions :-- Æghwilc óþer útan ymbclyppeþ, ðý læs hí tóswífen each from without embraces other, lest they take their separate courses, Met. 11, 36. v. Bt. 21; Fox 74, 11 in tó-slupan, I.

tó-syndrian; p. ode To separate; fig. to distinguish :-- Mid him hé tósyndraþ gif beteran óðrum wé beóþ gemétte apud ipsum discernitur si meliores aliis inveniamur, R. Ben. Interl. 14, 8. Ðú settest on foldan swíðe feala cynna and tósyndrodest hig siððan. Hy. 9, 21; Btwk. 198, 6: Hy. 7, 65; Dom. L. 44, 65. Gescádene ɫ tósendrede discretas, segregatas. Hpt. Gl. 411, 21. v. tó-sundrian.

tot a projection (?) :-- Tot artura, Wrt. Voc. ii. 100, 73. [Cf. þe eorþe aroos in þe manere of a tote (in modum cumuli), Trev. v. 163, 11 note. Tot, tote a tuft, Halliwell's Dict. Tute a jutting out, projection; ente to jut out, Jamieson. Icel. tota a protuberance; tútua to be swelled up: Dan. tude a spout.] v. ge-tot; tot-rida.

tó-talu, e; f. Reputation :-- Fore ðassum tótalés intinge pro hac reputations causa. Rtl. 102, 5.

tó-tellan; p. -teled To distinguish in counting, count separately :-- Án íglond ligþ fit on gársecg ðǽr nǽngu biþ niht on sumera ne wuhte ðon má on wintra dæg tóteled an island lies out in the ocean, where in summer no night can be distinguished in reckoning time, any more than in, winter day. Met. 16, 15.

tó-teón; p. -téáh, pl. -tugon;. pp. -togen. I. to pull to pieces, tear to pieces (lit. and fig. ) :-- Se wyrm ða tungan tótýhþ. Soul Kmbl. 234; Seel. 121. His æfterfolgeras feówertiéne geár ðisne middangeard tótugon and tótǽron (dilaniaverunt), Ors. 3, 11; Swt. 142, 23. Ðám ðe ús mid tóðum tóteón woldan, Ps. Th. 123, 5. Biþ seó tunge tótogen (beóþ hira tungan tótogenne. Soul Kmbl. 222) on týn healfe, Exon. Th. 373, 25: Seel. 115. II. to pull away. :-- Tótoghene detracta, Hpt. Gl. 515, 14. [Me þe sculde nimen and al tóteón mid horse, O. E. Homl. i. 9, 21. O. H. Ger. zi-ziohan distranere, detrahere.]

tó-teran; p. -tær, pl. -tǽron; pp. -toren To tear to pieces :-- Ic tótere lanio, Ælfc. Gr. 24; Zup. 137, 2. Tótera- discerpere, Hpt. Gl. 520, 75. Beón tótoren lacerari, 527, 55. I lit. to tear to pieces a material :-- Ðú tótǽre (conscidisti) mín hwíte; rægl, Ps. Th. 29, II. Hé ðæs beran ceaflas tótær, Ælfc. T. Grn. 7, 15. Hé ðone pistol tótær, Homl. Th. ii. 122, 30. Hé tótær his tunecan, 450, 21. Hí tótǽron beora reáf, 454, II. Fýrene næddran ðæt folc tótǽron, Num. 21, 6. Swilce he tótǽre sum eáðelíc ticcen quasi hoedum in frusta discerpens, Jud. 14, 6. II. metaph. of violent feeling or action, to tear to pieces, to harass, distract, destroy :-- Gýtsung ealle middaneardes rícu tótyrþ auaritia universa mundi regna discerpserit, Scint. 99, 8. Welan ða íáwla tðteraþ mid pricungum misllcra gedohta, Homl. Th. ii. 88, 22. His xfterfolgeras feówertiéne gear ðisne mio'dangeard tótugon and tðtǽron (dilaniaverunt), Ors. 3, n; Swt. 142, 24. Be góde ðþtes ná sáriga ðB, for nánes gesun[d]fulnysse ðú st tátoren de bono alterius nan doleas, nullius prosperitate lacereris Scint. 77, 9. Hit ongeat his láre swíþe tótorene . . . se wíídðm sǽde ðæt his gyngran hæfdon híne swá tðtorenne, Bt. 3, l; Fox 4, 31-6, 2. [Wolde he teteren roted fleshs . . . ann tetereð and tolimeð cwike fleschs, A. R. 84, 5-8. Anne curtel þe wes swiðe totoren, Laym. 4994. Our lordes body they totere. Chauc. C. T. Group C. 474. Cf. Goth. dis-tairan.]

tóþ gen. tóþes; dat. téþ, inst. tóþe; pl. toeð, téþ, and tóþas; m. A tooth, tusk :-- Tóð dens, Wrt. Voc. i. 64, 54. Tóþ, 282, 70. Forrotad tóð dens putridus, Kent. Gl. 966. Æt ðám feówer tóðum fyrestum, æt gehwylcum . vi. scillingas; se tóð se ðanne bí standeþ . iv. scill; se ðe ðonne bí dam standeþ . iii. scill.; and ðonne siþþan gehwilc scilling for knocking out the four front teeth, for each a fine of six shillings: the tooth that stands next must be paid for with four shillings; that which stands next to this with three shillings; and then each tooth afterwards with a shilling, L. Ethb. 51; Th. i. 16, 2-4. Tóð wið téð dentem pro dente, Ex. 21, 24: Lev. 24, 20. Tóð fore téð, L. Alf. 19; Th. i. 48, 21. Sete on ðone sáran tóþ, and hwílum ceówe mid ðý sáran tóþe, Lchdm. ii. 310, 16 : . Exon. Th. 495, 9; Ra. 84, 5. Gif hé tóð of ásleá, Ex. 21, 27. Tóð for tóð, Mt. Kmbl. 5, 18. Téð dentes, tóða flǽsc gingivae, ða eahta forworden téð betwux tuxum adversi dentes, Wrt. Voc. i. 43, 29-34. Wið ðaét cildum bútan sáre téð wexen to make teething easy for children, Lchdm. i. 346, 13. Gif ða téþ synd hole, ii. 310, 17. Oft mann smeáþ hwæðer téþ bǽnene beón, Lchdm. iii. 104, 4, and see whole article. Heora tóþas wǽron gelíce horses twuxan. Guthl. 5; Gdwin. 34, 24: Exon. Th. 226, 18; Ph. 407. Mannes tóða beóþ on eallum his lífe . ii. and .xxx., Salm. Kmbl. 192, 13. Tóða sár. Lchdm. i. 72, 24. Tóþa wagung, 334, 9. Tóþa grystlung (grisbittung tóðana, Lind. ) stridor dentium, Lk. Skt. 13, 28. Tóða gebitt. Homl. Th. i. 126, 20. Tóða geheáw, Cd. Th. 285, 18; Sae. 339. Bútan tóðum suaeder, Txts. 101, 1967. Hié (walruses; so Icel. tonn is used of walrus-tusk) habbaþ swíþe æþele bán on hiora tóðum; ða téð hié brohton sume ðæm cyninge. Ors. 1. 1; Swt. 18, 1. Hé tóðum gristbitaþ stridet dentibus, Mk. Skt. 9, 18. Synfull toþum torn þolaþ peccatos dentibus suis fremet, Ps. Th. in, 9: Judth. Thw. 25, 21; Jud. 272. Toeð (téþ, Ps. Spl. ) synfulra. Ps. Surt. 3, 8 : ii. p. 194, 19. Téð, Deut. 32, 24. Tóð (téð, Ps. Spl. : tóðas, Ps. Th. ), Ps. Surt. 57, 7. Hí biton heora téð him tógeánes, Homl. Th. i. 46, 27. Tóþas, Exon. Th. 374, 5; Seel. 121: Salm. Kmbl. 230; Sal. 114. [Goth. tunþus: O. Frs. tóth, tond : O. Sax. O. L. Ger. zand: O. H. Ger. zand: Icel. tonn.] v. cweorn-, flǽsc-, fore-, grinde(-ig)-, wang-tóþ.

-tóþ, -tóþe -toothed. [Icel. -tannr.] v. blódig-tóþ, twisel-tóþe.

tóþ-ece, es; m. Tooth-ache :-- Tóðæcce mé forwyrnde ǽlcre leornunga . . . Ic wát ðæt manig broc byð mycle strengre ðonne tóðsece, ðeáh ic nǽfre nán strengre ne geðolode, Shrn. 185, 9-16. Lǽcedðmas wiþ ðám uferan tóðece ge wiþ ðám niþeran. Lchdm. ii. 50, 7: 52, 6, 7. v. tóþ-wærc.

tó-þegnung, e; f. Administration :-- Tóþénung amministratio, Anglia xiii. 441, 1085.

tó-þenedness, e; f. Distension :-- Tóþenednyssum distentioníbus. Hpt. Gl. 529, 1.

tó-þerscan; þ. -þærsc, pl. þurscon To knock to pieces :-- Ðá com him swilc wind ongeán, swilce nán mann ǽr ne gemunde, and ða scipo ealle tóbeót and tóþræsc, Chr. 1009; Erl. 142, 5.

tóþ-gár, es; m. A tooth-pick :-- medmicel on ða eágan mid tóþ-gáre, Lchdm. ii. 36, 9. v. tóþ-sticca.

tó-þindan; þ. -þand, pl. -þundon; pp. -þunden To swell, grow big :-- Ic tóðinde tumeo, ðú tóðindst (-þintst, MSS. F. R. : -bindest, MS. U. : -þinst, MS. W. ) tumes, hé tóðint tumet, Ælfc. Gr. 16; Zup. 107, 8-9. I. in a physical sense :-- Rif tóþand mǽdenes alvus tumescit Virginis, Hymn. Surt. 44, 1. Tóþindende turgescens, intumescens (in cumulum), Hpt. Gl. 465, 11. Tóþunden gravis, Germ. 390, 142. II. in a metaphorical sense, to swell with pride, be puffed up, be arrogant :-- Tóþint intumuerit, superbierit. Hpt. Gl. 423, 25. Gif heora hwylc tóðint and hine on módignesse onhefþ and hé on ðám leahtre biþ onfunden si quisque ex eis inflatus superbia repertus fuerit reprehensibilis, R. Ben. 46, 16. Gif hwylc bróðor ongyten biþ tóþunden (contumax), 48, 3. Tóðunden oððe módig contumax, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 60; Zup. 69, 4. Is tópundon (inflammatum) mín heorte, Ps. Lamb. 72, 21. Tóþundenys gylpes tumentis jactantiae, Hpt. Gl. 527, 36. Gif ǽnig mid. tðóundene módig-nesse si aliquis tumido supircilio inflatus, Chart. Th. 319, 13. Ofer-módignysse tóþondenre tóbláwen, Anglia xiii. 441, 1084. Hé hine mid tóðundenum móde forseah, Homl. Th. i. 330, 20: 450, 33. Tó þund-enne and ástrehtne hneccan tumentem et erectam cervicem, Scint. 83, 17.

tóþ-leás; adj. Toothless :-- Tóþleásera edentularum, Germ. 394, 305. [O. H. Ger. zan(e)-lós edentulus, edentatus: Icel. tann-lauss.]

tóþ-mægen, es; n. Strength of teeth or tusks :-- Eofor tóþmægenes trum, Menol. Fox 499; Gn. C. 20.

tóþ-rima, -reoma, an; m. A gum: -- Tóþrima gingifa, Wrt. Voc. ii. 41, 22. Tóðreoma ingua (gingiua ?), i. 64, 55. Tóþriman gingifa, 282, 72. Wið tóþa sáre and tðóreomena, Lchdm. i. 318, 1, 4. Wið tóþreomena geswelle, 370, 29. Gníd golóme ða tóðreoman, 346, 14. Mid slítendum tóðreomum rabidis gingivis. Hpt. Gl. 423, 45.

tó-þringan; p. -þrang, pl. -þrungon; pp, -þrungen To press asunder, scatter by pressure :-- Hwíium ic wíde tóþringe lagustreáma full hwílum lǽte eft slúpan tósomne sometimes I (the storm) drive wide apart the cups of the floods (i. e. the clouds), sometimes let them again glide together, Exon. Th. 384, 34; Ra. 4. 37.

tóþ-sealf, e; f. A tooth-salve :-- Wyrc ðus tóþsealfe: ofersǽwisc rind and hunig and pipor, meng tósomne, lege on, Lchdm. ii. 52, 3. Tóþ-sealfa, 4, 5.

tóþ-sticca, an; m. A tooth-pick :-- Tóþsticca dentile, Wrt. Voc. ii. 138, 68. v. tóþ-gár.

tó-þunden. v. tó-þindan.

tó-þundenness, e; f. I. physical, swollenness :-- Wiþ ðæra innoþa tóðundennysse, Lchdm. i. 282, 8: 198, 23. II. metaphorical, pride, arrogance, contumacy :-- Mid ðam áwyrigdan gáste tóþundennesse tóbláwen maligno spiritu superbie inflatus, R. Ben. 124, 5. Gif hé on tóþundennesse þurhwunaþ si contumax fuerit, 131, 8. For geþances toþundennysse propter mentis tumorém, Scint. 183, 13. Ða eádmódan ðe náne tóðundennysse nabbaþ. Homl. Th. i. 550, 1.

tó-þundenlíce; adv. Proudly, arrogantly :-- Tóþundenlíce arroganter, superbe, Hpt. Gl. 422, 8. Gif hwylc cræftigra manna for ðæs cræftes þingon hine tóþundenlíce onhefþ, R. Ben. 95, 5.

tó-þuniende astonishing, amazing :-- Ðæm tóðuniendan adtonito, Wrt. Voc. ii. 4, 24. v. þunian.

tóþ-wærc, -wræc, es; m. Tooth-ache :-- Lǽcedómas wiþ tóðwærce, Lchdm. ii. 50, 6, 8, 10, 21, 24. Wið tóþwræce, i. 370, 26. v. tóþ-ece.

tó-þwínan. v. tó-dwínan,

tóþ-wyrm, es; m. A worm in a tooth :-- Wið tóþwærce, gif wyrm ete ða léð . . . Wið tóðwyrmum . . . lǽt reócan on ðone múð, dó blæc hrægl under, ðonne feallaþ ða wyrmas on, Lchdm. ii. 50, 10-20.

tótian; p. ode To peep out, look; Halliwell gives toot=to pry inquisitively, as a Northern word :-- Se ceác oferhelede ða oxan ealle búton ða heáfudu tótodon út the basin covered the oxen entirely, except that the heads peeped out; luterem boves portant, qui facie exterius eminent, sed ex posterioribus latent, Past. 16; Swt. 105, 5. [Ech man þe cumeð pleie to toten (look at) oðer to listen, O. E. Homl. ii. 211, 20. Is hit so ouer vuel nor te toten (lokin, MS. T. ) utward ? . . . Toten vt wiðuten vuel ne mei nouðer of ou, & nim jeme hwat vuel beo icumen of totinge, A. R. 52, 2-II. Euer se recluses toteó more utwardes, 92, 7. Ajein kunde hit is, þ te deade totie, 50, 25. He bad me toten on þe tree. Piers P. 16, 22. He maketh him ecte and pry, Gow. ii. 143, 6. He stod and totede in, Havel. 2106. þanne totede y into a tauerne, Pl. Cr. 339. His bon toteden out, 425. See also note on totehylle, Prompt. Parv. 497, and tootere speculator, Wick. Is. 21, 6.]

tó-torflan; p. ode. I. to fling in different directions, to toss about :-- Wæs ðæt scyp of ðám ýþum tótorfod (jactabatur), Mt. Kmbl. 14, 24. Cf. tó-weorpan. II. to stone to pieces, destroy by throwing stones. [Me þe sculde al toteon mid horse, oðer þe al totoruion mid stane, O. E. Homl. i. 9, 21. Stones hi doþ in heore slitte and þe totorveþ, O. and N. 1119.]

tó-trǽgelian; p. ode To pull to pieces, pull away, strip :-- Tótrǽglion exuent, Germ. 396, 267. v. trǽgelian.

tó-tredan; p. -træd, pl. -trsǽdon; pp. -treden To tread to pieces, trample upon :-- Tetridtid defecit, Txts. 56, 344. Tetridit disicit (deficit?), 57, 654. Tetreþ desicit, Wrt. Voc. ii. 139, 21. [Sum of þe sede werð totreden, O. E. Homl. i. 133, 22. Heo hit totreden mid horsen, Laym. 26771. Sixti hundred weoren totredene mid horsen, 27473. Wordliche þinges totreden & forhowien, A. R. 166, 22. Totrad conculcavit, Wick. Ps. 55, 2. O. L. Ger. te-tredan conculcare : O. H. Ger. zi-tretan: Ger. zer-treten.]

tot-rida, an; m. That which swings on a projection, a swing (?) or a swinging figure (?) :-- Totrida oscida, Wrt. Voc. i. 288, 52. Totridan oscille, ii. 63, 56: oscillae, Txts. 83, 1466. [Cf. scocga oscille, Grff. vi. 416 : rita-scopha oscilla, 458 : ii. 540. See Schmeller's Dict. 3, 320 and Diefenbach's Appendix to Du Cange, p. 402.] v. tot, and rídan, III.

tó-twǽman; p. de To divide, separate, disjoin :-- Ic tótwǽme disjungo, Ælfc. Gr. 47; Zup. 277, 4. I. to divide, stand between objects, separate one object from another :-- Gewurðe fæstnis tómiddes ðám wæterum and tótwǽme (dividat) ða wæteru fram ðám wæterum. And God geworhte ða fæstnisse and tótwǽmde (divisit) ða wæteru, ðe wǽron under ðære fæstnisse, fram ðám ðe wǽron bufan ðære fæstnisse, Gen. 1. 6, 7. II. to divide, part, dissociate, break the connection between :-- Sume hé (the devil) þurh graman tótwǽmþ, Homl. Th. i. 240, 26. Ðonne se lichama and seó sánul hí tótwǽmaþ when body and soul part, Wulfst. 151, ll. Wé nellaþ ús nǽfre tótwéman we do not wish to be separated, Homl. Skt. i. 2, 71. Hí siredon hú hí hié tótwǽman mehten Romani dolo divisere hostes, Ors. 3, 10; Swt. 138, 7. Hié eft tótwǽmde wǽron, 3, 7; Swt. 118, 20. Loth férde fram eástdǽle, and hig wurdon tótwǽmede (divisi sunt) heora ǽgðer fram his bréðer, Gen. 13, 11. Hí ne beóþ mid ǽnigum fæce fram him sylfum tótwǽmede; on eallum weorcum hi beóþ tógædere, Homl. Th. i. 500, 5. III. to disperse, scatter :-- Seó sunne tótwǽmþ ðære nihte þýstru mid hyre beorhtnysse, Anglia viii. 317, 6. Wearð her on felda folc tótwǽmed, Byrht. Th. 138, 57; By. 241. III a, where the object is abstract :-- Beó dám hálgan tídan eallum mannum sibb and sóm gemǽne and ǽlc sacu tótwǽmed let every cause of strife be removed, L. Eth. vi. 25; Th. i. 320, 29: L. C. E. 17; Th. i. 370, II. IV. to divide with the mind, distinguish, discern :-- Se apostol tótwǽmed ðæs gástes naman and ðæs módes, Homl. Skt. i. 1, 189. Tótwǽm ɫ tósceád intingan mínne discerne causam meam, Ps. Lamb. 42, 1. Tótwǽmendum (-þwæm-, MS. ) distinguente, dividente, ordinante. Hpt. Gl. 438, 54. Ne gemengende hádas ne edwiste tótwǽmende neque confundentes personas, neque substantiam separantes, Ath. Crd. 4. [þe eorðe totwemde the earth yawned, Marh. 17, 28. Ure louerd totweamede his soule urom his bodie, A. R. 396, 20.] v. un-tótwsǽmed.

tó-twǽmedness, e; f. Division, want of union :-- Awyrgede gástas beóþ his látteówas and his geféran bútan ælcere tótwǽmednesse accursed spirits will be his guides and comrades in close fellowship, Wulfst. 194, 22.

tó-tyhting, e; f. Instigation, prompting, suggestion :-- Ðisses geáres ða Scottas heora cyng Dunecan ofslógan, and heom syððan his fæderan Dufenal tó cynge genámon, þurh des láre and tótihtinge hé wearð tó deáðe beswicen, Chr. 1094; Erl. 231, 2.

tó-ward. v. tó-weard.

tow-cræft, es; m. Skill in weaving or spinning :-- Heó (the Virgin Mary) weóx and wearð fulfremed on gódra mægna heányssum, and heó ðá sóna gódum towcræftum onféng, swýðor ðonne ǽnig ðara ðe heora bearn wǽron, . . Heó wolde beón iram ðære þriddan tíde óð ða nigoþan tíd ymbe hyre webbgeweorc, Homl. Ass. 126, 339. Cf. 132, 545 sqq. According to the Protevangelion, when a new veil for the temple had to be made, it fell to Mary's lot to spin the true purple, c. ix. 4. v. tow-hús, -líc.

tó-weard; adj. I. used attributively, (a) in an indefinite sense, future, that is to come :-- Praesens tempus ys andwerd tíd . . . fufurum tempus is tówerd tíd, Ælfc. Gr. 20; 'Zup. 123, 17. Big ðam ege ðæs tóweardan dómes de terrore futuri judicii, Bd. 4, 24; S. 598, 15: Bt. 39, ll; Fóx 230, 12. Tówurdre futurae, Hpt. Gl. 426, 48. Tó fleónne tram ðan tóweardan yrre a futura ira. Mt. Kmbl. 3, 7. On tóweardre worulde in saeculo futuro Mk. Skt. 10, 30 : Blickl. Homl. 15, 4. Hé nolde ongytan ðone tówerdon deáþ (death that sometime will come), 195, 17. Ða misweaxendan bógas of áscreádian, ðæt ða tóweardan ðeónde beón, Homl. Th. ii. 74, 13. Áwrítan ðám tówerdum mannum to write for future generations, Homl. Skt. i. 21, II. (b) of the near future, about to come, coming, at hand, approaching :-- Se tówarda winter imminens hiems, Bd. 4, 1; S. 564, 39. On ðære tóweardan tíde ðe ðá neálǽhte niðða bearnum, Cd. Th. 77, 30; Gen. 1283. Hwylc tóweard yfel ðú ðé on neáhnysse forhtast quae ventura tibi in proximo mala formidas, Bd. 2, 12; S. 514, 1. II. used predicatively, (l) referring to future circumstances, toward as in Shakespere, e. g. What might be toward, that this sweaty haste Doth make the night joint labourer with the day, Hamlet i. I. (a) (that is) to happen or be some time or other, (that is) to come :-- Se ðe æfter mé tówerd ys qui post me venturus est, Mt. Kmbl. 3, 11. Gif hé wiste on hwylcere tíde se þeóf tówerd wǽre, 24, 43. Georne wiste se Scyppend, hwæt tóweard wæs, Homl. Th. i. 112, 25. Hé nát hwæt him tóweard biþ he knows not what is to happen to him, Bt. ll, I; Fox 32, 13. He wiste ðæt wíte ðæt him tóweard wæs, Blick. Homl. 77, 29. Hé ys tóweard on micelre mǽgðe futurus sit in gentem magnam, Gen. 18, 18. Se ðe waes tóweard tó ðisum middangearde, Homl. Th. i. 182, 24. Hé is tóweard tó démenne ðás world, Blickl. Homl. 81, 35. Ða þing ðe eów tówearde synd and hú eówer ǽlcon gebyreð ǽr his ende quae ventura sunt vobis in diebus novissimis. Gen. 49, Eallum mannum, ðám ðe nú sint and ðám ðe tówearde sint. Deut. 29, 15. (b) about to happen, (that is) to come soon, imminent, impending :-- Mid ðý hé ongeat ðæt him deáþes dæg tóweard wæs cum diem sibi mortis imminere sensisset, Bd. 4, 11; S. 579, 24. Tóweard ys ðæt Herodes sécþ ðæt cild tó forspillenne, Mt. 2, 13. Ðonne wambádl tóweard sié when the disease is coming on, Lchdm. ii. 216, 19. Tácn hú sió ádl tóweard sié, 256, 21. Hí gesáwon ðæt ðár tóweard wæs they saw what was about to happen, Lk. Skt. 22, 49. Eów ys wuldorblǽd tóweard glory is about to come to you, Judth. Thw. 23, 35; Jud. 157. Noe sægde, ðæt wæs þreálíc þing þeódum tóweard, Cd. Th. 79, 29; Gen. 1318. (c) where the time is fixed, to take place, come to pass :-- On ðære nihte ðe ðæt gefeoht on merigen tóweard wæs, Homl. Th. i. 504, 21. (2) marking motion, coming towards a place, approaching, about to come :-- Se Hǽlend geseah ðæt ðǽr wæs mycel mennisc tóweard (cf. se Hǽlend geseah ðæt micel folc com to him renit ad eum, Jn. Skt. 6, 5), Homl. Th. i. 182, 5. Ða ongeáton hié ðæt se eádiga Michael ðǽr wæs tóweard they then perceived that the blessed Michael had come there (or had been present cf. hí undergeaton ðæt Michael ðæt tácen his andwerdnysse geswutelian wolde, Homl. Th. i. 506, 14), Blickl. Homl. 205, 2. (2 a) without inflection (or not adjective ? v. III. 1 a) :-- Lócian hwæþer hé ðæt land gecneowe ðæt hié tóweard wǽron speculari quam regionem teneret. Ors. 4, 10; Swt. 202, 3. (3) marking position, with the face towards a person, facing :-- Geseoh ðæt hé sié tóweard ðonne ðú in gange, Lchdm. ii. 352, 19, III used appositively, (l) referring to future events, (a) where the futurity is indefinite :-- Ða hálgan ǽr Cristes cyme hyne tóweardne sægdon said he was to come, Blickl. Homl. 81, 31: Homl. Th. i. 354, 26, 32. Hé him ðæt ríce tówerd sǽde he told him that the kingdom was in store for him, Guthl. 21; Gdwin. 96, 8. Hé forestihte ða gecorenan tó ðam écan lífe, for ðan ðe hé wiste hí swilce tówearde he knew they were to become such, Homl. Th. i. 112, 32, 34. Drihten ealle gód him symle fremfullíce tówearde dyde the Lord ever had in store for him all good things to his advantage, Lchdm. iii. 436, 23. Sometimes the word occurs without the inflexion that seems required, v. also II. 2 a; but perhaps in these cases the word should not be considered adjective. v. next word :-- Wítgan hine tóweard sǽdon, Blickl. Homl. 71, 29. Ealle ða tácno & ða forebeácno ía ðe úre Drihten ǽr tóweard sægde, 117, 31. Hí geseóþ heora wuldor and heora wlite and blisse hym tóweard, Wulfst. 238, 21. (b) of an immediate future :-- Her is úre sylfra forwyrd tóweard getácnod here is our own destruction shewn to be imminent, Judth. Thw. 25, 30; Jud. 286. Se engel him sige tóweardne gehéht the angel promised them that victory should be theirs (on the morrow). Blickl. Homl. 201, 33: 117, 14. Aidan dam scypfarendum ðone storm tówardne sægde (cf. sóna ðæs ðe gé on scyp ástígaþ ofer eów cymeð mycel storm, 32), Bd. 3, 15; S. 541, 16. Hé foreseah Godes mynstrum micle frécnesse tówearde monasteriis periculum imminere praevidens, Bd. 3, 19; S. 549, 46. Hé wiste heora forwyrd hrædlíce tóweard, Homl. Th. i. 402, 12. (2) marking motion :-- Ða leóde flugon ðá hié ðone here tóweardne wiston on ða burh Gerusalem the people fled when they knew that the Roman army was on the march to Jerusalem, Blickl. Homl. 79, 13. Hí gewunodon on gehwilcere byrig, óð dæt hí geáxodon ða apostolas tówearde they stopped in every town until they learned that the apostles were on the way thither, Homl. Th. ii. 494, 2. [O. Sax. tó-ward.]

tó-weard; prep. Toward, in the direction of. I. with gen. :-- Ða ðe gáþ on ryhtne weg tóweard ðæs hefonríces, Past. 9; Swt. 59, 19. Hé wæs hym syððan tóweard hys scypes farende, Homl. Ass. 190, 258. II. with dat. or uncertain, (1) preceding the governed word :-- Ðonne ærnaþ hý ealle tóweard ðæm feó, Ors. 1, 1; Swt. 20, 36. Hí torfedon tówærd ðam weofode . . . and scotedon tóweard ðam hálig-dóme, Chr. 1083; Erl. 217, 17, 19. Crist wæs tóweard ðære róde gelǽd, Btwk. 214, 27. (2) following the governed word :-- Hé eów onet tóweard mors propinquat, Met. 27, 8. (3) where precedes and weard follows (cf. to God ward, to us ward in A. V. ) :-- Hé hine bær tó mynstre weard, Homl. Th. i. 336, 12: Wulfst. 302, 26. Hé went ǽfre ðone hricg tó ðære sunnan weard, Lchdm. iii. 266, 24. Tó scipan weard, Chr. 1009; Erl. 143, 11. Hí wendon him tó ðære burge weard, 1048; Erl. 178, 1. Hí wǽron heom tó Lundene weard, 1052; Erl. 185, 4. Hé hét ðæt hé biheólde tó his Drihtne werd. Homl. Skt. ii. 31, 78.

tó-weardes; prep, with dt. Towards. I. preceding the case :-- Hí férdon tówardes Ou, Chr. 1094; Erl. 230, 31. II. following the case :-- Míne frýnd standaþ ongeán me and synt me tóweardes amici mei adversum me appropinguaverunt et sieterunt, Ps. Th. 37, 11. Deáð eów tóweardes onet. Bt. 39, I; Fox 210, 27. Eów neálǽcþ se deáð tóweardes, Wulfst. 231, 34. [O. Sax. tó-wardes.]

tóweard-líc; adj. Future :-- Me þincþ ic stande and his ágene stefne gehýre swá swá hit tóweardlíc is tó gehýranne, Homl. Skt. i. 23, 831. Ðæt tácnaþ tóweardlíce firhto and brógan, Lchdm. iii. 156, 10. God forgefe alle synne ðíno ondweardlíca and tóweardlíca (futura), Rtl. 170, II.

tóweardlíce; adv. In the future, in time to come :-- Hé forecwæþ ðæt hé tówardlíce biscop beón sceolde antistitem eum futurum esse prae-dixerat, Bd. 4, 28; S. 606, 21.

tóweardness, e; f. I. the time to come, the future :-- Ðæt hé on tóweardnesse (in futuro saeculo) écelíce mid Criste rícsian móste, Bd. 3, 29; S. 561, 22. Swá ðú on ðisum andweardum lífe má earfoða drígast, swá myccle ðú eft on tóweardnysse geféhst. Guthl. 5; Gdwin. 32, 13. II. a future coming :-- Úre Drihten ðæt gefylde, ðæt hé þurh his ða hálgan tóweardnesse gehét, Blickl. Homl. 119, 28.

tó-weccan; p. -wehte To wake (trans. ) up, stir up, arouse :-- ða folc mid him fǽhþe tówehton how they stirred up strife amongst themselves, Beo. Th. 5889,; B. 2948.

tó-wegan; p. -wæg, pl. -wǽgon; pp. -wegen To disperse, dispel :-- Heofones gim scíneþ, beóþ wolcen tówegen neu concreta nubes summo-veat radios solis, Exon. Th. 210, II; Ph. 184.

toweht a basket for putting wool in(?) :-- The word occurs among terms connected with spinning and glosses calatum ( =calathus ? Calatum is explained in Du Cange by lignum piscatorum seu piscama e lignis con-fecta, a meaning which seems not to belong to the word here). Wrt. Voc. i. 282, 17: ii. 16, 35.

tówenden; p. de To overthrow, upset, subvert, overturn :-- Hé tówende evertit, Hpt. Gl. 459, 52. Tówendum erutis, subversis, 433, 44. I. with reference to material objects, (a) where the object is not of great extent, to overthrow, demolish :-- Ðá tówende se hálga wer ðæt deófolgild grundlunge, Homl. Th. ii. 164, 16. Ðá tówende se biscop ð æt weofod, 508, 5. Hæfde se deófol tówend ðone weall the devil had thrown down the wall, 166, 19. Heora deófolgild wearð tówend, Homl. Skt. i. 22, 158. (b) where the object is of great extent, to overthrow, destroy :-- God ealne ðone eard tówende Dominus subvertit omnem regionem, Gen. 19, 25. Ðá tówænde se cyning heora winsuman burh, Homl. Ass. 102, 8. Hí tówendou ðæt tempel, 68, 83. Hig heora burga

tówendon subversis urbibus, Num. 21, 3. Ðæt ic ða burh ne tówende ut non subvertant urbem. Gen. 19, 21. II. with reference to non-material objects, to destroy by changing, to repeal a law, abrogate, abolish, overthrow, destroy :-- Crist tówyrpþ ðás stówe and tówent ða gesetnysse ðe ús Moyses tǽhte, Homl. Th. i. 46, 3. Hí woldon tówendon ealle ða gesetuessa ðe Domicianus hæfde ǽr geset, Ors. 6, 10; Bos. 120, 32 note. III. in a figurative sense :-- Háwa ðæt se inra wind ðe ne tówende, Homl. Th. ii. 392, 32. [A sutare þet haueð forloren his el, he towent euerich strea uort he beo ifunden, A. R. 324, 18. Mid þusend-feld wrenches he þe herte towendeð, O. E. Homl. ii. 191, 26.]

tó-weorpan, -werpan, -worpan, -wurpan, -wyrpan; p. -wearp, pl. -wurpon; pp. -worpen. To throw in different directions, throw away, throw down, to scatter, disperse, destroy, overthrow :-- Tówearp discutit, Wrt. Voc. ii. 28, 70. Tówuorpon destituunt, toworpne destitutae, 105, 81, 82. Tówurpon, 25, 13. Tóworpenum eruta, 33, 16. Destitutae, desertae, i. derelictae, vel toworpne, 139, II. I. to scatter (lit. or fig. ), disperse :-- Se ðe ne gaderaþ mid mé, hé tówyrpþ (spargit), Mt. 12, 30. Hé sendeþ his strǽlo and hí tóweorpeþ (dissipavit), Bd. 4, 3; S. 569, 20. Ðú ús tódrife and ús tówurpe geond werþeóda, Ps. Th. 59, I. Hé ðæt fýr tósceáf and ðone líg tówearp, Exon. Th. 276, 15; Jul. 566. Tóweorp ðú ða ðeóda dissipa gentes, Ps. Th. 67, 28. Ðæt hé heora oferhýd tóweorpe ní superbiam eorum dissipet, Bd. 4, 3; S. 569, 24. Mid ðý ðe hé sceolde his gestreón tóweorpan, mid ðý hé hié gadraþ, Past. 8; Swt. 55, 11. Úre bán syndon tóworþene dissipata suní ossa nostra, Ps. Th. 140, 9. Ðætte suno Godes, ða ðe uoeron tóuorpen (dispersi), gesomnade in an. Jn. Skt. Lind. II, 52. I a. to break in pieces, scatter the parts of a connected whole :-- Hé heora bendas tówearp vincula eorum disrupit, Ps. Th. 106, 13. II. in a literal sense,to overthrow, (a) to overturn what is standing :-- Hé ágeát ðara mynetera feoh, and tówearp hyrá mýsan (mensas subvertit), Jn. Skt. 2, 15. (b) to throw down what is set up, destroy a building, demolish :-- Gif eówer godes miht ða cyrcan tówurpan ne mæg, ic tówurpe eówer tempel, Homl. Th. i. 70, 30. Ðes tówyrpþ (-wærpað, Lind. ) Godes templ, and hyt eft ge-timbraþ qui destruebat templum Dei, et illud reaedificabat, Mt. Kmbl. 2, 7, 40. Ðú tówurpe weallfæsten his deposuisti maceriam ejus, Ps. Th. 79, 12. Ceaster heora ðú tówurpe (destruxistí), Ps. Spl. 9, 6. God tówearp (subvertit) ða burga, Gen. 19, 25 : Ors. 3, 7; Swt. 114, 2. Hé tówearp ðæt templ Titus templum diruit, 6, 7; Swt. 262, 20. Se god­cunda anweald tówearp ðone torr (the eower of Babel), Bt. 35, 4; Fox 162, 25. Æþelburg tówearp Tántún ðe Ine ǽr timbrede. Chr. 722; Erl. 44, 27. Hí tówurpon ða heargas destructis fanis, Bd. 3, 30; S. 562, 15. Englas ðæt hús tówurpon þurh gástlícne cræft, Homl. Th. ii. 510, 15. Ðý læs eówer hús windas tóweorpan, Exon. Th. 281, 22; Jul. 650. Hí mid æxum duru curfan, and teoled. in ðæt ht mid adesan ealle tówurpan (dejecerunt), Ps. Th. 73, 6. Tówurpan (-worpan, MS. A. : -weorpan, Rush. : -worpa, Lind. ) Godes templ destruere templum Dei, Mt. Kmbl. 26, 61: Homl. Th. ii. 510, 13. Tóworpon, Bd. 2, 13; S. 517, 14. Tówyrpan hira geweorc, Bt. 35, 4; Fox 162, 13. Ne bið hér lǽfed stán uppan stáne ðe ne beó tóworpen, Mt. Kmbl. 24, 2: Mk. Skt. 13, a. Wearð Tirus seó mǽre burg eall tóworpenu Tyrus excisa est, Ors. 3, 9; Swt. 128, 28, Æfter tóworpenum templan post deruta sacella, Hpt. Gl. 467. 56. III. in a figurative sense, to overthrow, (a) where the object is a person, to destroy the power of a person, to destroy :-- Hí tóweorp destrue eos, Ps. Th. 58, Ðæt ðú tówurpe feónd ut destruas inimicum, Ps. Spl. 8, 3. Hí wolde tóweorpan wuldres Aldor . . . ðæt hé hí ne tówurpe geond werþeóda dixit ut disperderet eos . . . ne disperderet eos, Ps. Th. 105, 19. Swá sint tó teweorpanne ða ðe nán gód ne dydon ðurh ðreáunge qui nulla agere bona coeperunt, correctionis manu evertendi sunt, Past. 58; Swt. 443, 33. Ic wolde tówerpan bearn Hélendes, Cd. Th. 270, 4; Sae. 85. Noldan hí tóworpan þeóde non disperdiderunt gentes, Ps. Th. 105, 26. Wutan hí towyrpan dispsrdamus eos, 82, 4. (b) where the object is not a person, to overthrow an institution, a practice, regulation, law, etc., to put down, put an end to, destroy, make void, break, dissolve :-- Se ðe tówyrpþ án of ðysum bebodum qui solvent unum de mandalis istis, Mt. Kmbl. 5, 19. Hé úre ǽtówyrpþ. Pilatus hym cwæð: Hwæt ys ðæt hé déþ ðæt hé mǽge eówre ǽ tówerpan ? Hí cwǽdon: 'On restedagum hé hǽlþ, ' Nicod. 2; Thw. 1, 23-27. Hé com ðý ðæt hé wolde ǽlc yfel tówurpan, and ǽlc good árǽran. Nú tówyrpþ hé on us leahtras . . . Hé tówyrpþ módignysse . . . and ealle unðeáwas hé tówyrpþ, Homl. Th. i. 144, 28-32. Se wind tóweorpþ ðære rosan wlite. Bt. 9; Fox 26, 19. Tóweorpeþ (-worpeþ, MS. B. ), Salm. Kmbl. 149; Sal. 74. Ða heargas áídlian and tóweorpan fana profanare, Bd. 2, 13; S. 516, 40. Hé wile úre wítu tóweorpan he will put an end to the pains we inflict, Cd. Th. 289, 5; Sat. 393. Míne are tóweorpan honorem meum repellere, Ps. Th. 61, 4. Wutun symbeldagas Drihtnes on eorðwege ealle tówurpan comprimamus omnes dies festos Domini a terra, 73, 8. Nelle gé wénan ðæt ic cóme tówurpan (solvere) ða ǽ; ne com ic ná tówurpan (-wearpan, MS. A. ), ac gefyllan, Mt. Kmbl. 5, 17. Uton tówurpan ðás geflitu dissolvamus has conlentiones, Coll. Monast. Th. 31, 23. Ælfhere hét tówurpon swýðe manig munuclíf, Chr. 975; Erl. 127, 5. Oft becymþ se anweald ðisse worulde tó swíþe gódum monnum for ðæm se anweald ðara yflana weorþe tóworpen fit saepe, uti bonis summa rerum gerenda deferatur, ut exuberans retundatur im-probitas, Bt. 39, ii; Fox 228, 20. Ðone tóworpenan stal ðæs ríces destructum regni statum, Bd. 4, 26; S. 603, 8. Ðý læs tóworpen sién fyrngewritu, Elen. Kmbl. 860; El. 430. IV. to throw out. v. tó-worpness, II :-- Ðonne hió hie selfe tóweorpeþ út of hiere selfre cum se extra semetipsam ejicit, Past. 38; Swt. 277, 24. [Ne bið naut his (the wise man's] lare fremful, zif he mid wercan towerpeð his bodunge, O. E. Homl. i. 109, 7. þatt temmple wass all þurrh hæþenn follc toworrpenn, Orm. 16277. O. Frs. tó-, ti-werpa: O. Sax. te-werpan to scatter, to destroy: O. H. Ger. zer-, ze-werfan dissipare, dit-jicere, dispergere, de-struere, demoliri: Ger. zer-werfen.

tó-weorpeudlíc, -wyrpendlíc; adj. Destructible :-- Tówyrpendlícne destructilem, Germ. 394, 348.

tó-wesness, -wesenness, -wisness, e; f. I. separation, dissolution, divorce :-- Tówesnes vel tólésednes dissolutio, dispersio, Wrt. Voc. ii. 141, 40. Tówesnisse defortii, Txts. 181, 41. II. difference, disagreement, discord, dissension :-- Hé sǽwþ ðone sticel ðæs andan óððæt ðǽr of áweoxþ tówesnes, and of ðære tówesnesse biþ ðæt fýr onǽled ðære feóunga . . . Se se ðæt wæter út forléte wǽre fruma ðære tówesnesse seminantur stimuli, oriuntur rixae, accenduntur faces odiorum . . . Qui dimittit aquam, caput est jurgiorum. Past. 38; Swt. 279, 9-13. Hú lináberendlíc gylt sió tówesnes (discordia) biþ, 46; Swt. 349, 15. Wæs tówesnes geworden crea dissensione, Bd. 4, 12; S. 581, 15. Ðá sóhte Colemannus ðysse tówisnesse (-wesennesse, MS. B. ) and ðysse unsibbe lǽcedóm quaesivit Colmanus huic dissensioni remedium, 4, 4; S. 571, 6. Ðonne hé him ondrǽt ða tówesnesse útane dum humana foras jurgia metuunt, Past. 46; Swt. 351, 23. [Cf. ge-weorþan to agree: Goth. ga-wairthi peace.]

towettan; p. te To associate with :-- Riht is ðæt mynecena ne towettan woruldmannum ne ǽnige sundorcýððe tó heorn habban ealles to swíðe (the other reading is nǽfre wið worldmen ǽnige gemánan worldlícre cýððe habban tó swíðe), L. I. P. 15; Th. ii. 322, 33.

tow-hús, es; n. A spinning-house :-- Towhús of wulle geniíium ( =gynaeceurn locus seu aedes u-bi mulieres lanificio operam dabant. The women who worked were called geniciariae pensiles, Migne), Wrt. Voc. i. 59, 7. v. tow-cræft, -líc, -tól.

tó-wiðere, -wiðre; prep. Against. I. with dat. in reply to :-- Hú mæg ic andsware findan wráþum tówiþere, Exon. Th. 12, 13; Cri. 185. II. with acc. in opposition to :-- Wíg tówiþre, 341, 20; Gn. Ex. 129. [Ger.

tow-líc; adj. Pertaining to weaving :-- Towlíc weorc textrinum opus, Wrt. Voc. i. 26, 13: 82, II.

tow-mýdrece, an; f, A work-box, box for keeping materials connected with spinning or weaving (?) :-- An hræglcysð and an lytulu towmýderce. Chart. Th. 538, 21.

tó-worpenness, -worpedness, e; f. Desolation, destruction :-- Heora tóworpennys the destruction of the Jews by the Romans, Homl. Th. i. 108, 3. Ða onsceonunge ðære tóworpennysse abominationem desolationis, Mt. Kmbl. 24, 15. Tóworpednysse (-worpenuysse, MS. A. ), Mk. 43, 14. Ðeós tódrǽfednys (the driving the money-changers out from the temple) getácnode ða tóweardan tóworpennysse ðurh ðone Rómániscan here, Homl. Th. i. 406, 9. Ðæt se Hǽlend beweópe ðære ceastre tóworpennysse, ðe gelamp æfter his ðrowunge, 402, 7: Homl. Ass. 46, 548.

tó-worpness, -wyrpness, e; f I. dispersion, v. tó-weorpan, I :-- On tówyrpnisse hǽðna in dispersionem gentium. Jn. Skt. Rush. Lind. 7, 35. II. a throwing out, ejection, v. tó-weorpan, IV :-- Salde him mæhte gémnisse tó untrymnissum and tóworpnisse (-wyrpnise. Lind. ) diówla dedit illis potestatem curandi infirmitates et eiciendi daemonia, Mk. Skt. Rush. 3, 15. [O. H. Ger. zi-worfnessi desolatio.

tó-wrecan; p. -wræc, pl. -wrǽcon; pp. -wrecen To drive in different directions, scatter, disperse :-- Weorðaþ tówrecene wíde ealle ða ðe unrihtes ǽror worhtan dispergeniur omnes qui operantur iniiquitatem, Ps. Th. 91, 8: 58, 15. Siendon wé tówrecene geond wídne grund, heápum tó- hworfene, Cd. Th. 235, 4; Dan. 301: Exon. Th. 186, 17; Az. 21: 16, 24; Cri. 258: Eten. Kmbl. 261; El. 131.

to-writenness, e; f. A detailed writing, a description :-- Se cásere sette gebann, ðæt wǽre on gewritum ásett eall ymbhwyrft. Ðeós tówritennys (descriptio. v. tó-mearcodness) wearð árǽred fram ðam ealdormenn Cyrino, Homl. Th. i. 30, 2.

tó-wríðan; p. -wráð To twist different ways, to distort :-- Ic tówríðe distorqueo, Ælfc. Gr. 26, 3; Zup. 155, 15.

tow-tól, es; n. An implement for spinning :-- Hé sceal fela towtóla habban, flexlínan, spinle . . ., Anglia ix. 263, 10.

tó-wunderlíc glosses admirabilis, Ps. Spl. 41, 4.

tó-wurpan. v. to-weorpan.

tó-wyrd, e; f. Occasion :-- Ðá wǽron Seaxan sécende intingan and tówyrde heora gedáles wiþ Brittas quaerentes occasionem divortii, Bd. 1, 15; S. 483, 37.

tó-wyrpan, -wyrpendlíc, -wyrpness. v. tó-weorpan, -weorpendlíc, -worpness. Tráci, Trácia, Tráciana. v. þraceas. tract; trachtere, tractere. v. traht; trahtere.

træf, es; n. I. a tent, pavilion :-- Lǽdan ita torhtan mægð tó træfe ðam heán (cf. wæs seó hálige meówle on his búrgetelde, 22, 10; Jud. 57), Judth. Thw. 22, 2; Jud. 43: 25, 12; Jud. 255. Beornas stódon ymbe hyra þeódnes træf, 25, 19; Jud. 268. II. a building :-- Tigelfágan trafu, torras, windige weallas, Andr. Kmbl. 1683; An. 844. [Cf. (?) Icel. traf a fringe, hem: in mod. usage, a kerchief] v. hearg-, hell-, wearg-træf.

trǽgelian, trǽglian; p. ode To pluck :-- Trǽglian carpere, Germ. 398, 84. tó trǽgelgenne carpendum, 399, 388. [Cf. (?) Lat. tragula.] v. tó-trǽgelian.

træppan, træppe. v. treppan, treppe.

trág; adj. Evil, bad :-- Tó trág, Exon. Th. 354, 37; Reim. 57. Se feónd and se freónd, tíreádig and trág, synnig and gesǽlig, Elen. Kmbl. 1906; El. 955. Ðæt hió ðære cwéne oncweðan meahton swá tiles swá tráges swá hió him tó sóhte, 649; El. 325. [O. L. Ger. O. H. Ger. trági iners, piger, segnis: Ger. tráge: Du. traag. Cf. earh for the double sense of slow and bad.]

trág, e; trágu; indecl.; f. Ill, affliction :-- Hé wénde him tráge hnágre he expected humiliating affliction for himself, Elen. Kmbl. 1333; El. 668. [O. L. Ger. O. H. Ger. trágí ignavia, torpor.] v. preceding word.

tragan = dragan, Jn. Skt. Rush. 21, 8, 11.

tráge; adv. Evilly, cruelly :-- Ðis is weorc ðara ðe oft wráðe mé tráge tǽldan hoc opus eorum, qui detrahunt mihi, Ps. Th. 108, 20. [O. H. Ger. trágo tarde, segniter.] v. trág.

traht, tract, es; m. : e; f. I. a text, passage; textus, tractus (tractus ecclesiastici cantus species, Migne) :-- Æfter fyliaþ traht sequitur tractus: 'Eripe me, Domine, ' Anglia xiii. 417, 743- Traht tractus: 'Laudale Dominum, ' 425, 855. Mid trahte godspelles cum textu euuan­gelii, 416, 723, Nú bidde ic eów ðæt gé beón geðyldige on eówerum geðance óððæt wé ðone traht oferrædan mágon I pray you to be patient in your thoughts until we have read the passage (the passage is then given), Homl. Th. i. 166, 7. Ðæt man ræ-acute;de twá ræ-acute;dinga mid twám tractum and mid twám collectum, L. Ælfc. C. 36; Th. ii. 358, 19. II. a treating of a subject, an exposition, a commentary :-- Traht expositio, i. tractatio, Wrt. Voc. ii. 145, 84. Ðes traht is langsum eów tó gehýrenne, ac wé willaþ nú úre spræ-acute;ce her geendian, Homl. Th. ii. 536, 22 : 70, 13 : i. 248, 21. Trahte commentis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 19, 58: 94, 31. We ofer­ræ-acute;ddon ðis godspel . . . ac wé ne hrepodon ðone traht ná swíðor ðonne tó ðæs dæges wurðmynte belamp we read íhe gospel, but we did not further touch the exposition (or text, under I ?) than pertained to the honour of the day, Homl. Th. i. 104, 6. Trahtas commentariola, Wrt. Voc. ii. 24, 51. Ræ-acute;de man ðære godcundan láre béc, and eác swá ða háligan trahtas (expositions) ðe fram namcúþum fæderum geworhte synt, R. Ben. 33, 20. Trahta commenta, documenta. Hpt. Gl. 512, 32. [O. H. Ger. trahta tractatio. From Latin.] v. godspell-, sealm-traht, and following words.

trahtaþ, es; m. A commentary :-- Trahtaðum commentis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 19. 58.

traht-bóc; f. A book of exposition, a treatise, commentary :-- Gregorius gedihte manega hálige trahtbéc, Homl. Th. ii. 132, 15 : i. 436, 10. Twá and hundseofontig bóca ðære ealdan ǽ and ðære níwan hé áwende . . . búton óðrum menigfealdum trahtbócum ðe hé deópðancollíce ásmeáde, 15.

trahtere, es; m. One who treats a subject, 'an expositor, interpreter, commentator :-- Mé ða treahteras tala wísedon, Salm. Kmbl. 9; Sal. 5. Treahteras commentarii. Wrt. Voc. ii. 15, 41. Fram trehterum a commentariis, 7, 28. Of flítendum trachterum a vitiosis interpretibus, Mt. Kmbl. p. i. 14. [O. H. Ger. pi-trahuri.] v. stǽr-trahtere; trahtnere.

trahtian; p. ode. I. to expound, explain :-- Ðegnum his he trahtade alle he expounded all things to his disciples. Mk. Skt. Lind. 4, 34. Se awergda gast ongan Godes béc trahtian, and ðá sóna leáh. Blickl. Homl. 29, 29. II. to discuss :-- Ðá ongunnon hý treahtigean, hwæðer má mǽrlícra dǽda gefremed hæfde, ðe Philippus, ðe Alexander, Ors. 3, 9; Bos. 67, 3. [O. H. Ger. trahtðn tractare, reputare. ] v. ge­trahtian; trahtnian, traht.

trahtnere, es; m. An expositor, commentator :-- Gregorius se trahtnere. Homl. Th. ii. 72, 21. Se trahtnere cwið, ðæt ðæt gyftlíce hús wæs ðryflére, for ðan ðe on Godes gelaðunge sind þrý stæpas gecorenra manna, 70, 16: i. 338, 16. Hieronimus se wísa trahtnere, Homl. Ass. 36, 296. v. trahtere.

trahtnian; p. ode. I. trans. To expound, explain :-- Hægmon trahtnaþ ðis gospel], Homl. Th. i. 510, 26. Gregorius trahtnode ðis godspel, ii. 550, 1. Ic wolde eów trahtnian ðis godspel, ðe mann nú beforan eów rǽdde, i. 166, 3. Ðes cwyde is swíðor tó ondrǽdenne ðonne tó trahtnigenne, 332, 4: ii. 90, 5. I a. to give as explanation of (be) something :-- Wé sprǽcon be ðam sǽde ðe betwux ðam ðornum sprang . . . Drihten sylf trahtnode be ðisum ðæt ða sind de Godes word gehýraþ ac hí sind gebysgode mid heora welum we spoke of the seed that sprang tip among the thorns . . . The Lord himself gave as explanation of this, that they are those that hear God's word, but are occupied with their 3 T 2 wealth, Homl. Th. ii. 92, 7. II. with prep, to treat of (be. ymbe) :-- Manega trahtuedon ymbe ðis angin de hoc principio mulli tractaverunt, Anglia viii. 307, 7. Mid were ǽwfæstum trahtna (tracta) be hálignysse, Scint. 200, 14. Nú wille wé be ðyssere freólstíde trahtnian, Homl. Th. i. 104, 9. Wé woldon gefyrn trahtnian be ðam lambe, ii. 278, 11. [Nimeþþ gom off þiss þatt her iss trahhtnedd, Orrm. 11680.] v. á-, ge-, ofer-trahtnian; trahtian.

trahtnung, e; f. Exposition, explanation, comment :-- Uton nú fón on ðæs godspelles trahtnunge ðǽr wé hit forléton let its resume the exposition of the gospel, where we left it, Homl. Th. i. 114, 35: ii. 72, 22. Ús gedafenaþ ðæt wé mid árfæstum geleúfan underfón Drihtnes trahtnunge, 90, 4. Mid smeáþancelre trahtnunge tenaci memoriae textu, Hpt. Gl. 410, 65. Trah(t)nunge commenta, 479, 77. Mid gástlícum trahtnungum commentariis, explanationibus, 410, 24: Homl. Th. ii. 2, 8.

trahtung, e; f. Exposition, comment :-- Trahtunga commenta, Wrt. Voc. ii. 24, 50. þracþungum (l. tractungum or trahtungum) commentis, doctrinis, Hpt. Gl. 482, 16. [O. H. Ger. trahtunga retractatio.]

traisc, tráisc (?); adj. In the following passage this word is used to translate tragicus, which, however, seems to have been taken as an adjective formed from a proper name. In another passage the same word is rendered by tróiesc, tróisc (q. v. ) Trojan, perhaps the same meaning is intended here :-- Æfter ðon hé eall gear onwealh Norþan-hymbra mǽgþe áhte nalas swá swá sigefæst cyning ac swá swá leódhata ðæt hé grimsigende forleás and hi on gelícnysse ðæs traiscan wacles wundade dein cum anno integro provincins Nordanhymbrorum non'ut rex victor possideret sed quasi tyrannus saeviens disperderet, ac tragica caede dilaceraret, Bd. 3, 1; S. 523, 30.

tramet, es; 'm. A page :-- Bóc liber, stæf littera, leaf folium, tramet pagina, Wrt. Voc. i. 80, 75-78: Ælfc. Gr. 7; Zup. 15, 5. Lá hwylc tramet (pagina) is, oððe hwylc sprǽc ð æs godcundan lareóudómes, áðer oðþe ðære ealdan cýðnesue oþþe ðære níwan, ðæt ne sý seó rihteste bysen úran menniscan lífes, R. Ben. 133, 2. Tramod, R. Ben. Interl. 118, 2. Swá fela trameta tot paginae, swá fela leáfa tot folia, Ælfc. Gr. 18; Zup. 117, 12. Trametas paginas. Germ. 398, 181.

trandan (?) to roll, move hastily :-- Trondendi praeceps, Txts. 89, 1668. [Cf. (?) Icel. trandill (as a nickname).] v. trendan, trendel.

treaflíce; adv. Grievously, painfully :-- Eallum ðe deópe and ful treaflíce teónan þolian omnibus injuriam patientibus, Ps. Th. 102, 6. [Cf. (?) Welsh traf stir, strain; trafu to stir, agitate.]

treágian; p. ode To repair, sew together :-- Treágiende sarcientes, tonsuentes, componentes, Hpt. Gl. 445, 73. Getreágede (-ode) consula, 412, 38.

treahtere, trcahtigean. v. trahtere, trahtian.

tredan; p. træd, pl, trǽdon; pp. treden. I. to tread, tread down, trample upon (lit. and fig. ) :-- Ðú trides (canculcabis) lean and dracan, Ps. Surt. 90, 13. Hé trit mid ðæm fét terit pede, Past. 47; Swt. 357, 20. Hwílum mec (an animal's skin) brýd triedeþ (Stum, Exon. Th. 393, 27;) Ra. 13, 6. Mé man tredeþ conculcavit me homo, Ps. Th. 55, l: Cd. Th. 56, 15; Gen. 912. Mé tredaþ feóndas mine, Ps. Th. 55, 2: Exon. Th. 119, 23; Gú. 259. Ð á hét ic ðone here ðæt hié mid fótum ðone snáw trǽdon calcare militem niuem jubeo, Nar. 23, 18: Jos. 10, 24. Ða ðe mé trǽdan canculcantes me. Ps. Th. 56, 3. Ðæt hig hine trǽdun, Lk. Skt. 12, 1. Trédun proterunt, Wrt. Voc. ii. 118, 2. Fótum tre­dene, Bd. 3, 22; S. 552, 15. Ia. with prep. :-- Anweald tó tredenne ofer snacan potestatem calcandi supra scorpiones, Lk. Skt. 10, 19. II. to tread upon, step upon, walk upon :-- Ðonne ic hrúsan trede, Exon. Th. 389, 22; Ra. 8, 1. Hió grundbedd trideþ, 493, 3; Ra. 81, 24, Se ðe mórland trydeþ, Elen. Kmbl. 1221; El. 612. Se fótum tredeþ fiðru winda qui ambulat super pennas ventornm, Ps. Th. 103, 4. Ða ðe land tredaþ those that move upon the earth (Gen. I. 28), Cd. Th. 13, 16; Gen. 203. Trædaþ, Exon. Th. 439, 5; Ra. 58, 5. Ð ú flettpaðas míne trǽde, Cd. Th. 165, 12; Gen. 2730. Hé wræclástas træd. Beo. Th. 2709; B. 1352. Meodowongas træd, 3291; B. 1643. Mearh moldan træd, Elen. Kmbl. 109; El. 55. Forð gán, foldweg tredan, Andr. Kmbl. 1550; An. 776. Gewát him se hearda sǽwong tredan, Beo. Th. 3933; B. 1964. Tredan elþeódigra foldan, Exon. Th. 329, 4; Vy. 29. Ic seah turf tredan . vi. gebróðor, 394, 10; Ra. 14, 1. Ðú (the serpent) scealt ðínum breóstum bearm tredan brádre eorðan, faran féðeleás, Cd. Th. 56, 4; Gen. 907. III. in figurative senses, glossing Latin words :-- Sáwl gefylled trytt (calcabit; tret, Kent, Gl. 1015) beóbreád the full soul loatheth an honeycomb (Prov. 27, 7), Scint. 50, 8. Tredaþ terimus (otia temporum). Wrt. Voc. ii. 78, 12. [O. Frs. treda: O. L. Ger. tredan: O. H. Ger. tretan: Icel. troða. Cf. Goth. trudan.] v. a-, be-, for-, ge-, of-, ofer-, tó-tredan; sin-tredende, and following words.

tredd. v. wín-tredd.

treddan; p. de. I. to tread under foot, trample upon :-- Tred­dun proterunt, Txts. 84, 749. II. to investigate, examine, v. á-treddan :-- Weorð mé heorte forht ðæ-acute;r ic ðín hálig word tredde ii verbis tuis formidavit cor meum, Ps. Th. 118, 161. [O. H. Ger. for­tratta proterit; trettenti terens: Icel. tratta; p.; traddr; pp]

treddian; p. ode To tread, step, walk :-- Raþe æfter ðon on flór feónd treddode, Beo. Th. 1455; B. 725- Cyning of brýdbúre tryddode, 1848; B. 922. Hié of ðam grimman gryre treddedon, Cd. Th. 243, 21; Dan. 439. Streámas ðú miht on treddian eorðan gelíce flumina per­transivit pede, Ps. Th. 65, 5. [O. H. Ger. trettón calcare, conculcare. ]

trede; adj. Firm to tread on, that may be walked on :-- cýðde hwí hine gesette, tírmeahtig cyning, for ðon hé hine tredne him ongeán gyrede, ðonne God wolde ofer síne ýðe gán ready for his coming the sea made itself firm for his tread, when God would walk over its waves, Exnn. Th. 72, 2; Cri. 1166.

tredel, es; m. A step :-- Tredelas vel stæpas bases, Wrt. Voc. i. 21, 48. [Grece or tredyl or steyre gradus. Prompt. Parv. 209. Tredyl or grece gradus, pedalis, 501. A tredel subpedium, Wülck. Gl. 614, 14; suspendium, 615, 3: liciatorium, 592, 33.]

tredend, es; m. One who treads :-- Tredend calcatrix. Wrt. Voc. ii. 127, 42.

trég (treg ?), tríg (cf.? hég, híg hay, for the form), es; n. A tray, trough :-- Trég alueolum, Wrt. Voc. i. 290, 70. Nim ðæt reáde ryden, dó on tríg; hǽt stánes swíþe háte, lege on ðæt trig innan, Lchdm. ii. 340, 5-6. [Bye us vessel . . . Dysschys, cuppys, and sawsers, Bolles, treyes, and platers, Rich. 1490.] Cf. troh.

trega, an; m. Pain, grief, vexation, hurt, ill :-- Trega l anda ðínes húses zelus domus tuae, Ps. Lamb. 68, 10. Tregan injuriam (cf. teónan, R. Ben. 17, 11), R. Ben. Interl. 20, 10. Ic fleáh hlǽfdigan hete, tregan and teónan, Cd. Th. 137, 15; Gen. 2274. Ða twegen tregan (cf. ðyssa yfla hwæðer, 41), Met. 5, 42. Weá wæs árǽred, tregena tuddor. Cd. Th. 60, 27; Gen. 988. [Mid ham is muruhðe moniuold wiðute teone and treie, O. E. Homl. i. 193, 61. Alkyn sorow and trey and tene, Pr. C. 7327. Al that whilom was murthe is turned to treie and tene, P. S. 340, 380. Goth. trigó; us trigóm GREEK, 2 Cor. 9, 7 : O. L. Ger. trego dolor: Icel. tregi difficulty; grief, sorrow.] v. hell-trega, tin-treg, -trega. tregian; p. ode To vex, trouble, afflict, grieve :-- Gif gé on unriht ne tregiaþ ne earme ne tyrewiaþ (if ye oppress not the stranger, the fatherless, and the widow, Jer. 7, 6), Wulfst. 50, 2. Ða ðe tregiaþ mé qui tribulant me, Ps. Spl. T. 3, 1. [Eall þis wæs God mid to gremienne and ðás arme leóde mid to tregienre, Chr. 1104; Erl. 239, 40. Quað Balaam: ' For ðu tregest me, ' Gen. and Ex. 3975. þai traied þe ex­acerbaverunt te. Ps. 5, ll. O. Sax. tregan to trouble: Icel. trega to grieve.] v. tin-tregian.

trehing (but þrihing in Lambarde. v. Schmid. A. S. Gesetz. 508). The form given in L. Ed. C. to the Scandinavian word, which in Icelandic appears as Þriðjungr = the third part of a shire :-- De treingis. Erant potestates super wapentagiis quas trehingas vocabant, scilicet, terciam partem provincie, et qui super ipsam dominabantur, trehing-gref. . . Et quod illi vocabant tria hundreda, vel iiii, vel plura, isti (those of Danish England) vocabant trehing. Et quod trehinge non poterat diffiniri, in scira servabatur, L. Ed. C. 31; Th. 1. 455, 17-25. In Magna Carta, § 25, trethingii (pl.) occurs. The Anglicized form of the word probably began with þ, and Halliwell gives Thirdings as the term used of the Ridings. The present form, Riding, seems to have arisen from a confusion of the initial dental with the final sound of East, West, North.

trehtere. v. trahtere.

trem, trym a step :-- Ic ðæt geháte ðæt ic heonon nelle fleón fótes trym I vow that I will not flee hence one footstep (cf. ðæt he nolde fleógan fótmǽl landes, 139, 57; By. 275), Byrht. Th. 138, 68; By. 247. Fótes trem, Beo. Th. 5044; B. 2525. The form is probably to be recognized in a gloss given Anglia viii. 33, 163 note, ægne trem rendering pede­temtim, for which perhaps fægre, tremmǽlum might be read. Cf. Hpt. Gl. 477, 78, where the gloss for the same passage is fægre; fægre oððe fótmǽlum gradatim. Wrt. Voc. ii. 40, 47; fótmélum pedetemptim, Txts. 90, 834; siæpnǽlum gradatim. Hpt Gl. 497, 54. Cf. also: Ðonne wiðtremð hé and onhupaþ gressum post terga revocet, Past. 58; Swt. 441, 27.

tremes, tremesa, tremese, tremesse. v. trimes.

tremian, tremman to confirm, tremman to step, v. trymman, wið-tremman.

trendan (?) to turn,, roll. v. sin-trendet. de teres, but perhaps sin-tredende should be read, see tredan = terere. [Let hym rollen and trenden with inne hym self the lyht of his inward syhte in se revolvat intimi lucem visus, Chauc. Boet. 100, 2835. Chaucer also uses bi-trenden, and un-trenden occurs elsewhere. Cf. O. Frs. trind, trund round: Dan. trind.] v. trandan, trinda, and next word.

trendel, es; m. I. a circle, ring :-- Án wúnderlíc trendel (mirabilis corona) wearð ateówed ábútan ðære sunnan, Chr. 806; Erl. 60, 25. Gelden trendel circulus aureus (in naribus suis, Prov. II, 22), Kent. Gl. 373 . Brevis virgula (the mark for short quantity, i. e. o. ) ys ánes trendles dǽl ðus licgende, Anglia viii. 333;, 29. On trendle in rota. Hpt. 01. 471, 2. Stríc ðú mid ðínum scytefingre, swilce ðú trændel wyrce, Techm. ii. 129, 9. Trendla circulorum (the rings on a peacock's tail), Hpt. Gl. 419, 8. Ia. a circle used in calculation :-- Ð ás þing wé geopeniaþ bet on ðissum trendle (cf. gým ðisses hwióles; hyt ðé ætýwþ eall ðæs mónan ryne, 33 : and: Ðás circulas synt behéfe preóstum, 44), Anglia viii. 328, 38. I b. figurative :-- Trendel (bentdicens) caronam (anni), Blickl. Gl. : Ps. Spl. T. 64, 12. II. where a surface, plane or spherical, is denoted, a disk, orb :-- Ðoes mónan trendel is symle gehál, þeáh ðe eall endemes eallunga ne scíne, Lchdm. iii. 242, 4: Hpt. Gl. 418, 16. Ðære sunnan trendel. Homl. Th. ii. 606, 12. Trendles sphaerae, trendel sphaera, Hpt. Gl. 489, 22, 23. Scínendne trendel heofones, Hymn. Surt. 22, 17. Trendlum orbibus, Hpt. Gl. 490, 76. II a. a round place, a circus :-- Trendles, hrincgsetles circi, Hpt. Gl. 488, 69. The word and the connected forms trend, trind, tn'n seem to occur in local names, v. Cod. Dip. Kmbl. vi. 343, 344. [Wick, trendil sphaera: Prompt. Parv. trendy] troclea. Trendel giraculum, Wülck. Gl. 586, 29 : trendell catantrum, 571, 19. Halliwell gives trindle = wheel as a Derbyshire word. v. sin-trendel; adj., and following words.

trendeled; adj. Made round :-- Tryndyled reáf circumtectum Wrt. Voc. i. 40, 29. [Panter is blac mð wite spottes sapen al, wit and trendled als a wel, Misc. 23, 737.]

trendlian; p. ode To trundle, roll. [Lefdis lettén teares treondlin (trendlen, MS. C. : trondlin, MS. B. ), Kath. 2329. þez appel trendli from þon treowe, O. and N. 135. Hit trendeled doun, Allit. Pms. 2, 41. Be trendlid volvi. Wick. Jud. 7, 13. Trendelyn a round thynge trocleo, volvo, Prompt. Parv. 502.] v. á-trendli. ii.; trendel.

treó. v. treów.

Treónta, Trenta, an; Thr Trent :-- Andlang Tréntan, Chr. 1013; Erl. 147, 18. Man ofslóh wine be Tréntan, 679; Erl. 41, 10. On Trenton (Treóntan, P:M. 144, 14) streáme in fluvio Treenta, Bd. 2, 16; S. 519, 31. Mid Tréntan (Treóntan, Bd. M. 240, 1) streáme fluvio Treanta, 3, 24; S. 557, 37. Be Tréntan (Treóntan, Bd. M. 324, 15) ðære eá juxta fluvilium Treanta, 4, 21; S. 590, 14. On Tréntan; of Tréntan, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 396, 20. Ða brycge ofer Treóntan, Chr. 924; Erl. 110, 10.

treów, es; n. I. a tree :-- Treów arbor, Wrt. Voc. i. 32, 26. Iung treów arbustum, 41. Wudu silva. a. áhæáwan treów lignum, 33, 56: Ælfc. Gr. 8; Zup. 31, 13. Ðæt treów wæs gód tó etanne, Gen. 3, 6. Treów (tréu, Lind. ) arbor, Mt. Kmbl. 3, 10. Treów (trýw, MS. B. : treó, Lind. ), 7a 17 wearð mycel treów (on treó miclum). Lind. : on tree miclum, Rush. factum est in arborem magnam, Lk. Skt. 13, 19. Sunnan trió ágefeþ ondsware æt ðæm upgonge . . . and ðæt monan triów gerlice on niht dyde, Nar. 27, 16-19. Heó genam of ðæs treówes wæstme, Gen. 3, 6. Æppelbǽre treów westm wircende, l, 11. Tree arborem, Lk. Skt. Lind. 13, 6: 19, 4. Gif man óðres wudu heáweþ unáliéfedne, forgielde ǽlc greát treów mid . v. sciɫɫ., L. Alf. pol. 12; Th. i. 70. 5. Óftost beóþ ða treówa getealde feminini generis, Ælfc. Gr. 6; Zup. 20, 14: Ps. Spl. 95, 12. Treówu, Scint. 56, 17: Ps. Th. 57, 8. Ða hálgan trió sunnan and mónan . . . and óþre treów, Nar. 27, . 16-29. Treów, 32, 13, Triów, 28, 11. Treó sceolon brǽdan, Exon. Th. 343, 20; On. Ex. 160. Treó westmbéru ligna fructifera. Ps. Surt. 148, 9. Of ðæra treówa wæstme, Gen. 3, 2. Triówa heánnisse, Nar. 28, 1. Betwih ðǽm rindum ðæra trió, 27, 25. Tréa lígnorum, Ps. Surt. 73, 5. Tréwna arborum, Mt. Kmbl. p. 15, 9. Ðæra treówa (trýwa, MS. B. : tréuna, Lind. ), Mt. Kmbl. 3, 10. Treóna, Rtl. 95, 23. Of ðam treówum, Lind. : tréum, Rush., Mk. Skt. 11, 8. Sumu treówu he watrode. Past. 40; Swt. 293, 4: Nar. 27, 21. Treówa, Gen. 1, 29. Behealdaþ ealle trýwu (treówa, MS. A. : treó, Lind. Rush. ), Lk. Skt. 21, 29. The word occurs as the second part of many compounds, e. g. seppel-, ceder-, corn-, cwic-, cyrs-, ele-, fíc-, gyr-, hwíting-, magdala-, palm-, persoc-, pín-, plúm-, ulm-, wín-, windel-treów; see also láð-, wudu-treów. II. a material, wood :-- Hí worhton him anlícnyssa, sume of golde, sume of seolfre, sume of stánum, sume of treówe, Homl. Th. i. 22, 30. Hé hét getimbrian cyrican of treówe, Chr. 626; Erl. 23, 40. Hé of treówe (treó, Bd. M. 138, 21) cyricean getimbrede, Bd. 2, 14; S. 517, 26. Monige of ðam treówe (treó, Bd. M. 156, 5) ðæs hálgan Cristes mǽles spónas nimaþ, 3, 2; S. 524, 30. III. in a collective sense, trees, a wood :-- Ð á behídde Adam hyne on middan ðam treówe neorxena wanges Adam hid himself among the trees of the garden; in medio ligni paradisi, Gen. 3, 8. Hé (the Phenix] sylf bicreþ in ð æt treów innan torhte frætwe; ðǽr se wilda fugel ofer heunne beám hús getimbreþ (cf. hé heánne beám on holtwuda wunaþ, 209, 15; Ph. 171), Exon. Th. 211, 19; Ph. 200. IV. tree as in roof-tree, saddle- tree, a piece of wood, a beam, log, stake, staff, cudgel :-- Scort sineweah stall vel treów cilindrus, Wrt. Voc. i. 41, 35. Ðonne seó sáwl hié gedǽleþ wiþ ðone líchoman, hwylc biþ hé ðonne búton swylce stán oððe treów (a stone or a log). Blickl. Homl. 21, 27. Of treówe de stipite. Wrt. Voc. ii. 27, 65. Gif mon mid treówe geslegen sié, Lchdm. ii. S. 32 : 94, 23. Gé férdon mid swurdum and treówuiu mé gefón, Mk. Skt. 14, 48. Gewyrcean tor of treówum and of mycclum beámum, Blickl. Homl. 187, 12. Swá hwá swá getimbraþ ofer ðisum grundwealle gold, oððe seolfor, oððe treówa, Homl. Th. ii. 588, 25. Treówu, 590, 13. Hié námon treówu and slógon on óþerne ende ísene neglas, Ors. 4, 1; Swt. 158, 4. v. fugol-, teld-, wægn-treów. IV a. tree as in gallows- tree, tree used of the cross :-- Hǽlendes treów, Rood Kmbl. 50; Kr. 25. Wuldres treów, 28; Kr. 14. Ðú ðé on róde treów áhófe, Anglia xii. 506, 4: Elen. Kmbl. 411; El. 206. Ðurh treów ús com líf, ðá ðá Crist hangode on róde, Homl. Th. ii. 240, 22. v. gealg-, wulfheáfod-treów, and ród. [Goth. triu a tree; staff: O. Sax. trio a beam; the cross : O. Frs. tré; Icel, tré a tree; a beam; wood.]

treów, trýw, e; f. The word is sometimes used in the plural with the force of the singular. I. truth to a promise or engagement, faith (as in good or bad faith, to keep faith with a person), troth: -- Treów, sió geond bilwitra breóst áríseþ, Exon. Th. 343, 21; Gn. Ex. 160. Hálegu treów seó ðú wið rodora weard liealdest. Cd. Th. 127, 30; Gen. 2118. Wǽre gehtaldan, treówe tácen, Andr. Kmbl. 427; An. 214. In swá hwylce tiid swá gé mid treówe (truly) tó mé on hyge hweorfaþ, and gé hellfirena geswícaþ, Exon. Th. 366, 1; Reb. 5. On treówe gelǽton (-en ?)fidei commissum, Wrt. Voc. ii. 148, 76. His treówe (treówa, Bd. M. 130, 27) and his gehát wið ðé gehealdon . . . his treówe for feógýt­sunge forleósan, seó ðe dýrwurþre wǽre eallum máþmum tibi fidem pollicitam servare . . . fidem snam, quae omnibus ornamentis pretiosior est, amore pecuniae perdere, Bd. 2, 12; S. 514, 34-41. Ðý læs ic mín gehát and míne treówe forleóse ne fidem mei promissi praevaricer, 4, 22; S. 592, 2. Ác féreþ gelóme ofer ganotes bæð gársecg fandaþ hwæðer ác hæbbe æðele treówe oft fares the oaken vessel over the gannet's bath; ocean proves whether the oak keeps excellent faith, i. e. whether the promise of safety, which its strength seems to give, is kept, Runic pm. Kmbl. 344, 22; Rún. 25. Ne Hildeburh herian þorfte Éótena treówe, Beo. Th. 1148; B. 1072. Til biþ se ðe his treówe gehealdeþ, Exon. Th. 293, 6; Wand. 112. Ðú ðǽv tírfæste treówe findest, 473, 8; Bo. II : Ps. Th. 100, 6. Ðæt ǽfre on his dagum sceolde gewurðan swá lytle treowa, 13, arg. Mánum treówum woldon hié ðæt feorhlcán, fácne gyldan, Cd. Th. 187, 11; Exod. 149. Ðú hæfst ongyten ða wonclan trúwa (treówa, Cott. MS. ) ðæs blindan lustes, Bt. 7, 3; Fox 18, 3. Ða ðe mid tungan treówa gehátaþ, fácenlíce þencaþ, Fragm. Kmbl. 47; Leás. 25. Tír healdeþ trýwa wel wið æðelingas. Runic pm. Kmbl. 342, 22; Rún. 17. II. truth to a person, fidelity, fealty, loyalty. Cf. hold :-- Ðæs getreówan freóndes, ðone mon lufaþ for treówum, Bt. 24, 3; Fox 82, 35. Dauid forbær ðæt hé Saul ne dorste ofsleán for ðǽm ealdum treówum. Past. 28; Swt. 199, 3:3; Swt. 37, 7. Cham ne wolde cýðan hyldo and treówa, Cd. Th. 96, 9; Gen. 1592. III. the truth of the stronger to the weaker, grace, favour, help. Cf. hold :-- Treów wæs gecýþed, ðætte Gúðláce God leánode ellen mid arum, Exon. Th. 129, 11; Gú. 419. Treówe latibulo (protection, faithful care; the passage in which the word occurs refers to the entrusting of his mother by Christ to St. John's protection), Hpt. Gl. 415, 57. Git mé sibblufan and freóndscipe cýðaþ, treówe and hyldo tíðiaþ mé, Cd. Th. 152, 6; Gen. 2516: 34, 21; Gen. 541. Heó treówe gehét she promised God's favour, 44, 25; Gen. 714. Hé treówa gehét, his holdne hyge, 41, 8; Gen. 653. IV. an assurance of faith or truth, word (in to give or pledge one's word), a promise, an engagement, a covenant, league :-- þearf mannes sunu máran treúwe what need has a son of man of a better assurance? Cd. Th. 204, 26; Exod. 425. Ða eorlas ðe him treówe tealdon, 123, 17; Gen. 2046. Hé bæd hié ðæt hié gemunden ðara ealdena treówa ad antiquorum jura foederum adhortatione persuadens, Ors. 2, 5; Swt. 82, 9. Se ðe his nýhstan swereþ, and hine mid treówum ne beswícþ he that swears to his neighbour, and does not deceive him with assurances of good faith, Ps. Th. 14, 6. For ðam treówum ðe dú genumen hæfdest tó Abrahame . . . Ðú him ðæt gehéte, ðæt . . ., Cd. Th. 235, 26; Dan. 312. Se wæs ofslagen ofer áþas and treówa (or under I) contra fidem jurisjurandi peremptus est. Bd. 2, 20; S. 521, 17. Norþhymbre and Eást-Engle hæfdon Ælfréde cyninge áþas geseald, and Eást-Engle foregisla vi; and þéh ofer ða treówa . . . fóron hié, Chr. 894; Erl. 90, 5. Ic eów treówa ðæs míne selle, Cd. Th. 92, 28; Gen. 1535 : 122, 35; Gen. 2037. Ðú treówa selle, wǽra ðína, ð æt ðú wille mé wesan freónd, 170, 23; Gen. 3817. V. faith in something, belief, trust, confidence :-- Treów in ðé (the Virgin Mary) weorðlícu wunade. Exon. Th. 6, 11; Cri. 82. Nó him for egsan earmra gǽsta treów getweóde, 122, 25; Gú. 311 : 134, 28; Gú. 515. Ðína ágna treówa and seó godcunde lufu and se tóhopa ðé ne lǽtaþ geortréwan be ðam écan lífe, Bt. 10; Fox 30, 8. Ða bebodu ðe giet máran sint . . . ðæt is, ryht dóm, and mildheortnes and treówa (cf. Mt. 23, 23 where geleáfa renders fides). Past. 57; Swt. 439, 31. Ða beraþ Godes fatu ða ðe ó-terra monna sáula underfooþ tó lǽdanne on ða treówa hira ágenra gearnunga Domini vasa ferunt, qui proximorum animas perducendas in suae conversionis fide suscipiunl, 13; Swt. 77, 4. Ðú gelýfst ðínum hláforde bet ðonne ðé selfum, and ðínum geférum æmnwel and ðé selfum; ðú dést swíðe rihte, mid ðý ðæt ðú swá gooda treówa wit hí hefst, Shrn. 196, 25. Hé (Noah) hæfde him on hreðre hálige treówa, Cd. Th. 201, 3; Exod. 366. Hé his treówa sceal, and his módgeþonc, má up ðonne niþer habban tó heofonum, Met. 31, 18. [Goth. triggwa a covenant: O. Sax. trewa (often pl.): O. L. Ger. treuwa foedus: O. Frs. triuwe, treuwe: O. H. Ger. triuwa fides, foedus.] v. heáh-, hyge-, un-, wine­treów, and next word. treówa, trýwa, an; m. An assurance of good faith, a covenant, v. treów, IV :-- Se éca treówa the perpetual covenant (cf. Ex. 31, 16), Wulfst. 210, 22. Náðor ne wé on ðone here faran, ne heora nán tó ús, búton man trýwan and gýslas betwýnan sylle friðe tó wedde, L. A. G. 4; Th. i. 156, 8. Cf. trúwa.

treówan, triéwan, tríwan, trýwan; p. de. I. to trust :-- Trnaþ ealle endemes, ða ðe hiora ærninge tréwaþ those who have confidence in their powers of running, Bt. 37, 2; Fox 188, 10. Gehwylc hiora his ferhite treówde, ðæt hé hæfde mod micel, Beo. Th. 2337; B. 1166. II. to prove one's self true, to clear one's self of a charge of untrue conduct. Cf. Icel. tryggva to make firm and trusty :-- Gif he (a person accused of plotting against his lord) hine selfne triówan wille, dó ðæt be cyninges wergelde, L. Alf. pol. 4; Th. i. 64, 2. Treówan, 33; Th. i. 82, 8 note. Trýwan, 19; Th. 1. 74, 7 note. v. ge-treówan, -triéwan, -trýwan, mis- tríwan, or-trýwan, and treówian.

treów-bytt (?), e; f. A wooden vessel :-- Flasce trinnubyttæ (triuuu- ? = treów-, cf. trýwen byt fiasco, 149, 33), eadem et fiascones, Wrt. Voc. ii. 39, 78.

treów-cynn, es; n. A kind of tree or wood, a tree, a wood :-- Abies ðæt treówcyn, Nar. 8, 21. Treócynn, Exon. Th. 472, 20; Bo. 2. Nim ǽlces treówcynnes dǽl ðe on ðæm lande sý gewexen, Lchdm. i. 398, 7. Hé ásmeáde be ǽlcum treówcynne fram ðam heágan cederbeáme óð ðæt hé com tó ðære lytlan ysopan he spake of trees, from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall (l Kings 4, 33) Homl. Th. ii. 578, 4. Oftost on treówcynne beóþ ða treówa getealde feminini generis and se wæstm neutri generis, Ælfc. Gr. 6, 9; Zup. 20, 14. Man worhte Noes earce of ðam treówcynne ðe is genem-ned Sem, Salm. Kmbl. p. 184, 16: Nar. 10, 13. Ðá ætýwde Drihten Moise án treówcyn and hét dón ðæt treów on ðæt wæter, Ex. 15, 25.

treówe, triéwe, trýwe; adj. True, faithful, trustworthy :-- Wæs hiera sib ætgædere, ǽghwylc ððrum trýwe. Beo. Th. 2334; B. 1165. Hé spræc to his onbehtþegne, to his treówum gesíþe. Exon. Th. 179, 29; Gú. 1269. Hié ne beóþ nánum men getreówe (ne treówe. Bod. MS. ), Bt. 7, 1; Fox 16, 17. Búton hé habbe twégra trýwra manna gewitnesse, L. Eth. iii. 9; Th. i. 296, 18. Man namige . ii. trýwe þegnas, L. N. P. L. 57; Th. ii. 298, 31. His freónd se treówesta (getreówesta, Bd. M. 126, 30) fidissimus atnicus illius, Bd. 2, 12; S. 513, 17. [Goth. triggws true, faithful: O. Sax. triuwi: O. Frs. triuwe: O. H. Ger. gi-triuwi: Icel. tryggr-] v- ge-, or-treówe (-triéwe, -trýwe).

treówen, tríwen, trýwen; adj. I of-a tree :-- Hire hyrdeman sume ác ástáh, and his orf lǽswode mid treowenum helme, Homl. Th. ii. 150. 31. II of wood, wooden :-- Treówen ligneus, Ælfc. Gr. 5; Zup. 15, 14. Tríwen sceó coturnus. Wrt. Voc. i. 26, 21. Trýwen byt flasco, ii. 149, 33. On treówenum mortere, Lchdm. ii. 180, 4. Trýwenan, i. 220, 11: 230, 10. On treówenre cyste, Homl. Skt. i. 20, 69. On treówenre róde. Nicod. 34; Thw. 20, 6. Hyre goldfágan treówenan cuppan, Chart. Th. 536, 18. Wirce treówene earce fades arcam ligneam, Deut. 10, 1. Godu treówene and stǽnene, 4, 28. On treówenum fatum, Ex. 7, 19. Treówenu fatu mon weorþige. Bt. 36, 1; Fox 172, 19. [Wick., C. M. treen. Goth. triweins wooden.] v. pín-treówen.

treów-fæst; adj. Faithful :-- Tunge mín triówfest. Ps. C. 114. Treówfæst (treóufæst, Lind. )fidelis, Lk. Skt. Rush. 19, 17. Trewufæst (treuw-?). Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 25, 21. Wé on bócum rǽdaþ be sumum treówfæstum wífe, Homl. Skt. i. 12, 179. Treófæsto, treófest fideles, Lk. Skt. Lind. 16, 11, 12. Wǽron his bebodu ealle treówfæste fidelia omnia mandata ejus, Ps. Th. 110, 5. [Trowfeste men, O. E. Homl. i. 89, 29. Cf. Icel. trú-fastr: Dan. troe-fast.] v. un-treówfæst.

treów-féging, e; f. A joining together of planks; commissoria, tabularum conjunctio, Wrt. Voc. ii. 132, 31.

treów-fugol, es; m. A tree-haunting bird :-- Treófugla tuddor, Exon. Th. 146, 9; Gú. 707.

treów-gepofta, an; m. A faithful comrade, trusty companion :-- Monig biþ uncúþ treówgeþofta. Exon. Th. 469, 20; Hy. 11, 5. Treów­geþoftan (St. Matthew and St. Andrew), Andr. Kmbl. 2101; An. 1052. Ic mid mec gelæ-acute;dde mine þrié ða getreówestan frýnd, ða wæ-acute;ron míne syndrige treówgeþoftan assumpsi mecum íresfidelissimos amicos. Nar. 29, 28. [Cf. Icel. trygg-vinr a trusty friend.]

treów-geweorc, es; n. A wooden structure :-- Treówgeweorc on ge-lícnysse medmiccles húses geworht tumba lignea in modum domunculi facta, Bd. 4, 3; S. 570, 16.

treów-gewrid, es; n. A thicket of trees :-- Ys on Bretone land sum fenn unmǽtre mycelnesse . . . Ðǽr synd . . . manige eáland and hreód and beorhgas and treowgewrido, Guthl. 3; Gdwin. 20, 7.

treówian, triéwian, trýwian; p. ode. I. to trust, confide :-- Æghwylcum ðe him on treówaþ omnes qui confidunt in eis, Ps. Th. 113, 17. Ða ðe treówiaþ (confidunt) on Drihtne, Ps. Spl. 124, 1. On mannan tó treówianne confidere in homine, Ps. Th. 117, 8. On ealdor-inen tó treówianne sperare in principibus, 9. II. to be true to a person :-- Dóþ swá ic háte ic eów treówige gif gé ðæt tácen gegáþ sóð geleáfan do as I bid; I will be true (or gracious, v. treów, III) to you, if you use that sign (circumcision), true sign of belief (cf. sete tácn sóð gif ðú wille on mé habban holdne freónd, 139, 17-22; Gen. 2311-2313), Cd. Th. 140, 7; Gen. 2324. III. to prove one's self true, clear one's self from a charge of untrue conduct :-- Gif hwá óðerne tión wille . . . gif he hine treówian wille, in . xii. ciricum dó hé ðæt, L. Alf. pol. 33; Th. i. 82, 8. Gif hé hine triéwian wille, ðæt hé tó ðære lǽne fácn ne wiste, ðæt hé mót, 19; Th. i. 74, 7. [þenne he þe treoweðe alre best, þenne beswikes tu heom, Laym. 3413. Him þ̄ ha treoweð on, Kath. 1327, note.] þeo luue . . . þu treowest hire, Misc. 94, 42. Putifar trewið his wiwes tale, Gen. and Ex. 2037. v. ge-treówian (-trýwian); treówan, treówsian, trúwian.

treów-leás; adj. I. faithless; perfidus :-- Wénstú ðæt ic sceole sprecan tó ðissum treówleásan men (the sorcerer, Simon), Blickl. Homl. 183, 32. Simon cwæþ: 'Ðis is ðæt mennisc ðe ealle míne dǽda mid heora wordum onwendan.' Ðá cwæþ Neron tó Petre: 'For hwonwǽron gyt swá treówleáse?' 175, 26. Treówleásra perfidorum, Wrt. Voc. ii. 66, 54: Wulfst. 186, 3. Ðara treówleásra (perfidorum) cyninga beboda, Bd. 1. 7; S. 476, 35. Trióleásra, Rtl. 59, 23. Tríwleásra, 24, 21. II. without belief, infidel; infidelis :-- Se ðe ne gímþ ðara ðe his beóþ hé wiðsæcþ Godes geleáfan and hé biþ treówleás qui suorum curam non habet, fidem negavit, et est infideli deíerior, Past. 18; Swt. 139, 3. [O. Sax. treu-lós perfidus: Icel. trygg-lauss.] v. ge-treówleás.

treówleásness, e; f. Faithlessness: -- Tréuleásnis (-lésnis) perfidia, Txts. 85, 1533. Ðonne lærþ ús Godes engel smeáunge ymbe Godes beboda. . . . ðonne lǽrþ ús se deófol treówleásnesse Godes beboda (unfaithfulness to God's commands), Wulfst. 233, 19. v. ge-treówleásness.

treów-líc; adj. True, faithful. [Icel. trygg-ligr trustworthy.] v. ge-treowlíc, and next word.

treówlíce; adv. Faithfully, truly :-- Ic dó swýðe treówlíce ymb hý fiducialiter agam in eo, Ps. Th. 11, 6. [Ich leote ham treowliche luuien ham, Marh. 13, 32. þe luue is treouliche iuestned touward him, A. R. 218, 13. pouz ze be trewe of zowre tonge and trewliche wynne, Piers P. i. 177. O. H. Ger. triulíhho fideliter: Icel. tryggliga.] v. ge-, un-treówlíce.

treów-loga, an; m. One who fails to keep faith, one who fails in loyalty to his leader :-- Ða hildlatan holt ofgeáfon týdre treówlogan ða ne dorston ǽr dareðum lácan on hyra mandryhtnes miclan þearfe those laggards in fight relinquished the wood, pitiful false ones to plighted faith, who dared not with darts sport in their liege lord's great need, Beo. Th. 5686; B. 2847. [The treulogo (Judas), Hél. 4622.]

treów-lufu, e, an; f. Faithful love :-- Wæs seó treówlufu (the love of the disciples to Christ after the ascension) hat set heortan. Exon. Th. 34, 7; Cri. 538.

treówness, e; f. Trust, confidence :-- God ðú eart mín frófer, mín trewnes, and mín tóhopa, Bt. 42; Fox 260, 15. v. or-treówness (-trýw-ness).

treów-ræden[n], e; f. The state or condition of being faithful or true :-- Swá ic ðé lǽre lǽst uncre wel treówrǽdenne as I teach you, maintain our state of mutual faithfulness. Cd. Th. 139, 5; Gen. 2305. Cf. hold-rǽden.

treówsian, trýwsian; p. ode. I. to engage, pledge one's self :-- Him cómon ongeán . vi. cyningas and ealle wið trýwsodon (wið hine getreówsodon, col. 1), ðæt hí woldon efenwy[r]hton beón on sǽ and on lande six kings came to meet him, and all solemnly engaged to co-operate on sea and on land, Chr. 972; Th. i. 225, col. 2. Se munuc ðe mynster næbbe cume tó scíre biscope and trýwsie (-ige) hine sylfne wið God and wið men ðæt hé þreó þing healdan wille, L. Eth. v. 6; Th. i. 306, 7: vi. 3; Th. i. 314, 25. II. to prove one's self to be true, to clear one's self from a charge of untrue conduct :-- Gif hé hine trýwsian wylle, ðaet hé tó ðære lǽne fácn ne wiste, ðæt hé mót, L. Alf. pol. 19; Th. i. 74, 7 note, [pas weord ich wulle þe treosien þurh mine god I will prove to thee the good faith of these words by an oath, Laym. 8489. Trousien, 8315, The word also means to trust :-- þe king him treousede on, 9308.] v. ge-treówsian; treówan.

treów-steall, es; n. A place where trees are planted, a plantation :-- Hit cymþ tó Wulfúnes treówstealle, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 404, . 11. Óð ðæt treówsteall; ðonnon of ðan treówstealle, v. 297, 24. Óð Æðel-stánes treówsteal, 298, 12. Cf. wæter-steall, and next word.

treów-stede, es; m. A place where trees are planted :-- Iung treów vel treowstede arbusta, Wrt. Voc. i. 39, 8.

treów-teoru resin :-- Tréuteru bapis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 101, 58: bapys, 10, 76. v. teoru.

treówþe triéwþ, trýwþ, e; f. The word is used sometimes in plural with force of singular. I. truth, good faith, honour :-- Ðǽr dydon þeáh Rómáne lytla triéwþa ðæt him ða wǽron láðe ðe hiera hláford beswican there, however, the Romans acted a little honourably (in hoc solo Romanis circa eum fortiter agentibus), in that those who had betrayed their lord were detestable to them, Ors. 5, 2; Swt. 218, 17. II. fidelity :-- Heora gemynd þurhwunaþ for heora trýwðe wið God, Ælfc. T. Grn. 1, 12. III. a covenant, an assurance of good faith :-- Ðis ys ðære treówðe blód ðe Drihten eów behét hic est sanguisfoederis, quod pepigit Dominus vobiscum, Ex. 24, 8. In treówþe geþeóded gástlíces freóndscipes spiritalis amicitiae foedere copulatus. Bd. 4, 29; S. 607, 9. Mid ǽnigere treówðe quolibet pacto, Hpt. Gl. 469, 34. Treówða foedera, pacta, 404, 9. Treófða foedera, 416, 47. Hié nánra treówþa him ne wéndonbúton ðæt hié mid ealle forweorþan sceolde they expected no terms for themselves, but that they must entirely perish; the Latin which this seems intended to translate is :-- Non secus ac si capta esset, turbata civitas fuit. Ors. 4, 5; Swt. 166, 13. Ic gemunde mínra treówða ðe ic Abrahame behét recordatus sum pacti mei, Ex. 6, 5. Gif gé míne treówða gehealdaþ si eustodieritis pactum meum, 19, 5. [O. H. Ger. ga-triuwida confidentia; missa-triuwida diffidentia, suspicio: Icel. tryggð faith, truce. v. ge-, un-treówþ.]

treów-þrág, e; f. A season of good faith or trust :-- Men leahtras oft geceósaþ treówþrág is to trág men often prefer vice to -virtue, the time when good faith is kept is all too short (?), Exon. Th. 354, 37; Reim. 57.

treów-wæstrn fruit of a tree :-- Treówwæstmas wurdon ðære nihte þurh forste swíðe fornumene, Chr. 1110; Erl. 243, 2. Þurh wæstma forweorþenesse, ǽgðer ge on corne and eác on eallon treówwæstman, 1103; Erl. 239, 3.

treów-weorþung, e; f. Tree-worship :-- Wé lǽraþ ðæt preósta gehwilc forbeóde treówwurþunga and stánwurþunga, L. Edg. C. 16; Th. ii. 248, 30. Cf. Wé forbeódaþ ǽlcne hǽðenscipe. . . ðæt is, ðæt mán weorðige .. . stánas oððe ǽniges cynnes wudutreówa, L. C. S. 5; Th. i. 378, 17-21. v. Grmm. D. M. c. 21.

treów-wyrhta, an; m. A wood-wright, worker in wood, carpenter, joiner :-- Treówwyrhta lignnrius. Wrt. Voc. i. 19, 10: 73, 29. Se Treówyrhta segþ :-- Hwilc eówer ne notaþ cræfte mínon, (tonne hús and mistlíce fata and scypa eów eallum ic wyrce ? Se Smiþ andwyrt :-- Eálá Trywwyrhta, for hwí swá sprycst ðú?, Coll. Monast. Th. 31, 9-17. Ic hæbbe treówwyrhtan habeo lignarium, 30, 1.

treów-wyrm, es; m. A caterpillar :-- Hé salde treówyrme westmas heara dedit erugini fructus eorum, Ps. Surt. 77, 46. [A treworme terudo, trunos, Wrt. Voc. . 223, col. 1.] v. leáf-wyrm.

trépe (?), trype (?), trýpe (?), es; m. A troop, band :-- Blódige trépas ɫ werodu sanguineas acies, Hymn. Surt. 47, 18. [From Low Latin tropus or trupa (?); cf. Fr. troupe : Span, tropa : Ital. truppa.]

treppan; p. te. I. to tread :-- Hé trepeþ terit, Kent. Gl. 144. [Cf. Halliwell's Dict. trap to tramp: Du. trappen to tread, trample: O. Frs. Ger. treppe a step.] II. to trap :-- Hió [tr]e[p]te inretivit, Kent. Gl. 211. v. be-træppan, and next word.

treppe, træppe (v. (?) colte-træppe ( = colt-trap ?) ramnus, Wrt. Voc. i. 285, 47), an; f. A trap :-- Ic beswíce fugelas mid treppan decipio aves decipula, Coll. Monast. Th. 25, 15. [O. H. Ger. trapo tenda. From this Low Latin trappa, hence French trappe, which perhaps helps to determine the form of the later English word :-- To lacchenn þe þutrh trapp, Orm. 12301. A mons caught in a trappe, Chauc. Prol. 145. A trappe brida, Wrt. Voc. i. 264, 8. Trappe for myce muscipula, decipula, trappe to take wythe beestys tenabulum, trappyd or betrappyd decipulatus, illaqueatus, Prompt. Parv. 499.]

tréu, tréw a tree, tréwan, trewness, tribulaþ. v. treów, treówan, treówness, trifulian.

-tricce in ge-tricce (q. v.) tractable (?). [Cf. (?) Du. trekken to pull : Dan. trække.]

tridwet ? in getridwet spere hasta, Wrt. Voc. i. 35, 40.

triéwan. v. treówan.

trifet, es; n. Tribute :-- Trifetum tributis, Kent. Gl. 426. [O. H. Ger. tribuz. From Latin.]

trifulian; p. ode To pound, grind, triturate :-- Se ðe pílaþ vel tribulaþ pilurus vel pistor, Wrt. Voc. i. 20, 26. Gebærn tó ahsan, dó eced tó, trifula swíðe, Lchdm. ii. 150, 3. Menge eall tógædere, and trifolige, 186, 10. [From Latin tribulare.] v. ge-trifulian, and next word.

trifulung, e; f. Grinding, pounding, threshing :-- In trifelunge in tritiira, Wrt. Voc. ii. 46, 21.

tríg (trig?), v. trég.

trimes(-is), es; trimessa, an; m. : trimesf[s], e; trimes[s]e, an; f. : þrimes; gender uncertain. I. as a weight, a drachm :-- Genime ánes trymeses gewǽge. Lchdm. i. 74, 21. Anre tremese (trymese, MS. H. ) gewihte, 110, 9. Ánre tremesse wǽge, 72, 11. Genim áne (anne, MS. O. ) trymesan gewǽge, 78, 13. Nime áne trymessan fulle, 76, 6. Twégra trymesa, 78, 24. Twéga trymessa, 70, 15 : 72, 26. . iiii. trymesan, 76, 22 : 78, 8. Feówer trymessan, 76, 10, 16. De ponderibus incipit. Solidos tres trymisas, Txts. 113, 80. II. as a coin, (a) not in England :-- Trymes staterem, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 17, 27. Lidrine trimsas (trymsas) asses scorteas (corteas), Txts. 38, 31. Liþerene trymsas asses corteas, Wrt. Voc. ii. 7, 18. (b) in England, a coin of the value of three pence. The gen. pl., þrimsa, aymsa, occurs several times in the section headed Norðleóda laga. Th. i. pp, 186, 188. [O. H. Ger. drimisa (-issa), trimisa dragma. From Latin tremissis, tremisia.]

trinda, an; m. A round lump, a ball :-- Geóte tó trindan . . . wyrce tó trindan, Lchdm. iii. 14, 10, 13. [Cf. Onn heffness whel all ummbetrin (round about), Orm. 17563. O. Frs. trind, trund round: Dan. Swed. trind; omtrent about: Dan. trindes to grow round.] v. trendan, trendel.

trinnu-byttae. v. treów-byt.

triumpha, an; m. A triumph, the entry into Rome of a victorious general. The following explanation of the term was inserted by Alfred in his translation of Orosius :-- Ðæt hié triumphan héton, ðæt wæs ðonne hié hwelc folc mid gefeohte ofercumen hæfdon, ðonne wæs heora þeáw ðæt sceoldon ealle hiera senátus cuman ongeán heora consulas æfter ðæm gefeohte, siex míla from ðære byrig, mid crætwǽne, mid golde and mid gimstánum gefrætwedum, and hié sceoldon bringan feówetfétes twá hwít. Ðonne hié hámweard fóran, ðonne sceoldon hiera senátus rídan on cræt-wǽnum wiðæftan ðǽm consulum, and ða menn beforan him drífan gebundene ðe ðǽr gefongene wǽron, ðæt heora mǽrþa sceoldon ðý þrymlícran beón. Ac ðonne hié hwelc folc búton gefeohte on heora geweald geniéddon, ðonne hié hámweard wǽron, ðonne sceolde him man bringan ongeán of ðære byrig crætwǽn, se wæs mid seolfre gegiered, and ǽlces cynnes feówerfétes feós án, hiora consulum tó mǽrþe, Ors. 2, 4; Swt. 70, 22-35. The explanation is called forth by the passage: Heora an consul forsóc ðone triumphan, ðe him mon ongeán brohte . . . and sǽde, ðæt hié hæfden bet gewyrht, ðæt him mon mid heáfe ongeán cóme ðonne mid triumphan, 17-21. Hió nolde ðæt hié mon drife beforan ðæm triumphan, 5, 13; Swt. 246, 29. Noldán hié dón ðone triumphan beforan hiora consulum, 4, 7; Swt. 182, 1: 4, 10; Swt. 202, 24.

tríwen. v. treówen.

trod, es; n. : trodu, e; f. A track :-- Be trode gestolenes yrfes. Gif mon trode bedrífþ forstolenes yrfes of stæðe on óðer, ðonne befæste mon ðæt spor landes mannum . . . Gif mon secge ðæt man ðæt trod áwóh drífe, ðonne mót se ðe ðæt yrfe áh trodað (trod óð ?) tó stæðe lǽdan, L. O. Ð. 1; Th. i. 352, 3-11. Gyf him hundred bedrífe trod on óðer hundred, L. Edg. 4, 5; Th. i. 260, 3. Secga ǽnigum ðara ðe tírleáses trode sceáwode, hú hé on weg ðanon feorhlástas bær. Beo. Th. 1691; B. 843. [þe dunes underuoð þe treden (trodes, MS. T. ) of him suluen, A. R. 380, 26. Cf. treoden, 1. 18. Yf thou trowyde . . . That thi witt. . . Commys of thiselfe and not of Gode, That es grett pryde and fals trode, R. Brunne. Of his trodus no sygne ther nasse, Chron. Vilodun. Halliwell, from whose Dictionary the last two passages are taken, gives trod=footpath : see also E. D. S. Pub. Lincoln. Icel. troð; n. a treading. Cf. þe þet troddeð wel and ofsecheð wel ut his owune feblesce, A. R. 232, 17.] v. wíg-, wiðer-trod.

trog, es; m. I. a trough, tub, basin, vessel for containing liquids or other materials :-- Trog albeus, genus vasis, Txts. 109, 1140: can­thera, 49, 425 : Wrt. Voc. ii. 14, 7. Lege on hatne stán on troge, geót hwón wæteres on, Lchdm. ii. 326, 5 : iii. 30, 9. Dó on troh háte stánas, ii. 68, 5. Hé sende ðæt wæter in trog (peluem), Jn. Skt. Lind. Rush. 13, 5. Man sceal habban trogas, Anglia xiii. 264, 14. v. wín-trog. II. a trough-shaped thing, a cradle, a boat :-- Cilda trog conabulum, Txts. 51, 492. Cf. ciltrog cune, 115, 154. Hé wæs biddende ánes lytles troges, ðæt hé mehte his feorh generian exiguo contentus latere navigio, Ors. 2, 5; Swt. 84, 15. III. a water-pipe, conduit, v. mylen­trog. IV. a basin of water (?) :-- Of ðæm forda on ðone sæ-acute;troh. of ðæm troge on ðone hæ-acute;þenan bvrgels, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 456, 32. Tó trogan, 434, 15: 435, 11. [O. H. Ger. trog alveus, alveolus, collectaculum, canalis: Icel. trog

trog-hrycg a ridge where there is a trough of water (?) :-- On troh­hrycg, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 79, 17.

Trógia. v. Tróia.

trog-scip, es; n. Some kind of boat. The Latin words which it translates are littoraria and tonsilla; the ordinary meaning of the latter is, a sharp-pointed pole stuck in the ground to fasten vessels to the shore, so perhaps trogscip means a boat fastened to the shore, to which another was moored :-- Trohscip litioraria vel tonsilla, Wrt. Voc. i. 56, 29: littoraria, 48, 2 : 64, 4.

troh, tróh. v. trog, þróh.

Tróia, Trógia Troy:-- Tróia, Gréca burg, áwésted wæs, Ors. 2, 3 Swt. 64, 20. Trógia burg barn. Bt. 16, 4; Fox 58, 4. Tróia burg ofertogen hæfde léga leóhtost. Met. 9, 16 : 26, 20. [O. H. Ger. Tróia: Icel. Trója.]

Tróiána (-e ?); pl. The Trojans :-- Alra tácna gehwylc swá Tróiána þurh gefeoht fremedon, Elen. Kmbl. 1287; Kl. 645. Ymb ealra ðara Tróiána gewin. Ors. 1, 8; Swt. 42, 13. Ðæt mǽre gewinn Gréca and Tróiána, 1, 11; . Swt. 50, 9, 7 : Bt. 38, 1; Fox 194, 3. (In the corresponding passage of the metres, Met. 26, 12, Fox has Trióia gewin, while Grein gives Tróiána. )

Tróiánísc; adj. Trojan :-- On ðæm Tróiániscan gefeohte, Ors. 1. 10; Swt. 48, 2 : 1, 11; 50, 24. [O. H. Ger. Tróiánisc.]

Tróiesc, tróisc; adj. Trojan :-- Hé gelíce ðý Tróíescan (Tróiscan, Bd. M. 306, 20) wæle ealle ða landbigengan wolde út ámǽran tragica caede omnes indigenes exterminare contendit, Bd. 4, 16; S. 584, 6, [Of þan Troyscen monnen, Laym. 410.] v. traisc.

tromdendi. v. trandan.

tropere, es; m. One of the service books of the Church, that which contained the tropes (tropus cantus ecclesiastici genus); tropariurn. v. Maskell's Monutnenta Ritualia Ecclesiae Anglicanae, 1. p. xxxvii :-- .i. tropere, Chart. Th. 430, 10. Ðonne ðú tropere haban wille, ðonne wege ðú ðíne swí[þ]ran hand, and tyrn mid dínum swíþran scytefíngre ofer ðíne breóst foreweard, swilce ðu notian wille, Techm. ii. 119, 10-12. [A tropere troparium, Wülck. Gl. 617, 38: 755, 3. A tropery, 719, 34. A tropure, 648, 33 (all 151th cent, glosses).]

trúa. v. trúwa.

trucian; p. ode. I. to fail in doing something :-- Ne trucaþ heora nan ána ðurh unmihte ac ðurh gecynde ánre Godcundnysse hí wyrcaþ ealle ǽfre án weorc no one of them alone fails through want of power, but through the nature of one divinity they all work always the same work, Homl. Th. ii. 42, 27. Ciieów truciaþ the knees fail, Lchdm. ii. 242, 14. II. to fail a person (dat.), be wanting in duty to a person :-- Hé undergeat ðæt his gesworene men him trucedan, and agéfon hera castelas him tó hearme, Chr. 1090; Erl. 226, 32. III. to fail, come to an end: -- Trucaþ periclitatur, ic trucige periclitor (the passage is: Propria manu perire non licet, absque eo ubi castitas periclitatur; but the glosser seems to have taken the word to mean more than is endangered, and to have taken it as meaning is lost), Hpt. Gl. 468, 78-469, 1. [Him trucode ealle his mycele cræftes, Chr. 1131; Erl. 260, 2. Him trukeþ his iwit, Fragm. Phlps. 5, 38. Heo is afered leste þeo eorðe hire trukie, O. E. Homl. i. 53, 15. Heo trukieð treoðen to halden, Laym. 16861. þa iseh Hængest þ̄ his help trukede, 16416. Wærc þe nauere nulle trukien, 17171. zif bileaue him trukede, A. R. 230, 19. Ne schal him neauer tintreohe trukien incredulos supplicio dampnat eterno, Kath. 1796: 403. þis bold . . . neuer truke ne schal, Misc. 97, 122. Til domes dai ne sal it troken, Al middelerd ðerinne is loken, Gen. and Ex. 105.] v. ge-trucian.

trúgian. v. trúwian.

truht (trúht?) a trout: -- Truht tructa, Wrt. Voc. i. 55, 74: 77, 64. [From Latin.]

trull, v. turl.

trum; adj. Firm, strong; firmus, Ælfc. Gr. 38; Zup. 236, 8. I. of material things, lit. or fig. :-- He is mé trum weall, Homl. Skt. i. 7, 127. Seó burh Asor wæs swíde trum gefyrn and manegra burga heáfod Asor antiquitus inter omnia regna haec principatum tenebat, Jos. 11, 10. Trumre underwreþincge firmo fulcimento, Wrt. Voc. ii. 148, 69. On trume stówe in locum munitum, Ps. Th. 70, 2. Eálá wǽran ða ancras swá trume and swá þurhwuniende, Bt. 10; Fox 30, 10. Trume and torhte tungol, Exon. Th. 58, 11; Cri. 934. Ofer ealla truma ceastra . . . Hwæt getácniaþ ða truman ceastra super omnes civitates munitas . . . Quid per civitates munitas exprimitur? Past. 35; Swt. 245, 6. Weal fly trumra, Exon. Th. 281, 23; Jul. 650. Biþ Drihten úre se trumesta staþol, Blickl. Homl. 13, 10. Mid weallum and geatum and dim trum­estum locum getimbrade muris, portis, ac seris instructa firmissimis, Bd. 1, 1; S. 473, 27. II. of living things, (a) strong, sound, having physical health or strength :-- Trum validus vel vegetus, Wrt. Voc. i. 51, 21. Gedafenaþ sacerde, ðonne hé mannum fasten scrífeb, ðæt hé wite hwylc se man sig, trum þe untrum [validus an invalidus), L. Ecg. C. 1; Th. ii. 132, 25. Ðonne se mon his líchoman hǽlo forsihþ. ðonne ðonne hé wel trum biþ tó wyrceanne ðæt hé wile, Past. 36; Swt. 249, 5. Wæs eft swá ǽr on his líce trum, Andr. Kmbl. 2953; An. 1479. Heorot hornum trum. Beo. Th. 2742; B. 1369. Eofor tóþmægenes trum, Menol. Fox 499; Gn. C. 20. Ða truman (cf. hálan, 1. 3) . . . ða untruman incolumes . . . aegri, Past. 36; Swt. 247, 5. (b) strong, able to resist, fortified against :-- Wið eallum nǽdrum he biþ trum, Lchdm. i. 92, 4. Wið eall næddercyn hé biþ trum, 244, 3. Trume wið deófla níþum, Blickl. Homl. 171, 30. Sécaþ gé Drihten and gé beóþ teónan gehwylce ful trume, Ps. Th. 104, 4. (c) in reference to moral qualities, strong, steadfast, firm :-- Ne biþ nán man tram ðurh God, baton se ðe hine undergyt untrumne þurh hine sylfne, Homl. Th. ii. 392, 5. Iacobus trum in breóstum. Menol. Fox 266; Men. 134. Lǽt mé on ðínum wordum weorilan trumne confirma me in verbis tuis. Ps. Th. 118, 28. God écne and trumne, Cd. Th. 297, 30; Sat. 525. Englas trume and torhte, Exon. Th. 55, 15; Cri. 884. III. of non-material things, firm, stable, strong :-- Ðæt mód ǽgðer ge trum ge untrum animus et infirmus et fidelis, Past. 51; Swt. 395, 3. Án strica ðære ealdan ǽ ne biþ forgǽged, óð ðæt hí ealle gefyllede beón. þus trum is seó ealde ǽ, Homl. Th. ii. 200, 2. Trum ratum, Hpt. Gl. 528, 25. Gif ðú mid trumre heortan (firmo corde) gelýfest, Bd. 3, 13; S. 538, 43. Heó áhte trumne geleáfan, Judth. Thw. 9; Jud. 6. Eówer geleáfa biþ þe trumra, gif gé gehýraþ be Godes hálgum, Homl. Th. i. 556, 27. v. med-, mis-, -trum. v. ge-trum.

truma, an; m. I. a troop of soldiers, v. trymman, I. 6, II. :-- -Truma acies, exercitus, Hpt. Gl. 477, 13. Hé férde mid fyrdlícum truman and ða burh geeode. Jos. 11. 10: Homl. Ass. 113, 356. Truman aciem, Hpt. Gl. 426, 69. Hé gesette ða menn on ǽnne truman, ðe mon hiora mǽgas ǽr on ðæm londe slóg, Ors. 2, 5; Swt. 80, 19. Hé hæfde eahta and eahtatig coortana, ðast wé nú truman hátaþ, 5, 12; Swt. 240, 33. Ða ísnodan truman ferratas acies. Wrt. Voc. ii. 147, 52. II. order of troops, array :-- Hé ð æt folc búton truman lǽdde he led the army withtout keeping any order, Ors. 4, 8; Swt. 188, 14. III a support, v. wyrt-truma. [Breken Modredes trume, Laym. 28352. þat eadi trume of meidens, H. M. 21, 33. Ðu (Jacob) and ðin trume ben. . . to me welcume, Gen. and Ex. 1829. Hauclok was a ful god gome, He was ful god in eueri trome, Havel. 8.] v. fyrd-, ge-, scild-truma.

trumian; p. ode To become strong, recover from illness :-- Ðá cwaeþ hé ðæt gewunalíce word ðara fréfrendra: Truma ðé hraþe and wel dixit solito consolantium sermone : Bene convalescas et cito, Bd. 5, 5; S. 618. 9. Hine gestód sumu untrymnis . . . sóna swá hé trumian (convalescere) ongan, 4, 1; S. 564, 46. v. ge-trumian.

truming, e; f. Gaining strength, recovery :-- Cwydas dón truminge getácnaþ, Lchdm. iii. 210, 30.

trum-líc; adj. I. firm, strong, stable, (a) of material things, lit. or fig. :-- Tǽceþ ús se torhta trumlícne hám, burhweallas beorhte scínaþ, Cd. Th. 282, 30; Sat. 294. Ða geseah ic gyldenne wíngeard trumlícne and fæstlícne vineam solidam auro miratus sum, Nar. 4, 28. Columnan swíde trumlice and fæste colmnnae solidae, 4, 21. (b) of non-material things :-- Seó ealde gesetness ys eall swá trumlíc, swá swá se Hǽlend sǽde on his hálgan godspelle, Jud. 15; Thw. 159, 29. Kyne­wyrðe rǽd and trumlíc, Anglia viii. 308, 33. Ðæt óðer líf ðætte fæstre beón scolde and trumlícre (stabilior]. Past. 52; Swt. 411, 1. II. hortatory, of exhortation :-- Hé ðam cyninge sende trumlíc ǽrendgewrit. Bd. 2, 17; S. 520, 19 note. v. next word.

trumlíce; adv. I. firmly, strongly, steadfastly :-- Trumlíce firmiter, Ælfc. Gr. 38; Zup. 236, 8. Ða gódan weorc, ðeáh ðe hié beforan monna eágum ðyncen trumlíce gedón etiam quae humanis oculis fortia videntur, Past. 34; Swt. 237, 2. Ð æt leód and lagu trumlíce stande, Wulfst. 74, 8. Eahta sweras syndon ðe rihtlícne cynedom trum­líce up wegaþ, L.I. P. 3; Th. ii. 306, 19. Trumlícor firmius, Rtl. 34, 26. Freóndscype trumlícust (firmissimé) wunaþ, Sciut. 197, 18. II. in a way that encourages (?) :-- Ungeleáffullnise trumlíce- strongly (?); but the Latin is clementer geðreáð bið, Mk. Skt. p. 5, 13.

trumme. v. trymman.

trumnaþ, es; m. Strengthening, confirmation :-- Swilc God wyrceb gǽsta lífes tó trumnaþe, Exon. Th. 147, 18; Gú. 729.

trumness, e; f. I. firmness, strength, certainty :-- Trumnesse firmitatem, Kent. Gl. 840. Ðínes geleáfan trumnesse wé witon, Guthl. 5; Gdwin. 30, 18. Wé witon ðæt manega clericas nyton hwæt byþ quadrans, ac wé willaþ his mihta and his trumnysse hér geswutelian, Anglia viii. 306, 28. II. health :-- Ða truman sint tó manianne ðæt hié gewilnigen mid ðæs lícuman trumnesse ðæt him ne losige sió hǽlo ð æs módes ðý læs him ðý wirs sié gif hié ða trumnesse ðære Godes giefe him tó unnyte gehweorfaþ admonendi sunt incolumes, ut salutem carports exerceani ad salutem mentis; ne, si acceptae incolumitatis graí-iam ad usum nequitiae inclinent, dono deteriores fiant, Past. 36; Swt. 247, 6-8. III. confirmation, support :-- Drihten trumnes mín Dominus firmamentum meum, Ps. Spl. 17, 1: 24, 15 : 72, 4. Ðæra apostola tweónung næs uá swá swíðe heora ungeleáffulnys, ac wæs úre trumnys, Homl. Th. i. 300, 34. Hé týmde tó Basilies tǽcinge for his trumnysse, Basil prm.; Norm. 32, 10. Ealle trumnysse hláfes hé forcnád omne firmamentum panis contrivit. Ps. Spl. 104, 15. IV. a firm place, the firmament :-- Bið trumnys on lande on hedhnyssum dúna erit firmamentum in terra in summis montium, Ps. Spl. 71, 16. Weorc handa his bodaþ trumnyss[e] ɫ staþol (firmamentum), Ps. Spl. 18, 1. v.trymness.

trus, es; n. Fallen leaves and branches or twigs as material for fuel: -- . vi. fóðra truses élce geáre, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 169, 10. [Icel. tros; n. leaves and twigs from a tree picked up and used for fuel.]

trúð, es; m. A player on a trumpet, an actor, buffoon :-- Trúð liticen, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 12; Zup. 40, 7: Wrt. Voc. i. 73, 66 (the word occurs in a list of terms connected with amusements). Com sum trúð tó ðæs bisceopes híréde, se ne gýmde nánes lenctenes fæstenes, ac eode him tó kicenan, Homl. Skt. i. 12, 59. Trúþas histriones, gligmon mimus, jocista, scurra, pantomimus, tumbere saltator. Wrt. Voc. i. 39, 41-44. As an illustration of the character of the trúð see Strutt's Sports and Pastimes, Bk. iii. c. 3, § § 4, 7, where one picture is given of dancers accompanied by trumpeters, and another of a dancing bear attended by a trumpeter. [Icel. trúðr a juggler.] v. next word.

trúð-horn, es; m. The trumpet of a trúð, q. v. :-- Trúðhorn lituus, Wrt. Voc. i. 73, 67. Trúðhornes salpistae (the passage is: Horrorem belli etclassicae salpistae metuentes). Hpt. Gl. 422, 77.

trúw, e; f. Faith :-- Ðú hæfst ongyten ða wonclan trúwa ðæs blindan lustes, Bt. 7, 2; Fox 18, 3. [O. H. Ger. trúa, trúwa fides: Icel. trú.] Cf. treów.

trúwa, trúa, an; m. I. (good] faith :-- Heriaþ úrne Ðrihten, se ðe ne forlǽt on hine gelýfende and ða ðe hihtaþ on his micclum trúwan, Homl. Ass. 112, 321. Ðam Snum ic healde mínne trúwan ǽfre. Homl. Skt. i. 7, 56. II. faith, belief, confidence, trust :-- Se trúwa (trúa, Cott. MSS.) micelre orsorgnesse fiducia magnae securitatis, Past 35; Swt. 243, 12. Be geleáfan oþþe trúwan de fide, Scint. 126, 16. For ðam micclan geleáfan and for dam sóðan trúwan ðe heó symle hæfþ tó Gode, Homl. Ass. 29, 125. Hé hine gefullode mid fullum trúwan ðæt hé geleáfful wǽre, Ælfc. T. Grn. 17, 9. Se ðe mid dyslícum trúwan and mid gylpe sum wundorlíc ðing on Godes naman dón wile, Homl. Th. i. 170, 28. For ðæs cræftes trúwan (trúwan) from confidence on account of that art, R. Ben. 95, 6 : 46, 16. Habbaþ Godes trúwan have faith in God, Mk. Skt. 11, 22 : Scint. 127, 1. Gif hopan trúwan wé nabbaþ si spei fiduciam non habemus, 33, 9. Habbaþ eów trúwan habelefiduciam (Mt. 14, 27), Homl. Th. ii. 388, 25. Hira godas on ðám hig trúwan hæfdon dii eorum, in quibus habebant fiduciam, Deut. 32, 37. Hig nefdon nánne trúwan tó nánum folce they could not trust any people, Nicod. 6; Thw. 3, 24. Gif heó it swá gehylt, swá ic hiræ trúwan tó hæbbe as I have confidence in her (that she will do). Chart. Th. 527, 3. III. a solemn assurance of good faith, a covenant, word :-- Se Frysa lét hine faran on his trúwan, Homl. Th. ii. 358, 22. Ic sette mín wedd on écne trúwan (in foedus sempiternum). Gen. 17, 19. Ic behét mínne trúwan pepigi foedus, Ex. 6, 4. IV. faithful care, protection :-- Ic hine nam on mínne trúwan ego in meam hunc recepi fidem, Gen. 44, 32. [O. Frs. trouwa: Icel, trúa.] v. ge-, ofer-trúwa.

trúwian; p. ode To trust, confide :-- Ic trúwige fido . . ., ic trúwige confido, ic trúwode confisus sum, Ælfc. Gr. 33 Zup. 204, 14-16. I. with dat., to trust to :-- Ðonne ða fortrúwodan him selfum tó suíðe trúwiaþ dum protervi valde de se praesumunt, Past. 32; Swt. 209, 6. Ða ðe hyra weorcum trúwiaþ, Exon. Th. 52, 24; Cri. 838. Ðá ðá ic him betst trúwode, Bt. 2; Fox 4, 12 : Beo. Th. 3991; B. 1993. Secgaþ ðǽm welegum, ðæt hí tó wel ne trúwigen ðissum ungewissum welum (sperare in incerto divitiarum suarum), Past. 26; Swt. 181, 15. Heó ongan his wordum trúwian, Cd. Th. 40, 35; Gen. 649. I a. to trust something to a person :-- Se Hǽlend ne trúgude hine sealfne him, Jn. Skt. Lind. 2, 24. I b. to trust to a person for something (clause with ð æt) :-- Hygd bearne ne trúwode, ðæt hé wið ælfylcum éþelstólas healdan cúde, Beo. Th. 4370; B. 2370. II. with gen. to trust in :-- Geáta leód trúwode módgan mægnes. Beo. Th. 1343; B. 669. Hé his wísna trúwade, drohtes on ðære ádle, Exon. Th. 171, 30; Gú. 1134. Hwý hié ðara geearnunga hiora dígelnesse (and diégelnesse, Hatt. MS. ) and incite bet truwien donne ðære hú hié óðerra monna mǽst gehelpen qua mente utilitati ceterorum secretum praeponit suum, Past. 5; Swt. 46, 2. II a. with gen. and clause :-- Hé wiðres ne trúwode ðæt hé sǽmannum onsacan mihte he did not trust in resistance, that he should be able to repel the seamen, Beo. Th. 5899; B. 2953 III. with prepositions (be, on, tó), to be confident about, trust in, on, or to :-- Ða ðe trúwiaþ on him qui confidunt in eis. Ps. Spl. 134, 18. Ealle his wǽpnu ðe hé on trúwude universa arma in quibus confidebat. Lk. Skt. 11. 22, Ða burhware trúwodon tó ðam wealle, Homl. Skt. ii. 25, 446. Trúa on Crist, Homl. Th. ii. 392, 34. Ðæt úre nán be him sylfum tó dyrstelíce ne trúwige that none of us be overconfident about himself, 82, 26. Ne trúwige nán man be ælmesdǽdum oððe on gebedum, bútan ðære foresǽdan lufe, i. 54, 11. IV. with a clause, to trust that :-- Ic trúwige, ðeáh, ðæt sum wurðe ábrird þurh God, L. Ælfc. P. 3; Th. ii. 364, 17. [Muze we wel trowen al. . . he misfoð, O. E. Homl. i. 67, 209. þu ne wolldesst nohht trowwenn mine wordess, Orm. 214. Wan hii þe troueþ alre best, Laym. 3413 (and MS.). Mon þe he wel trowede on, 2351. Wile he trowe me, Havel. 1656. Chauc. Piers P. Wick. trowe. Goth. trauan : O. Sax. trúón (with gen. or prep.): O. H. Ger. trúén, trúwén (same govt. as English') confidere: Icel. trúa to trust, believe (dat. or prep.).] v. for-, ge-, or-trúwian; ofer-trúwod; treówian.

trúwung, tryccan, tryddian, trym, trymend-líc, trymeness, trymes, trymian, trymig. v. ge-trúwung, -trúgung, ge-tryccan, treddian, trem, trymmend-líc, trymness, trimes, trymman, un-trymig.

trymman, trymian; p. trymede. I. to make firm or strong, (l) of material objects, to construct strongly, v. trum, I :-- Ðæt hé trymede getimbro, Cd. Th. 18, 20; Gen. 276. Gé done weall ne trymedon ymbe hira hús non opposuistis murum pro domo Israel, Past. 15; Swt. 89, 19. (I a) of non-material objects :-- Se ðe him hálig gǽst wísaþ and his weorc trymaþ. Exon. Th. 124, 2; Gú. 333. Dagas syndon trymede dies firmabuntur. Ps. Th. 138, 15. (2) of physical health or strength, to give strength to, strengthen, v. trum, II a :-- Hláf trymeþ heortan mannes panis cor hominis confirmat, Ps. Th. 103, 15. Onlegen tó trymmaune ðone magan and to bindanne æfter útsihtan, Lchdm. ii. 180, 24. (3) of mental or moral strength, to confirm, establish, give strength to mind or heart, v. trum, II c :-- Sóð Metod ð ín mód trymeþ, Cd. Th. 170, 9; Gen. 2809. Hé trymede heora heortan mid Godes geleafan, Blickl. Homl. 145, 21: Gǽst, se his hyge trymede, Cd. Th. 249, 23; Dan. 534, Engel hine elne trymede, Exon. Th. 113, 21; Gú. 161. Ðæt man Godes cyricean fæste tremede, ge lǽwede men ge hádode, Blickl. Homl. 43, 6. Ðæt hé hiera geleáfan trymede, Chr. 430; Erl. 10, 19. Ǽgðer ó ðrum trymede heofonríces hyht, Andr. Kmbl. 2104; An. 1053. Strangie man and trymme (trumme, L. I. P. 4; Th. ii. 308, 4) hí mid wíslicre Godes lage, Wulfst. 267, 21. Hé ongon his sefan trymman, Exon. Th. 169, 4; Gú. 1089. On ðǽm medwísan is tó trymmanne (trymmianne, Cote. MSS. ) swá hwæt suá hié ongietan mǽgen ðæs godcundan wísðómes in istis aedificandum est, quidquid de superna sapientia cognoscitur, Past. 30; Swt. 503, 10. (3 a) as an ecclesiastical term, to confirm, v. un-trymed. (4) of abstract objects, to corroborate, confirm an agreement, a grant, testimony, statement, etc. v. trymmend, II :-- Ic, Berhtwulf, ðás míne gesalduisse trymme and fæstna in Cristes róde tácne. Cod. Dip. Kmbl. ii. 5, 33 : 47, 20. Gif ic cýðnisse trymmo si ego testimonium perhibeo, Jn. Skt. Lind. 5, 31. Ðæt trymeþ sió hálige ǽ, ðǽr hió cuæð, Past. 43; Swt. 309, 12. Wé trymmaþ adstipulabimur, Wrt. Voc. ii. 3, 28. lc ðíne gewitnesse wordmn trymede servavi testimonia tua, Ps. Th. 118, 168. Ðæt trymede sanctus Paulus, ðá hé cuæð ðæt . . ., Past. II; Swt. 73, 2. Trymme hé eal mid wedde ðæt ðæt hé beháte, L. Edm. B. 5; Th. i. 254, 17. Trymmendre (confirmante) sprǽce, Mk. Skt. 16, 20. (5) to give as surety :-- Trymide commen­dabat. Wrt. Voc. ii. 105, 22. Trymede, 15, 25. Hí gerǽddon ðæt man tremede gíslas on ǽgðer healfc, Chr. 1052; Erl. 187, 6. (6) to trim, to set infirm order, array troops, v. truma :-- Hié hié bútan clæm geate angeán Hannibal trymedon. Ors. 4, 10; Swt. 194, 17. Ðæt hié on morgenne hié forð trymedan ongeán heora feóndum, Blickl. Homl. 201, 35. Hí trymedon hí fæstlíce ongeán, Chr. 1048; Erl. 178,31. 178, 31. Swylce ðǽr man fyrde trymme and samnige, Blickl. Homl. 91, 31. (6 a) of abstract objects, to settle, arrange :-- Hé ðǽr ðone winter wunode and swá his síþfæt trymede and tó Róme com ibi kiemem exigens sic Romam veniendi Her repetiit, Bd. 5, 19; S. 639, 27. (7) to strengthen with words, exhort, encourage, comfort :-- Hí hí midwráðumwordum trymmaþ, Ps. Th. 63, 4. Drihten is swíðe mildheort, se us trymede and lǽrde; hé cwæþ: 'Nelle ic ðæs synfullon mannes deáð, ' Blickl. Homl. 97, 32 : Bd. 1, 23; S. 485, 39: Andr. Kmbl. 927; An. 463. Heáhcyning sprǽce trymede tilmódigne, Cd. Th. 130, 27; Gen. 2166. Gé hyra sefan trymedon on frófre, Exon. Th. 83, 23; Cri. 1360. Swá hý hine trymedon, 110, 7; Gú. 104. Bégen gebróþru beornas trymedon, wordon bǽdon, Byrht. Th. 140, 49; By. 305. Ðíne láreówas, ða ðec tó góde trymmen, Exon. Th. 301, 4; Fa. 14. Lǽran sceal mon geongne monnan, trymman and tyhtan, 336, 10; Gn. Ex. 46: 280, 33; Jul. 638. Wordum trymman, Andr. Kmbl. 856; An. 428. Ðá ongunnon hí hine geornlíce trymman and lǽran coeperunt diligenter exhortari, Bd. 5, 14; S. 634, 30. Trymian, Byrht. Th. 132, 17; By. 17. Ðú trymmende earð mec exhortatus es me, Ps. Surt. 70, 21. Tremegende ide monens, R. Ben. 4, 15. II. intrans. (?) (1) to become strong :-- Monig sceal siþþan wyrt onwæcnan; eác ðon wudubearwas tánum týdraþ trymmaþ eorðwelan the woods teem with branches, grow strong (?) with the wealth of earth, Exon. Th. 191, 7; Az. 84. (2) to be arrayed. v. truma :-- Gáras trymedon, blicon bordhreóðan, býman sungon, Cd. Th. 187, 28; Exod. 159. Fór fyrda mǽst, féðan trymedan, Elen. Kmbl. 70; El. 35. v. getrymman.

trymmend, es; m. I. one who strengthens or supports :-- Ðú mé wǽre trymmend firmamentum meum, Ps. Th. 70, 3. II. one who makes a formal agreement, v. trymman, I. 4 :-- Trymmend stipula­torem, Wrt. Voc. ii. 88, 2.

trymmend-líc; adj. Hortatory :-- Trymendlíc exortatorium, Wrt. Voc. ii. 33, 17. Hé mid trymme[n]dlíce ǽrendgewrite hí gestrangode epistola illos exhortatoria confortaverit, Bd. 1, 23; S. 485, 15. Eác swylce ðæm cyninge hé sende trymmendlíce (-líc, Bd. M. 146, 9) gewrit misit regi literas exhartatorias, 2, 17; S. 520, 19.

trymmian. v. trymman.

trymming, e; f. I.a strengthening, confirming, establishing, edification :-- Se cyning ðæt mǽ (the temple) Gode betǽhe him and his folce tónge and tók gescyldnysse wið ǽélces yfeles onscyte, Homl. Th. ii. 578, 22. Nú wylle wé eów secgan sum ðing ðe eów máge tó trymminge that may serve for your edification, Homl. Ass. 26, 50. Tó geleáfan trymminge for the confirmation of belief, 5, 111. Trim­minge, Ælfc. T. Grn. 14, 8. II. that which strengthens or supports, (a) material, a foundation :-- Curs móder áwyrtwalaþ trymmincge the curse of the mother rooleth out foundations (firmamentum, Ecclus. 3, 9), Scint. 174, 7. (b) non-material, that which edifies :-- Wé wyllaþ sume óðre trimminge (edifying matter) be ðære mǽran Godes méder gereccan tó eówre gebetrunge, Homl. Th. i. 448, 9. v. ge-, ymb-trymming.

trymness, trymeness, e; f. I. firmness, v. trumness, I :-- Heora wítes ne biþ trymnes (trymenis, Ps. Surt. ) non est firmamentum in plaga eorum. Ps. Th. 72, 3. Hiora trymnisse liomana suorum firmitate membrorum, Rtl. 32, 15. II. that which makes a firm, a support, prop, (a) literal :-- Man ða ilcan studu útan tó gesette tó trymnesse (wræðe, col. l) ðæs wáges (in munimentum parietis) . . . tó trymnesse (fultume, col. l) ðæs húses infulcimentum domus, Bd. 3, 17; S. 544, 21-36. (b) figurative :-- Drihten, ðú eart mín trymenes (-nis, Ps. Surt. ) Dominus firmamentum meum, Ps. Th. 17, 1. Ð ú eart min trymnes (trymenis. Ps. Surt), 30, 4. (c) a firm place, fastness, v. trumness, IV :-- Biþ trymenis (firmamentum; rodor. Ps. Lamb. ) in eorðan in heánissum munta, Ps. Surt. 71, 16. III. a strengthening, a confirmation, (a) of a statement, agreement, etc. :-- Trymnes confirmatio, assertio. Wrt. Voc. ii. 133, 27. Tó trymnisse testamento. Rtl. 191, 33. Trymnessum adstipulationibus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 1, 7: 3, 63. (b) of or in a purpose, belief, etc. :-- Ð á wæs gestrangod Agustinus mid trymnysse ðæs eádigan fæder roboratus confirmatione beati patris Agustinus, Bd. 1. 25; S. 486, 13. (c) a strengthening by words, an exhortation:-- Trymnes exortatio, i. monitio, doctrina, Wrt. Voc. ii. 145, 77. Trymnises exortationis, Mk. Skt. p. 2, 5. Mid stefne his háligre trymenesse (trymnisse, Bd. M. 106, 26) and láre voce sanctae exhortationis, Bd. 2, 4; S. 505, 18. Trymnyssum exhortationibus, 1. 7; S. 477, 3. Trymenessum, 5, 22; S. 644, 6. v. ge-, un-trymness.

trymsas. v. trimes.

trymþ, e; f. Strength, support :-- Ealle getrymednesse ɫ trymðe hláfes hé forgnád omne firmamentum panis contrivit, Ps. Lamb. 104, 16. v. un-trymþ.

tryndyled, trýw, trýwa, trýwan, trýwe, trýwen, trýwian, trýwsian, trýwþ. v. trendeled, treów, treówa, treówan, treówe, treówen, treówian, treówsian, treówþ.

(two), tú (thou), tuá, tuáes. v. twégen, þ ú, tweó, tweógan.

tucian (or túcian ?; in Piers P. (v. infra) touked occurs, but the form of the noun is tokkere as well as touker, Prol. 100 A-text, and Halliwell gives tucker = fuller as a western word); p. ode To treat ill, to afflict, harass, vex :-- Unrihtwíse cyningas ðe ðis wérige folc wyrst tuciaþ (quos miseri torvos populi timent tyrannos; ða unrihtwísan cyningas . . . ðe ðis earme folc heardost ondrǽt, Bt. 36, 2; Fox 174, 26-29), Met. 24, 60. Hé heora fela ofslóh and 16 sceame tucode percussit Philisthiim ingenti plaga, Jud. 15, 8: Homl. Skt. ii. 26, 11. Hí man swang and tó ealre yrmðe tucode they were scourged and treated to (afflicted with] every misery, i. 23, 106. Hí man tó wæfersýne tucode mid gehwilcum witum, ii. 28, 129. Swingan and tó ealre sorge tucigan, i. 23, 715. Noldon hí ná cweþan ðæt hit wǽre wíte . . . and noldan nǽnne þingere sécan, ac lustlíce hí woldan lǽtan ða rícan hié tucian æfter hiora ágnum willan nec hos cruciatus esse dicerent, defensorumque operam repudiarent, ac se totos accusatoribus judicibusque permitterent. Bt. 38, 7; Fox 210, 14. [Ure Lonerd was on fele wise rewliche tuked, O. E. Homl. ii. 21, 32. He was so scheomeliche ituked and so seoruhfuliche ipined, A. R. 366, 3. Leccherie tukeð ure al to wundre & þreat to don hire schome, H. M. 17, 10. Ha tukeð ure godes to balewe & to bismere, Kath. 551. þu tukest wroþe and uvele Hwar þu miht over smale fuzele, O. and N. 63. Cloth with taseles cracched, Ytouked and ytented, Piers P. 15, 447. Tuck to pinch severely, Devonshire: to smart with pain, Wilts., Halliwell's Dict. O. H. Ger. zocchón rapere, diripere.] v. ge-, mis-tucian.

tuddor. v. túdor.

tude, an (?); f. A shield :-- Tude parma, Hpt. Gl. 521, 9. Tudenarda (tudena, randa (?), tuderanda (?) ) scutorum, 424, 5.

túdor, tuddor, es; n. That which grows from another (used of animals or of plants), offspring, progeny, product, fruit :-- Túdor oððe cyn propago, Wrt. Voc. ii. 67, 33. On ða tíd wæs ofor eorþan tuddres æþelnes, Blickl. Homl. 115, 10. Hé týdreþ ǽlc túdor, Bt. 39, 8; Fox 224, 10. I. of human beings, (a) a child: -- Tudder pignus, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 32; Zup. 59, 9. Bearn vel tudder soboles vel proles, Wrt. Voc. i. 51, 64: foetus, fructus, partus, filius, soboles, ii. 148, 35. ' Ðú cennest sunu. ' Mid ðý ðe heó gehýrde ðone fruman ðæs godcundan tuddres, Blickl. Homl. 7, 20. Túdre foetu, Wrt. Voc. ii. 36, 34. Gyf hwylc wíf htebbe on hyre innoðe deádboren tuddur, Lchdm. i. 166, 4. Hyt ðæt tudder of ðam cwiðan gelǽdeþ, 296, 2. Tuddra pignora. Hymn. Surt. 52, 7. (b) in a general sense, offspring, race, breed, family, children :-- Tuddor prosapia, Wrt. Voc. ii. 65, 71. Tudder (maternae generationis) propago, Hpt. 522, 30. Wé oncneówan ðæt ðæt tuddur ne grówan mihte of swylcum gesinscype didicimus ex tali conjugio sobolem non posse succrescere, Bd. 1, 27; S. 491, 5. Moncynnes tuddor. Exon. Th. 86, 32; Cri. 1417. Fruma ælda túdres, 151, 16; Gú. 796. Gódes túdres gesǽlig bona sobole felix, Bd. 3, 7; S. 529, 34: 3, 18; S. 546, 39. Wæstm­bærnysse tuddres faecunditatem sobolis, 1, 27; S. 493, 8. Sunu gódes tuddres filium bone indolis, Scint. 177, 6. Ára ðínum earmum eorþan túdre (cf. help ðínum earmum moncynne, Bt. 4; Fox 8, 11), Met. 4, 31. Túdre fyllaþ eorðan, incre cynne, sunum and dohtrum, Cd. Th. 13, 2; Gen. 196. 92, 27; Gen. 1535: 107, 12; Gen. 1788: 169, 18; Gen. 2801. tó teónan manna túdre to the hurt of mankind. Exon. Th. 270, 3; Jul. 459. Ðæs teámes wæs tuddor gefylled unlytel dǽl eorðan gesceafta, Cd. Th. 97, 16; Gen. 1613. Ðonne ðæt flǽsc náuht elles ne sécþ búton túdor nisi fructum propaginis non quaerere, Past. 51; Swt. 399, 5. God weorðaþ eorþan tuddor, Exon. Th. 43, 13; Cri. 608. II. of animals :-- Wócor eorðan túdres every kind of animal, Cd. Th. 79, 18; Gen. 1313: 86, 34; Gen. 1440. Setl ǽlcum eorðan túdre, 79, 3; Gen. 1305. Deáþ spyreþ æfter ǽghwelcum eorþan túdre, diórum and fuglum, Met. 27, 10. Treófugla tuddor cýð ðon eádges eftcyme. Exon. Th. 146, 9; Gú. 707. Ðú seofone genim túdra gehwylces, Cd. Th. 80, 29; Gen. 1336. II a. of human beings and animals :-- Tuddor bið gemǽne incrum (the woman and the serpent) orlegníð, Cd. Th. 56, 19; Gen. 914. Se egorhere eorðan tuddor eall ácwealde, búton ðæt earce bord heóld heofona freá, 84, 24; Gen. 1402. III. of plants :-- Beorc byþ blǽda leás, bereþ tánas bútan túdre. Runic pm. Kmbl. 342, 29; Rún. 18. Brengþ eorþe ǽlcne westm and ǽlc túdor ǽlce geáre, Bt. 39, 13; Fox 234, 14 : Met. 29, 58. IV. metaphorical :-- Weá wæs árǽred, tregena tuddor, Cd. Th. 60, 27; Gen. 988. Ðonne mæg hé cennan ðæt túder ryhtes geðohtes (prolem rectae cogitationis), Past. 15; Scint. 97, 8. Óþre tuddru synna cetere soboles peccatorum, Scint. 112, 4. [Deor and fishshes and fugeles and here tuder, O. E. Homl. ii. 177, 17.] v. eorþ-, magu-, sige-túdor, and next word.

túdor (?); adj. Prolific :-- Tuddre fetose, Wrt. Voc. ii. 148, 35. v. túdor-full.

túdor-fæst; adj. Prolific, fruitful :-- Túdorfxstum foetosis, Wrt. Voc. Ii. 34, 15.

túdor-fóster, es; m. Nourishment of offspring :-- Æfter ðon tuddor-fóstre vel of ðírn síþborenarn de post fetantes, Wrt. Voc. ii. 138, 81.

túdor-full; adj. Prolific, fertile, fruitful: -- Tudderfulle, teámfulle vel tuddre fetose. Wrt. Voc. ii. 148, 34. On tudderfullum fetosis, copiosis, fecundis, Hpt. Gl. 484, 5, 7.

túdor-spéd, e; f. Abundance of offspring :-- Him engla helm tuddor-spéd onleác . . . lét weaxan eft heora rímgetel. Cd. Th. 166, 24; Gen. 2752.

túdor-teónde producing offspring or fruit :-- Hét sǽs and eorðan tuddorteóndra teohha gehwilcre wæstmas fédan. Cd. Th. 59, 5; Gen. 959: 201, 14; Exod. 372.

tulge; cpve. tylg; spve. tylgest; adv. Strongly, firmly; but the word undergoes a similar change to that which is seen in the case of swíde q. v., and is used with much the same force as that word :-- Him beóþ under tungan tulge swearte ǽdra he has under h; V tongue very black veins, Lchdm. ii. 106, 23. Tylg propensior (-or from -us in Erfurt Gloss. ), Txts. 84, 743. Ic bí me tylgust secge ðis sárspell I make this lament mostly about myself, Exon. Th. 458, 5; Hy. 4, 95. [Nes þ̄ naht wunderlic þ̄ he þone deaþes deg swa unforht abad, for þon þe hit nes deaþes deg ac hit (his MS.) wes tylig Drihtnes blisse deg it was not woónderful that he awaited the day of death so fearless, for it was not the day of death, but it was rather the day of the joy of the Lord, Anglia x. 145, 160. Se ealles tylgest romanisce þeawe song in Godes circan he sang chiefly after the Roman manner in God's Church, 143, 36. (These two passages are from a MS. of the first half of the 12th century. ) O. Sax. tulgo very. Cf. Goth. tulgus steadfast; tulgitha safety, a stronghold; tulgjan to confirm.]

tumbere, es; m. A tumbler, dancer, player: -- Gligmon mimus, jocista, scurra, gligman pantomimus, tumbere saltator, Wrt. Voc. i. 39, 42-44. Tumbere oððe gligman histrio, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 3; Zup. 35, 6. [The feminine form tumbestre occurs in later English: Herodias douʒter, that was a tumbestere, and tumblede byfore him. Halliw. Dict. Than comen tombesteres Fetys and smale. Chauc. Pard. T. 477. See Strutt's Sports and Pastimes, Bk. iii. c. v. § 3. Cf. A tumbler saltator (in a list headed nomina jugulatorum), Wrt. Voc. i. 218, col. 2: saltatrix, 216, col. 2; and see tumbullere saltalrix, in the note. Tumlare, tumblar volutator, volutatrix, Prompt. Parv. 506. Tumbelyster tornatrix, Wülck. Gl. 616, 47.] v. next word.

tumbian; p. ode To tumble, dance :-- Ðá tumbude (saltavit) ð ære Herodidiscean dohtur beforan him. Mt. Kmbl. 14, 6. Tumbode, Mk. Skt. 6, 22. [þe wenche þat tombede (v. r. tomblede), Trev. iv. 365. Cf. Tumblide, Wick. Mt. 14, 6. Tumlyn valuta, volvo, Prompt. Parv. 506. Eroud swore to here that tumbled yn the flore, Halliw. Dict.] v. preceding word.

tún, es; m. I. an enclosed piece of ground, a yard, court :-- Tuun cors (= cohors), Txts. 52, 281. Tún choors, Wrt. Voc. ii. 17, 32 : i. 291, 12. Yna (hýna ?) túnes tácen is ðæt ðú sette ðíne swýþran hand brádlinga ofer ðínne innoð, Techm. ii. 126, 15 (cf. gang-tún). Harewyrt lytelu oftost weaxeþ on tune (in a garden), Lchdm. ii. 132, 8. v. æppel-, apulder-, her-, cafer-, cyric-, deór-, gærs-, gang-, leah-, líc-, wyrt-tún. II. as a technical English term, (i) in its simplest form, the enclosed land surrounding a single dwelling :-- Gif man in marines tún ǽrest geirneþ .vi. scillingum gebéte; se ðe æfter irneþ .iii. scillingas; siþþan gehwylc scilling, L. Ethb. 17; Th. i. 6, 16. (2) where there were many dwellings, a manor, vill, 'an estate with a village community in villenage upon it under a lord's jurisdiction,' v. Seebohm's English Village Community, c. v. See also Kemble's Saxons in England, ii. c. vii: Stubbs' Const. Hist. s. v. town : Green's Making of England, c. iv: Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. p. xxxix; in the last its frequent occurrence in English local names is noted :-- Ego, Plegréd, aliquam terre unculam emi et Eðelmóde, hoc est án healf tun, que ante pertinebat tó wilburgewellan, ðet land healf and healfne tún hiis terminibus circumcincta . . . hanc casam supranominatam ic, Eðelmód, Plegréde donabo, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. ii. 66, 27-67, 3. Ic wille ðæt man frígæ hæalue míne men on élcum túne for míne sáwlæ, and ðæt man déle æal healf ðæt yrue ðæt ic hæbbæ on ǽlcum túne, iii. 273, 4-6. Gif in cyninges túne man mannan ofsleá, .L. scill. gebéte, L. Ethb. 5; Th. i. 4, 4. On eorles túne, 13; Th. i. 6, 9. Æghwilc man æt ðam túne, ðe hé tó hýre, L. H. E. 5; Th. i. 30, Beó hé on carcerne on cyninges túne, L. Alf. pol. 1; Th. 60, 9: Chr. 787; Erl. 56, 14. Gif se gereáfa ðis oferheald, gebéte .xxx. sciɫɫ., and sié áæt feoh gedǽled ðǽm þearfum ðe on ða[m] tún[e] synd, ðe ðis ungefremed wunie, L. Ath. i. prm.; Th. i. 198, 12. Hé wæs on ánum ðæs cyninges túne nóht feor fram ðære foresprecenan byrig forðon ðe hé ðǽr hæfde áne cyricean and án resthús . . . Ðæt eác swylce his ðeáw wæs on óþrum cyninges túne tó dónne erat in villa (in 544, 14 tún translates vicus) regia non longe ab urbe de qua praefati sumus. In hac enim habens ecclesiam et cubiculum...; guod ipsum et in aliis villis regis facere solebat, Bd. 3, 17; S. 543, 20-29. Ciólulf sealde Eánmunde his mége ðisne tuun (cf. Ego Cialulf dabo Eanmunde cognito meo aliquam partem terre iuris mei, hoc est in Dorobernia ciuitate, id est in longitudo .vi. uirgis et in latitudo .iii., 87, 27-31), Cod. Dip. Kmbl. ii. 89, 10. Ðis sind ðara feówer túna londgemaera, iii. 77, 32. Ðǽr hé rád betwuh his hámum oþþe túnum (villas), Bd. 2, 16; S. 520, 11. v. tún-cyrice, -gebúr, -geréfa, -incel, -land, -mann, -scír, -steall, -stede; túnes-mann, -túningas. II a. where the residential character of the tún is the prominent one, the buildings or inhabitants being referred to :-- Ð á ongan se tún bernan, ðá forburnon ealla ðara monna hús ðe on ðæm túne wǽron, Shrn. 90, 3-5. Ðes tún (villa) wæs forlǽten, and óþer wæs getimbred, Bd. 2, 14; S. 518, 11. Hé eode tó ðære cyricean ðæs túnes (villulae), 5, 12; S. 627, 20. Hé hæfde ðæt bisc̃ríce .L. wint æt Scíreburnan, and his líc líþ ðǽr on túne (or túne = cyrictúne?), Chr. 867; Erl. 72, 20. Ðone tún ðe hé oftust on eardode gyt mon his naman cneódeþ cujus nomine vicus in quo maxime habitare solebat usque hodie cognominatur, 2, 20; S. 522, 23. Wæs in ða tíd ðeáu Ongelcynnes folcum, ðæt ðonne mæssepreóst in tún (villam) com, hí ealle gesomnodon Godes word tó gehýranne, 4, 27; S. 604, 16. Ðæt cumende folc of eallum túnum (viculis), 2, 14; S. 518, 9: 4, 27; S. 604, 26. Hé com tó ðám ymbge-settum túnum (circumpositas ad villas), and ðám dwoliendum bodade, 604, 13. Se ðe reáfaþ man leóhtan dæge, and hé hit kýþe tó þrím túnan, L. Eth. iii. 15; Th. i. 298, 12. Hé áslát ða túnas ealle ymb ða burh discissis viculis in vicinia urbis, Bd. 3, 16; S. 542, 21. III. referring to the towns of Roman Britain :-- On Swalewan streáme se ligþ be Cetereht túne (vicum Cataractam; the Roman station, Cataractonium), Bd. 2, 14; S. 518, 15. Hér Cynewulf and Offa gefuhton ymb Benesing­tún, and Offa nam þone tuun, Chr. 777; Erl. 54, 2. Cúþwulf feaht wiþ Bretwalas and iiii túnas genom, 571; Erl. 18, 13. (See Green's The Making of England, c. iii. ) Ceáwlin monige túnas genom, 584; Erl. 18, 24. IV. in a general sense, a habitation of men :-- Lengten­tíma gáð tó túne on .vii .id. Feb. (cf. sumor gǽð tó mannum on .vii. id. Mai, 25) spring comes to our dwellings on the 23rd of February, Anglia viii. 312, 19. Se mónþ gǽð on Sunnandæge on túne (cf. cymð se mónð tó mannum, 14: 8), 304, 12. Cymeþ on ðám ylcan dæge us tó túne forma mónad. Menol. Fox 16; Men. 8 : 69; Men. 34. Folcum bringð morgen tó mannum mónad tó túne Decembris drihta bearnum, 436; Men. 219. Yldum bringð sigelbeorhte dagas sumor tó túne, 176; Men. 89. Bringð tiida lange ǽrra Líða ús tó túne, Iunius on geard, 214; Men. 108. Oft mon féreþ feor bí túne (cf. Icel. fara um tún to pass by a house) ðǽr him wát freónd unwiotodne often a man travels far, passing the dwellings of men, and knows that he has no friend for himself in them, Exon. Th. 342, 21; Gn. Ex. 146. Æ-acute;r sumor on tún gá, Lchdm. iii. 6, 1. 3. Hwylce dæge ða mónðas gán on tún, Anglia viii. 304, 5, 25. Cymeþ scríðan on tún Maius, Menol. Fox 153; Men. 78. Lencten on tún geliden hæfde, 56; Men. 28. On folc féreþ October on tún, 363; Men. 183. [The phrase is found in later English, e.g. Elde cumid to tune. Misc. 133, 534.] V. where the word is used to translate Latin forms, or refers to places not in England, (1) the residence or estate of a single person, an estate, farm :-- Ð ín tún tua villa, Ælfc. Gr. 15; Zup. 103, 7 : Wrt. Voc. i. 84, 48. Hátan his tún ðæs anscódan tún ejus habitaculum domum discalceati vocare. Past. 5; Swt. 43, 17. Ð á sende hé hine tó his túne (in uillam suam; toun, Wick. ), ðæt hé heólde his swýn, Lk. Skt. 15, 15: Mt. Kmbl. 22, 5. Túne ad prediolum suum, Anglia xiii. 36, 258. Neáh ðám túne (juxta praedium; manere, Wick. ) ðe Iacob sealde his suna, Jn. Skt. 4, 5. Sceall beón se læsta dǽl nýhst ðæm túne ðe se deáda man on líð, Ors. 1, 1; Swt. 20, 33, 31. Wespaásianus gefór on ánum túne butón Róme Vespasianus in villa propria circa Sabinos mortuus est, 6, 7; Swt. 262, 29. Hé gefór on ðæm ilcan túne (in eadem villa) ðe his fæder dyde, 6, 8; Swt. 264, 4: Blickl. Homl. 219, 8-9. On ðone tún [villam; toun, Wick.) ðe is genemned Geze­mani, Mt. Kmbl. 26, 36. Ic bohte ǽnne tún (villam; lond, Lind. Rush. : toun. Wick. : ferme, Tindal), Lk. Skt. 14, 18 : Homl. Th. ii. 372, 19-21. Iosep sealde his gebréðrum tún (possessionem), Gen. 47, II. Feg-erne tun timbrian, Shrn. 163, 16. Túnas territorii, Wrt. Voc. ii. 76, 68. Hé gemenigfylde his spéda ǽgðer ge on túnum ge on landum (tam in aedibus quam in agris), Gen. 39, 5. Hí nemnaþ hiora land and hiora túnas be heora naman invocabunt nomina eorum in terris eorum, Ps. Th. 48, 10. (2) a collection of dwellings, a village, town :-- Tuun vel ðrop confetum, Txts. 54, 307. Tún, þrop, Wrt. Voc. ii. 15, 7 (cf. compitum, i. villa þrop, 132, 55). Tún pagus, i. 54, 2. Betfage se tún, Blickl Homl. 77, 15. In Bethania ðæm túne, Mt. Kmbl. Rush. 26, 6. Of ðæm tuune (túne. Rush. ) on Galilées mégð a Cana Galilaeae, Jn. Skt Lind. 21, 2. Of Abian túne (lond, Lind. Rush. ) de uice (vico has been read ?) Abia, Lk. Skt. 1, 5. Of ðæm túne ðe Scariot hátte, Blickl. Homl 69, 6 : 211, 17 : 221, 19: Homl. Th. ii. 54, 3. Hé eode on ðone tún ðe hátte Dadissus, and ðǽr wunode . . . Ðá bæd hé ðæs túnes hláford, ðæt hé móste healdan heora æceras . . . His suna wǽron áfedde on óþran túne, Homl. Skt. ii. 30, 213-217. Se resteþ on uico longe, ðæt is on ðæm langan túne, Shrn. 76, 2. Ðeáh ð ú on tún (uicum; lond, Lind. Rush. ) gá, Mk. Skt. 8, 26. Hé hét ðone tún (uicum) forbærnan, Bd. 5, 10; 8. 625, 2. Bedrifen on ánne tún in cujusdan villulae casam de-portatus, Ors. 6, 34; Swt. 292, 1. Túnas oppida, Wrt. Voc. ii. 64, 70. Com micel fýrbryne on Rómeburg, ðæt ðǽrbinnan forburnon xiv túnas quatuordecim vicos flamma consumsit, Ors. 6, 1; Swt. 252, 21. Fare wé on gehende túnas (uicos; lond, Lind. Rush. : townes, Wick. ), Mk. Skt. 1. 38 : villas, Lk. Skt. 9, 12. [Halliwell gives town = court, farmyard, as a Devonshire word; and in Jamieson's Dictionary toun, town = a farmer's steading, or a small collection of houses; a single dwelling-house. ' Waverley learned from this colloquy, that in Scotland a single house was called a town, ' Waverley, c. ix. O. Frs. tún a fence: O. L. Ger. tún maceria: Du. tuin a fence; a garden: O. H. Ger. zún sepis, maceria: Ger. zaun a hedge: Icel. tun an enclosure within which a house is built; a farm-house with its buildings, homestead: Norweg. tun court, farmyard.] v. burg-, neáh-, wíc-tún; týnan.

tún-cressa, an; m. : -cærse, -cerse, an; f. Town-cress (v. E. D. S. Pub. Plant Names), garden-cress, nasturtium; lepidium sativum :-- Tuuncressa nasturcium, Txts. 79, 1359. Túncǽrse, Wrt. Voc. ii. 60, 4, 64: i. 67, 70. Túnkerse, 31, 50. Nim túncersan sǽd, Lchdm. ii. 90, 18. tún-cyrice, an; f, A church in a tún (q. v. ) :-- Habbe hé þat lond fré his day and his wíues, and after here bothere day meó þe túnkirke, and men fré . . . þat lond schal intó túnkirke . . . and þó men fré, Chart. Th. 572, 20-33. Intó ðe túnkirke on Mardingford, 593, 2. tunece, an; f A tunic, coat :-- Tunece tonica, Wrt. Voc. i. 284, 62. Tunice, Scint. 144, 7. Tunicæ tunica, Wrt. Voc. i. 39, 71. Hit ys mínes suna tunecan Gen. 37, 33 : Exon. Th. 357, 1; Pa. 22. Hí námon his tunecan (tunicam; cyrtel. Lind. Rush. ); seó tunece wæs unásiwod, Jn. Skt. 19, 23. Ð á dyde hé on his tunecan (cyrtil (-el). Lind. Rush. ), 21, 7: Lk. Skt. 6, 29. Ðam ðe wylle niman ðíne tunecan (cyrtel ɫ hrægl. Lind. : ðínne tonica. Rush. ), lǽt him tó ðínne wǽfels, Mt. Kmbl. 5, 40. Ðá sende him mon áne blace hacelan angeán him on bismer, and eft hié him sendon áne tunecan ongeán, ða ðe hié tó gehéton, ðæt hé ealles búton árunge tó Róme ne com (the Latin seems to have been misunderstood, it is: Senatus sagurn, hoc est, vestern moeroris deposuit, atque antiquum togae decorem recuperavit). Ors. 5, 10; Swt. 234, 21-24, 31. Ðæt hé ús forgeáfe ða undeádlícan tunecan ðe wé forluron on ðæs frum-sceapenan mannes forgǽgednysse, Homl. Th. i. 34, 29. Hió becwið hyre betstan dunnan tunecan, Chart. Th. 537, 31. Hió an Ceóldrýþe hyre blacena tunecena, swá ðǽr hyre leófre beó, 538, 6. Se ðe hæfþ twá tunecan (cyrtlas. Lind. Rush. ), Lk. Skt. 3, 11: Blickl. Homl. 169, 13. [O. H. Ger. tunihha tunica. From Latin.] v. ge-tunecod.

túnes-mann, es; m. A man living on a manor (tún, q. v.) :-- Gif hwilc túnesman ænigne pænig forhæbbe, gilde se landríca ðone pænig and nime ǽnne, oxan æt ðam men (cf. L. Edg. i. 4; Th. i. 264, 9: L. Eth. ix. io; Th. i. 342, 25 in which 30 pence is fixed as a fine for not paying the heorð-penig and Rómfeoh, 30 pence being the value of an ox according to L. Ath. v. 3; Th. i. 232, 7: v. 6, 2; Th. i. 234, 1: v. 8, 5; Th. i. 236, 31), L. N. P. L. 59; Th. ii. 300, 5. Túnes-men, L. Edg. S. 13; Th. i. 276, 23. Cf. 8; Th. i. 274, 27. v. tún-mann.

tunge, an; tung [? in the passage: Álés sáwle míne fram tunge fácen-fulre a lingua dolosa (but in the next verse linguam is glossed by tungan, so that perhaps tunge is meant for nominative : O. L. Ger. and O. H. Ger., however, have strong as well as weak forms), Ps. Lamb. 119, 2], e; f. I. a tongue :-- Tunge lingua, Wrt. Voc. i. 64, 56. Gif monnes tunge biþ of heáfde óðres monnes dǽdum dón, ðæt biþ gelíc and eágan bót, L. Alf. pol. 52; Th. i. 94, 20: Exon. Th. 373, 25; Seel. Ex. 115. His tungan (tungæs, Lind. : tunga, Rush. ) bend uinculum linguae eius, Mk. Skt. 7, 35. Hé his tungan (tunga, Lind. Rush. ) onhrán, 7, 33. Rómáne ðæm pápan his tungon forcurfon. Chr. 797; Erl. 58, 13. II. tongue, (1) as representing the person who speaks with the tongue :-- Sió tunge bið gescinded on ðám láriówdóme, ðonne hió óðer lǽrð óðer hió liornode, Past. 1; Swt. 27, 11. Seó tunge ðe swá monig hálwende word on ðæs Scyppendes lof gesette, Bd. 4, 24; S. 599, Mín tunge mǽrde ðín weorc, Ps. Th. 70, 22. Alýs míne sáwle from ðære tungan ðe teosu wylle. Hwæt bið seald from ðære inwitfullan tungan ? 119, 2, 3. Heora tungan sprecaþ fácn, 5, 10. Wǽron hyra tungan tó yfele gehwam scearpe, 56, 5. (2) representing the words expressed by the tongue, words, speech, language :-- Hí mid tungan heora fácenfullíce dydon, Ps. Spl. 5, 10. Mé inwit næs on tungan, Ps. Th. 138, 2. Fram swésere tungan útoncumenre, Kent. Gl. 159. Ðá betǽhte Ecgferð on hálre tungan (in plain language) land and bóc Dúnstáne, Chart. Th. 208, ii: 272, 5. (v. hál. ) Wið andan and wið ða micelan mannes tungan, Lchdm. i. 384, 22. Mid ðæm sueorde hiera tungna tǽlinge, Past. 28; Swt. 199, 6. (2 a) a language, speech :-- Hí sprecaþ níwum tungum, Mk. Skt. 16, 17. (3) representing power of speaking :-- Ic hæfde ðe lætran tungan, Ex. 4, 10. III. a tongue-shaped thing: -- Heard is mín tunge, Exon. Th. 489, 16; Rä. 78, 8. Hit hafaþ tungan lange, 439. 33; Rä. 59, 8. [Goth. tuggó: O. Sax. O. L. Ger. tunga: O. Frs. tunge: O. H. Ger. zunga : Icel. tunga.] v. under-tunge; ge-tynge.

tún-gebúr, es; m. A tenant in villenage, villein :-- Túngebúr inquilinus (cf. genaeot inquilinis, Txts. 71, 1117; geneát, Wrt. Voc. ii. 45, 57; bigenga tilia, inbúend colonus, i. incola, cultor, inquilinus, 134, 24), Wrt. Voc. ii. 49, 56: i. 18, 50.

tungel. v. tungol.

tún-geréfa, an; m. I. a reeve, steward, bailiff. v. tún, II:--Túngeréfa villicus, Wrt. Voc. i. 84, 50: villicus vel actor vel procurator vel rector, 18, 48. Ðá eodon hí on sumes túngeréfan gestærn and hine bǽdon ðæt hé hí onsende tó ðam ealdormen ðe ofer hine wæs . . . Ðá onféng hí se túngeréfa intraverunt hospitium cujusdan villici, petieruntque ab to, ut transmitterentur ad satrapam qui super eum erat . . . Suscepit eos villicus, Bd. 5, 10; S. 624, 19-28. Ðá com hé tó ðam túngeréfan se ðe his ealdormon wæs veniens ad villicum qui sibi praeerat, 4, 24; S. 597, 27. Ðá herede se hláford ðære unrihtwísnesse túngeréfan (uilicum), Lk. Skt. 16, 8. II. a praetor. v. tún, V. 2:--Ypolitus wæs túngeréfa on Róme, Shrn. 117, 9: 116, 9: Homl. Th. i. 422, 11. Hé hét betǽcan ðone diácon ðam túngeréfan Ypolite, 426, 35.

tunge-þrum a ligament of the tongue :-- Tungeðrum (undertunge­þrum, lxxiv, 9) sublinguae, Lchdm. i. lxx, 9.

tung-full; adj. Loquacious, talkative :-- Tungfull mann linguosus homo, Scint. 81, 9. [Cf. O. H. Ger. zungal linguosus.]

tungilsinwyrt white hellebore (Cockayne), Lchdm. ii. 120, 2. Cf. tunsing-wyrt.

tungl, tungla. v. tungol.

tunglen; adj. Of the stars, sidereal :-- Seó tunglene heofon, Anglia vii. 12, 109, 115. Tunglenes éþeles wlite sidereae patriae decus, Hymn. Surt. 58, 2.

tunglere, es; m. An astrologer, astronomer :-- Tunglera ɫ wiglera Chaldaeorum, Hpt. Gl. 483, 5. Tunglera mathtematicorum (the passage is: Gentilitas, quae vitam veritatis expertem fato fortunae et genesi gubernari juxta mathematicorum constellationem arbitratur), Wrt. Voc. ii. 79, 64: 56, 68.

tungol (-ul, -el), tungl, es; generally neuter, but pl. tunglas occurs: tungla, an; m. I. a heavenly body :-- Tungel sidus, Wrt. Voc. i. 41, 54. Mænig tungul máran ymbhwyrft hafaþ on heofonum, Met. 28, 20. Saturnes steorra wandraþ ofer óþrum steorrum ufor ðonne ǽnig óþer tungol, Bt. 36, 2; Fox 174, 14. Swá heofenes tunglu sicut astra coeli, Deut. 10, 22. Sume tunglu habbaþ scyrtran hwyrft ðonne sume habban, swá swá tunglu habbaþ ðe wé hátaþ wǽnes ðisla, Bt. 39, 3; Fox 214, 17-19, 22. Tungl, Met. 28, 6, 12. Men sǽdon ðæt heofones tungul (astra) hiora yfel flugon, Ors. 1, 8; Swt. 42, 24. Tungol, Exon. Th. 58, 12; Cri. 934: 204, 12; Ph. 96. Tunglan lumina, Hpt. Gl. 446, 23: Boutr. Scrd. 18, 31. Þás tunglan haec sidera, Ælfc. Gr. 14; Zup. 90, 5. Tunglan nǽron gesceapene ǽr on ðam feórðan dæge. On ðam feórðan dæge gesette se Ælmihtiga ealle tungla, Homl. Th. i. 100, 7-9. Saturnus yfmest is eallra tungla, Met. 24, 20. Se móna is ealra tungla nyþemest, Boutr. Scrd. 18, 38. Astronomia, ðæt ys tungla gang, Shrn. 152, 14. Æþelast tungla (the sun), Exon. Th. 204, 6; Ph. 93. Under tunglum on earth, Andr. Kmbl. 3; An. 2. Beheald ða tunglu ðæs heán heofnes, Bt. 39, 13; Fox 232, 25: Met. 29, 4. Tungl, 28, 5. Tungel, Cd. Th. 132, 8; Gen. 2190. II. a heavenly body other than sun or moon, a star :-- Seó sunne and se móna and ealle tunglan (tungla, MS. R.), Lchdm. iii. 246, 23. Gewíteþ sunne and móna and eal tungla leóht áspringeþ, Blickl. Homl. 91, 23. Sunnan . . . mónan . . . tunglena (siderum), Hymn. Surt. 22, 29. Féran mid ðære sunnan betwyx ðám tunglum, Bt. 36, 2; Fox 174, 11. Sunnan leóma torht ofer tunglas, Exon. Th. 7, 26; Cri. 107. III. a planet (including the sun and moon):--Ða seofon dweligendan tunglan (cf. steorran, 26) . . . Þone yfemestan héton ða hǽþenan Saturnus . . . Se feórða is seó sunne . . . Se seofoþa is se móna, Boutr. Scrd. 18, 29-38, 41. Tungel (Saturn), Met. 24, 23. Tungol (the sun), Exon. Th. 350, 25; Sch. 69: Chr. 937; Erl. 112, 14. Æðele tungol (Venus), Met. 29, 32. Móna, gǽstlíc tungol, Exon. Th. 44, 7; Cri. 699. Habbaþ æðele tungol emne gedǽled dæg and nihte, . . . sunne and móna . . . þa wlitegan tungl, Met. 29, 35-39. Ða mǽran tungl, 9. IV. a fixed star :-- Seó tunglena heofon, Boutr. Scrd. 18, 24, 28. V. a group of stars, a constellation, division of the zodiac :-- Arthon hátte án tungol on norðdǽle, se hæfþ seofon steorran . . . ðone hátaþ lǽwede menn carles wǽn. Se ne gǽð nǽfre ádúne under ðyssere eorðan, swá swá óðre tunglan (tungla, MS. R.) dóð . . . óðer tungel is on súðdǽle ðysum gelíc, Lchdm. iii. 270, 9-15. Ðé is nú cúð ðes mónan færeld, on hwilcum tungle hé nú is oððe on hwilce hé ðanon géð, Shrn. 173, 1. Under ðam circule (the zodiac) yrnð seó sunne and se móna and ða twelf tunglena tácna, Lchdm. iii. 242, 3. Hys geár is ðæt hé underyrne ealle ða twelf tunglan, 248, 21, 5. [Goth. tuggl (uf tugglam, Gal. 4, 3; cf. under tunglum, Andr. Kmbl. 3; An. 2): O. Sax. tungal: O. H. Ger. zungal: Icel. tungl and tungli (wk.) the moon: Swed. tungel the moon.] v. æðel-, heofon-, rodor-tungol.

tungol-æ; f. Astronomy :-- Tungelǽ astronomiam, legem astrorum, Hpt. Gl. 528, 60: Anglia xiii. 38, 307.

tungol-bǽre; adj. Starry :-- Tungelbǽrum astriferis, Hpt. Gl. 490, 75: 493, 12.

tungol-cræft, es; m. Star-craft, astronomy, astrology:--Astralo(g)ia, ðæt ys tungolcræft, Shrn. 152, 14. Tungelcræft astronomia, Hpt. Gl. 479, 47. Hí hí on tungolcræfte (astronomiae) lǽrdan, Bd. 4, 2; S. 565, 26. Wé rǽdaþ on tungelcræfte, ðæt seó sunne biþ hwíltídum þurh ðæs mónelícan trendles underscyte áðýstrod, Homl. Th. i. 608, 31.

tungol-cræfta, an; m. An astrologer, astronomer :-- Tungelcræftum Chaldeorum, Wrt. Voc. ii. 18, 33: 82, 6. v. next word.

tungol-cræftiga, an; m. An astrologer, astronomer :-- Tungel­cræftig[um? v. preceding word] caldeorum, Wrt. Voc. ii. 20, 28. Þreó tungolcræftegan cóman fram eástdæ-acute;les mæ-acute;gðum tó Criste, Shrn. 48, 17. Ðreá tungelcræftigo, Rtl. 2, 15. Ða tungulcræftega (-kræftgu, Rush.) Magi, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 2, 1. Tungulkræftgum Magis, Rush. 2, 7, 16. From drýum &l-bar; tungulcræftgum, Lind. 2, 16.

tungolcræft-wíse, an; f. Astronomy :-- Tungelcræftwísan astronomia, Wrt. Voc. ii. 5, 4.

tungol-gesceád, es; n. Astrology, astronomy :-- Tungelgesceád astrologia, Hpt. Gl. 479, 60: Anglia xiii. 38, 308.

tungol-gimm, es; m. A starry gem, a star :-- Heofon ongeat, hwá hine torhtne getremede tungolgimmum, Exon. Th. 71, 6; Cri. 1151.

tungol-wítega, an; m. One who prophesies by means of the stars, an astrologer :-- Tungelwítega astrologus vel magus vel mathematicus, Wrt. Voc. i. 17, 14: mathematicus, 60, 12. Ðá cómon ða tungolwítegan (Magi) fram eástdǽle, Mt. Kmbl. 2, 1. Tungelwítegan, 2, 10: Homl. Th. i. 78, 5: Chr. 2; Erl. 4, 28. Tuncgelwítegana, steorgleáwra mathematicorum, Hpt. Gl. 467, 74. Æfter ðære tíde ðe hé geáxode fram ðám tungolwítegum (Magis; drýum, Lind.), Mt. Kmbl. 2, 16. Hé clypode on sundersprǽce ða tungelwítegan, 2, 7: Homl. Th. i. 78, 17.

tung-wód; adj. Tongue-mad, violent in speech :-- Uppstige sandfull on fótum forealdudes swá wíf tungwód menn stillum ascensus arenosus in pedibus ueterani, sic mulier linguata homini quieto, Scint. 223, 13.

tunice. v. tunece.

túnincel, es; n. A small tún, small farmstead or estate :-- Túnyncel butiuncula, Wrt. Voc. ii. 126, 82. Tó his túningclum ad praediolum suum, túnincle ad villam, Hpt. Gl. 515, 63, 64.

-túningas; pl. m. People of a tún (?):--Óþ ealdingctúninga mearce óþ níwantúninga mearce, and of níwantúninga mearce to the mark of the people of Aldington, then to the mark of the people of Newington, and from the mark of the people of Newington, Cod. Dip. B. ii. 526, 7-8. Wudetunnincga gemǽro, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 193, 10.

tuning-wyrt. v. tunsing-wyrt.

tún-land, es; n. Land of an estate or a farm :-- Ðis sindon ða lond­gemæ-acute;ra ðæra túnlonda ðe intó Perscóran belimpaþ these are the boundaries of the lands forming the estate of Pershore, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 76, 28.

tún-lío; adj. Of a village, rustic :-- Tunlíc spǽc comedia (as if from GREEK = vicus), Wrt. Voc. i. 27, 13.

tún-mann, es; m. A man belonging to a tún:--Túnman villanus, Wrt. Voc. i. 84, 49. Furseus oncneów ða sáwle; se wæs his túnman ǽr on lífe (he had lived on the estate (tún) belonging to Fursey's monastery), Homl. Th. ii. 344, 18. v. túnes-mann.

tún-melde, an; f. Orach; atriplex hortensis:--Túnmelde crysolachan, i. aureum olus vel atriplex, Wrt. Voc. ii. 137, 6.

tunne, an; f. A barrel, cask :-- Tunne cuba, Wrt. Voc. ii. 105, 56: 17, 29: cupa, i. 24, 54: 83, 26: cantarus, ubi aqua mittitur, vel ydria, ii. 128, 11. Twá tunnan fulle hlútres aloð, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. i. 203, 8: Chr. 852; Erl. 67, 38. Tunnena cuparum, modiorum, Hpt. Gl. 488, 73: cuparum, Wrt. Voc. ii. 18, 35. Caupo wínbyrels oððe on tunnum, 21, 13. Nim fela tunnan, and dó hí ðǽr on innan . . . Hí wurdon ðá gebrohte ealle tó ðám tunnum, Homl. Skt. i. 4, 259-307. [O. Frs. tunne: Du. ton: O. H. Ger. tunna ydria, crater: Ger. tonne: Icel. tunna: Swed. tunna: Dan. tønde. There are both Celtic and Low Latin forms, tunna; from which the English is taken is uncertain.] v. wín-tunne.

tunne-botm, es; m. The bottom of a cask :-- Tunnebotm (cf. byden­botm fundum, in the same list 'nomina vasorum') tympanum, the bottom of a cask used as a drum?, Wrt. Voc. i. 24, 55. [Dan. tønde-bund the bottom or the head of a barrel.]

tún-rǽd, es; m. A town-council :-- Man beád ðam túnrǽde ðe his suna on áfédde wǽron ðæt man sceolde twégen cempan gescyrpan an order was given to the council of the town in which his sons had been brought up, that two soldiers should be equipped, Homl. Skt. ii. 30, 297.

tún-scipe, es; m. The inhabitants of a tún:--Cýþe hé hit ðonne hé hám cyme; and gif hit cuce orf biþ mid his túnscipes gewitnysse on gemǽnre lǽse gebringe. Gif hé swá ne déð ǽr fíf nihtum, cýþan hit ðæs túnes men ðam hundredes ealdre, L. Edg. S. 8; Th. i. 274, 26. Hé hét ðone túnscipe eallne ofsleán and ðone tún forbærnan mittens occidit vicanos illos omnes, vicumque incendio consumpsit, Bd. 5, 10; S. 625, 1. [Gif twa men oþer iii coman ridend to an tun, al þe tunscipe flugæn for heom, Chr. 1137; Erl. 262, 35.]

tún-scír, e; f. Stewardship :-- Ágyf ðíne scíre ne miht ðú lencg tún- scíre bewitan . . . Ðonne ic bescired beó fram túnscíre redde rationen uilicationis tuae, jam enim non poteris uilicare . . . Cum amotus fuero a uilicatione, Lk. Skt. 16, 2-4.

túnsing-wyrt, e; f. White hellebore :-- Túnsingwyrt. Ðeós wyrt ðe man elleborum album, and óðrum naman túnsincgwyrt nemneþ, Lchdm. i. 258, 21-23: iii. 302, col. 1. Tún[s]ingwyrt, ii. 68, 25. Cf. túngil­sinwyrt. [Túnsing occurs, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. vi. 236, 15.]

tún-steall, es; m. A farm-stead, farm-yard (?):--Ober ðane ealdan túnsteall, Cod. Dip. B. ii. 202, 7. On ðone túnsteal eástweardne, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 193, 14. Cf. hám-, mylen-steall, and town-place = farmyard, which Halliwell gives as used in Cornwall.

tún-stede, es; m. A village :-- Túnstede pagi, Wrt. Voc. i. 36, 30.

tún-weg, es; m. A road on a tún, a private road :-- Ealles hereweg publica via, tuunweg privata via, Wrt. Voc. i. 37, 39-40. Tó túnweges ende, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. v. 281, 21. Ðǽr túnwegas út sceótaþ . . . þurh ðone tún, vi. 235, 6.

túr, es; m. A tower :-- Intó ðam túre on Lundene, Chr. 1100; Erl. 236, 31. Ðone weall ðe hí worhton onbútan ðone túr, 1097; Erl. 234, 27. Sié ginyhtsumnisse in túrum ðínum fiat habundantia in turribus tuis, Rtl. 176, 13. [Manega mynstras and túras gefeóllon, Chr. 1117; Erl. 246, 21. The use of the word in the Chronicle would be due to the Norman French, but in the Ritual to Latin?] v. torr.

turf; gen. dat. tyrf; pl. tyrf and turf; f. I. a turf, sod, piece of earth with grass on it :-- Turf gleba, Wrt. Voc. i. 37, 20. Ðeós wyrt of ánre tyrf manega bógas ásendeþ, Lchdm. i. 290, 7. Hí ða flaxan gehýddon under ánre tyrf, Guthl. 15; Gdwin. 64, 16. Under áne (ánre?) tyrf, 23. Ne turf ne toft not a sod nor a field (i. e. neither little nor much?), Lchdm. iii. 286, 23. Tyrb cespites, Wrt. Voc. ii. 103, 69. Tyrf, 23, 18: glebe, 40, 37. Genim feówer tyrf on feówer healfa ðæs landes . . . drýpe on ðone staðol ðara turfa . . . bere ða turf tó circean and maesse­preóst ásinge feówer mæssan ofer ðan turfon, and wende man ðæt gréne tó ðan weofode, and siþþan gebringe man ða turf ðæ-acute;r hí æ-acute;r wæ-acute;ron . . . Nim ðonne ða turf and sete ðæ-acute;r ufon on, Lchdm. i. 398, 4-24. Turfum glebulis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 40, 36: 80, 32. Turvum glebulis, cespitibus, Hpt. Gl. 470, 35. Ðá gewrohte hé weall mid turfum (cf. vallum . . . de cespitibus, Bd. 1, 5), Chr. 189; Erl. 9, 25. On tyrf in cespites, Wrt. Voc. ii. 48, 16. Ða wæstmbæ-acute;re tyrf feraces glebas, 147, 51. II. turf, greensward, the grassy surface of the earth :-- Blówendre tyrf florei cespitis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 149, 50. Sum stán mid ðynre tyrf bewrigen lapis obtectus cespite tenui, Bd. 5, 6; S. 619, 20. Wæter wynsumu of ðære moldan tyrf brecaþ, Exon. Th. 202, 8; Ph. 66. Of ðisse eorþan tyrf, 222, 15; Ph. 349: 423, 21; Rä. 41, 25. Ic seah turf tredan .vi. ge­bróðor, 394, 10; Rä. 14, 1. [O. Frs. O. L. Ger. turf: O. H. Ger. zurba cespes, terra avulsa: Icel. torf; n.; torfa; f. a turf, turf.] v. éðel-, wang-turf; torfian.

turf-haga, an; m. An enclosed space covered with turf, a grassy enclosure :-- Ongan hé eorðan delfan under turfhagan (cf. wangstede, 1584; El 794), Elen. Kmbl. 1656; El. 830.

turf-hleów, es; n. A shelter built of turf (?):--Æfter furan on risc­hríðig; of rischríðie on turfhleó; of turfhleó æfter heáfdan on Pydewyllan, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 15, 26.

turl, trull a ladle, scoop, trowel :-- Turl, scofl trulla, Wrt. Voc. ii. 122, 67. [A trulle trulla, Wülck. Gl. 617, 46. From Latin.]

turnian; p. ode. I. to turn (intrans.), revolve round an axis or centre:--Ða árleásan turniaþ on ymbhwyrfte, Homl. Th. i. 514, 23. Seó firmamentum tyrnþ symle onbútan ús . . . and ealle ða steorran, ðe hyre on fæste synd, turniaþ onbútan mid hyre, Lchdm. iii. 254, 16. Hwylces gecyndes is seó heofon? Symle turniende (volubilis). Gif heó turniende (volubile) is, húmeta ne fealð heó?, Anglia vii. 12, 108-110. Tyrnincg turniendre liðeran vertigo rotantis (volventis) fundibuli, Hpt. Gl. 422, 66. II. of giddiness, to turn :-- Ad tornionem capitis. Þis ys se lácecræft be þan manne þat hym þing[þ] þ̄ hyt turnge ábótan hys heáfod, Lchdm. iii. 90, 8.] v. tyrnan.

turnigend-líc; adj. Revolving :-- Gif seó heofon turnigendlíc (volubile) is, Anglia vii. 12, 109 note. v. preceding word.

turnung, e; f. Turning, rotation :-- Turnunge rotatu, Wülck. Gl. 253, 14.

turtle, an; f.: but turtla, an; m. also is found. A turtle-dove :-- Turtle tortur, Wrt. Voc. i. 29, 33: 77, 43: Ælfc. Gr. 5; Zup. 14, 2. Ðeós turtle hic turtur, 9, 22; Zup. 48, 16. Gemétt turtla nest him invenit turtur nidum sibi, Ps. Lamb. 83, 4. Geoffra mé tó láce sume turtlan and sume culfran sume mihi turturem et columbam, Gen. 15, 9. Bringan tó láce áne culfran and áne turtlan, Homl. Th. i. 140, 2. Bringe hé twá turtlan, Lev. 5, 7, 11: 1, 14: Lk. Skt. 2, 24: Homl. Th. ii. 210, 34. [Cf. O. H. Ger. turtul-túba turtur. From Latin. ] v. next word.

turtur, es; m.: turture, an; f. A turtle-dove :-- Speara gemoeted him hús and turtur nest passer invenit sibi domum et turtur nidum, Ps. Surt. 83, 4. Twégen culfran briddas and twégen turturan gemæccan, Blickl. Homl. 23, 27. Tuoe (twoege, Rush.) turturas par turturum, Lk. Skt. Lind. Rush. 2, 24. [O. H. Ger. turtur (Notker, Ps. 83, 4).]

Tuu, tuu, tuwa. v. Tíw, twégen, twiwa.

tusc, tux, es: a wk. pl. tuxan occurs; m. A canine tooth or a molar tooth, a tusk :-- Tusc genuino (-um), Txts. 67, 961. Tux caninus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 127, 81. Monnes tux bið .xv. sciɫɫ. weorð the compensation to be paid for knocking out a man's canine tooth is xv shillings, L. Alf. pol. 49; Th. i. 94, 12. Cf. L. Ethb. 51; Th. i. 16. Hundes tux, Lchdm. i. 370, 29. Se flǽsctóþ wiþæftan ðone tux gigra, Wrt. Voc. ii. 42, 9. Mannes tuxas canini vel colomelli, i. 43, 31. Tuxas canini, ii. 16, 50: 128, 21: Lchdm. iii. 202, 19. Wið tóþwræce, hundes tuxas, i. 370, 26. Tuscum genuinis, cweorntóðum molaribus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 76, 39. Tuxum, 40, 44, Mid tuxum ingenuis ( = in genuinis?), 48, 50. Grindetóþum, tuxum molaribus (but see 76, 39 ante), 54, 46. Tuxum ginguinis ɫ ginguinibus (the passage is: Ursorum gingivis carperentur), Hpt. Gl. 492, 1. Tuxum dentibus (porcorum), 507, 52. Heora (the evil spirits') tóþas wǽron gelíce horses twuxan, Guthl. 5; Gdwin. 34, 24. Hý habbaþ eoferes tucxas habentes aprorum dentes, Nar. 34, 32. Tuxan ðara leóna molas leonum, Ps. Lamb. 57, 7. [O. Frs. tusk.] v. hilde-tusc, and next word.

tuscel, tuxl, es; m. A canine tooth or a molar tooth, a tusk :-- Gefóh fox, ásleah of cucum ðone tuxl, lǽt hleápan áweg catch a fox, knock out while alive the canine tooth, let the fox run away, Lchdm. ii. 104, 12. Hý heora bán gnagaþ brynigum tuxlum (cf. byrnendum tóðum, Wulfst. 139, 11) lacerant ignitis dentibus ossa, Dóm. L. 14, 211. Tuxlas (molas) leóna tóbrycþ Drihten, Ps. Spl. 57, 6. [Twey tuxlys out of hys mouth set as of a bore, Octov. 929.] v. preceding word.

twá. v. twégen.

twádæg-líc; adj. Lasting two days :-- Twádæglíc (twydæglíc, Bd. M. 350, 32) fæsten is genóh tó healdenne biduanum sat est observare jejunium, Bd. 4, 25; S. 600, 8. [Cf. Ger. zwei-tägig: Icel. tví-dægra the name of a mountain desert taking two 'dægr' to cross.]

-twæccea. v. angel-twecca.

twǽde; adj. Doubled (?), containing two of three parts of a whole; the word occurs mostly as substantive, two thirds, two parts of three :-- Wylle óþ sié twǽde bewylled ðæs wóses (cf. bewyl óþ þriddan dǽl, 120, 15) boil till two thirds of the juice are boiled away, Lchdm. ii. 38, 11. Wylle óþ ðæt se wǽta sié twǽde on bewylled (cf. 266, 31) boil till the liquor be boiled down to two thirds, 332, 17. Dó twǽde ðæs wínes and þriddan dǽl ðæs huniges put two parts of wine to one of honey, 306, 26. Dó ðæs meluwes twǽde and ðæs sealtes þriddan dǽl, 314, 5. Dó ðæs huniges twǽde and ðære buteran þriddan dǽl, 316, 7. Dó ðæs swefles swilcan ðara wyrta twǽde to the quantity of sulphur put twice as much of the plants, 78, 8. Se biscop and ða hígen áhten twǽde ðæs wuda and ðæs mæstes, Chart. Th. 70, 29. Se cyning áh twǽdne dǽl (twegen dǽlas, MSS. B. H.) weres, þriddan dǽl sunu oþþe mǽgas, L. In. 23; Th. i. 116, 15. [O. L. Ger. tuédi half: O. Frs. twéde two thirds, also half; twédnath two thirds.] Cf. twi-dǽl.

-twǽfan. v. ge-twǽfan.

twǽman; p. de To divide, separate, part, (1) to prevent the joining of objevte:--Dyple (diple signum in libris praesertim ecclesiasticis ad distinctionem oppositum, Migne) . . . Þys táken gesetton ða ealdan wríteras on ciriclícum bócum, ðæt hig twǽmdon oððe ætýwdon ða gewitnyssa háligra gewrita, Anglia viii. 334, 11. (a) to part what has been joined:--Man wite, ðæt hý þurh mǽgsibbe tó gelænge ne beón, ðe læs ðe man eft twǽme ðæt man ǽr áwóh tósomne gedydon (cf. hí (William and his wife) wǽron siððen tótweamde for sibreden, Chr. 1127; Erl. 255, 20), L. Edm. B. 9; Th. i. 256, 10. (3) to divide, cause dissension aminy :-- Ðæt wé ne lǽtan ús deófol twǽman, Wulfst. 272, 24. (4) intrans. :-- Wé nellaþ, Drihten, nǽfre fram ðé twǽman, Homl. Skt. i. 11, 169. [Ic uulle mine kineþeode twemen mine bearnen, Laym. 2948. His attente is uorte unuestnen (tweamen, MS. C.) heorten, A. R. 252, 2. Ne mei unc nowðer lif ne deað tweamin atwa, Marh. 5, 17.] v. ge-, tó-twǽman; tó-twǽmedness, and next two words.

twǽmendlíce; adv. Separately :-- Twǽmendlíce singulatim, separatim, Hpt. Gl. 438, 51.

twǽming, e; f. I. division, separation, severing the connection between objects:--Nis seó godcundnys gemenged tó ðære menniscnysse, ne ðǽr nán twǽming nys . . . Hé (Christ) þurhwunaþ on ánum háde untótwǽmed, Homl. Th. i. 40, 24-30. Ðǽr (at the last day) biþ seó twǽming rihtwísra manna and árleásra, 616, 28. Twǽming (separation of man and wife) is álýfed ðám ðe lufiaþ swíðor ða heálícan clǽnnysse ðonne ða hohfullan gálnysse, ii. 324, 3. Bið ús sélre ðæt wé his flǽsc­lícan lufe fram ús áceorfon, and mid twǽminge (by separation from him) áwurpon, i. 516, 11. Úre Drihten forbeád ða yfelan twǽmincge betwux twám ǽwum, ii. 322, 32. II. separation, distinction :-- Hé cwæð 'ðæs lifigendan Godes' for twǽminge ðæra leásra goda he said 'the living God' to distinguish him from the false gods, Homl. Th. i. 366, 19.

twaltiga palma, Wrt. Voc. i. 80, 14, apparently an error for palm-twig, q. v.

-twanc (?). v. ge-twanc.

twá-nihte; adj. Two days old :-- On twánihtne mónan far tó and bige land ðæt ðíne yldran áhton when the moon is two days old, go and buy land that thy forefathers owned, Lchdm. iii. 176, note 2.

twégen (twegen? In the later MSS. of the Gospels tweigen and twegen are found, but ei may represent earlier e, e. g. weig, Lk. 1, 79, eige, 2, 9; or é, e. g. wreigende, 23, 10, wreigeð, 23, 14: Layamon has tweiʒe, tweien: in the Ormulum the form is tweʒʒen); m.: twá, twuá; f.: tú, tuu, twá; n.: gen. twéga, twégea, tweágea, twíga, twégera, twégra (later Gospels have tweigre, tweire); dat. twám, twǽm. Besides these West Saxon are the following forms, nom. acc. twǽgen, twœgen, tuoegi, tuoege, tuóge, tuoe, tué; m.: f. tuoege: gen. tuoega, tuoe, twégen, tuoegara, twoegra, tuoera. Two. I. used adjectivally:--Tuégen stridi passus, Txts. 85, 1510. Twégen (twǽgen, MS. E.) aldormen, Chr. 822; Erl. 62, 12. Twégen englas, Gen. 19, 1. Óþre twégen sealmas, R. Ben. 37, 11. Twǽgen míne mégas, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. i. 310, 23. Twoegen gibróþæra, Txts. 127, 1. Miððý wéron onfence fíf hláfo and twé fiscas, Mk. Skt. Lind. 6, 41. Brýda twá, Cd. Th. 65, 33; Gen. 1075. Twá þeóda . . . twá folc, Gen. 25, 23. Sinhíwan twá, Cd. Th. 49, 9; Gen. 789. Ðæt tweágea (twégea, Hatt. MS.) bleó godweb, Past. 14; Swt. 86, 14. Of ðissa twégea (tuéga, Hatt. MS.) monna múðe, 7; Swt. 48, 10. Twégra gebróðra bearn oððe twégea gesweostra sunu and dohtor, Bd. 1, 27; M. 70, 4-5. Ðissa twéga yfela áuþer, Bt. 6; Fox 16, 2. Ys ðeós wyrt twégea (twégra, MSS. B. O.) cynna, Lchdm. i. 204, 9. Twégra (tuoegara, Lind.: twoegra, Rush.: tweire, later MS.) manna gewitnes, Jn. Skt. 8, 17. Twoega nétna duorum animalium, Ps. Surt. ii. p. 189, 6. Tuoera scyldigra, Lk. Skt. p. 5, 14. Hié wǽrun on twǽm (tuǽm, l. 30) gefylcum, Chr. 871; Erl. 74, 16. His wífum twǽm, Cd. Th. 66, 26; Gen. 1090: Beo. Th. 2387; B. 1191. His twám gebróðrum, Gen. 9, 22: 19, 30. Twám (tuǽm, Lind.: twǽm, Rush.) hláfordum þeówian, Mt. Kmbl. 6, 24. On ðysum twám bebodum, 22, 40. On twám styccum, Exon. Th. 70, 15; Cri. 1139. Ic hæbbe twégen suna, Gen. 42, 37. Heó geseah twégen (tuoege, Lind.: twoege, Rush.) englas sittan, Jn. Skt. 20, 12: Lk. Skt. 10, 35. Twégen (tuóge, Lind.: twoege, Rush.) briddas, 2, 24. Ymb twǽgen mónðas, Chr. 871; Erl. 75, 28. Ðæt wæter stód an twá healfa ðære strǽte, Ex. 14, 22. Twá turtlan (tuoe (twoege, Rush.) turturas, Lind.) par turturum, Lk. Skt. 2, 24. Hé gelǽrde twuá mǽgþa, Shrn. 131, 26. Wé habbaþ twá (tuá, Hatt. MS.) bebodu, Past. 7; Swt. 48, 13. Twá eágan (tuoe égo, Lind.) hæbbende, Mt. Kmbl. Rush. 18, 9. Bring mé twá ða betstan tyccenu, Gen. 27, 9, Ofer tú folc, Bd. 3, 21; S. 551, 33. II. used substantively, (1) absolutely:--Twégen of his leorningcnihtum, Jn. Skt. 1, 35, Twégen of eów, Mt. Kmbl. 18, 19. Ðǽr twégen (tuoe, Lind.: twége, Rush.: tweigen, later MS.) oððe þrý synt gegaderode, 18, 20. Twá (tuoege ɫ tuu wíf duae, Lind.: twá, Rush.) beóð æt cwyrne grindende, 24, 41: Lk. Skt. 17, 35. Tuu in líchome ánum, Rtl. 106, 32. Twéga sang bicinium, Wrt. Voc. ii. 13, 4. On twégra gewittnesse (in múð tuoe witnesa, Lind.: in múþe twégen gewitnesse, Rush.: tweigre, later MS.) in ore duorum testium, Mt. Kmbl. 18, 16. Ðá sende hé twégen (tuoege, Lind.: twǽgen, Rush.) hys leorningcnihta, 11, 2. Ðara scipa tú (twá, MS. E.) hé genam, Chr. 882; Erl. 82, 11. Ðæt wé twá (tuu, MS. T.) oþþe ðreó gehýron, Bd. 3, 9; S. 533. 28. (1 a) distributively:--Hé sende hig twám misit illos binos, Lk. Skt. 10, 1. Hé sende hí twám and twám, Homl. Th. ii. 528, 27: 530, 1. Ða wuniaþ twám and þrím ætgædere (bini aut terni), R. Ben. 9, 15. Steorran of heofenan feóllan, náht be ánan oððe twám, ac swá þiclíce ðæt hit nán mann áteallan ne mihte, Chr. 1095; Erl. 231, 21. (2) with qualifying or defining words:--Wit Adam twá we two, Adam and I, Cd. Th. 290, 6; Sat. 411. Wer and wíf, hí tú beóþ in ánum líchroman, Bd. 1, 27; S. 491, 13. Hwelce twá synd wiþerweardran ðonne gód and yfel? Bt. 16, 3; Fox 56, 6. Wurdon ðam æðelinge bearn áféded, freólícu tú, Cd. Th. 102, 30; Gen. 1708. Uncer twéga, 110, 9; Gen. 1835: Beo. Th. 5057; B. 2532. Ðonne him mon ðissa twégea (tuéga, Hatt. MS.) hwæðer ondrǽt, Past. 27; Swt. 188, 9. Hwæðer ðara twégra (twéga, Cott. MS.) þincþ ðé mihtigra? Bt. 36, 4; Fox 178, 15. Ðyssa twíga mǽst, Lchdm. iii. 28, 15. Mon dyde him twǽm ðone triumphan, Ors. 6, 7; Swt. 262, 25. Wið him twǽm, 6, 36; Swt. 294, 16. Betwih him twám, Bd. 1, 13; S. 482, 1. Andreas wæs óþer of ðám twám (tuǽm, Lind.: twǽm, Rush.) erat Andreas unus ex duobus, Jn. Skt. 1, 40. Be ðám neáhstan twám is æfter tó cweþanne, Bd. 4, 23; S. 594, 12. Him twám duobus ex eis, Mk. Skt. 16, 12. Ðá gebletsode Metod monna cynnes ða forman twá, fæder and móder, Cd. Th. 12, 31; Gen. 194. Hé dráf of wícum dreórigmód tú, idese and his ágen bearn (Hagar and Ishmael), 169, 24; Gen. 2804. (3) in particular phrases:--Óþer twéga, oððe . . . oððe either . . . or, Bt. 11, 1; Fox 30, 26: 11, 2; Fox 34, 23. Ðeáh heó an tú tefleówe, Past. 7; Swt. 49, 11: Exon. Th. 70, 19; Cri. 1141: Chr. 885; Erl. 82, 19. Tósliten on twá (tuu, Lind. Rush.), Mk. Skt. 15, 38. On twá (tú, Cott. MS.), Bt. 34, 11; Fox 150, 32. On twá (twuá, Cott. MS.), 38, 4; Fox 202, 27. Hí on twá férdon they parted, Homl. Th. i. 388, 20. Ðæt wæter wearð tó twá tódǽled divisa est aqua, Ex. 14, 21. III. used in combination with other numerals, (1) with cardinals, (a) multiplicative:--Tú hund and þreó swylce þrittig eác wintra, Elen. Kmbl. 3; El. 2. Twá hund, 1264; El. 634. Twá (tuu, Lind.: tú, Rush.), hund elna, Jn. Skt. 21, 8. On twégera hundred penega wurþe, 6, 7. Mid twám hundred penegon, Mk. Skt. 6, 37. Twá þúsendo, Cd. Th. 189, 14; Exod. 184. (b) added to the decades:--Twá (tuoege, Lind.: tú, Rush.) and hundseofantig septuaginta duos, Lk. Skt. 10, 1. Hundseofontig tuoegi, Rtl. 113, 22. Nánne ðara twá and twéntigra monna, Ors. 6, 2; Swt. 256, 1. (2) with ordinals:--Se twá and feówertigeða sealm, R. Ben. 37, 14. Ðane twá and syxtigeþan, 36, 16. On ðære twá and twéntugoðan wucan, Mt. Kmbl. 8, 14, rubric. Móna se twá and twéntigoðe, Lchdm. iii. 194, 17. IV. with the force of an adverb:--Hé tódǽlde hig twá divisit ea per medium, Gen. 15, 10. Ðǽr wearþ micel gefeoht tuá (tuwa in three MSS.) on geáre, Chr. 885; Erl. 84, 7. Tú swá lange swá ða óðru twice as long as the others, 897; Erl. 95, 12. Nymaþ twá swá micel feós pecuniam duplicem ferte, Gen. 43, 12. Selle man him twá swylc swylce man æt him nime, Lchdm. i. 400, 17. Seó hell ys twá swá deóp, and heó ys ealswá wíd, Wulfst. 146, 10. Seóð ðú hit twá swá swíðe swá hit ǽr wæs, Lchdm. iii. 12, 21. [Goth. twai; m. twós; f. twa; n.; gen. twaddjé; dat. twaim; acc. twans; m. twós; f. twa; n.: O. Sax. twéne; m. twá, twó; f, twé; n.; gen. twéió; dat. twém: O. Frs. twéne; m. twá; f. twá; n.; gen. twéra, twíra; dat. twám: O. H. Ger. zwéne; m. zwá, zwó f. zwei; n.; gen. zweio, zweiio, zweiero; dat. zweim: Icel. tveir; m. tvær; f. tvau; n.; gen. tveggja; dat. tveim; acc. tvá; m. tvær; f. tvau; n.]

twelf, generally indeclinable if used adjectivally and preceding the noun, but generally in other cases declined; nom. acc. twelfe; gen. twelfa; dat. twelfum. Twelve. I. adjectival:--Ða twelf ðíne þeówas sind gebróðru, Gen. 42, 13. Wé twelf gebróðru wǽron ánes esnes suna, 32. Twelf (tuoelf altered from tuoelfo, Lind.: twelf, Rush.) tída ðæs dæges, Jn. Skt. 11, 9. Twelf wintra tíd, Beo. Th. 296; B. 147. Be twelf sealmum, R. Ben. 35, 6. Se tíreádga twelf síþum hine bibaþaþ, Exon. Th. 205, 2; Ph. 106: 202, 13; Ph. 69: Cd. Th. 285, 17; Sat. 339. Mid hys twelf leorningcnihtum (ðǽm twelfum ðegnum, Lind.: ðǽm twælf leorneras, Rush.), Mt. Kmbl. 26, 20. Ymbe twelf mónaþ post annum, L. Ecg. P. iv. 65; Th. ii. 224, 32. Tuoel ðegnas hé sendeþ, Mk. Skt. p. 2, 19. In the following instance the word is inflected :-- Án ðæra twelfa Drihtnes ðegena, Homl. Th. ii. 242, 15. I a. where the numeral follows the noun:--Ðá ongan hé sendan hálige weoras and geornfulle twelfe holy men and diligent, twelve in number; viros sanctos et industrios . . . erant numero duo­decim, Bd. 5, 10; S. 623, 42. Hié getealdon féðan twelfe, Cd. Th. 192, 2; Exod. 235. Míne suna twelfe, Salm. Kmbl. 30; Sal. 15. II. substantival, (1) absolutely:--Twelfe wǽron dǽdum dómfæste, Apstls. Kmbl. 8; Ap. 4. Hé twelfa sum áð sealde cum undecim comparibus suis sacramentum fecit, Chart. Th. 203, 1. Hé com twelfa sum (cum duo­decim militibus), Bd. 3, 1; S. 523, 31. Gewát xii.-a sum, Beo. Th. 4793; B. 2401. Lond twelfum hérra fæðmrímes per bis sex ulnas eminet ille locus, Exon. Th. 199, 20; Ph. 28. Wé gefrunon twelfe under tunglum we have heard of twelve men beneath the stars, Andr. Kmbl. 3; An. 2. (2) with qualifying or defining words:--Hí twelfe (tuoelfo, Lind.), Lk. Skt. 8, 1. Hig twelfe (ða tuoelfo, Lind.) sǽdon him, 9, 12. Hé dyde ðæt hí twelfe mid him wǽron (ðætte hiá wére twelfo mið him, Lind.), Mk. Skt. 3, 14. Hine áxodon ða twelfe, 4, 10. Ealra twelfa, Beo. Th. 6322; B. 3171. Eom ic ðara twelfa sum ðe hé gelufade, Exon. Th. 144, 20; Gú. 681. Hé wæs án ðara twelfa (án of ðǽm twelfum, Lind.), Jn. Skt. 6, 71. Án of eów twelfum (ðǽm twelfum, Lind.), Mk. Skt. 14, 20. Hé ætýwde him twelfum (ðǽm tuoelfum, Lind.), 16, 14. Ðú ús twelfe trymman ongunne, Andr. Kmbl. 2837; An. 1421. Wé geségon eówre standan twelfe getealde, 1765; An. 885. In the following instance the word is not inflected :-- Ðás twelf (tuelfe, Lind.: twælfe, Rush.) se Hǽlynd sende, Mt. Kmbl. 10, 5. [Goth. twalif: O. Sax. twelif: O. Frs. twelef, twilif, tolef: O. H. Ger. zwelif: Icel. tólf. These forms are declinable as in English.]

twelf-feald; adj. Twelve-fold, (1) with a noun:--Hí gegaderodon twelf wilian fulle. Ðæt twelffealde getel getácnode ða twelf apostolas, Homl. Th. i. 190, 11: 542, 4. Twelffeald geþungennes duodenus apex, twelffealdum setle duodeno solio, Wrt. Voc. ii. 142, 14, 13. (2) used substantively:--Be .xii.-fealdum ágife hé ðone ciricsceat, L. In. 4; Th. i. 104, 11. Forgilde hé mid twelffealdan, L. Eth. ix. 11; Th. i. 342, 28: Wulfst. 311, 6.

twelf-gilde; adj. To be restored twelve-fold :-- Godes feoh and ciricean .xii.-gilde the property of the church, if stolen, is to be restored twelve-fold (the word, however, might be a noun = a restoration of twelve times the amount stolen, cf. án-gilde; or adverb (dat.?), cf. ix-gylde forgylde, 4; Th. i. 4, 3), L. Ethb. 1; Th. i. 2, 4.

twelf-hynde; adj. As applied to a person, of the rank for which the wergild was twelve hundred shillings; applied to the wergild, that must be paid for a person of such rank. As will be seen from the passages given below, the twelfhynde man was a þegn, and his importance, as marked by the wergild and otherwise, was six times that of the ceorl :-- Ǽnig mǽgð, xii-hynde oþþe twyhynde, L. Ath. v. 8, 2; Th. i. 236, 10. Be xii-hyndum men. Gif hé sié twelfhynde, L. Alf. pol. 31; Th. i. 80, 14. Gif hió sié cirlisc mid .lx. sciɫɫ. gebéte . . . Gif hió sié xii-hyndu .cxx. sciɫɫ. gebéte, 18; Th. i. 72, 15. Be twelfhyndes monnes wífe forlegenum. Gif mon hǽme mid twelfhyndes monnes wífe, hundtwelftig sciɫɫ. gebéte ðam were . . . Cierliscum men feówertig sciɫɫ. gebéte, 10; Th. i. 68, 8-12. Twelfhyndes monnes burgbryce .xxx. sciɫɫ . . . Ceorles edorbryce .v. sciɫɫ., 40; Th. i. 88, 9-11. Twelfhyndes mannes wer is twelfhund scyllinga (cf. Ceorles wergild is on Myrcna lage .cc. sciɫɫ. Ðegnes wergild is syx swá micel, L. M. L.; Th. i. 190, 1. Twelf­hindus est homo plene nobilis, i. thainus cujus wera est duodecies .c. soɫ., L. H. 76, 4; Th. i. 581, 17. Twelfhinde, i. thaini, 70, 1; Th. i. 572, 22. See also L. W. I. 8; Th. i. 470, 14), L. E. G. 12; Th. i. 174, 13. Twelfhyndes mannes áð forstent .vi. ceorla áð; for ðam gif man ðone twelfhyndan man wrecan sceolde, hé biþ fullurecan on syx ceorlan, and his wergyld biþ six ceorla wergyld, L. O. 13; Th. i. 182, 19-22. xii-hyndum men twyfealdlíce be ðæs syxhyndan bóte, L. Alf. pol. 39; Th. i. 88, 4. Æt twyhyndum were mon sceal sellan tó monbóte .xxx. sciɫɫ. . . . æt twelfhyndum .cxx. (cf. ad manbotam de twelfhindo, i. thaino .cxx. soɫ., L. H. 69; Th. i. 572, 19), L. In. 70; Th. 146, 14. Æt twelfhyndum were gebyriaþ twelf men tó werborge, L. E. G. 12; Th. i. 174, 18, 24. Cnut cing grét . . . ealle míne þegnas twelfhynde and twihynde, Chart. Th. 308, 16: Chart. Erl. 229, 20. ¶ In the following passage where the word is used without a noun perhaps wer may be supplied:--Hú man sceal gyldan twelfhyndes man (=twelfhyndes weres man a man with a wergild of twelve hundred shillings), L. E. G. 12; Th. i. 174, 12. v. six-, twi-hynde.

twelf-nihte; adj. Twelve days old :-- On xii-niht[n]e mónan byþ gód tó féranne ofer sǽ, Lchdm. iii. 178, 26.

twelfta; ord. num. Twelfth :-- Se twelfta duodecimus, Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 282, 19. Móna se twelfta, Lchdm. iii. 190, 4. Hé wæs twelfta sylf, Andr. Kmbl. 1330; An. 665. ¶ Passages having reference to Twelfth-night, the twelfth day after Christmas, Epiphany:--Ðæs (the first of January) embe fíf niht fulwihtiid éces Drihtnes tó ús cymeþ, ðæne twelfta dæg tíreádige hæleþ hátaþ on Brytene, Menol. Fox 25; Men. 13. Ðý twelftan dæge ofer Geohol Epiphaniae, Bd. 4, 19; S. 588, 8. Ðys sceal on twelftan dæg, Rubc. Mt. Kmbl. 2, 1. On twelftan æ-acute;fen, 2, 19. On Wódnes dæg ofer twelftan dæg, 3, 13. Eádweard kingc com tó Westmynstre tó ðam middan wintre . . . And hé forðférde on twelftan æ-acute;fen, and hyne man bebyrigde on twelftan dæig on ðam ylcan mynstre, Chr. 1065; Erl. 196, 14-19.

twelftig. v. hund-twelftig.

twelf-wintre; adj. Twelve years old :-- Úre Hǽlend ðá hé wæs twelfwintre, Past. 49; Swt. 385, 20: Lk. Skt. 2, 42. Tuoelfwintro duodennis, p. 4, 4. Heó wæs twelfwintre erat annorum duodecim, Mk. Skt. 5, 42. Se wæs xii-wintre cniht, Shrn. 118, 13. Hé hæfde áne dohtor neán twelfwintre filia unica erat illi fere annorum duodecim, Lk. Skt. 8, 42. Man ne sparige nánan þeófe ofer .xii. pæningas and ofer .xii.-wintre mann no thief shall be spared above .xii. pence and above a twelve-year old person, L. Ath. v. 1, 1; Th. 228, 13. Mon ne sparige nǽnne þeóf ofer .xii. winter (twelfwinterne, MS. B. L.) and ofer eahta peningas, 1, 1; Th. i. 198, 17. Gyf hine hwá áfylle ofer twelfwintre (ofer ðæt hé biþ twelfwintre, MS. G.), L. C. S. 20; Th. i. 386, 22. Ǽlc man ofer twelfwintre sylle ðone áð, ðæt hé nelle þeóf beón, 21; Th. i. 388, 6. Ǽlc man ðe beó ofer twelfwintre, Wulfst. 136, 17. Perhaps in the last five passages ofer twelfwintre should be taken as a compound. [Goth. twalib-wintrus.]

twengan; p. de To pinch, squeeze, twinge :-- Gyf ðé gedrýptes wínes lyste, ðonne dó ðú mid ðínum swýþran scytefingre on ðíne wynstran hand, swylce ðú tæppian wille, and wænd ðínne scytefinger ádúne and twængc hine mid ðínum twám fingrum, swylce ðú of sumne dropan strícan wylle, Techm. ii. 125, 19. Cyrsena tác[n] is ðæt ðú sette ðínne winstran þúman on ðínes lytlan fingres lið and twenge hine siððan mid ðara swíþran hande, 124, 23. Twenge ðú mid ðínre swíðran neoþe­wearde þíne wynstran, 125, 1. [Þu havest clivres swiþe stronge, þu twengest þar mid so doþ a tonge, O. and N. 156. An hol&yogh; stoc hwar þu þe miht hude þat me ne twenge þine hude, 1114. He twengde and schok hire bi þe nose, P. L. S. ix. 81. O. H. Ger. zwengen remordere, praestringere.]

twéntig, twégentig; num. Twenty. I. used adjectivally, with the inflexions of the plural adjective in gen. and dat., but also with singular gen. (1) alone:--Ðis synd ðara twéntiges hída landgemǽra, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 429, 25. Mid twéntigum (twoegentigum, Rush.: tuoentigum, Lind.) þúsendum, Lk. Skt. 14, 31. On twéntigum fótmǽlum, Elen. Kmbl. 1657; El. 830. Næs tó ánum dæge, ne tó twám . . . ne tó twéntigum, Num. 11, 19. Intó ðýs twéntigum híd?m, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. v. 331, 1. (2) with other numbers, the inflection may be omitted if the noun does not immediately follow twébrig :-- Nánne ðara twá and twéntigra monna, Ors. 6, 2; Swt. 256, 2. Ðæt mæsten is gemǽne tó ðám án and twéntigum hídum, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. v. 319, 29. Ymb twéntig . . . and fíf nihtum, Menol. Fox 371; Men. 187. II. used substantively, (1) alone:--Gif ðǽr beóþ twéntig rihtwísra, Gen. 18, 31. Án twéntig is ðara bóca ðe Adeluuold gesealde of the books that Athelwold gave there is a score, Chart. Th. 244, 21. Wæs ic mid ðé twéntig wintra, Gen. 31, 38. Næfde hé má ðonne twéntig sceápa and twéntig swýnas, Ors. 1, 1; Swt. 19, 14. Hé hæfde twǽm læs ðe twéntig wintra, Blickl. Homl. 215, 34. Twéntig (fífe and twoegentig, Rush.: tuéntig, Lind.) furlanga, Jn. Skt. 6, 19. (2) with other numbers:--Hundteóntig geára and seofon and twéntig geára, Gen. 23, 1. Seó menigu wæs án hund manna and twéntig, Homl. Th. i. 296, 18. Onbíd hér seofon and twéntig nihta, Blickl. Homl. 231, 5. (3) distributively:--Týnum and twéntigum on ánum inne ætgædere restan, R. Ben. 47, 7. [Goth. twai-tigjus: O. Sax. twéntig: O. Frs. twintege: O. H. Ger. zweinzug: Icel. tuttugu.]

twéntig-feald; adj. Twenty-fold :-- Twéntigfeald getel vicenarius, Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 285, 3. Twéntigfealde uiceni, 5; Zup. 13, 15.

twéntigoða; ord. num. Twentieth :-- Se twénteogoða (-tigoða) uicesimus, se án and twénteogoða uicesimus primus, Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 283, 6. Móna se twéntigoþa . . . móna se án and twéntigoða, Lchdm. iii. 194, 5-9. Se fíf and twéntugoþa dæg þæs mónþes, Nic. 1.; Thw. 1, 11. On ðære twá and twéntugoðan wucan, Rubc. Mt. Kmbl. 8, 14. Ðý twéntigþan dæge, Bd. 4, 5; S. 572, 7. On ðone tú and twéntegðan dæge, Shrn. 93, 1 (and often). On ðone fíf and twéntigoðan dæg, 96, 11.

twéntig-wintre; adj. Twenty years old :-- Óð hé sý twéntigwintre oð;ðe gyt yldra, Wulfst. 3, 1.

tweó, twý; gen. tweón, twýn; m. I. doubt, uncertainty :-- Ðonne ðǽr án tweó of ádón biþ, ðonne biþ ðǽr unrím ástyred una dubitatione succisa innumerabiles aliae succrescant, Bt. 39, 4; Fox 216, 18. 'Sum tweó mé hæfþ swíþe gedréfed.' Ðá cwæþ hé: 'Hwæt is se?' 'difficiliori ambiguitate confundor.' 'Quaenam,' inquit 'ista est?' 41, 2; Fox 244, 14. Ðú mé hæfst árétne on ðam tweón ðe ic ǽr on wæs be ðam freódóme, Fox 246, 12. Wé habbaþ litellne gearowitan búton tweón, 41, 6; Fox 254, 10. Ðonne secge ic eów búton ǽlcum tweón, 16, 1; Fox 50, 27. Ðæt hé ðæt on gehðu gesprǽce and tweón, Elen. Kmbl. 1332; El. 668. Tó tweón weorðan to become doubtful, Exon. Th. 310, 4; Seef. 69. Bútan tweón without doubt, undoubtedly, doubtless, certainly; sine dubio, Bd. 1, 7; S. 478, 7: 1, 25; S. 486, 26. Hwæðer wǽre twégra bútan tweón strengra, Salm. Kmbl. 854; Sal. 426. Búton ǽlcum tweón beyond all question, Bt. 22, 2; Fox 78, 11: 21; Fox 72, 28: Met. 11, 1. Búton twýn, R. Ben. Interl. 17, 4: Homl. i. 190, 18. Búta tuá utique, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 9, 18. Ic wát ðæt hine wile tweógan . . . Ne mæg se cyning ðæne tweón eáðe gebétan? Wulfst. 3, 12. Ðǽr seó wíse on tweón cyme ubi res perveniret in dubium, Bd. 1, 1; S. 474, 21. I a. where the subject of doubt is in the genitive:--Nis ðæs nán tweó, ðæt . . . of this there is no doubt, that . . ., Past. 6; Swt. 47, 10: Bt. 16, 3; Fox 54, 20. Nis ðæs nán twý (tweó, Cott. MS.), ðæt . . ., 40, 1; Fox 234, 36. Ðám englum nis nán tweó nánes ðæra ðinga ðe hí witon, 41, 5; Fox 254, 10. Ðæt hit heofoncyninges tácen wǽre, and ðæs tweó nǽre, Elen. Kmbl. 342; El. 171. Ðæt nǽre nǽnig manna ðæt mihte ðæra twégra tweón (the doubt about the two, cf. 854; Sal. 426, given above) áspyrian, Salm. Kmbl. 870; Sal. 434. I b. where the subject of doubt is expressed by a clause:--Nis nán tweó, ðæt ðæs and­wearda wela ámerþ ða men, Bt. 32, 1; Fox 114, 2. Hit is nán tweó, ðæt . . ., 36, 3; Fox 178, 4. Nis nán tweó ðæt hé forgifnesse syllan nelle ðam ðe hié geearnian willaþ there is no doubt about his not being ready to grant forgiveness to those that are ready to deserve it, Blickl. Homl. 65, 8. Him tweó þúhte, ðæt hé Gode wolde geongra weorðan, Cd. Th. 18, 21; Gen. 276. Ðæt hálige gewrit, ðæt mé nis tweó ðæt ðú geara canst sacra scriptura, quam te bene nosse dubium non est, Bd. 1, 27; S. 489, 2: 4, 7; S. 575, 13. Him wæs on móde mycel tweó, hwæt hié be ðære dorstan dón, Blickl. Homl. 205, 10. Ná twý ys, ðæt . . . non dubium est, quod . . ., Scint. 48, 10. Mid ðý sumum monnum com on tweón hwæðer hit swá wǽre cum hoc an ita esset quibusdam venisset in dubium, Bd. 4, 19; S. 587, 26. II. hesitation, delay :-- Búta tuiá ðú onfindes sine mora reperies, Mt. Kmbl. p. 4, 4. III. a doubtful state of things, state of indecision :-- On ðæm tweón ðe hié swá ungeorne his willan fulleodon ðá becom him Antigonus mid firde on in this state of indecision, in which they carried out his will so reluctantly, Antigonus fell upon them with an army; qui fastidiose ducem in disponendo bello audientes ab Antigono victi sunt, Ors. 3, 11; Swt. 146, 24. [O. Sax. tweho: O. H. Ger. zweho dubium, ambiguitas.] v. un-tweó; tweógan (tweón), tweón doubt.

tweo-. v. twi-.

tweógan, tweón; p. tweóde. I. with impersonal construction, to inspire doubt into a person (acc.), (a) with gen. of object of doubt:--Wé witon ðæt nánne mon ðæs ne tweóþ, ðæt se seó strong on his mægene ðe mon gesihþ ðæt stronglíc weorc wyrcþ, Bt. 16, 3; Fox 54, 28. Ne tweóþ mé ðæs náuht, 36, 3; Fox 176, 16: Exon. Th. 117, 13; Gú. 223. Nánne mon ðæs tweógan ne þearf, ðæt ealle men geendiaþ on ðam deáþe, Bt. 11, 2; Fox 34, 34: 33, 1; Fox 120, 24. Tweógean, Blickl. Homl. 43, 1. (b) with a preposition:--Ymb ðæt ðe hiene tweóde, orn hé intó ðæm temple, and frægn ðæs Dryhten . . . Hié sculon, ðonne hié ymb hwæt tweóþ, cyrran tó hiera ágnum inngeðonce, Past. 16; Swt. 102, 4-8. (c) with a clause:--Nǽnne mon ne tweóþ, ðæt God sý swá mihtig, Bt. 35, 5; Fox 164, 4: 36, 3; Fox 176, 15. Ne ðé náuht ǽr ne tweóde, ðætte God weólde ealles middaneardes, 35, 2; Fox 156, 30. Ðéh ðe hié ǽr tweóde, hwæðer hiene mon gefliéman mehte, Ors. 4, 9; Swt. 192, 15. And ðæt ðý læs tweóge, hwæðer ðis sóþ sý, ic cýþe hwanan mé ðás spell cóman ut occcaionem dubitandi subtraham, quibus auctoribus didicerim intimare curabo, Bd. pref.; S. 471, 20. Hine wile tweógan, hwæðer heó him sóð secge, Wulfst. 3, 7. Nǽnigne tweógean ne þearf, ðæt seó wyrd geweorþan sceal, Blickl. Homl. 83, 9. Tweógan, Bt. 37, 3; Fox 190, 8. (d) absolute:--Ic wát ðætte wile woruldmen tweógan, Met. 4, 51. II. to feel doubt, to doubt, hesitate, (a) with gen. of object of doubt:--Ne tweóþ ðæs nán (nǽnne, Cott. MS.) mon, Bt. 35, 5; Fox 164, 5. Ne mæg ic ðæs nó tweógan (twiógean, Cott. MS.), 34, 9; Fox 146, 26: 35, 4; Fox 160, 18. Ðæs tweógan ne þearf ǽnig, Exon. Th. 147, 13; Gú. 726. (b) with preposition:--Ic nát ymbe hwæt ðú tweóst, Bt. 5, 3; Fox 12, 13. Gif gé tweógaþ be ðǽm ælmessum, Blickl. Homl. 41, 20. Ne tweóge ðis folc (or acc.?) be hire untrumnesse, 143, 12. Be ðam nis tó tweógenne, ac is tó gelýfanne, Bd. 3, 23; S. 555, 33. (c) with an infinitive:--Hí ne tweódon férende beón tó ðam écan lífe, Bd. 4, 16; S. 584, 38. (d) with a clause:--Ic náuht ne tweóge ðæt ðú hit mǽge gelǽstan, Bt. 36, 3; Fox 174, 31. Ðú cwist ðæt ðú náht ne tweóge ðætte God ðisse worulde rihtere sié, 5, 3; Fox 12, 13. (e) absolute:--Hé swýðor tweóþ ðonne se ǽrra, Wulfst. 3, 10. Se ðe cuoeðas and ne tuáes ɫ ne getuíga (ne twiás ɫ ne twióge, Rush.) qui dixerit et non haesitaverit, Mk. Skt. Lind. 11, 23. Gif gé ne twígaþ si non haesitaveritis, Mt. Kmbl. Rush. 21, 21. Tuiáde haesitabat, Lk. Skt. Lind. Rush. 9, 7. Sume tweódun quidam dubitaverunt, Mt. Kmbl. Rush. 28, 17. Twiódun (tuiáton, Lind.) haesitabant, Jn. Skt. Rush. 13, 22. Ne tweóge non cunctante, Wrt. Voc. ii. 92, 49. Hé hine hét ðæt hé ne tweóde, ac ðæt hé wǽre ánrǽd, Guthl. 4; Gdwin. 30, 7. Ðá ðæt folc ongan tweógan on heora heortan, Blickl. Homl. 143, 8. Tó tweónne nutabundum, Hpt. Gl. 459, 5. Tuígendi anceps, Wrt. Voc. ii. 100, 40. Tweógende, 7, 2. Tweógende mód, Andr. Kmbl. 1542; An. 772. Nǽnig tweógende secgend non quilibet dubius relator, Bd. 3, 15; S. 542, 7. Tweógende cyningas reges dubii, 4, 26; S. 603, 17. Tweógende hesitantes, Wrt. Voc. ii. 43, 22: 74, 19. [O. Sax. twehón: O. H. Ger. zwehón dubitare, hesitare, cunctari.] v. ge-tweógan, un-tweógende, -tweónde.

tweógend-líc; adj. Doubtful, uncertain, (1) where doubt is felt:--Tweógendlícre (sine) ancipiti (ambiguitatis scrupulo veraciter credendum est), Hpt. Gl. 422, 32. Hé on tweógendlícan onbide wæs (quem cunctantem), hwæðer hé winnan dorste, Ors. 4, 11; Swt. 204, 28. (2) where doubt is caused:--Is tweógendlíc ðysse worulde wela, Wulfst. 263, 11. Tweógendlícra gewrita Apocryphorum, Hpt. Gl. 522, 48. v. un-tweógendlíc.

tweógendlíce; adv. Doubtingly, doubtfully :-- Sume hí twíendlíce be his lífe sprǽcon, and ðæt cwǽdon, ðæt hí nyston hwæðer hé on Godes mihte ða þing worhte ðe þurh deófles cræft, Guthl. 17; Gdwin. 70, 16. v. un-tweógendlíce.

tweógung, tweóung, e; f. Doubt :-- Ðú mé hæfst gefrýlsod ðære tweóunge mínes módes be ðære ácsunga ðe ic ðé ácsode, Bt. 41, 3; Fox 248, 25.

tweohsn, tweoxn occurs in the place name Tweoxneám = between streams :-- Ðone hám æt Winburnan and æt Tweoxneám (Christchurch, in Hampshire), Chr. 901; Erl. 96, 27. v. be-tweohsn; tweóne.

tweó-líc; adj. I. doubtful, uncertain :-- Hit biþ twýlíc, hwæðer hit on lífe áðolige, Homl. Th. ii. 50, 24. Dubii generis, ðæt is twýlíces cynnes, Ælfc. Gr. 6, 6; Zup. 19, 17. Ðǽr beóþ kende homodubii, ðæt beóþ twílíce, Nar. 36, 18: 35, 3 note. II. ambiguous :-- Ðá and­wyrde hire se hálga mid twýlícere sprǽce, Homl. Th. ii. 146, 14. [O. Frs. twí-lík (twi-?) doubtful.] v. un-tweólíc, and next word.

tweólíce; adv. I. doubtfully, uncertainly :-- Tweólíce and un­fæsðlíce hé átiéfreþ ðæs ðinges onlícnesse on his móde, Past. 21; Swt. 157, 13. II. ambiguously :-- Ondwyrdon hié him tweólíce responso ambiguo, Ors. 4, 1; Swt. 156, 3. v. un-tweólíce.

tweó-mann, es; m. A creature about which it is doubtful whether it te human:--Homodubii hý syndon hátene, ðæt beóþ twímen, Nar. 35, 3. v. tweó-líc.

tweón doubt :-- Nis nán twýn, ðæt eów ne beó forgolden there is no doubt, but that you will be requited, Homl. Th. ii. 444, 10. Búton tweónne without doubt, Bt. 36, 6; Fox 182, 9. v. tweó.

tweón to doubt. v. tweógan.

tweóne. I. two; only in combination with the preposition be, either immediately following it (v. be-tweónum) or being separated from it by the governed noun, the two words together in either case having the force of between :-- Be sǽm tweónum, ofer eormengrund, Beo. Th. 1721; B. 858: Exon. Th. 118, 10; Gú. 237. Be werum tweónum among men, Andr. Kmbl. 1116; An. 558. Hé wealdeþ be sǽ tweónum dominabitur a mari usque ad mare, Ps. Th. 71, 8. Cf. O. H. Ger. in zwiskén, untar zwiskén, in later times inzwischen, zwischen, for a similar growth of adverb and preposition. II. double, not simple :-- Tweóne leóht vel deorcung twilight, a mixture of light and darkness, crepusculum, Wrt. Voc. i. 53, 3. v. tweónol, and cf. O. H. Ger. zwiski biceps, non simplex, binus; so iz under zuiskén liehten ist: M. H. Ger. zwischenlieht. [Goth. tweihnai: Icel. tvennr.]

tweónian, twínian, twýnian; p. ode. I. impersonal with dat. or acc. of person, to cause doubt, (a) absolute:--Mé twýnaþ (tweónaþ, MS. H.) ambigo, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 6; Zup. 176, 13. Gyt mé tweónaþ, Homl. Th. i. 72, 30. Gif hié giet ðǽr tweónaþ, Past. 16; Swt. 103. 9. Ðá twýnude (tweónode, MS. A.) him haesitabat, Lk. Skt. 9, 7: Homl. Th. ii. 392, 5. Hwí twýnode ðé?, 17. (b) with gen. of object of doubt:--Ðý læs ðe hwam twýnige ðyssere gereccednysse, Homl. Th. i. 598, 31. Hú mæg ðé nú twýnian ðæs écan leóhtes?, 160, 19. (c) with a preposition:--Gif hwam twýnige be ðam gemǽnelícum ǽriste, Homl. i. 132, 27. (d) wiih a gerundial infinitive:--Hwæt twýnaþ ðé, oþþe hwæt ondrǽst ðú ðé, ðone Hǽlend tó onfónne?, Nicod. 26; Thw. 14, 13. (e) with a clause:--Ðé ne twýnaþ nán ðing, ðæt ðú sáwle hæbbe, Homl. Th. i. 160, 21. Him twýnode be hwam hé hit sǽde haesitantes de quo dicerit, Jn. Skt. 13, 22. Ús ne þearf ná twýnian, ðæt wé gebyrian ne sceolon oððe heofonwarena cyninge oððe hellewítes deóflum, Wulfst. 151, 19. II. with nom. of person, to feel doubt, to doubt, (a) absolute:--Se ðe ná twýnaþ on heortan his ac gelýfþ qui non hesitauerit in corde suo sed crediderit, Scint. 127, 1. Swá hwylc swá cwyþ . . . and on his heortan ne twýnaþ (tweónaþ, MS. A.), ac gelýfþ, Mk. Skt. 11, 23. Se is lytles geleáfan, se ðe hwæthwega gelýfþ and hwæthwega twýnaþ; se ðe mid ealle twýnaþ, hé is geleáfleás, Homl. Th. ii. 392, 17-19. Gif gé habbaþ geleúfan and ne twýniaþ (tweóniaþ, MS. A.), Mt. Kmbl. 21, 21. Hwí twýnedest (tweónedest, MS. A.) ðú quare dubitasti?, 14, 31. Sume hig tweónedon quidam dubitaverunt, 28, 17. (b) with gen. of object of doubt:--Ða beóþ áwyrigde ðe ðises twýniaþ, Homl. Skt. i. 5, 107. Hé behátes twíniende heofonlíces ille promissi dubius superni, Hymn. Surt. 103, 7. (c) with a preposition:--Ná twýna ðú ábútan ende non dubites circa finem, Scint. 27, 11. Ús is álýfed be ðisum tó twýnienne, Homl. Th. ii. 520, 16. (dl with a clause:--Hé árás, on his móde tweónigende hú heó mihte Iordanes wæteru oferfaran, Homl. Skt. ii. 23 b, 680. [Ʒunge monnan mei tweonian hweðer hí moten a libban, O. E. Homl. i. 109, 14. Þa wile þe heo tweoneden þus, Laym. 907.] v. ge-tweónian; tweógan.

tweónigend, es; m. One who doubts or hesitates :-- Twýnigend hic et haec anceps, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 55; Zup. 67, 9.

tweónigend-líc; adj. Expressing doubt :-- Sume syndon dubitativa, ðæt synd twýnigendlíce (tweóniend-, MS. H.), Ælfc. Gr. 38; Zup. 228, 16. Twýniendlíce, 44; Zup. 261, 2.

tweónol, twýnol; adj. Doubtful :-- Tweónul leóht maligna lux vel dubia, Wrt. Voc. i. 53, 6. Swá swá his genyþerung ungewiss ys swá eác forgyfenyss twýnol sicut ejus damnatio incerta est, sic et remissio dubia, Scint. 46, 1. Ðæt deorc ys oþþe twýnol quod obscurum est aut dubium, 222, 3.

tweónum. v. tweóne.

tweónung, twínung, twýnung, e; f. Doubt, uncertainty, hesitation :-- Ðam men biþ módes tweónung, Lchdm. ii. 194, 3. Ðæra apostola tweónung be Cristes ǽriste, Homl. Th. i. 300, 33. Ðam deófle wæs micel twýnung, hwæt Crist wǽre, 168, 10. Ðý læs ðe ǽnig twýning eów derian máge be ðam líflícan gereorde, ii. 262, 24. Tw(e)ónunge ambiguitatis, dubietatis, Hpt. Gl. 422, 32. Went nú moncyn on tweónunga men will be in doubt, Bt. 4; Fox 8, 18. Hí búton ǽlcere tweónunge sceolon on écnesse forwurðan, Homl. Ass. 145, 37. Bútan twýnunge absque ambiguitate, Ælfc. Gr. 272, 13: sine dubitatione, R. Ben. Interl. 52, 12: sine scrupulo, Anglia xiii. 367, 24. Gyt mé tweónaþ; ac gif ðú ðás deádan sceaðan árǽrst, ðonne biþ mín heorte geclǽnsod fram ǽlcere twýnunge, Homl. Th. i. 72, 32. Twúnunge, twínunge scrupulum, dubitationem, Hpt. Gl. 504, 77. Sume syndon dubitativa, . . . ðás getácniaþ twýnunge, Ælfc. Gr. 38; Zup. 229, 2. Ic mid tweóningum óðrum monnum bigleofan gesette cum aliqua scrupulositate a nobis mensura victus aliorum constituitur, R. Ben. 64, 11. Hí ádrǽfdon ealle twýnunga fram úre heortan, Homl. Th. i. 302, 3.

tweóung, tweowa. v. tweógung, twiwa.

twí a twig. v. twig.

twi-, in composition with force of two. v. following words. [O. Frs. O. L. Ger. twi-: O. H. Ger. zwi-: Icel. tví-.]

twía. v. twiwa.

twi-béte; adj. Needing double compensation; a term applied to an offence when from special circumstances the bót was twice that to be paid in an ordinary case:--Gif hwá nunnan mid hǽmedþinge oþþe on hire hrægl oþþe on hire breóst bútan hire leáfe gefó, sié hit twybéte, (twibóte, MS. B.: twybóte, MS. H.) swá wé ǽr be lǽwdum men fundon (in the case of a nun the bót for the offences referred to was twice that in the case of a lay woman; the case of the latter is the subject of sect. 11; Th. i. 68, 13-70, 2), L. Alf. pol. 18; Th. i. 72, 10. Gif hwá lengcten­bryce gewyrce . . . þurh ǽnige heálíce misdǽda, sý ðæt twybéte (twibóte, MS. B.), L. C. S. 48; Th. i. 404, 1. [O. Frs. twi-béte (with the same use as the English word).] v. twi-bóte.

twi-bill, es; n.: twi-bile, es; m. A two-edged axe :-- Twibill bipinnis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 12, 52. Twybill bipennis, i. 36, 5. Twilafte æx vel twi­bile bipennis securis, ii. 126, 28. Twybile (-bil, MS. W.) bipennis, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 28; Zup. 56, 9. Twibille bipinnae ( = bipenne), Ps. Surt. 73, 6. Hé nam sum twibil and mid ðan þrý men tó deáðe ofslóh, Guthl. 12; Gdwin. 56, 23. Æcsa, twibilles (-as?) bipennes &l-bar; secures, Hpt. Gl. 459, 2. [Twybyle (printed twybyl, Wrt. Voc. i. 196, 10) bipennis (in a list 'nomina armorum'), Wülck. Gl. 654, 2. Twybyl bisacuta, 568, 21 (both 15th cent. glossaries). Twybyl, wryhtys instrument bisacuta, bi-ceps; twybyl or mattoke marra, ligo. Prompt. Parv. 505. A twybylie biceps, bipennis, bisacuta, Cath. Angl. 398, and see note. The word remains in some dialects, v. E. D. S. Pub. West Somerset Dialect, under two-bill, and Halliwell's Dict. twibil.] v. next word.

twi-bille; adj. Double-edged :-- Bipennis twibille vel stānæx (the double gloss seems to render the double character of the Latin word as adjective and noun; a little later (see preceding word) in the same glossary bipennis as noun is rendered by twybill), Wrt. Voc. i. 34, 60.

twi-bleó; adj. Double-dyed :-- Of twibleóum derodine bis tincto cocco, Wrt. Voc. ii. 126, 30. Tweobleóm (twīblium, Cott. MSS.), Past. 14; Swt. 83, 23. Tōeácan ðæm twiblión (-bleón, Cott. MSS.) godwebbe, Swt. 87, 18.

twi-bót (?) double 'bót.' Perhaps in the passages given under twibóte; adv. the word might be taken as a case of this noun. Cf. twi-gilde. [Cf. the Scandinavian law phrases, liggi i tveböte, tväbötis drap, v. Grmm. R. A. 653. Swed. twe-böte a double fine.]

twi-bóte ? adj. Needing double compensation, v. twi-bēte :-- Se ðe stalaþ on Gehhol oþþe on Eástron oþþe on ðone Hālgan Ðunresdæg . . ., ðara gehwelc (the offence in each of these cases) wē willaþ sié twybóte, swā on Lenctenfæsten, L. Alf. pol. 5; Th. i. 64, 25. Gif ðisses hwæt gelimpe þenden fyrd ūte sié, oþþe in Lenctenfæsten, hit sié twybóte, 40; Th. i. 88, 12. v. next word.

twibóte; adv. With double 'bót' :-- Gif hē óðswerian nylle, gebēte ðone mǣnan āð twibóte, L. In. 35; Th. i. 124, 13. ii-bóte gebēte, L. Ethb. 3; Th. i. 4, 2 : 2; Th. i. 2, 9. v. twi-bót.

twi-browen; adj. (ptcpl.) Twice-brewed :-- On twybrownum ealað. Lchdm. ii. 120, 10.

twi-bytme (?); adj. Double-bottomed :-- On ðæt twigbutme del; of ðam delle on beran del, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. v. 28, 19. v. bytm.

twiccere, es; m. One who pulls to pieces :-- Twickere offarius vel particularius (particularius minister in monasteries, qui cibos per partes dissecat singulis monachis, Migne), Wrt. Voc. i. 27, 20. v. next word.

twiccian; p. ode To twitch, pluck :-- Twiccaþ villicat, Wrt. Voc. ii. 97, 14. Sume (ants) hió twiccedan ða grasu mid heora mūðe, Shrn. 41, 2. Teóh him ða loccas, wringe ða eáran and ðone wangbeard twiccige, Lchdm. ii. 196, 13. Twiccian carpere, arripere. Wrt. Voc. ii. 128, 69. [TwykkyUNCERTAIN, twychyn tractulo, Prompt. Parv. 505. In Mid. E. the past is twighte. Cf. O. H. Ger. zwecchōn carpere: M. H. Ger. Ger. zwicken.]

twicen, e: twicene, an; f. A place where two roads meet :-- Twicen ambitus. Wrt. Voc. i. 37, 46. On twycenan (-cinan, MS. B.) in biuio. Mk. Skt. 11, 4. Of ðære mere on ða twycene; of ðære twycenan, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 77, 4. On ða smalan twichenan; and swā andlang twichenan, 240, 20. Tō ðere twichenen; of ðere twichene, 201, 27.

twidæg-līc. v. twādæg-līc.

twi-dǽl a double portion, two parts out of three :-- Dō gegrundenne pipor on, and cropleác, hwǽtenes melwes twidǽl swilce ðæs pipores twice as much wheaten meal as pepper, two parts of meal to one of pepper, Lchdm. ii. 52, 22. Genim heorotcrop and saluian, bewyl twydǽl on wætre boil away two parts out of three, 50, 12. Cf. twǽde.

twi-dǽlan; p. de. I. to divide in two :-- Twidǽledre bifori, twidǽledu (v. Wülck. Gl. 194, 24) bifida, bis divisa, Wrt. Voc. ii. 126, 13, 16. Ðone twydǽledan wīsdōm, ðæt is andweardra þinga and gāstlicra wīsdōm, Lchdm. iii. 440, 29. Ðās twidǽledan hanc bi-partitam, divisam in duas paries, Hpt. Gl. 434, 32. II. to differ :-- Twydǽlþ discrepat, Scint. 125, 6. Hī cristenre lāre twydǽlaþ christianae doctrinae dissentient, 129, 10.

Twide, Tweode, an; or indecl. (cf. Humbre for declension) ; f. The Tweed :-- In ōfre Tweode (Tuidon, Bd. M. 360, 29) streámes in ripa Tuidi fluminis, Bd. 4, 27; S. 603, 34.

twidig. v. lang-twidig.

twi-ecge; adj. Two-edged :-- Twiicce biceps (gladius, Prov. 5, 4), Kent. Gl. 87. Mid twyecgum bipenne, Ps. Th. 73, 6. Hæfde hē twiecge handseax habebat sicam bicipitem, Bd. 2, 9; M. 122, 12. Genim ðæt micle greáte windelstreáw twyecge, Lchdm. ii. 44, 5. Sweord twiecge gladii ancipites, Ps. Surt. 149, 6. [O. H. Ger. zwi-ekki.]

twi-ecgede; adj. Two-edged :-- Twyecgede anceps, biceps, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 55; Zup. 67, 9, 10. Sworde twyecgedes gladii ancipites. Ps. Spl. 149, 6. Hæfde hē twigecgede (twyecge, MS. B.) handseax habebat secam bicipitem, Bd. 2, 9; S. 511, 15. [Icel. tvī-eggjaðr.]

twīendlīce. v. tweógendlíce.

twi-feald; adj. Twofold, double :-- Twyfeald duplex, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 61; Zup. 70, 2 : geminus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 42, l : 44, 21: 41, 58. I. as a multiplicative, twice as much, of twice the amount :-- Gyt synd manega getel on mislīcum getācnungum . . . duplex twyfeald, Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 287, 2. Ic ādreáh mycel broc mid Petre; nū is mīn yfel twyfeald, nū Paulus ðæt ilce lǣreþ, Blickl. Homl. 175, 13. Twifealdum gāste (Helisaeus Helia) duplo (dilatuj) spiritu, Hpt. Gl 440, 47. Twi-fealdre gife bino munere, Wrt. Voc. ii. 126, 26: Blickl. Homl. 101, 23. Be twyfealdum ic forgylde duplum, Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 286, 17 : L. Alf. 25; Th. i. 50, 23 : Homl. Th. ii. 562, l. Hē him sylþ twifealdne mete (cibos duplices), Ex. 16, 29. 'Nymaþ twā swā micel fećs swā gē ǣer hæfdon'. . . Ðā nāmon hig twigfeald feoh 'pecuniam duplicem ferte'. . . Tulerunt ergo pecuniam duplicem, Gen. 43, 12-15. II. consisting of two items :-- Twyfealdre heolra bilance, Wrt. Voc. ii. 12, i. Næbbe gē mid eów twyfeald hrægl (næbbe gē twā tunecan, Mt. Kmbl. 10, 10), Blickl. Homl. 233, 18. II a. consisting of two parts, containing two elements :-- Ðæt twiefalde (twyfealde, Cott. MSS.) gesuinc. . . ðæt is ðæt hié ondrǣdaþ ðæt hī mon tǣlan wille . . .; ōðer is ðara gesuinca ðæt hī sēceaþ endeleáse lādunga. Past. 35; Swt. 239, 4-8. Twufald intinge duplex causa. Mt. Kmbl. p. I. 10. IIb. that belongs to one or other of two kinds :-- Ege is twyfeald, and ðeówdōm is twyfeald. Ān ege is būtan lufe, ōðer is mid lufe. . . Swā is eác ōðer ðeówt neádunge būton lufe, ōðer is sylfwilles mid lufe, Homl. Th. ii. 524, 3-6. Wē tweofealdne deáþ ðrowiaþ, oþþe sticode beóþ, oþþe on sǣ ādruncene oriuntur duo genera funerum, aut jugulamur, aut mergimur. Bd. l, 13; 8. 482, l. III. doubtful, irresolute: v. twifealdness, II :-- Hē ða yfelan and ða twyfealdan geþōhtas forlēt (cf. hē hine hider and þyder gelōmlīce on his mōde cyrde, 28, 8; hē ðām tweógendum geþōhtum wiðstōd, 18), and hine SUNCERTAIN Bartholomeus frēfrode, and hine hēt ðæt hē ne tweóde, ac ðæt hē wǣre ānrǣd, Guthl. 4; Gdwin. 30, 3-7. IV. double (as in double dealing), not straightforward, deceitful, v. twifealdness, III :-- Dōmes dæg ārāfaþ ðæt cliwen ðære twifaldan (twy-fealdan, Cott. MSS.) heortan corda duplicitatibus involuta dissolvit, Past. 35; Swt. 245, 22. Se ðe mid twyfealdum geðance tō mynsterlīcre drohtnunge gecyrþ, and sumne dǣl his ǣhta dǣlþ, sumne him sylfum gehylt, . . . hē underfēhþ ðone āwyrgedan cwyde mid Annanian and Saphiran, ðe swicedon on heora āgenum ǣhtum, Homl. Th. i. 398, 28-33 : ii. 410, 32. Ðæt is syndrig yfel twiefealdra (twy-, Cott. MSS.) monna est speciale duplicium malum, Past. 35; Swt. 243, 24. Unclǣnu and twiefeald mōd impura corda, Swt. 245, 12. V. double (as in bent double), placed together :-- Ǣlc wāg biþ gebiéged twiefeald on ðæm heale duplex semper est in angulis paries, Past. 35; Swt. 245, 13. Ðæt yfelwillende mōd gefielt hit self twyfeald oninnan him selfum, and sió twyfealdnes ðæs yflan willan hiene selfne twyfealdne gefielt ouinnan him selfum malitiosae mentis duplicitas sese infra se colligit, 242, 6-9. [O. Frs. twi-fald : O. L. Ger. twi-veld, -fold: O. H. Ger. zwi-falt: Icel. tvī-faldr.] v. un-twifeald.

twifealdan. v. twifildan.

twifeald-līc; adj. Double :-- Twyfealdlīc onbryrdnes eges and lufe, Homl. Th. i. 140, 16. Tuifallīco glædniso geminata laetitia, Rtl. 57, 2. Tuufallīce gāst utrimque spiritus, Mt. Kmbl. p. 14, 5. [Ðysra deáð wæs heora freóndan twyfealolīc sār; ān, ðet hī swā feárlīce ðises līfes losedan; ōðer, þ̄ feáwa heora līchaman syððan fundena wǣron, Chr. 1120; Erl. 248, 12.] [O. H. Ger. zwifalt-līh: Icel. tvīfald-ligr.]

twifealdlīce; adv. Doubly, (I) to twice the amount :-- On ðam sixtan dæge hig gaderodon twyfealdlīce -in die sexta collegerunt cibos duplices, Ex. 16, 22: L. Alf. pol. 39; Th. i. 88, 4. Gē gedōþ hyne helle beam twyfealdlīcor ðonne eów (duplo quam vos), Mt. Kmbl. 23, 15. (2) in two ways :-- Ðis godspel mæg beón twyfealdlīce getrahtnod, ǣrest be Iudēiscum folce . . ., eft siððan be ǣlcum menu, Homl. Th. ii. 428, 5. Se biþ twyfealdlīce deád, se ðe on gōdnysse unwæstmbǣre biþ, and on yfelnysse wæstmbǣre, 406, 18.

twifealdness, e; f. I. doubleness, doubling, v. twi-feald, I :-- Geedlǣcend twyfealdnys iterata dupplicatio, Anglia viii. 331, 23, II. irresolution, v. twi-ftald, III :-- Of ðære leóhtmōdnesse cymþ sió twiefealdnes and sió unbieldo inconstantia ex levitate generatur, Past. 42; Swt. 307, 3. III. duplicity, deceitfulness. v. twi-feald, IV :-- Sió twyfealdness ðæs yflan willan malitiosae mentis duplicitas. Fast. 35; Swt. 242, 8. Ða ðe nān sceadu ue geðiéstraþ ðære twiefaldnesse quos nulla umbra duplicitatis obscurat. Swt. 243, 23. Se iil getācnaþ ða twiefealdnesse ðæs unclǣnan mōdes ðe hit symle lytiglīce lādaþ ericii nomine impurae mentis seseque callide defendentis duplicitas designatur, Swt. 241, 8.

twi-ferclede. v. twi-fyrclede.

twi-fére; adj. Having two ways, accessible by two ways :-- Twiférum bilustris (cf. færeltu lustra, 53, 21, geondférende lustraturus, 53, 54; and see un-fére invius), Wrt. Voc. ii. 126, 22.

twi-férlǽcan; p. -lǽhte To dissociate :-- Ða ðe hī sylfe fram sōðre lufe twyférlǽcaþ (-eþ, MS.) qui semetipsos a caritate dissociant, Scint. 6, 8.

twi-féte; adj. Two-footed :-- Twyféte bipes, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 26; Zup. 51, ii: 49; Zup. 287, 20. Sume bīþ twioféte, Bt. 41, 6; Fox 254, 27. [Icel. tvī-fættr.]

twifildan; p. de To double :-- Ic twyfylde (-fealde, MSS. J. O. T. : -felde, MS. D.) duplico, Ælfc. Gr. 24; Zup. 138, 12: 49; Zup. 287, 4. Twyfeldende mæssehacelan duplicans casulam, Anglia xiii. 406, 587. [Cf. O. H. Ger. zwifaltōn geminare: Icel. tvīfalda.]

twi-fingre; adj. Two fingers thick, term applied to the fat on swine :-- Æt twyfingrum (spic), L. In. 49; Th. i. 132, 19.

twi-fiðerede; adj. Double-winged, shaped as if with two wings (?), 3U forked :-- Twyfyrede (twyfyþerede, MS. C.: twifeðerede, MS. V.) bisulcus Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 288, 11.

twi-fyrclede; adj. Having two prongs, forked :-- Twyferclede bifidus, Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 288, 10 note. [Cf. Wæs gesæwen swilce se beám (the tail of a comet) ongeánweardes wið ðes steorran ward fyrcliende wǽre as if the tail were dividing in two, getting forked (?), Chr. 1106; Erl. 240, 34. Lat. furculus a fork with two or three prongs.]

Twi-fyrd, -ford Twyford, a place-name occurring more than once in England and meaning double ford :-- On ðære stówe ðe is cweden Æt Twyfyrde in loco qui dicitur Ad Twifyrde, quod significat, ad duplex vadum, Bd. 4, 28; S. 606, 5. Æt Twyfyrde, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. i. 114, 33. Tó Twyfyrde, iii. 203, 22. Of Twufyrde . . . æft on Twyfyrde, v. 147, 28-148, 22. On Twyfyrd; of Twyfyrde, iii. 444, 7. ¶ In Latin charters :-- His nuncupantur uocabulis, Twyfyrde . . ., 153, 24. Apud Twyfird, v. 130, 31. The form Twyford also occurs :-- Of Twyforde andlang Auene ðære eá swá ðæt mynstre stondeþ ofer Alne streám, vi. 220, 5. Cf. Circum fluuium Alne in loco qui dicitur Aet Tuiford, i. 29, 6. In loco qui Tuiforda appellatur, 74, 31.

twi-fyrede; adj. Two-furrowed; the word renders the Latin bisulcus, Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 288, 11. [Cf. O.H. Ger. zwi-furhi, -furhig bisulcu s.] v. furh.

twig, twí, es; n. A branch, twig :-- Twig ramus, Wrt. Voc. i. 285, 80: palmes, Jn. Skt. 15, 6. Hys twig (twi later MS.) byþ hnesce, Mt. Kmbl. 24, 32. His twí (twig, MS. A.: twi later MS.) biþ mearu. Mk. Skt. 13, 28. Ic eom swá ðæt twig, ðæt biþ ácorfen of ðam treówe. Homl. Skt. ii. 30, 191. Hé déþ ǽlc twig áweg, Jn. Skt. 15, 2. Of ðam twige (Abel's murder) ludon réðe wæstme. Cd. Th. 60, 28; Gen. 988. Heó brohte án twig (ramum) of ánum elebeáme. Gen. 8, 11: Cd. Th. 88, 30; Gen. 1473. Gé synt twigu (palmites), Jn. Skt. 15, 5. Him ða twigu þincaþ merge. Met. 13, 44. Twigu arbusta (twigges. Ps.), Ps. Spl. 79, 11: Blickl. Gl. *ETH;onne ða twigo forburston, ðonne gewitan ða sáula niðer, ða ðe on ðǽm twigum hangodan, Blickl. Homl. 211, 3. Tán ɫ twiga vimina, virgulas, Hpt. Gl. 428, 34. Twiga asserum, Wrt. Voc. ii. 10, 10. Eft spryttendum ðám twigum (virgultis) ðæs Pelagianiscan wóles, Bd. 1, 21; S. 485, 5. Swilce se wudubeám oferfæðmde ealne middangeard twigum and telgum. Cd. Th. 247, 28; Dan. 504: 248, 18; Dan. 515. Sume twigu hé lehte mid wætere, Past. 40; Swt. 293, 7. Hí námon palmtrýwa twigu (ramos palmarum), Jn. Skt. 12, 13. Genim wiþowindan twigu, Lchdm. ii. 34, 17. Sume seóþaþ ðære reádan netlan twigu, 218, 6. Twigo settende propagines pastinans, Wrt. Voc. ii. 78, 63. [Heo nomen þa twigga, O.E. Homl. i. 5, 2. He suingcð him mið smele twige, 149, 1. Þe uerþe tuyg. Ayenb. 22, 5. Twygge virgula, ramusculus, Prompt. Parv. 505: vimen, Wülck. Gl. 619, 27. O.H. Ger. zwíg, zwí: Ger. zweig.] v. ele-, ifig-, palm-, wín-twig; twigu, -twige.

twig-, twiga. v. twi-, twiwa.

twi-gǽrede; adj. Cloven :-- Twygǽrede bifidus, Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 288, 10. Cf. Bufan ðam hlince æt ðæs gǽredan (pointed, angular) landes ende, Cod. Dip. B. iii. 251, 42. v. gár, gára.

twige, twigea. v. twiwa.

-twige. v. líne-, þistel-twige.

twi-gedeágod; adj. Double-dyed :-- Twigedeágodre deáge bis tincto cocco, Hpt. Gl 431, 29.

twi-gilde (?), es; n. A double payment :-- Hé ágife twygilde (or adverb(?) v. passages under twigilde; adv., where, however, the word might be taken as a case of the noun; cf. án-gilde which is a noun), L. Eth. iii. 4; Th. i. 294, 20. [O. Frs. twi-ielde, v. Richthofen s.v. ield, and Grmm. R. A. 653.] v. next word.

twi-gilde; adj. To be paid double :-- Cyricfrið ii-gylde, m[ynster]frið ii-gylde, L. Ethb. 1; Th. i. 2, 6. ii-gelde seó mund sý, 76; Th. i. 20, 13. [Icel. tví-gildr of double value.] v. next word.

twigilde; adv. With a double payment :-- Gif ðeós lád teorie, gylde twygylde (cf. gylde ángyldes, 1. 15), L.O.D. 6; Th. i. 354, 31. Gif þeów steleþ, ii-gelde gebéte, L. Ethb. 90; Th. i. 24, 17. Béte hé ðam teónde twygylde, and ðam hláforde his were, L. Eth. i. 1; Th. i. 280, 20. Béte hé ðam teónde twygylde, and ðam hláforde his wer, L.C.S. 30; Th. i. 394, 6. Sió bót biþ twysceatte (twyggylde, MS. B.) máre the bót shall be twice as much, L. Alf. pol. 66; Th. i. 96, 31. v. two preceding words.

twigu (?), an; f.; the forms in the Northern specimens may also be taken as weak, tuigge, pl. tuiggo A branch, twig :-- Steola cauliculus, twigu ramunculus. Wrt. Voc. ii. 129, 84. Twigge ɫ telge (telgra, Rush.) ramus, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 24, 32: Mk. Skt. Lind. 13, 28. Ðe tuigga palmes, Jn. Skt. Lind. 15, 6. Ða tuiggo (twigan late southern MS.) palmites, 15, 5. Telgo míno and twiggo ramos meos, el rami, Rtl. 68, 32. Twigena ordum, Salm. Kmbl. 286; Sal. 142. In tyggum his in ramis ejus, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 13, 32. Tuiggo ramos, 21, 8. Telgo ɫ twiggo, Mk. Skt. Lind. 4, 32: 11, 8. v. twig.

-twih (-twíh ?). v. be-twih. [Cf. Goth. tweihnai.]

twi-heáfdode; adj. Double-headed :-- Twyheáfdede anceps, biceps, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 55; Zup. 67, 9, 10. Twyheáfdede oððe se ðe hæfþ twégen líchaman bicorpor, 9, 21; Zup. 47, 17. [O.H. Ger. zwi-haupito biceps: Icel. tví-höfðaðr.]

twi-heolor, e; f. A balance :-- Tuiheolore bilance, Wrt. Voc. ii. 102, 3. Twiwǽge vel (twi)heolore, 126, 20.

twi-híwe; adj. I. of two forms or shapes :-- Twihiówe, swá swá biþ healf mon and healf fear biformis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 12, 31. Twihíwe biformia, 126, 12. II. of two colours :-- Twihíwe bicolor, Wrt. Voc. i. 46, 34. Twihíwe godweb coccum bis tinctum, ii. 135, 44. Twi-férum vel (twi)híwum bilustris, 126, 22. v. next word.

twi-híwede; adj. I. double-shaped, having two forms :-- Twyhíwede biformis, Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 287, 9. II. double-coloured :-- Twyhíwedum wurman bis tincto cocco, Hpt. Gl. 431, 30.

twi-híwian; p. ode To assume two shapes, to dissimulate :-- Oððe hé nát oððe hé twyhíwaþ aut ignorat, aut dissimulat, Scint. 44, 8.

twi-hlidede; adj. Double-lidded, having two openings :-- Twyhlydede bipatens, Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 288, 6.

-twihn (-twíhn?) in hi-twichn, Txts. 70, 546, bi-tuihn, 77, 1310.

twi-hweóle; adj. Two-wheeled :-- Twihweólne birotum. Lchdm. i. lxii, 2.

twi-hwirft, es; m. A double course, double period :-- Twyhwyrftum (printed -hwyrhturn) bilustris, Hpt. Gl. 465, 40.

twi-hycgan (?) to think differently, dissent, disagree :-- Twy iccende (= twyhycgende ?) dissentiendo, Anglia xiii. 367, 34.

twi-hynde; adj. As applied to a person, of a rank for which the wergild was two hundred shillings; applied to the wergild, that must be paid for a person of such rank. As will be seen from the passages given below, the twihynde man was a ceorl :-- Twelfhyndes mannes wer is twelf hund scyllinga. Twyhyndes mannes wer is twá hund sciɫɫ. (the article then deals with the case of the former, and concludes: Eal man sceal æt cyrliscum were be ðære mǽðe dón, ðe him tó gebyreþ, swá wé be twelfhyndum tealdan. Cf. too: Ceorles wergild is. . . ii hund sciɫɫ. be Myrcna lage, L. Wg. 6; Th. i. 186, 11), L.E.G. 12; Th. i. 174, 14. Ǽnig mǽgð . . . xii-hynde oððe twyhynde, L. Ath. v. 8, 2; Th. i. 236, 11. Be twyhyndum were. Æt twyhyndum were mon sceal sellan tó monbóte .xxx. sciɫɫ., L. In. 70; Th. i. 146, 12. Be twyhyndum men . . . Gif mon twyhyndne mon . . . ofsleá, L. Alf. pol. 29; Th. i. 80, 5-7. Cnut cing grét . . . ealle míne þegnas, twelfhynde and twihynde, Chart. Th. 308, 16. v. six-, twelf-hynde.

twi-icce. v. twi-ecge.

twi-læpped; adj. Having two skirts or lappets :-- Twilæpped scrúd cinctus gabinus, Wrt. Voc. i. 41, 5.

twi-lafte; adj. Two-edged :-- Twilafte æx bipennis securis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 126, 27. Cf.(?) læppa or læfer.

twi-líc, twi-lí (-li?); adj. Double, woven of double thread. Cf. twill coarse linen cloth :-- Tuilí biplex, duplex, Txts. 109, 1151. Aenlí simplex, tilí bilex, 115, 156, 157. [O.H. Ger. zui-líh bilex (tunica), bissina (tunica), biplex (pannus): Ger. zwillich ticking.] Cf. þri-líc, and see twilíc-brocen.

twí-líc, -líce, -mann. v. tweó-líc, -líce, -mann.

twilíc-brocen; adj. Woven of double thread and parti-coloured (?) or embroidered (?) :-- Hió becwið hyre twilíbrocenan cyrtel, Chart. Th. 537, 23. [Cf. (?) Swed. brokig: Dan. broget parti-coloured. Jamieson gives brocked, broukit, broked variegated, having a mixture of black and white. Cf. (?) Celtic forms Welsh brech brindled: Irish breacan a plaid, tartan; breacaim I chequer, embroider.]

twin; adj. Twin, double :-- Twinnum sangum geminis concentibus, Hpt. Gl. 467, 31. [An had off twinne (double) kinde, Orm. 1361. He spacc off hise twinne kindess (two, twin, natures,) 17478. On ilc he brend twin der (Balaam offered on every altar a bullock and a ram, Num. 23, 2), Gen. and Ex. 4020. Iosep gaf ilc here twinne srud (to all of them he gave each man change of raiment, Gen. 45, 22), 2367. On twinne half, 3248. O. Frs. twiska tuine kindem: Icel. tvinnr.] v. ge-twin.

twín, es; n. Linen :-- Tuum (tuuín ?), tuigin, tuín byssum, Txts. 44, 138. Twín, Wrt. Voc. ii. 11, 14. Twiðrǽwen twín (torta byssus) . . . ðæt geðrǽwene twín, Past. 14; Swt. 87, 18, 42: Swt. 89, 2. Of twi-spunnenum twíne línenum torta bysso, Swt. 83, 23. Mid geedþráwenum twíne cum bysso retorto, Hpt. Gl. 431, 38: Wrt. Voc. ii. 11, 70: Kent. Gl. 1145. Gescrýdd mid twíne (mið linnenom. Lind. bysso), Lk. Skt. 16, 19. [Later the word is used as in mod. English. A twines (twined, 2nd MS.) þræd. Laym. 14220. Twyne, threede filum torsum vel tortum, Prompt. Parv. 505. Du. twiju twine, twist.] v. twínen.

twinclian; p. ode To twinkle :-- Se spearca ðara gódra weorca ðe tuinclaþ beforan mannum cuncta, quae poram hominibus rutilant, Past. 14; Swt. 87, 6. Ic ðæt lytle leóht geseah twinclian, Bt. 35, 3; Fox 158, 32.

twi-nebbe; adj. Having two faces :-- Twynebbe bifrontem, Germ. 397, 448.

twínen; adj. Of linen, linen :-- Bam (read ham, v. the corresponding gloss ham subucula, Hpt. Gl. 526, 30: at the same place, byssina is rendered by línen) twínen subucula bissina, Anglia xiii. 37, 285. v. twín.

twing (twyng ?) what is pressed together (?), a mass, lump: -- Twinga massas. Hpt. Gl. 496, 70. v. next word.

twingan (?); p. twang; pp. twungen To press, force :-- Se hrýnð (tringaþ (twingeþ?), MS. M.) muntas qui tangit montes, Ps. Spl. 103, 33. [l am twinged (twungen, MS. H.) and meked incurbatus sum et humiliatus sum, Ps. 37, 9. Whil þat twinges (affligit) me þe fo, 41,10. Ger. zwingen.] v. twengan.

twínian. v. tweónian.

twi-nihte; adj. Two days old :-- Twynihte grút. Lchdm. ii. 74, 9. v. twá-nihte.

twinn, twínung. v. twin, tweónung.

twín-wyrm (twin- ?), es; m. The word glosses buprestis ( = GREEK a poisonous beetle, which when eaten by cattle in the grass caused them to swell up), Wrt. Voc. i. 24, 35.

twio-féte, twiógan, twio-rǽde. v. twi-féte, tweógan, twi-rǽde.

twi-rǽde; adj. I. of two minds, uncertain, undecided, irresolute :-- Geþenc be ðé selfum hwæðer ðú ǽnig ðing swá fæste getiohhod hæbbe ðæt ðé þynce ðæt hit nǽfre ðínum willum onwended weorþe ... Oððe hwæðer ðú eft on ǽngum geþeahte swá twiorǽde sié ðæt ðé helpe hwæðer hit gewyrþe þe hit nó ne gewyrþe consider in your own case whether you have so firmly determined anything, that it appears to you, that it will never with your consent be changed ... Or again, whether in any plan you are so uncertain, that it may help you, if it is carried out, or if it is not, Bt. 41, 3; Fox 250, 5-9. II. of divided counsel, without unanimity :-- Ǽlc ríce ðe byþ twyrǽde on him sylfum omne regnum divisum contra se, Mt. Kmbl. 12, 25. [Bruttes weoren alle twiræde, heore teone wes þa mare, Laym. 19416.] v. án-ræde, and next word.

twirǽdness e; f. Discord, dissension, disagreement :-- Sacu and twirǽdnyss (strife, seditions, Gal. 5, 20), Homl. Skt. i. 17, 26. Ðæt swá hweþer swá hit wǽre swá sibb swá twyrédnys betweónan Saxan and Myrcenum, ðæt ðæt mynster beó ǽfre on sibbe. Cod. Dip. B. i. 156, 16. Se ðe sibbe Drihtnes twyrǽdnysse mid hátheortnysse tóbrycþ qui pacem Domini discordiae furore rumpit, Scint. 10, 2. God ná ys twyrǽdnysse (dissensionis) God, 134, 6. Be twirǽdnysse de discordia, 133, 17. Se wæs for sumere twyrǽdnesse (seditione) on cwertern ásend, Lk. Skt. 23, 19. Ða ðe ceáste and twyrǽdnysse styredon, Homl. Th. ii. 338, 11. Ðonne gé geseóþ gefeoht and twyrǽdnessa (seditiones), Lk. Skt. 21, 9. Twyrédnysse dissensiones, R. Ben. Interl. 109, 17. Twirédnesse discordias, Kent. Gl. 1124.

-twis, -twisa. v. ge-twis, -twisa.

twi-sceatte; adv. To the extent of a double payment :-- Sió bót biþ twysceatte máre the 'bót' shall be twice as much, L. Alf. pol. 66; Th. i. 96, 31. [O. Frs. twi-skette.] Cf. twi-gilde.

twi-scyldig; adj. Liable to a double penalty :-- Gif se frigea cunnandæge wyrce ... þolie his freótes oþþe sixtig sciɫɫ., and preóst sí twy-scildig, L. In. 3; Th. i. 104, 7. Cf. twi-gilde.

twi-seht; adj. Discordant, at variance :-- Twysehte discordes, Scint. 192. 13.

twi-sehtan (?) to disagree, be at variance :-- Úðwitan gesihþ twy-sehtan (? Cockayne prints twyselican) hénðe getácnaþ if in a dream a man sees philosophers disagree, it betokens humiliation, Lchdm. iii. 204, 24.

twisehtness, e; f. Discord, dissension, variance :-- Fram twysehtnysse yfele a dissensionis malo, Scint. 6, 12.

twisel; adj. Forked, double. [Twisil tunge double tongue (Ecclus. 5, 14), Wick. O.H. Ger. der onocentaurus bizeichinót die zuislen zungin der mennisken.] v. following words.

twisel-tóðe; adj. Having the teeth forked or double :-- Twiseltððe scinodens, Wrt. Voc. i. 17, 15.

twisla, an; m. The fork of a river, road, etc.:-- Of ðam mere on ðan lace ðǽr ða brócas twisliaþ; ðanne of ðæm twislan, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. v. 198, 34. [Twissel, twistle that part of a tree where the branches separate, Halliwell's Dict. O.H. Ger. zwisila furca. Cf. Icel. kvísl a fork; fork of a river.]

twisled; adj. (ptcpl.) Forked :-- On ðone twisledan beám; of ðam twisledan beáme on ceorla geat; andlang mearce on ða twysledan ác, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 14, 1-4. Twisld corn scandula (scandella genus annonae apud Italos, q. alii dicunt hordeum distichum esse, alii vero hordeum cantherinum, Migne), Wrt. Voc. i. 38, 45. [Cf. Icel. kvísla-tré a forked tree; tví-kvíslaðr two-pronged.] v. next word.

twislian; p. ode To fork, branch :-- Ðǽr ða wegas twisligaþ, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 409, 4: iv. 66, 15. Ðǽr ða brócas twisliaþ, v. 198, 34. [Tunge fele-twiselende dispertite lingue; cloven tongues (Acts 2, 3), O.E. Homl. ii. 117, 29. Cf. Icel. kvísla to branch, of a tree, stream, etc.]

twisliht; adj. Forked, branched :-- In ða twislihtran biricean, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 391, 21. [O.H. Ger. zwisillochti bifurcus.]

twislung, e; f. Forking, branching, partition :-- Se þurh his cildhádes nytenesse ðis ríce tóstencte and his ánnesse tódǽlde ... Æfter his forðsíþe Eádgár ealne Angelcynnes anweald begeat, and ðæs ríces twislunge eft tó ánnesse bróhte, Lchdm. iii. 436, 3.

twi-snæcce, -snæce, -snece; adj. Double-pointed, cloven :-- Twysnæcce bisulcus, Ælfc. Gl. 49; Zup. 288, 11. (Cf. Snek pessulum. Wrt. Voc. i. 237, col. 2. Snekke or latche clitorium, pessulum, Prompt. Parv. 461. Snekk obex, obecula, Cath. Ang. 346 and see note. Sneck a latch; a piece of land jutting into an adjoining field, Halliwell's Dict. See also Jamieson's Dictionary sneck.) v. next word.

twi-snǽse; adj. Double-pointed, cloven :-- Twysnésum bisulcis, Germ. 393, 73. v. snás, and preceding word.

twi-sprǽc, e; f. Double speech, unfair speech, detraction :-- Fácon and éswico and æfisto and allo tuispréco dolum et simulationes et invidias et omnes detractiones, Rtl. 25, 25. [Sowen we defles sed ... ivele word, hoker and scorn, ... and cheast, and twispeche, and curs, and leasinges, ... and alle swikele speches, Rel. Ant. i. 129, 24.]

twi-sprǽce; adj. Double-tongued; bilinguis. Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 288, 7. With a metaphorical meaning, deceitful in speech, false in speech, (with pleasant words) flattering, (with envy) detracting :-- Se ðe wǽre leássagol (twispǽce, MS. E.), weorðe se sóðsagol (sóðspǽce), Wulfst. 72, 16. Ne sýn wé tó tǽlende ne tó twigsprǽce let us not be too free with calumnies and detractions, 253, 6. Ne beó ðú nó tó tǽlende ne tó tweo-sprǽce ... ac beó leófwende, Exon. Th. 305, 19; Fä. 90. Twispréce a flattering (mouth, Prov. 26, 28); (os) lubricum, Kent. Gl. 1007. Word twispéces the words of a talebearer (Prov. 18, 8); verba bilinguis, 636. Twispécne múð the froward mouth (Prov. 8, 13); os bilingue, 243. Gehega ðíne eáran mid þornigum hege, ðæt ðú ne gehýre lustum móde ðæra twysprǽcena word, Wulfst. 246, 10.

twisprǽcness, e; f. Falseness in speech, detraction :-- Bebeorh ðé wið twisprǽcnysse cave tibi a biloquio, L. Ecg. C. proem.; Th. ii. 132, 10. Uton beorgan ús wið tǽlnysse and wið twysprǽcnysse and wið leáse gewitnysse caveamus nobis a vituperatione et a biloquio et a falso testimonio, L. Ecg. P. iv. 66; Th. ii. 226, 32. Twyspécnessæ, Wulfst. 290, 30. Ic ondette æfste, twysprǽcnesse and leásunge, Anglia xi. 98, 26. Ic andette tǽlnessa and twisprǽcnessa, leásunga and unriht gilp, L. de Cf. 7; Th. ii. 262, 27.

twi-sprecan to murmur :-- Hwisprendo ɫ tuispreccendo murmurantes, Jn. Skt. p. 4, 20. [Cf. O.H. Ger. zwi-sprehho bifarius.]

twi-spunnen; adj. (ptcpl.) Double-spun, twice spun :-- Of twispunnenum twíne línenum torta bysso. Past. 14; Swt. 83, 23. v. twi-þráwen.

twist a branch, fork (?) [The faucon moste fallen fro the twiste, Chauc. Squieres Tale, 442. A twyste frons, ramus, Cath. Ang. 399, and see note. Twist the fourchure; a twig, Halliwell's Dict. Cf. Icel. kvistr a branch.] v. candel-, mæst-twist; twisel.

twi-strenge; adj. Two-stringed :-- Twistrenge bifidus (as if from fides), Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 288, 10.

twi-telged; adj. (ptcpl.) Double-dyed :-- Of twitælgedum bis tincto, Wrt. Voc. ii. 126, 31. Twitælgade depploide. Ps. Surt. 108, 29.

twi-þráwen; adj. (ptcpl.) Double-twisted :-- Is beboden ðæt scyle beón twiðrǽwen (-ðráwen, Cott. MSS.) twín (torta byssus) on ðæm mæssegierelan, Past. 14; Swt. 87, 18. Ðæt tweoðrǽwene (twyðráwene, Cott. MSS.) twín, Swt. 89, 2. v. twi-spunnen.

twiwa, tweowa, twuwa, tuwa, tuwwa, tua, twiga, twigea, twige, twía; adv. Twice :-- Hé hine twiwa (tuwa, MS. L.) mid fyrde gesóhte, Ors. 5, 2; Bos. 102, 37. Ðæt heó on geáre twigea (twiwa, MS. H.: tuwa, MS. B.) blówe, Lchdm. i. 320, 13. Hé gefeaht II (tweowa, MS. C.) wið ðone cyning, Ors. 6, 30; Swt. 280, 9. Tweowa on dæg bis in die, Coll. Monast. Th. 20, 17. Twuwa, Scint. 80, 11. Hú ne mynegodest ðú mé nú tuwa? Bt. 35, 2; Fox 156, 14. Tuwa (twiga, Bd. M.), Bd. 4, 1; S. 564, 16. Tuwa (twigea, Bd. M.) on geáre, 4, 5; S. 573, 6. Tuwa (tuiga, Lind.), Mk. Skt. 14, 30. Tua (tuwa, MSS. A. B. C.: twiga, Lind., Rush.), 14, 72. Ic fæste tuwa (tuigo, Lind.: twige, Rush.) on ucan, Lk. Skt. 18, 12. Ǽne oðþe tua (tuwa, MSS. T. F.), R. Ben. 74, 20: Homl. Skt. i. 16, 80. Oftor ðonne tuwwa (tuwa, other MSS.), Chr. 894; Erl. 90, 20. Twiga þriga bis terque, Wrt. Voc. ii. 126, 35. ¶ With numerals :-- Sió gestód tuwa seofon hund wintra ...; ðæt is III c wintra and I M, Ors. 6, I; Swt. 252, 6. Tuwa fífe binas quinquies. Wrt. Voc. ii. 126, 25. Tuwa fíftig bis quingentenum, 11, 76. Twige, Hpt. Gl. 486, 77. Twía seofon beóþ feówertýne, Anglia viii. 302, 45. Twía fíf beóþ týn, 328, 22. [A.R. twie, twien, twies: Laym. twien (twie, 2nd MS.): Gen. and Ex. twie: O.E. Homl. twi&yogh;en, twies: Orm. twi&yogh;&yogh;ess: O. Frs. twía, tuiia.]

twi-wǽg, e; f. A balance :-- Twiwǽge bilance, Wrt. Voc. ii. 126, 20. [O.H. Ger. zwi-wága bilibris.]

twi-weg, es; m. A place where two roads meet :-- Twiweg bivia vel bivium, Wrt. Voc. i. 53, 57.

twi-wintre, -winter; adj. Of two years :-- Twiwintre biennis, Wrt. Voc. ii. 126, 11: binus, i. biennius, 126, 23. Twywintre biennis, bimus, Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 287, 13, 18. Twiwinter bimus vel biennis vel bimulus, Wrt. Voc. i. 21, 58. Fram twywintrum cilde a bimatu, Mt. Kmbl. 2, 16: Homl. Th. i. 80, 16: 82, 11. Fram twiwintre fæce a bimatu, Ælfc. Gr. 49; Zup. 287, 19 note.

twi-wyrdig; adj. Making contradictory or discordant statements, at variance in what is said :-- Hié swá twywyrdige sindon they disagree in what they say (ille promisit futura meliora, isti asserunt meliora praeterita), Ors. 2, 5; Swt. 86, 8. Hé com tó Róme and diégellíce geceápede ðæt hié ealle wǽron ymb hiene twywyrdige cum Romam ipse venisset, omnibus pecunia corruptis seditiones dissensionesque permiscuit, 5, 7; Swt. 228, 18. [Cf. Icel. tví-mæli a dispute, a discordant report, one saying this, another that.]

twuwa, -twux, twý, twy-, twycene, twy-iccende, twýn, twýnian, twýnigend-líc, twýnol, twýnung. v. twiwa, be-twux, tweó, twi-, twicene, twi-hycgan, tweón, tweónian, tweónigend-líc, tweónol, tweónung.

; indic., imper. subj. of týn to instruct.

tyccen, v. ticcen.

tycgan; p. togde (?) To move quickly, quiver, palpitate :-- Tolcetende, brottetende (v. brogdettan palpitare, vibrare), ticgende infruticans, Hpt. Gl. 435, 37. [Cf. O.H. Ger. zucchen; p. zuhta rapere, eruere: Ger. zucken to shrug, writhe, palpitate: Icel. tyggja to chew: Dan. tugge.] Cf. togian, togung, togettan.

týd time, tydder-, tyddre, tyddrian, tyddrung. v. tíd, tíder-, tídre, týdran, týdrung.

týdran, týdrian; p. ede To propagate :-- Ic tyddrige (teddrige, MS. D.) propago, Ælfc. Gr. 36; Zup. 216, 14. I. trans. (a) To bring forth, produce :-- Se godcunda foreþonc geedníwaþ and týdreþ (tídreþ, Cott. MS.) ǽlc túdor and hit eft gehýt nascentia occidentiaque omnnia per simileis foetuum seminumque renovat progressus, Bt. 39, 8; Fox 224, 10. (b) to propagate, nourish, foster :-- Ðin hand plantode and týdrede úre foregengan plantasti eos. Ps. Th. 43, 3. Hér seó gálnese týdrode (týtrode, MS.) hir[e] cyn on hire sylfre multitudinem vitiorum avaritia nigro lacte nutrit, Gl. Prud. 57 b. Ǽlces landes gecynd is, ðæt hit him gelíce wyrta týdrige (týdre, Cott. MS.); and hit swá déþ; friþaþ and fyrþraþ swíþe georne, Bt. 34, 10; Fox 148, 29. Wyrd seó swíðe ... heó wile late áðreótan, ðæt heó fǽhðo ne týdre it will be long before she is weary of fostering hate, Salm. Kmbl. 898; Sal. 448. Telgran tídrian surculos pastinare (plantare, nutrire), Hpt. Gl. 433, 48. Týdriende pastinantem, rigantem, 454, 13. Tytdriendum propaganda, Anglia xiii. 30, 75. Fácn wiþinnan tyddriende dolum intus alentes, Coll. Monast. Th. 32, 33. II. intrans. To be prolific, (a) absolute :-- Týmaþ and tiédraþ, Cd. Th. 91, 14; Gen. 1512. Feoh sceal on eorðan týdran and týman, Menol. Fox 557; Gn. C. 48. Melce and týdrende foetas, Wrt. Voc. ii. 36, 32. (b) with dat. (inst.) of that in which anything is prolific:-- Wæstmum týdreþ, Exon. Th. 493, 18; Rä. 81, 32. Wudubearwas tánum týdraþ, 191, 6; Az. 84. Wæstme týdraþ cederbeámas, Ps. Th. 103, 16. Tyddraþ, 64, 11. [Þenne men michel tuderið ... and here tuder swiðe wexeð, O.E. Homl. ii. 177, 16. Þeʒʒre time wass all gan to tiddrenn and to tæmenn, Orm. 18307. Of hem ben tudered manig on, Gen. and Ex. 630.] v. á-, on-týdran, ge-tyddrian; týdred, un-týdrende, týdriend, túdor.

týdre weak, -týdre. v. tídre, on-, un-týdre.

týdred adj. (ptcpl.) Provided with offspring :-- Heora sceáp wǽron swylce tydred oves eorum foetosae, Ps. Th. 143, 17. v. týdran.

týdrian to bring forth, týdrian to get weak. v. týdran, tídrian.

týdriend, es; m. One that brings forth :-- Týdriend (týdriende ?) fecundus, i. copiosus, fructuostus, vel habundans, Wrt. Voc. ii. 148, 47. [Cf. (?) Þe fule tuderende of flesliche lustes, O.E. Homl. ii. 55, 9.]

týdrung, e; f. I. propagation :-- Uneácniendlícre tédrunge infecunda sterilitate, Hpt. Gl. 430, 61. Ic ongite ðæt ǽlc gesceaft willnaþ simle tó biónne; ðæt is swíþe swital on ðære týdrunge. Bt. 34, 12; Fox 152, 25. [Cf. (?) Þis woreld ebbeð þenne hit þat tuderinde wiðteoð withholds its productivity, O.E. Homl. ii. 177, 23.] II. a branch :-- Tyddrung (týdrung, MS. T.: tiddrung, MS. V.) oððe bóh propago, Ælfc. Gr. 36; Zup. 216, 15.

tyge, tige (v. double forms togen, tigen, pp. of teon), es; m. I. a pull, tug :-- Gange him tó mínre byrgene and áteó áne hringan up, and gif seó hringe him folgaþ æt ðam forman tige, ðonne wát hé ðæt ic ðé sende tó him. Gif seó hringe nele up þurh his ánes tige, ðonne ne sceall hé ðínre sage gelýfan. Homl. Skt. i. 21, 43-48. Árena tíum remorum tractibus, Hpt. Gl. 406, 70. II. a dragging :-- Valerianus hine hét teón geond ðornas, and hé mid ðam tige his gást ágeaf, Homl. Th. i. 432, 35. III. leading, conducting :-- Ðone weterscype ðe hé intó Níwan mynstre geteáh, and him se tige sume mylne ádilgade (the diverting of the water had ruined his mill), Chart. Th. 232, 7. Tiga aquae ductuum, Hpt. Gl. 418, 49. IV. a draught of drink :-- Hálwende tige drincan, Anglia viii. 321, 32. V. a drawing of an inference, etc., a deduction :-- Wé wyllaþ embe ðone geleáfan swíðor sprecan, forðan ðe ðises godspelles traht hæfþ gódne tige much good may be drawn from an examination of this gospel, Homl. Th. i. 248, 21. Ðis godspel hæfþ langne tige on his trahtnunge the exposition of this gospel might be drawn out to a great length, ii. 72, 22. Petrus áwrát twégen pistolas, hig hebbaþ langne tige tó geleáfan trimminge much matter for the confirmation of belief may be drawn from them, Ælfc. T. Grn. 14, 8. [Ete nu enes o dai and drinke o tige atte mete, O.E. Homl. ii. 67, 11. O.H. Ger. zug, zugi (in cpds.) ductus, motus.] v. of-, on-, wæter-tyge.

tyge-hóc, es; m. A hook to pull with, the word occurs in a list of implements :-- Scafan, sage, cimbíren, tigehóc, Anglia ix. 263, 2.

tyge-horn, es; m. A cupping-glass :-- Mid tigehorne. Lchdm. ii. 120, 17.

tygel, es; m. A strap to draw with, a trace :-- Tigel tractorium (cf. tractorium a trays, Wülck. Gl. 617, 7), Ælfc. Gl. Zup. 314, 16. [Tiʒel tractorium, Wrt. Voc. i. 92, 74. Þe reines oþer þe tiels. Trev. 4, 77. O.H. Ger. zugil habena, lorum: Icel. tygill a strap, thong.]

tygele (?), an; f. A lamprey :-- Tigle murenula (the word occurs in a list of the names of fishes; murenula is elsewhere glossed by ǽl, 66, 5: 281, 66; sǽ-ǽl, q.v.), Wrt. Voc. i. 55, 66. Cf. (?) preceding word.

tygele a tile, tyhhian. v. tigele, teohhian.

tyht, es; m. I. way, manner of conducting one's self, usage, practice :-- Ic ðé giungne underféng untýdne and ungelǽredne and mé tó bearne genom and tó mínum tyhtum getýde ... Ðú mé wǽre leóf ǽr ðon ðe ðú cúþest mínne tyht and míne þeáwas I received thee young, uninstrucíed and untaught, and took as my child and brought thee up to my ways ... Thou wast dear to me before thou knewest my way and my customs, Bt. 8; Fox 24, 23-27. [Þat (moderation) is þeaw ant tuht forte halden, O.E. Homl. i. 247, 32. Cf. For þere ilke tuhtle (þinge, 2nd MS.) cnihtes weoren ohte, Laym. 24675. Elche untuhtle heo talden unwurðe, 24655.] II. motion, move, march, v. teón, IV, tohte, and see passages from Layamon under tyhtan, I :-- Werod wæs on tyhte the army was on the march, Elen. Kmbl. 106; El. 53. Líg scríþeþ ... brond biþ on tyhte, Exon. Th. 51, 7; Cri. 812. Fýr biþ on tihte, 233, 16; Ph. 525. III. in ofertyht (?) a covering, what is drawn over. v. ofer-teón; and cf. Ger. über-zug :-- Þrong niht ofetiht londes frætwa night, the covering drawn over the land's decorations, pressed on, Exon. Th. 179, 3; Gú. 1256. [Goth. us-tauhts a carrying out, completion: O.H. Ger. zuht disciplina, eruditio, nutrimentum.]

tyhtan; p. te. I. to draw, stretch [:-- Oferbrǽdels onbútan getint velamen in gyro tensum, Anglia xiii. 421, 806]. [Tuhten is used in Layamon with the meaning of teón, IV :-- Ure drihten heo bilæueð, and to Mahune heo tuhteð, Laym. 27321. Troynisce tuhten (toʒe, 2nd MS.) to þon Gricken, 810.] II. but mostly in a metaphorical sense, to draw the mind to something, to incite, exhort, provoke, solicit, prompt, urge, persuade, (1) where the construction is uncertain :-- Ic tyhte ortor, Ælfc. Gr. 25; Zup. 144, 18: suadeo, 26; Zup. 155, 6. Tyhto sollicito, tyhteþ, tyhtit sollicitat, tyhtan sollicitare, Txts. 97, 1887-3-9. Hé tihte persuadet, docet, Hpt. Gl. 491, 43: incitavit, 511, 28. Tyhton irridabant, Txts. 73, 1152: Wrt. Voc. ii. 45, 73. Tyctende (-i) adridente, Txts. 37, 70. Tyctendi inlex, 69, 1063. Tyhtende adridens, Wrt. Voc. i. 287, 70: ii. 4, 39. (2) where the object to which a person (acc) is exhorted, etc., is (a) marked by prep, on or :-- Ne tyht nán mon his hiéremonna mód ne ne bielt tó gǽstlícum weorcum nulla subditorum mentes exhortatio sublevat, Past. 18; Swt. 129, 10. Deófol tiht ús tó yfele, Homl. Th. i. 174, 31. Óðer hine tyhteþ and on tæso lǽreþ, Salm. Kmbl. 983; Sal. 493. Hí (devils) on teosu tyhtaþ, Exon. Th. 362, 9; Wal. 34. God selfa tyhte (suadente Deo) Moyses on ðone folgoð, Past. 7; Swt. 51, 21. Heó hyre leófe bearn georne lǽrde and tó góde tihte, Lchdm, iii. 428, 29. Hine his yldran tó woruldfolgaðe tyhton and lǽrdan his parents urged him to temporal service, Blickl. Homl. 211, 28. Hine tihtan tó his sáwle þearfe eum hortari ad animae suae necessitatem, L. Ecg. C. prm.; Th. ii. 130, 40. Ðreátian and tihtan (tyhtan, Cott. MS.) tó gódum ðeáwum, Bt. 38, 3; Fox 200, 8. Tyhtan and gremian tó spíwanne to provoke to vomit, Lchdm. ii. 184, 1. (b) expressed by a clause :-- Iohannes ðæt folc tihte, ðæt hí ufor eodon fram ðam deófles temple John urged the people to go further away from the heathen temple. Homl. Th. i. 70, 35. Ðá tihte (or III) heora sum, ðæt man ðæs cnapan líc smyrian sceolde, ii. 28, 3. (c) not expressed :-- Ðú on ús sáwle gesettest and hí styrest and tihtest. Met. 20, 178. Lǽran sceal mon geongne monnan, trymman and tyhtan. Exon. Th. 336, 10; Gn. Ex. 46. Ðæt se Iáreów sceolde beón miehtig tó tyhtanne on hálwende láre ut potens sit exhortari in doctrina sana, Past. 15; Swt. 91, 15. III. to suggest, bring to the mind :-- Swá hwæt swá þurh unclǽnnysse on þeáwum hit tiht (se suggerit), Hymn. Surt. 28, 31. Gif mid rícan mannan wé wyllaþ sum þinc tihtan (suggerere), R. Ben. Interl. 53, 6. IV. to instruct, teach, v. ge-tyhtan. [Þe deofel heom tuhte to þan werke, O.E. Homl. i. 121, 33. A þet wit cume forð ant tuhte ham þe betere, 247, 6. Tuhten and teachen, 267, 15. Þet tu ne schuldest nout tuhten ne chasten þi meiden uor hire gult, A.R. 268, 21. Tihhtenn and turrnenn folc to lefenn uppo Criste, Orm. 7048. O.H. Ger. zuhten, zuhtón nutrire, erudire: Ger. züchten, züchtigen to chastise: Dan. tugte to chastise, discipline.] v. á-, for- (fær-), ge-, leás-, mis-, on-tyhtan, and following words.

tyhten[n], e; f. An incitement, inducement, allurement, incentive, enticement :-- Tyhten, tyctin, thyctin lenocinium, Txts. 73, 1199. Tyhtend (tyhtenn ?) allectio, Wrt. Voc. ii. 9, 38. Tyhtinne, tyctinnae incitamenta, Txts. 69, 1074. Tyhtenne lenocinia, Wrt. Voc. ii. 50, 14: incitamenta, 48, 70. Tihtennum inlecebris, 48, 67. Tyctinnum, Txts. 68, 513.

tyhtend, tyhtiend, es; m. One who exhorts, incites, instigates :-- Tyctaend, tychtend inlex, Txts. 68, 509. Tyhtend incentor. Wrt. Voc. ii. 111, 58: 44, 62: 83, 39: 94, 19. Tihtend incentor, accensor, instigator; tihtiend adjutor, fautor, Hpt. Gl. 495, 67, 70. v. yfel-tyhtend, for-tihtigend.

tyhtend-líc; adj. That serves far exhortation, encouragement, etc. (v. tyhtan), hortative :-- Wé wyllaþ sume tihtendlíce sprǽce wið eów habban, Homl. Th. ii. 574, 20. Sume adverbia syndon ortativa, ðæt synd tihtendlíce, Ælfc. Gr. 38; Zup. 227, 16. Hé mid tihtendlícum wordum heora gewǽhtan mód getrymde and gefréfrode, Homl. i. 562, 1.

tyhtere, es; m. An inciter, instigator :-- Tyhtere incentor, Wrt. Voc. ii. 48, 48. Tihtere leno, i. 50, 55.

tyhting, e; f. Persuasion, exhortation, encouragement, incitement, instigation, allurement, suggestion :-- Tihting suasio, Ælfc. Gr. 9, 3; Zup. 35, 10. Deófles costnung biþ on tihtinge ... Deófol tiht ús tó yfele, ac wé sceolon geniman náne lustfullunge tó ðære tihtinge ... Seó yfele tihting is of deófle, Homl. Th. i. 174, 30-35: ii. 226, 29. Crist mid ðyssere tihtinge Petrum gehyrte, 374, 17. God hira mód onliéht mid his fandunga and eác his tiehtinge (tihtinge, Cott. MSS.), Past. 35; Swt. 243, 22. For láre and for tiehtinge his ágenes firenlustes persuasione luxuriae, 50; Swt. 393, 7. Mid godcundre tihtincge divino instinctu, Anglia xiii. 384, 266. Mid welwyllendre tihtincga myngiende benevola intentione hortando, 448, 1179: Scint. 34, 1. Se ðe his bróðor hataþ ðurh ðæs deófles tihtinge. Basil admn. 4; Norm. 44, 17. Tihtinga incitamenta, Hpt. Gl. 520, 35. Tychtingum, Wrt. Voc. ii. 111, 3. Hé micclum mid his bénum and tihtingum fylste he helped much with his prayers and exhortations, Homl. Th. ii. 126, 29. Se ðe óðerne tó leahtrum forspenþ, hé is manslaga, ðonne hé ðæs óðres sáwle forpǽrþ þurh his yfelum tihtingum, 226, 32. Geþafian ðæs deófles tihtinga, 546, 11. [Defles tuihting, O.E. Homl. ii. 29, 2. Tihting, i. 229, 19.] v. tó-tyhting.

tyhtle a charge, v. tihtle.

tyhtness, e; f. Instigation :-- Tyhtnesse instinctu, Wrt. Voc. ii. 86, 20. Tihtnesse, 46, 63: 80, 28.

tyld-syle. v. teld-sele.

Týle Thule :-- Án íglond ... ðæt is Tíle háten (þe isle þat hyʒe tile, Chauc. Boet. 3, 5. This form is used also in Trevisa, i. 325) ultima Thule, Met. 16, 15. [Icel. Tíle.] v. Þýle (the usual form).

tylg, tylian. v. tulge, tilian.

tyllan; p. tylde To draw, attract. Found only in the compound for-tyllan, but see the following passages from later English, [Mi liht onswere tulde him upon me, A.R. 320, 13. Ne tulle ʒe to þe ʒete none unkuðe harloz, 414, 5. As muche place as myd a þong ich may aboute tille, R. Glouc. 115, 18. Of þe purse þat seluer heo tulleþ. Misc. 188, 40. Ille felawes hafd maistri To tille this yong man to foli, Met. Homl. 113, 8. Þe world tyl hym drawes And tilles ... þam þat him knawes, Pr. C. 1183. To þe scole him for to till (tille), C.M. 12175. He hauede ... Al þe folk tilled intil his hond, Havel. 438. Also, like teón, with sense of proceed, go :-- Twei leomes stode þere; The gryttere tylde Est ... þe oþer hadde branches ... And westward thei drowe, R. Glouc. 151, 20: 152, 19. To gile ne to fraude wild he neuer tille, R. Brunne 128, 20. Cf. also tollen to draw, attract :-- Þis tolleð him towurd þe, A.R. 290, 5. Ha tolliþ togederes they draw, come together, Marh. 14, 6. (See instances quoted, p. 110) Swa mai mon tolli him to Lutle briddes, O. and N. 1627. To drawen or tollen allicere, Chauc. Boet. 2, 7. Tollyn or mevyn incito, provoco, excito, Prompt. Parv. 496.]

tylþ, tylung, týma, týman. v. tilþ, tilung, tíma, týman.

tym-bor (?) a revolving borer, an auger :-- Timbor rotum vel taratrum, bor desile, scafa olatrum, Wrt. Voc. i. 287, 9-11. [Cf. (?) tumbian: or (?) O.H.Ger. túmón rotari.]

tymbran, týme, tymian, týn ten. v. timbran, tíme, temian, tín.

týn; p. týde, tydde (týdde?); pp. týd To instruct, educate, teach :-- Ic tý oððe lǽre imbuo, Ælfc. Gr. 28, 3; Zup. 166, 14. Hé lǽrþ and hé týð heorde his docet et erudit gregem suam, Scint. 146, 7. Se wísdóm ðe hit lange ǽr týde and lǽrde, Bt. 3, 1; Fox 4, 30. Hé hine geornlíce týde and lǽrde hú hé drohtian sceolde eum erudire studuit qualiter conversari debuisset. Bd. 1. 27; S. 489, 5. Hí mycelne ðreát discipula on metercræfte and on tungolcræfte týdan and lǽrdan, 4, 2; S. 565, 26. Láreówas ðe hí (wudufuglas) týdon and temedon. Met. 13, 39. Swá hwilce men swá willnadon ðæt hí on hálgum leornungum týde wǽron hí hæfdon gearuwe magistras ða ðe hig lǽrdon and tyddon quicumque lectionibus sacris cuperent erudiri, haberent in promptu magistros qui docerent, Bd. 4, 2; S. 565, 34: 4, 3; S. 569, 6. Láreów ðú æþele þeáwas tý doctor egregie mores instrue, Hymn. Surt. 106, 5. Se ðe ðone mǽran noman abbodes underféhþ hé sceal mid twyfealdre láre ða wyldan and týn ðe him underþeódde synt cum aliquis suscipit nomen abbatis dupplici debet doctrina suis preesse discipulis, R. Ben. 11. 12. Hé scole gesette in ðære cneohtas tydde and lǽrde wǽron instituit scholam in qua pueri literis erudirentur, Bd. 3, 18; S. 545, 45. v. ge-týan, -týdan (in each case read -týn), and teón, III. 1.

týnan; p. de To teen, tine (v. Halliw. Dict.), close. I. to fence, enclose :-- Me mæig on sumera týnan, Anglia ix. 261, 11. Gif ceotlas gærstún hæbben gemǽnne oþþe óðer gedálland tó týnanne, and hæbben sume getýned hiora dǽl, sume næbben, L. In. 42; Th. i. 128, 6. II. to close, shut a door, book :-- Miððý hígna fæder týneþ ðæt duro cum paterfamilias cluserit ostium, Lk. Skt. Lind. 13, 25. Ðonne týnde hé his béc clauso codice, Bd. 4, 3; S. 569, 10. Miððý ða duro uérun týndo cum fores essent clausae. Jn. Skt. Lind. 20, 19. III. to close a place, prevent entrance into a place, shut up :-- Gié týndon ríc heofna clauditis regnum coelorum, Mt. Kmbl. Lind. 23, 13. IIIa. to prevent a person granting access to others (?), render a person inaccessible :-- Týne hine Dryhten ðam ðe sár sprece sáwle mínre may the Lord shut His heart to him that speaks evil against my soul, Ps. Th. 108, 20. IV. to close, conclude, bring to an end :-- Se hálga Willfriþ æfter .xlv. wintra ðæs onfongenan biscophádes ðone ýtemestan dæg týnde (diem clausit extremam,) Bd. 5, 19; S. 636, 43. [An ancre nule nout tunen hire eiðurles aʒein deað of helle, A.R. 62, 17. Þa ʒæten heo tunden uaste, Laym. 15320. Tynyn sepio; tynyd or hedgydde septus, Prompt. Parv. 494. O. Frs. be-téna: O. Du. tuinen: O.H. Ger. zúnen sepire: Ger. zäunen.] v. á-, ǽ-, an-, be-, bi-, for-, ge-, on-, un-týnan; fore-týn(e)d; tún.

týnan to vex. v. tínan.

tyncen a barrel (?), a bladder (?) :-- Ðá gebeótode án his ðegna ðæt hé mid sunde ða eá oferfaran wolde mid twám tyncenum, Ors. 2, 4; Swt. 72. 30.

tyndeht. v. tindiht.

tynder, e; tyndren (-in), e (?); tyndre, an; f. I. tinder, fuel (lit. and fig.) :-- Tyndir (-er) napta, genus fomenti, Txts. 80, 685. Geswǽlud spoon vel tynder fomes, Wrt. Voc. i. 39, 21. Tynder fomes, i. incendium, astula minuta, ii. 150, 4. Tyndrin, tyndirm (-in?) isca (=esca fomes, Migue; cf. Span, yesca tinder), Txts. 72, 562. Tyndre isica, Wrt. Voc. i. 284, 21: isca, ii. 45, 74: fomentam (-um?), 40, 7. Tyndre gódes cynnes fomentum bone indolis, Scint. 206, 17. Tindre sica (l. isica or isca), Wrt. Voc. i. 66, 38. Wé habbaþ ðone mǽstan dǽl ðære tyndran ðínre hǽle ... nú ðú ne þearft ðe náuht ondrǽdan forðam ðe of ðam lytlan spearcan ðe ðú mid ðære tyndran gefénge lífes leóht ðé onliéhte habemus maximum tuae fomitem salutis ... nihil igitur pertimescas; jam tibi ex hac minima scintillula vitalis calor illuxerit, Bt. 5, 3; Fox 14, 9-14. Tyndri isica, Txts. 116, 179. Of gecyndelícre tyndran de ingenito fomite, Wrt. Voc. ii. 139, 65. Tyndre neptam, 114, 59. Tynder, 60, 9. Tyndrum fomitibus, 33, 61. Deóful ná gewilnunge tyndran onǽlþ diabolus non concupiscentiae fomenta succendit, Scint. 210, 3. II. a burner, an implement which burns :-- Mearcísern vel tynder cauterium, Wrt. Voc. ii. 129, 76. Tynder furnus, 149, 84. Tyndre cautere, Txts. 114, 100. Tund[e]ri, 111, 19. [He tinder nom and lette i þan nutescalen don and fur þer on brohte, Laym. 29267. Of ston mid stel in ðe tunder, Misc. 17, 535. Tondre, tunder, Piers P. 17, 245. Tundyr fungus, napta, Prompt. Parv. 506. Du. tonder: O.H. Ger. zuntra; wk. f. fomes, isca: M.H. Ger. zunder; m. n.: Ger. zunder: Icel. tundr; n.: Dan. tønder: Swed. tunder. Cf. Goth. tundnan to be set on fire.] v. tender, tendan.

tynder-cyn[n], es; n. Combustibles :-- Tyndercyn matteoli (v. spæc), Wrt. Voc. ii. 56, 66: 78, 9.

tyndre, tyndrin, -týne. v. tynder, ge-týne.

tynge; adj. Skilful with the tongue, rhetorical :-- Tingcum rhetoricis, facundis, Hpt. Gl. 460, 41. [Cf. O.H. Ger. zungal linguosus.] v. ge-tynge.

týning, e; f. A closing, fencing. [Tynyn or make a tynynge sepio, Prompt. Parv. 494.] v. be-, gafol-týning (-tíning); týnan.

týnness, e; f. An enclosed place, a prison :-- Ténys (= týnnysse?) þrexwealdum (heó) tó geþeódde Anastasia lautomiae liminibus haerescit, Hpt. Gl. 513, 65 (cf. 1. 57 lautomiae cwearternes). v. on-týnness.

tyr, týran. v. tír, tíran.

tyrdlu, tyrdelu; pl. n. Treddles ('the droppings of sheep are called sheep's tredles in Somerset, trattles in Suffolk,' Lchdm. iii. Gl. Treddle excrement of rabbits, E.D.S. Pub. Old Farming Words. Halliwell quotes 'tak the triddils of an hare.' Tyrdyl schepys donge, Prompt. Parv. 494. Take scheps tridels or swynes muk, Rel. Ant. i. 53, 16) :-- Haran tyrdlu, Lchdm. ii. 214, 4. Genim gáte tyrdlu, 72, 16, 27. Tyrdelu, 282, 7. v. tord.

tyrf, tyrgan, tyrging, tyrian, tyriaca, tyring, v. turf, tirgan, tirging, tirgan, tiriaca, tirging.

tyrnan; p. de. I. to turn (intrans.), revolve on an axis, round a centre :-- Seó heofon tyrnþ onbútan ús swiftre ðonne ǽnig mylenhweól, Lchdm. iii. 232, 18: 254, 11: Boutr. Scrd. 18, 28: Homl. Th. ii. 214, 29. Se firmamentum went on ðam twám steorran swá swá hweogel tyrnþ on eaxe, Lchdm. iii. 270, 22. Se cwyrnstán ðe tyrnþ singallíce and nǽnne færeld ne ðurhtíhþ, Homl. Th. i. 514, 20. Ða steorran ðe on ðam rodere standaþ tyrnaþ ǽfre ábútan mid ðam brádan rodere, Hexam. 7; Norm. 12, 32. Hí tyrndon mid bodige and heora fótwylmas áwendan ne mihton, Homl. Th. ii. 508, 19. Tyrn mid ðínum swíþran scytefingre make circles with your right forefinger, Techm. ii. 119, 11: 126, 1. Tyrnende rotante. Hpt. Gl. 517, 9. Ia. figurative :-- Tyrnende swégas rotatiles trocheos, Germ. 403, 8. II. to turn (trans.), to cause to revolve :-- Ðá tyrndon ða hǽðenan hetelíce ðæt hweowl, Homl. Skt. i. 14, 93. [O. H. Ger. turnen. From Latin.] v. be-, ymb-tyrnan; turnian.

tyrn-geat, es; n. A turn-stile :-- Tó tyrngeate, Cod. Dip. Kmbl. iii. 405, 4.

tyrning, e; f. I. a turning round :-- Tyrnincg turniendre liðeran vertigo rotantis fundibuli, Hpt. Gl. 422, 65. II. roundness :-- Sinewealtre trendla tyrnincge tereti circulorum rotunditate, 419, 9. v. turnung.

tyrwa (-e), tyrwan, tyrwen, tyrwian. v. tirwa (-e), tirwan, tirwen, tirgan.

tysca, an; m. A buzzard :-- Glida milvus, tysca butzus, Wrt. Voc. i. 280, 22, 23. Tysca bizus, ii. 126, 39. Cf. (?) tusc.

tyslian; p. ode To dress :-- Ic secge ðé, bróðor Eádweard, ðæt gé dóþ unrihtlíce ðæt gé ða Engliscan þeáwas forlǽtaþ ðe eówre fæderas heóldon and hǽðenra manna þeáwas lufiaþ ðe eów ðæs lífes ne unnon and mid ðam geswuteliaþ ðæt gé forseóþ eówer cynn and eówre yldran mid ðám unþeáwum ðonne gé him on teónan tysliaþ eów on Denisc ábleredum hneccan and áblendum eágum. Ne secge ic ná máre embe ða sceandlícan tyslunge búton ðæt ús secgaþ béc ðæt se beó ámánsumod ðe hǽðenra manna þeáwas hylt on his lífe and his ágen cynn unwurþaþ mid ðam I tell you, brother Edward, that you do wrong to forsake the English customs that your fathers held and to love the customs of heathen men, that did not give you life, and that thereby you show that you despise your race and your forefathers, when to their shame you dress in Danish wise with bared (? cf. blere blurus, calvus, Wrt. Voc. ii. 127, 13) neck and darkened (by hair falling over the eyes?) eyes. I will say no more about that shameful fashion of dress, but that books tell its, that he is accursed, who holds the customs of heathen men in his life and thereby dishonours his own race, Wanley Cat. pp. 121-122; see also Engl. Stud. viii. 62. Gedónum tácne gán and hí mid dægþernum tyslian gescýum facto signo eant et se diurnalibus induant calciamentis, Anglia xiii. 383, 260.

tyslung, e; f. Dressing. v. preceding word.

týtan; p. te To stand out, be conspicuous (?) :-- Ne týtaþ hér tungul ac biþ týr scæcen stars shall not shine forth, but glory shall have departed, Exon. Th. 447, 26; Dóm. 45. [Cf. (?) Icel. túta a teat-like prominence; tútna to be blown up : Dan. tude a spout : Swed. tut : Du. tuit a pipe. pike.] Cf. tot.

týþa (-e). v. tíþe.